From Title • By Author and Artist The Essentials • By Caitlin Flemming and Julie Goebel
Baking and the Meaning of Life
HOW TO SPREAD JOY IN 100 RECIPES
BY HELEN GOH
In her hotly anticipated debut solo cookbook, Yotam Ottolenghi's pastry chef and recipe developer Helen Goh draws on her rich multicultural heritage to deliver more than 100 of her favorite recipes
No one knows the “why” or “how” of baking better than Helen Goh, recipe developer with Yotam Ottolenghi for more than a decade and co–author of his New York Times bestselling books Sweet and Comfort. With the debut of her first solo cookbook, Goh shares her distinctive approach to baking with 100 delicious desserts and savory bakes.
Drawing on her upbringing in Malaysia and Australia, her acclaimed work with Ottolenghi, and even her active psychotherapy practice, Goh not only shares her favorite baking recipes, but also reflections on life, sharing how baking can bring us together and add joy–filled meaning to significant and everyday moments. With recipes like Chocolate Tahini Cake with Sesame Brittle, Plum and Pistachio Bars, Pandan and Coconut Chiffon Cake, and more shareable treats that offer classic and creative flavors, this book is a celebration of community and pleasure through baking. All her desserts are impressively sweet ways to celebrate milestones and connect with others. After your sweet tooth has been satisfied, there are more than 15 savory baking dishes, from a Puttanesca Galette with Lemon Ricotta to Potato, Garlic, and Rosemary Focaccia.
With inventive flavor combinations that showcase Goh’s creativity, a wealth of time–tested bakes, and her philosophies on living and baking well, Baking and the Meaning of Life is a one–of–kind companion for spreading joy, one cookie, cake, or cheese puff at a time.
Helen Goh was born in Malaysia, migrated to Australia at age ten, and now lives in London. After studying psychology, she combined psychotherapy practice with a cooking career, becoming head pastry chef at a landmark Melbourne restaurant before moving to London and joining Yotam Ottolenghi's team. Co–author with Ottolenghi of Sweet and Comfort, she has developed recipes with him for more than 10 years, drawing on Asian, Western and Middle Eastern influences. Helen is a food columnist whose recipes appear in the The Sydney Morning Herald, The Guardian, and The Observer
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-031-2 RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
INCREDIBLE SALES
TRACK: Goh is known as Yotam Ottolenghi’s right–hand pastry chef, and is co–author and co–promoter of their books Sweet and Comfort, which have sold more than 160,000 copies combined.
FIRST BOOK BY A BAKING ICON: Goh has grown in fame alongside Ottolenghi and is now taking her rightful place beside baking legends like Claire Saffitz, Dorie Greenspan, Erin McDowell, and others. She boasts unparalleled technique, endless creativity, and a unique voice.
MEDIA–SAVVY AUTHOR: While this is her debut solo book, Goh knows what it takes to make a bestseller. She is mediagenic, with extensive press in the US and beyond, close connections with chefs globally, and 120,000+ Instagram followers.
RECIPES FOR EVERYONE: Goh’s recipes offer a delightfully unusual range of flavor profiles, from sweet to savory, and span from approachable to aspirational.
ORIGINAL AND ON TREND: Her recipes are inspired by the Mediterranean and Middle Eastern flavors that Goh embraced working with Ottolenghi and her Malaysian roots. Her first solo project allows her to explore Asian influences deeply, and as the success of Sweet and Mooncakes and Milkbread have shown, there is a strong appetite for baking books that tap into the authors’ rich cultures.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color photographs throughout *336 pages
*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
FOOD & DRINK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8762-1
US $40.00 CAN $50.00
ËxHSLELJy787621z
RIGHTS: World/All
House of Nanking
FAMILY RECIPES FROM SAN FRANCISCO'S FAVORITE CHINESE RESTAURANT
BY KATHY AND PETER FANG
From a beloved San Francisco culinary landmark, a showstopper cookbook that honors a family legacy and celebrates ingredient–driven, multi–regional Chinese cooking in America
Since it opened in 1988, House of Nanking has been a popular spot for countless tourists, honeymooners, celebrities, and everyday San Franciscans who have lined up—for decades—for their legendary Shanghai and Chinese American dishes. This will be the first time their recipes have appeared in print and adapted for the home kitchen. But it’ll be the stories behind them, which few have heard—of Peter Fang’s ingenuity and his early adventures in the kitchen, how he imported and adapted his favorite Shanghai dishes for America, and Kathy’s experience growing up with parents who bet it all on the restaurant, under the tutelage of all these rich Chinese culinary traditions—that will capture the heart.
The 100–plus recipes in this book include all the greatest hits from three generations of Fang family cooking from Canton to Shanghai, and readers will learn how to pan–fry, steam, cook in a wok, shop for ingredients, and prep vegetables the Chinese way. With accessible recipes that are adaptable to any type of home kitchen, anyone will be able to make these dishes, wherever they are.
Peter Fang is the chef and co–founder of iconic San Francisco restaurant House of Nanking, and now co–owns Fang with his daughter, Kathy. Kathy Fang is the co–owner and executive chef of Fang. She has been featured on Chopped, Beat Bobby Flay, and more. Emily Timberlake is a writer based in Oakland, California. She is the co–author of the New York Times bestsellers Bobby Flay: Chapter One with Bobby Flay and FOODHEIM: A Culinary Adventure with Eric Wareheim.
SELLING POINTS
AN AMERICAN INSTITUTION: House of Nanking is often recommended on San Francisco must–do travel lists, has been recognized by the city as a cultural institution, and frequently has lines out the door.
MULTIGENERATIONAL RECIPES: The recipes are time–honored, having been handed down and made for generations —from Kathy Fang’s grandparents to her parents and now to her; they’re also the recipes that House of Nanking regulars always go back for.
STORIES BEHIND THE RESTAURANT: This is the first time that House of Nanking recipes will be in print and adapted for the home cook, but the never–before–told stories behind the dishes and the restaurant will be what readers flock to.
SPECIFICATIONS
*100 full-color images
*304 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
FOOD & DRINK, AAPI HISTORY & CULTURE ISBN 978-1-4197-7787-5
US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £30.00
ËxHSLELJy777875z ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-456-6
Family Thai
BRINGING THE FLAVORS OF THAILAND HOME
BY ARNOLD MYINT WITH KAT THOMPSON
Arnold Myint, the James Beard–nominee and chef of the Thai restaurant International Market in Nashville, shares how to make the Thai food he grew up with in a cookbook that is approachable yet packs a punch of flavor
Arnold Myint's parents, Thai and Burmese immigrants, opened Nashville’s International Market & Restaurant in 1975—a rarity in Tennessee, where Asian cuisine hadn’t quite expanded beyond Americanized Chinese takeout. They were determined to introduce Americans to the fiery, bold, fragrant Thai flavors that had always brought them comfort, and a taste of Thailand was exactly what Nashville needed.
Almost 45 years later, after attending culinary school in New York City and working with Jean–Georges Vongerichten, Arnold owns and runs International Market, serving the comforting recipes of his mother while riffing on others to add his own Thai–Southern flair. Now, Arnold is expanding his teachings with a vibrantly illustrated and designed cookbook, and breaking down an often–intimidating cuisine into accessible building blocks for every home cook, from pantry staples to essential skills.
Arnold also shares what he likes to cook at home and adaptations of Thai cuisine inspired by Nashville and his travels. From there, he takes us into the vibrant and colorful world of Thai street food, noodle dishes, his own creations, and his mother’s classic recipes that fans of International Market & Restaurant have been begging for.
When Thais greet each other, instead of how are you?, they ask, Kin lao yang? or have you eaten? Feeding people is how Patti and Win Myint— and now Arnold—show their love, not just for their family but for everyone within reach. In Family Thai, Arnold shares his boldly flavorful food and welcoming, heartfelt approach with home cooks everywhere.
Arnold Myint is a Nashville–based, James Beard Award–nominated chef, recipe developer, media personality, mixologist, and more. Even with his experiences like competing on season 7 of Top Chef and season 11 of Food Network Star, and his studies at the Institute of Culinary Education, his real training began at his parent's International Market & Restaurant, which remains a mainstay of Nashville’s culinary scene under his leadership.
SELLING POINTS
STAR ON THE RISE: With almost 100,000 followers on Instagram, Myint’s platform has both an engaged audience online and critical acclaim, with features in Eater Nashville, Bloomberg, the New York Times, and more.
A BELOVED RESTAURANT:
Myint’s love for his mother and her restaurant International Market shines in this book, which shares favorite recipes and moving stories that will appeal to both local fans and anyone who can relate to their story of immigration and building a home in a new place.
CELEBRITY CONNECTIONS:
Myint—and by extension, his drag queen persona Suzy Wong—are connected with friends in the drag community like Manila Luzon (1.4 million followers on Instagram) and Trixie Mattel (3.1 million followers on Instagram), and celebrities including Andy Cohen, Bobby Flay, and Carla Hall.
SPECIFICATIONS
*200 color photographs
*256 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
ISBN 978-1-4197-7638-0
US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £30.00
ËxHSLELJy776380z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-383-5
Trust Your Gut
ANTI-INFLAMMATORY RECIPES FOR FEELING UNSTOPPABLE
BY JENNIFER FISHER
From Jennifer Fisher, the cult–favorite jewelry designer and creator of Jennifer Fisher Kitchen, a cookbook with 100 recipes designed to maximize your energy, stay clear–headed, and look hot at any age
Since being diagnosed with Hashimoto’s disease in high school and learning how to listen to her body as an adult, jewelry, pottery, and custom salts designer Jennifer Fisher has completely transformed her life through what she consumes. She now has more energy. Her body feels more efficient, and it’s easier to think—and move.
Through her journey, Fisher found that it wasn’t just eliminating one thing or following one diet, as she had tried so many times before, but practicing all of these things in tandem. She has made it her mission to demystify how to live healthfully—it’s not by following a diet but instead discovering a holistic approach to changing your life through food. Fisher knows firsthand how daunting it is to live with chronic illness, and Trust Your Gut offers quick and easy recipes that are simple but always deliver on flavor. The book is filled with recipes that include easy swaps to fit anybody’s dietary needs as well as ideas for how to eat out while still understanding what your body needs. Trust Your Gut is a cookbook designed for anyone wanting to eat healthily but not compromise on taste.
Jennifer Fisher is the founder of a wide–ranging lifestyle brand that includes homewares in partnership with CB2, recipes, JF Salts, and the genre–defining jewelry she is known and loved for. She is based in New York City.
SELLING POINTS
BUSINESS DYNAMO: Fisher is the founder of a hugely successful jewelry brand and a line of salts called JF Salts; her social media channels have more than one million followers, and her online newsletter goes out to more than 100,000 subscribers.
MEDIA LOVES HER: With the success of Jennifer Fisher’s Kitchen and Jennifer Fisher’s jewelry, she has connections to celebrities and influencers such as Kris Jenner, Tracee Ellis Ross, Athena Calderrone, Lisa Rinna, and more, and she’s appeared on the TODAY show and LIVE with Kelly and Mark, and has been interviewed by Katie Couric for The Skimm.
ANTI–INFLAMMATORY
EATING: Fisher’s recipes, designed to combat inflammation, fatigue, and brain fog, have won her a cult following online, and these healthy, simple, and delicious recipes take the guesswork out of eating cleanly.
SPECIFICATIONS
*100 full-color images
*256 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
FOOD & DRINK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7814-8 US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £30.00
Le Bistrot Paul Bert
FRENCH
COMFORT FOOD FROM THE PARISIAN
RESTAURANT BY BERTRAND AUBOYNEAU WITH GWÉNAËLLE CADORET AND ANNABELLE SCHACHMES
This long–awaited, beautifully photographed and designed cookbook offers celebrated versions of classic French bistro dishes from one of the most iconic Parisian restaurants
Step into the Bistrot Paul Bert, the legendary Parisian restaurant, where the freshest ingredients meet time–honored methods, chalkboards list the daily specials, candlelight flickers over crisp white tablecloths, and the hum of lively conversation is punctuated by the clink of wine glasses. In this beautifully illustrated cookbook, proprietor Bertrand Auboyneau welcomes us all into this special place and shares his approach to more than 100 of the most comforting, beloved French dishes.
Learn to make the best versions of the classics—everything from the perfect green salad and irresistible frites, to exceptional oeuf mayonnaise, steak au poivre, sole meunière, tarte tatin, and Grand Marnier soufflés. Requiring only a limited number of ingredients and basic techniques, this food is not fussy, but it shines with the help of Auboyneau’s expert guidance, written with the home cook in mind. For devotees of the restaurant or anyone simply looking to bring the flavors of France into their kitchens, Bistrot Paul Bert is an accessible, atmospheric introduction to the simple art of bistro cooking.
Bertrand Auboyneau is the founder of three French bistros that have almost 100,000 followers on Instagram combined. Fans of Bistrot Paul Bert include David Lebovitz, Alice Waters, and every national and international food and travel magazine, including Bon Appétit, the New York Times, BBC, Eater, The Infatuation, the Guardian, and more.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
ICON OF PARIS: Le Bistrot Paul Bert is a mainstay in Parisian dining, with its classic recipes, charming interior, and rave reviews. The Michelin Guide lists Le Bistrot Paul Bert as “our pick of traditional French restaurants,” Conde Nast Traveler calls it “French dining at its finest,” and David Lebovitz names it “one of the most reliable, approachable, and consistently great French bistros in Paris.”
ONLINE INFLUENCE AND FAMOUS FANS: With nearly 100,000 followers on Instagram across all three of author and restaurateur Bertrand Auboyneau’s French bistros, as well as outspoken fans that include Dorie Greenspan, Andrew Zimmerman, Wendy Lyn, Alice Waters, and more, Le Bistrot Paul Bert is a cultural touchstone for all who adore French cuisine and has the platform to help us get the word out about this book.
ULTIMATE GIFT FOR FRANCOPHILES: This book will be irresistible to both people who know the restaurant and anyone who loves Paris and classic French cooking.
SPECIFICATIONS
*200 color photographs
*288 pages
*WIDTH: 7 11/16" - 195mm
*HEIGHT: 10 5/8" - 270mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER
FOOD & DRINK, TRAVEL
ISBN 978-1-4197-8400-2
US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £30.00 ËxHSLELJy784002z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-848-9
My Southern Kitchen
FROM SUPPERS TO CELEBRATIONS, RECIPES FOR EVERY OCCASION
BY IVY ODOM AND
SOUTHERN LIVING
Southern Living magazine’s beloved columnist and test kitchen pro Ivy Odom presents more than 100 truly Southern recipes, from classic favorites to fresh creations
Whether you already love her Southern Living cooking column and viral social media videos—or have just discovered them, you need to know Ivy Odom. Born and raised in Moultrie, Georgia, she is a fresh cooking talent and a familiar face of the Southern Living brand.
Her first cookbook mixes up tried and true classic recipes passed down through generations—Ivy’s heritage is proudly Southern all the way—with her own spins on traditional favorites. Growing up surrounded by a family that loves to entertain, Ivy learned that being a great host means being ready for anything, whether it’s a full–blown holiday celebration or an impromptu lawn party. As a test kitchen pro who lives in front of the camera, Ivy has shared her hosting secrets and cooking tricks with Southern Living fans on–screen and off, and now she’s put all of her best ideas and recipes in one place. Full of charm, stories, and plenty of Odom–family wisdom, My Southern Kitchen is a spirited guide to a lifetime of entertaining.
Ivy Odom is the senior lifestyle producer at Southern Living and face of the Southern Living brand. She hosted all 40 episodes (two seasons) of the syndicated and Emmy–nominated TV show The Southern Living Show, and she appears frequently on the TODAY show and Good Morning America. She is a graduate of the University of Georgia and the culinary arts program at L’Academie de Cuisine in Gaithersburg, Maryland. She lives in Birmingham, Alabama with her husband, Luis, and her dog, Basil.
SELLING POINTS
STAR AUTHOR: Southern Living columnist and video series–creator, Ivy Odom is a cooking sensation. Her recipes are favorites throughout the South (and beyond) and her first book is eagerly anticipated.
AUTHENTIC AND ORIGINAL RECIPES: A perfect addition to every food lover’s cookbook shelf, the authentic flavors of the South shine through every recipe in the book, from hot brown party rolls to slow cooked short ribs, Sunday roasted chicken, Aunt Bean’s Mayo Jar Cucumbers, and many more.
BRAND APPEAL: Southern Living has been the authority on Southern cooking for nearly 60 years. The brand has sold millions of cookbooks, and its trusted recipes garner the highest ratings from a passionate audience of more than 12 million readers and 8 million social followers.Southern Living’s editor in chief Sid Evans notes, “Ivy is integrated into everything we do (including events), and she’s known and loved by the whole Southern audience.”
SPECIFICATIONS
*125 color photographs
*272 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
FOOD & DRINK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7855-1 US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00 ËxHSLELJy778551z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-507-5
Southern Living 2025 Annual Recipes
BY SOUTHERN LIVING
Cook up delight with more than 350 top‑rated recipes—every single recipe from a whole year of Southern Living magazine—created by the skilled chefs and entertaining experts at Southern Living
For decades, Southern Living Annual Recipes has collected every recipe from an entire year’s worth of the magazine into a single, complete volume.
Not just for subscribers and fans, Annual Recipes is for home cooks everywhere who are searching for helpful cooking advice and delicious new recipe and entertaining ideas to delight all who visit their table. We believe this volume will become the most practical and inspiring cookbook in your kitchen.
Southern Living has been the authority on Southern cooking for nearly 60 years. The brand has sold millions of cookbooks, and its trusted recipes garner the highest ratings from a passionate audience of more than 12 million readers and 8 million social followers.
RIGHTS: North American English
SELLING POINTS
COOK WITH CONFIDENCE: Become a biscuit–baking expert, quick–meal magician, or celebrated holiday hostess: Southern Living’s kitchen pros share a range of enticing recipes that fit all the meals and occasions your busy life serves up.
NEW RECIPES, OLD FAVORITES, AND CLASSICS WITH A MODERN SPIN: The book presents a host of options to mix and match—making menu planning and meal preparation a breeze. A bonus section offers best–loved recipes for appetizers and snacks.
PERFECT GIFT: This annual compilation has delighted readers for generations and is a perfect gift for your favorite cook, chef, or foodie.
SPECIFICATIONS
*200 full-color images
*368 pages
* WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
* HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: DECEMBER FOOD & DRINK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8812-3
US $39.99 CAN $49.99 ËxHSLELJy788123z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-055-8
Christmas with Southern Living 2025
BY SOUTHERN LIVING
Southern Living helps you celebrate the holidays in style with a new cookbook and guide that gives you everything you need, from recipes and menus for entertaining family and friends, to decorating tips for making everything in your home merry and bright
Usher in the season with everyone’s favorite cookbook and entertaining guide: Christmas with Southern Livingis a beloved tradition, and this new book is overflowing with gifts to make, decorating ideas that dazzle, and, of course, delicious recipes. The finest chefs in the South have developed, tested, and collected more than 100 brand–new recipes, plus party menus, for you to try. Along with recipes, each chapter offers a host of DIY ideas for making your home and table sparkle with holiday magic: You will want to keep the good times rolling right into the New Year.
Southern Living brings enjoyment, fulfillment, and inspiration to more than 16 million readers by celebrating the best of the Southern lifestyle.
RIGHTS: North American
SELLING POINTS
ENTERTAIN WITH EASE: From delectable one–dish dinners to feasts for a crowd, plus options for starters, sides, and sweets galore, every recipe has been developed and tested by Southern Living’s kitchen pros— to help you handle any occasion the season serves up.
KICK CREATIVITY INTO HIGH
GEAR: Choose from a host of festive decorating ideas for tabletops, mantels, and your whole home, both inside and out —or try your hand at easy craft projects for making ornaments, wreaths, and homemade gifts.
BANISH HOSTING STRESS: With menus guaranteed to please your crowd and with Southern Living’s helpful Holiday Planner, designed to keep you organized during the busiest of seasons.
SPECIFICATIONS
*200 full-color images
*192 pages
* WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
* HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
FOOD & DRINK, DESIGN & DECORATING, CRAFT
ISBN 978-1-4197-8813-0
US $32.50 CAN $41.50
ËxHSLELJy788130z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-056-5
Sure Thing Desserts
TRULY PERFECT VERSIONS OF EVERYDAY CLASSICS
BY MATT LEWIS
A collection of the foolproof, classic recipes—and secrets to success—that Matt Lewis, founder of Brooklyn Bakery BAKED, has spent a lifetime perfecting professionally and at home
Lifetime baker and cookbook author Matt Lewis opened his Brooklyn bakery Baked in January 2005 to instant rave reviews, and his baked goods have been featured on Oprah, the Food Network, and TODAY. After he sold the business a few years ago, he found himself back in his kitchen baking for friends and for his Instagram @Brooklynbaker.
Sure Thing Desserts is a collection of the sweets he makes over and over—and has spent a lifetime perfecting. The book starts with what Lewis sees as musts for his baking readership: Everyday Chocolate Chip Cookies, the Classic Brownie, the Yellow Picnic Party Cake, a Scottish Lemon Drizzle Loaf, and a Posh Chocolate Cake, along with the tips and secrets to making them successful. The book also includes chapters on bars, cookies, cakes, and pie. This is the must–have book for all everyday and anytime bakers.
Matt Lewis is the founder of Baked and the author of four Baked cookbooks. He lives in the Hudson Valley in New York.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING
POINTS
SUCCESSFUL BAKING TRACK: Lewis is the coauthor of four Baked books, which have sold more than 169,000 copies.
RESPECTED BAKER: As cofounder of the popular Baked brand, Lewis is well–regarded in the food community and known for his brownies, cookies, and cakes.
EASY BAKES: Like the uber–successful Snacking Cakes, Sure Thing Desserts offers uncomplicated recipes that use ingredients that most people have on hand.
SPECIFICATIONS
*30 full-color illustrations
*208 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
FOOD & DRINK
ISBN 978-1-4197-4932-2
US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00 ËxHSLELJy749322z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-013-8
Help Your Self
THE NEW RULES FOR WELLNESS
BY MEREDITH BAIRD AND KATERINA SCHNEIDER
From the founders of Ritual Vitamins and Nucifera Beauty, a new holistic wellness manual for optimal health, including nutrition, skincare, and mental well–being, empowering readers with the knowledge and tools to Help Your Self
Help Your Self is the wellness authority, combining both knowledge and solid research to bring you a nutrition–hacking, food–loving, life–simplifying, science–backed guidebook to optimal health for the entire family.
As the pursuit of wellness reaches a fever pitch, the lines between fringe and fact have become blurrier than ever. Kat Schnieder and Meredith Baird, two moms, fact–finders, and chefs who have shaped the wellness industry for decades, are not about pseudoscience and half–truths—health fads make their eyes roll. Rather, they have dedicated their lives to unearthing the latest research, and in Help Your Self, they show readers that not only is it possible to create and maintain a healthier lifestyle, but it’s also easier and more enjoyable than you would think.
The book is a holistic guide to wellness with tangible and actionable steps, from addressing some of the most common health concerns––like better sleep, better sex, healthier skin, proper hydration––to more extensive routines to incorporate into your life, to healthy dessert recipes that also make your skin glow, like Lemon Meringue with Sea Moss.
Katerina Schneider is founder and CEO of Ritual, a personal health brand building the future of daily essentials. She has since pioneered a new standard of high–quality products that are backed by science with the first visible supply chain of its kind. Ritual products are now trusted by over a million customers across generations, and its Essential Prenatal Multivitamin is the number–one top selling prenatal online in the US. Meredith Baird Figone is founder of Nucifera Body, a multipurpose skincare brand, and author/coauthor of four vegan cookbooks. A plant–based chef turned green beauty entrepreneur, she has worked as a recipe developer, product developer, and consultant within the plant–based movement, while also launching her own skincare company and establishing it as a cult favorite.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
BRAND REACH: Schnieder is the founder of Ritual Vitamins and Baird is the founder of Nucifera Beauty. Combined, these brands have more than one million customers, a social reach of one million people, and a 354,000 Instagram following.
WELLNESS AUTHORITIES: The authors are trusted names in the wellness space and have been featured in many major media outlets including theNew York Times, InStyle, Glamour, and Marie Claire.
ON–TREND CATEGORY: The health and wellness industry has grown exponentially and is a $5 trillion dollar industry. With 71 percent of households cooking at home, a 45 percent rise of plant–based eating, and 61 percent of parents feeling stressed, this is an incredibly timely and essential book.
SPECIFICATIONS
*100 full-color photographs
*240 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
SELF-HELP, FOOD & DRINK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7357-0
US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00
ËxHSLELJy773570z ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-277-7
Did You Stretch Tho
52 STRETCHES TO INCREASE FLEXIBILITY, BALANCE, AND PERFORMANCE
BY HANNAH CORBIN
One of Peloton’s founding instructors Hannah Corbin shares her favorite daily stretches in this extremely giftable guidebook and 52–card deck
“I believe in treating your body like it belongs to someone you love, and with that comes sweat, hydration, and of course, stretching!” –Hannah Corbin
SELLING POINTS
AUTHORITY ON THE SUBJECT: As one of Peloton’s founding instructors for more than 10 years, Corbin has become the authority on stretching, cycling, foam rolling, mobility, and wellness. Her classes have lead to her growing a huge following of 284,000 followers on Instagram, and she is highly respected within the health and wellness space.
Did You Stretch Tho showcases simple yet necessary stretches for your whole body. With beautifully designed cards that demonstrate Corbin doing her 52 favorite stretches—and a guidebook to help set you up and warm you up—this deck will leave you feeling lighter and refreshed as you move through your day.
·52 Unique Stretches: A different stretch for ever day
On–the–Go Cards: Easy–to–carry cards for stretching wherever you are
·Targeted Stretch Categories: Grouped stretches to focus on specific areas of your body
Equipment Guidance: Clear instructions on any tools you might need ·Warm–Up Routines: Easy–to–follow warm–ups to prepare your body
Extended Stretching Sequences: Longer routines for a deeper stretch experience
·Recovery & Wellness Tips: Practical advice for self–care and recovery
New York–based Hannah Corbin is a health professional who is dedicated to promoting overall wellness and balanced living. She frequently shares insights on self–care and recovery, encouraging her followers to recover lost length and prioritize stretching. With a diverse background as a classically trained dancer, actress, and aerialist, Corbin brings a unique blend of artistry and athleticism to everything she does–including in her current role as one of Peloton’s founding instructors, where she teaches stretching, cycling, foam rolling, mobility, Barre, Pilates, strength, and dance cardio. Corbin played a pivotal role in shaping the company’s fitness and content offerings, and her popularity has resulted in a huge following across social media platforms.
STRETCHING SELLS: This extremely portable format doesn’t just limit you to a book, making it easy to throw a few cards in your gym bag or keep a stack at your desk for accessible stretching no matter where you are! Did You Stretch Tho will join the ranks of extremely successful guidebooks and card decks on stretching, including The Work Wellness Deck, which has netted more than 50,000 copies to date, and Bob Anderson’s Stretching, which has sold millions of copies over the past 40 years.
THE PELOTON CULT: Peloton has been one of the leading names in fitness for more than a decade now and has grown a huge and extremely loyal fan base. Other Peloton instructors have gone on to publish extremely successful books including Speak by Tunde Oyeneyin, which has sold more than 45,000 copies, and Robin Arzon’s Shut Up and Run, selling more than 30,000 copies.
SPECIFICATIONS
*52 color photos; card deck and guidebook
*80 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/4" - 159mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 209mm
* Boxed Set
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER SELF-HELP
ISBN 978-1-4197-7982-4
US $29.99 CAN $37.95
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-567-9
GROW
PATHWAYS TO PASSION, PURPOSE & PEACE GUIDEBOOK & CARD SET
BY JUSTINA BLAKENEY & DR. RONNIE BLAKENEY
Encourage and activate your personal growth with this imaginative 228–page guidebook and deck: Grow blends the grounded–in–psychology wisdom of a self–help book with the magic of oracle cards to help you find purpose and get unstuck
GROW blends support, scientific wisdom, and magic—wrapped in an artful package that includes a 228–page book and oracle deck—to help readers focus on personal change.
At one time or another, we have all felt stuck or overwhelmed, whether due to unhealthy eating patterns, overwork, anxiety, uncertainty about our future . . . the list goes on and on. GROW offers gentle guidance and practical exercises for getting unstuck and finding calm and clarity. The cards and full–size book work together to give you the encouragement, energy, and inspiration you need to move forward
Readers can start anywhere and return again and again to what feels healing and helpful. Choose a card and let it inspire and guide you as you go throughout your day, and use the wisdom of GROW to move toward a more fulfilling, productive, and beautiful life.
Justina Blakeney is the founder of the Jungalow brand and is an interior and product designer for Target, Barbie, Kohler, the Hollywood Bowl, CB2, and GE, among many others. She has an audience of more than 3.5 million people who love her vibrant, soulful approach to creativity, art, design, and life. Dr. Ronnie Blakeney is a Harvard–trained psychologist with more than five decades of experience passionately guiding individuals, families, educators, social workers, and psychologists. She has taught at the University of Fribourg in Switzerland, Sonoma State University, California School for Professional Psychology, and Harvard University.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
ARTFUL SELF–HELP: Perfect for readers who love The Artist’s Way and The Wild Unknown tarot, GROW gives readers a full size 228–page book and a beautiful oracle card deck to use for support and guidance whenever they are navigating life changes or facing obstacles.
CREATIVITY MEETS SCIENCE:
Coauthored by a Harvard–trained psychologist with more than five decades of experience, the book and deck blend imagination with proven methods. The set can be used whenever desired, or daily, and is tailored for those interested in popular psychology, creativity, personal transformation, and motivational self–help.
INSPIRING GIFT:
Blakeney created stunning original artwork for the luxurious box and guide, as well as to illustrate each card. Whether you are among her more than half a million followers or are a new fan, you will love this irresistible package that sits as beautifully on the coffee table as it does on the bookshelf.
SPECIFICATIONS
*75 color illustrations
*228 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/4" - 159mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 209mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: JANUARY
SELF-HELP, POETRY
ISBN 978-1-4197-8109-4
US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00
ËxHSLELJy781094z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-655-3
RIGHTS: World/All
The Essentials
THE ART OF INTERIOR DESIGN
BY CAITLIN FLEMMING AND JULIE GOEBEL
The Essentials breaks down the factors behind all the (overwhelming!) decisions that go into beautiful home design—lighting, hardware, textiles, window treatments, floor plans, art, furniture, palettes, patterns, and surfaces— making it an essential reference that every design enthusiast should have in their back pocket
Interior designer Caitlin Flemming always gets asked how “the rules” of professional design can be applied to any home—how to pick a paint color and get better lighting, how to mix patterns, where to hang art and curtains, and many more. While there’s no one way to design a space, there is a teachable art to creating a harmonious home.
In The Essentials, Flemming and Goebel mine all the knowledge they’ve amassed from decades designing and styling homes and antiquing and traveling the world. They also ask some of the most talented designers in the world to contribute advice as well.
Organized in three parts, the first section of the book discusses the tacit knowledge that seasoned designers have and how to translate it without being a trained professional. The second, meatiest section of the book lays out the technical essentials for thoughtful home design, covering subjects such as lighting, hardware, furniture, and more. And finally, the third section shows how all the individual elements and details combine to make a room, illustrated through tours of the homes of nine designers.
It takes hard work and years of practice to develop and train an eye for design. This book shortcuts the process by sharing easily teachable techniques and breaking down the factors behind the many decisions that go into beautiful home design The Essentials is an indispensable reference for every design enthusiast.
Caitlin Flemming and Julie Goebel are the coauthors of Travel Home and Sense of Place Flemming is an interior designer, stylist, and founder of the style and interior design blog Sacramento Street. Her design work can be found in the San Francisco Chronicle, Better Homes & Gardens, and Romantic Homes Goebel is the founder of Travelers Conservation Foundation. They both live in San Francisco.
SELLING POINTS
DEFINITIVE DESIGN
RESOURCE: The Essentials is a beautifully illustrated design reference guide for newbies and pros alike, arming readers with both the technical know–how and eye–candy for inspiration.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM INTERIOR DESIGN STARS: Beloved, famous experts like Bunny Williams, Nate Berkus, and more will offer advice throughout the book and promote upon its publication, which will help attract a wide audience of interior design lovers.
SOCIAL MEDIA
SUPERSTAR: Flemming’s work on Instagram and Pinterest has captured a huge, loyal audience, with 3.8 million followers on Pinterest and 76,000 on Instagram, all of whom will reach for this design handbook again and again.
SPECIFICATIONS
*300 full-color images
*288 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
ISBN 978-1-4197-7878-0
US $45.00 CAN $57.00 UK £35.00
ËxHSLELJy778780z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-516-7
RIGHTS: World/All
The Glamorous House
BY JAN SHOWERS, FOREWORD BY MARK D. SIKES
From the acclaimed author of Glamorous Rooms and Glamorous Living comes The Glamorous House, a journey through some of the most luxurious and fashionable homes in the United States
In The Glamorous House, Dallas–based interior designer Jan Showers takes readers through luxurious private residences across the United States full of high glamour, romance, and allure. Packed with stunning photographs,The Glamorous House invites readers into 10 never–before–photographed homes, such as a Dallas mansion, a charming Palm Beach estate, and a home lover’s paradise in Hawaii, in some of the country’s most elite and desirable neighborhoods.
Locations include: Flagstaff, Arizona
Paradise Valley, Arizona
Palm Beach, California
Big Island, Hawaii Austin, Texas
Dallas, Texas
Jan Showers is one of the world’s most celebrated interior designers and the author of Glamorous Rooms and Glamorous Living. Her work is featured internationally in interiors and architecture magazines and has landed her spots on lists of the top 100 designers. She lives in Dallas.
SELLING POINTS
POWERHOUSE AUTHOR: Showers is extremely well–connected in the design world and receives a lot of press, bolstering both sales opportunities and further connections.
SUCCESSFUL TRACK
RECORD: This book is the companion to Showers’s Glamorous Rooms, Glamorous Living, and Glamorous Retreats, which published to major success across the board selling more than 45,000 copies combined.
UNSEEN MATERIAL: The book features 10 never–before–photographed homes across the US.
SPECIFICATIONS
*200 full-color images
*304 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
INTERIOR DESIGN, PHOTOGRAPHY
ISBN 978-1-4197-7270-2
US $65.00 CAN $82.00 UK £50.00
ËxHSLELJy772702z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-240-1
An Affair with a House (Collector's Edition)
BY BUNNY WILLIAMS
From one of America’s best–loved and most celebrated designers, a luxurious 20th–anniversary collector’s edition of the Bunny Williams interior design classic, updated to include a new introduction and chapter
Bunny Williams is renowned for creating classic decor that evolves over time and with the way people live and entertain in their homes. She published An Affair with a House in 2005, and it helped launch her into the top ranks of the interior design profession, where she has stylishly remained ever since. This lovely anniversary edition presents the original book plus a new introduction and chapter detailing how the house and its rooms have changed over the years—all presented in a sumptuous package featuring a new cover design, debossed title, faux–leather spine, and a satin ribbon marker.
Williams has been involved in a passionate love affair with her New England manor house for nearly half a century. From the moment she glimpsed it—in a state of sad disrepair—she knew she wanted to bring it back to glorious life. This is the process she famously details in An Affair with House, tracing her home’s evolution and her design philosophy. Beloved by readers for being more than just a design monograph, the book addresses all sorts of practical matters in addition to decor, offering recipes for relaxed entertaining, advice on fitting out guest rooms (as well as stocking the pantry and linen closets), and thoughtful ideas for making family and friends feel welcome and at ease. This much–anticipated anniversary edition will be eagerly celebrated by the design community and design lovers everywhere.
Bunny Williams is a world–renowned interior design and garden expert. Williams designs and produces handcrafted furniture and accessories under Bunny Williams Home and has licensed collections with Ballard Designs, Century Furniture, Curry & Company, and Dash & Albert. She splits her time between New York and Connecticut.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
COLLECTIBLE CLASSIC: Williams’s talent for creating sumptuous decor fueled an extraordinary career; An Affair with a House is her signature work and is widely considered a must–have by interior design aficionados.
DESIGN ROYALTY: Williams is an industry leader and member of the AD100 Hall of Fame, ELLE DECOR A–List, Interior Design magazine’s Hall of Fame, and House Beautiful Giants of Design. A recognized name in the field for more than 50 years, she continues to be one of the most sought–after designers in the world.
ARTFUL PACKAGE, NEW CONTENT: The original book— featuring a brand–new introduction and chapter presenting updates made to the manor house—is wrapped in a luxe package that will be a must for every design book collection.
SPECIFICATIONS
*240 full-color photographs
*252 pages
*WIDTH: 10 5/8" - 270mm
*HEIGHT: 10 5/8" - 270mm
* Hardcover cloth case
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
INTERIOR DESIGN, DESIGN & DECORATING ISBN 978-1-4197-8443-9 US $80.00 CAN $100.00 UK £60.00 ËxHSLELJy784439z ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-050-3
The Bunny Williams Collection (3-Book Boxed Set)
A HOUSE BY THE SEA, POINT OF VIEW, AND LOVE AFFAIRS WITH HOUSES BY
BUNNY WILLIAMS
A luxurious design library of Bunny Williams’s classic books: Point of View, A House by the Sea, and Love Affairs with Houses
Legendary designer and tastemaker Bunny Williams believes “if you love something, that’s the only design rule,” and her beautiful, livable designs are truly universally loved and admired. Much like her design work, her books are also celebrated classics. Now, for the first time, three of her best, Point of View, A House by the Sea, and Love Affairs with Houses, are collected together in a luxurious boxed set. Design fans will delight in this trilogy and will particularly cherish Point of View, brought back into print exclusively for the set. Together, all three books feature Williams’s signature room designs, inspirational quotes, and traditions updated for today. This much anticipated collection will be welcomed by design lovers everywhere.
Bunny Williams is a world–renowned interior design and garden expert. Williams designs and produces handcrafted furniture and accessories under Bunny Williams Home and has licensed collections with Ballard Designs, Century Furniture, Curry & Company, and Dash & Albert. She splits her time between New York and Connecticut.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
THREE CLASSIC TITLES: Williams’s talent for creating sumptuous surroundings inspired a design movement. Now, three of her best books, Point of View, A House by the Sea, and Love Affairs with Houses are available together as a deluxe set.
DESIGN ROYALTY: Williams is an industry leader and member of the AD100 Hall of Fame, ELLE DECOR A–List, Interior Design magazine’s Hall of Fame, and House Beautiful Giants of Design. A recognized name in the field for more than 50 years, she continues to be one of the most sought–after designers in the world.
ARTFUL PACKAGE, COLLECTIBLE
CONTENT: The original books are repackaged with beautiful new covers, a ribbon, and gold foil on the title and book spines. A resized version of the rare and collectible Point of View—back in print for the first time in years—has been created especially for this collection.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color photographs throughout *832 pages
*WIDTH: 11" - 280mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 280mm
*Boxed Set - Hardcover PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
978-1-4197-8702-7
Comforts of Home
TAILOR-MADE, FAMILY-FRIENDLY INTERIORS THAT FEEL JUST RIGHT
BY ANDREW HOWARD
Interior designer Andrew Howard offers the perfect mix of bold patterns, bold color, and even bolder design, and shares all his secrets for creating polished— but still practical—interiors with high style
Andrew Howard’s luxurious new monograph invites readers inside the design process and creation of a dozen memorable homes. With a range of styles, and set in different locales, this collection of gorgeous houses was photographed by Noe DeWitt and Eric Piasecki.
“When I first meet with families, they tend to have a thousand ideas and pictures,” says Andrew of his process working with clients. “They often ask, ‘How can you steer all those ideas into one cohesive look?’ The homes I design, and this book, aren’t just about how a room feels, but how you . . . the homeowner, my client, the reader . . . want to feel when you’re in that room. I want this book to show off what good, thoughtful, family–friendly, stylish design can do for you and your loved ones.”
Andrew Howard is celebrated for his unique ability to combine color and pattern in engagingly playful but still sophisticated ways as well as for his innate understanding of what makes a house work for families with children.
Listed among Sotheby’s Top 20 Designers in America, Howard is the author of Style Comfort Home (Abrams, 2021).
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
REAL LIFE DREAM HOUSES: Howard’s “polished but still practical” mantra shines as never before in a deluxe volume filled with elevated work. For each project, Howard explains how he translated the hopes and desires (and everyday needs) of his clients in order to create their perfectly realized dream house.
FAMILIES WITH STYLE: Howard knows how to make luxurious surroundings a reality. In this book, he offers savvy advice on everything from integrating art and heirlooms into homes that welcome friends, family, and pets, to engaging kids in the design of their own spaces. Through it all, he shows readers how he turns common decorating challenges into opportunities.
DESIGN EXPERTISE: Howard is a skilled designer and popular influencer, with more than 88,000 Instagram followers. He has a passionate audience who look to him for advice in creating easy–care, high–style homes.
SPECIFICATIONS
*225 color photographs
*256 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER INTERIOR DESIGN, DESIGN & DECORATING, NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-4197-7465-2
US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00
ËxHSLELJy774652z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-322-4
Jane Birkin
ICON OF STYLE
BY SOPHIE GACHET
Jane Birkin: Icon of Style is a tribute to the timeless, effortlessly chic style and lasting legacy of the fashion muse
Jane Birkin: Icon of Style is a love letter to the style icon’s simple yet sophisticated fashion. She was a muse to artists and fashion designers, a sex symbol, actress, and singer whose style inspired not just the Birkin bag but also a generation with her timeless bohemian–chic femininity. In Jane Birkin: Icon of Style,her style codes, wardrobe, life, and legacy are celebrated with beautiful photography in this must–have object for every fashion fan.
Fashion journalist Sophie Gachet traveled the world’s fashion weeks for ELLE magazine from 1998 to 2019. Based in Paris, she is the coauthor of five books with Inès de la Fressange, including the bestselling book La Parisienne, which sold more than 265,000 copies in France alone. Her expertise allows her to bring the readers on a wonderful journey of Jane Birkin’s fashion.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
MAJOR STYLE ICON: Birkin is a beloved fashion icon around the world, and there are very few books on her style in the market.
EXPERT AUTHOR: Fashion journalist Sophie Gachet has written five books, including the bestselling La Parisienne, which sold more than 265,000 copies in France alone. Her expertise makes her the ideal guide on a journey through the world of Jane Birkin.
LUXURY FORMAT: Jane Birkin: Icon of Style will be packaged in a rich and elegant format, with a large trim size, stamping, and textured cover to make it a timeless keepsake.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color photographs throughout *224 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
PHOTOGRAPHY, FASHION, WOMEN'S HISTORY
ISBN 978-1-4197-8359-3
US $65.00 CAN $82.00 UK £50.00 ËxHSLELJy783593z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-047-3
Chanel: The Karl Lagerfeld Campaigns
TEXT BY PATRICK MAURIÈS; PHOTOGRAPHS BY KARL LAGERFELD
Created with Karl Lagerfeld and the house of Chanel, Chanel: The Karl Lagerfeld Campaigns is the first complete collection of Karl Lagerfeld’s Haute Couture and Ready–to–Wear campaigns for Chanel, featuring more than 600 photographs shot by the designer from 1987 to present day, now in a deluxe hardcover edition with an iconic new cover design
When Karl Lagerfeld was appointed to the helm of the then–sleepy fashion house Chanel in 1983, he set out to radically reinvent its image—not only through bold collections, but also by shooting the house’s campaigns himself, a move unprecedented at the time. Lagerfeld’s photographs breathed life into the brand. Now, his campaigns span the house’s collections—luxurious haute couture, ready–to–wear, cruise, accessories —and have established Lagerfeld as a sought–after fashion photographer.
Organized chronologically, Chanel: The Karl Lagerfeld Campaigns includes a carefully curated selection of photographs from 1987 to present–day that showcase hundreds of spectacular clothes worn by the top fashion models and personalities of each era. The campaigns feature iconic women including Ines de La Fressange, Claudia Schiffer, Kate Moss, Cara Delevingne, Kristen Stewart, and Lily Rose Depp, photographed in glamorous locations such as Coco Chanel’s Paris apartment, the French Riviera, and Rodeo Drive. Filled with more than 600 photographs, plus an essay by fashion writer Patrick Mauriès, the book offers an unrivaled overview of the house of Chanel as seen through the eyes—and lens—of Karl Lagerfeld himself.
Patrick Mauriès is a writer that covers fashion and design. Among his previous books are Chanel Catwalk, The World According to Karl, Jewelry by Chanel, and Fornasetti
RIGHTS: North America
SELLING POINTS
TRACK RECORD: We’ve had much success with our previous Chanel books at a range of price points, netting more than 300,000 copies.
RARE CONTENT: This is the first book dedicated to Karl Lagerfeld’s pioneering and irreverent campaigns for Chanel, including rarely seen images of past advertisements specially sourced from Chanel’s archives.
AUTHORIZATION: The images in the book were carefully selected in collaboration with Karl Lagerfeld and Chanel. The book is fully authorized by Chanel.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color photographs throughout
*560 pages
*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm
*HEIGHT: 10 7/8" - 276mm
* Hardcover cloth case
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER FASHION
ISBN 978-1-4197-8763-8
US $100.00 CAN $125.00 ËxHSLELJy787638z
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-416-1
Alexander McQueen
BY
THE EDITORS OF CREATEUR MAGAZINE
Discover the legacy of Alexander McQueen and trace his rise in high–fashion in this gorgeous monograph that covers his time with Givenchy and Gucci, his greatest inspirations, and his work with artists including Björk, David Bowie, Dita Von Teese, Beyoncé, and many more
Fashion’s enfant terrible, Alexander McQueen was one of the most inventive and admired designers of his time. It was when he founded his own house in 1992 that he imposed his provocative, innovative style on the fashion world, followed by later collaborations with the likes of David Bowie, Céline Dion, and Lady Gaga. This comprehensive monograph covers McQueen’s sources of inspiration, his iconic creations, the evolution of his style, the fashion houses where he worked, his favorite models, and his codes and influence on couture fashion. Alexander McQueen provides an in–depth at the man himself and a better understanding and appreciation of his style, which is at times as audacious as it is timeless.
Créateur (Creator) is a fashion magazine launched in 2022. Both inspiring and inspirational, Créateur offers a different and relevant look at the world of luxury. Its high–end character and meticulous aesthetic line give it a singular aura.
SELLING POINTS
FASHION ICON: Alexander McQueen (1969–2010) was an eternally popular fashion designer who continues to fascinate worldwide with his decadent and unique style.
BELOVED BY CELEBRITIES: A fashion house loved by celebrities such as Sarah Jessica Parker, Lady Gaga, Nicole Kidman, and more, Alexander McQueen is also the chosen house of Catherine, Princess of Wales, and has remained in the public eye following his death.
BEHIND–THE–SCENES LOOK: As this monograph focuses on McQueen himself and not his work with specific houses, it provides comprehensive look at the designer’s life and work—his background, inspirations, collaborations, and more.
SPECIFICATIONS
*208 pages
*WIDTH: 7 1/10" - 180mm
*HEIGHT: 10 3/5" - 270mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER FASHION, PHOTOGRAPHY
ISBN 978-1-4197-8735-5
US $40.00 CAN $50.00 UK £30.00 ËxHSLELJy787355z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-024-4
RIGHTS: World/All
Collaboration: Frank Ockenfels 3 X David Bowie
BY FRANK OCKENFELS 3; FOREWORD BY JOE LEVY
A visual chronicle of the decades–long collaboration between photographer Frank Ockenfels and cultural icon David Bowie, featuring many never–before–seen images
“My creative collaborations with David were a gift. I am endlessly thankful to him.” —Frank Ockenfels 3
Collaboration is a breathtaking array of photographs of David Bowie made during 16 photo sessions across 15 years. The images showcase the evolution of Bowie’s iconic style, capturing his artistry, eccentricity, and deep humanity. They result from a close partnership—Ockenfels was not only one of Bowie’s key collaborators but also a longtime friend. Ockenfels’s unique access to Bowie allowed him to document the musician’s personal and professional life in ways few others could. The photographs in this book, many of which have never been published, span 1991 to 2006 and include candid shots, iconic portraits, and contact sheets from working sessions. The images reflect the many facets of Bowie’s career—from his early days as a glam rock icon to his later, more introspective phases.
Collaboration sheds light on Bowie’s changing image and reflects his influence on music, fashion, and culture. With a foreword by veteran music journalist Joe Levy, this book serves as both a visual tribute to a legendary figure and a documentation of a profound artistic connection.
Frank Ockenfels 3 is a Los Angeles–based photographer who has spent more than two decades photographing musicians, celebrities, corporate heads, and everyday people. His images have graced the covers and pages of Rolling Stone, Esquire, GQ, Men’s Health, Blender, Newsweek, Wired, Entertainment Weekly, Spin, New York magazine, People, W, Maxim,and Men’s Journal. Ockenfels has worked with most major record labels and photographed more than 200 album covers for musicians such as David Bowie, Willie Nelson, No Doubt, the Yeah Yeah Yeahs, The Strokes, Wilco, Garbage, and LeAnn Rimes. Joe Levy is a contributing editor at Rolling Stone,where he worked for more than a decade.His writing has appeared in the New York Times, WSJ. Magazine, the Village Voice, and Billboard. Levy lives in New York.
SELLING POINTS
EXCLUSIVE BEHIND–THE–SCENES ACCESS: Includes rare intimate photographs of Bowie from 1991 to 2006, captured by his longtime collaborator and friend, Frank Ockenfels 3, many of which have never been seen by the public.
A DEEP CREATIVE PARTNERSHIP: The book underscores the deep friendship and mutual respect between Ockenfels and Bowie. Their creative partnership goes beyond typical photographer–subject dynamics, offering readers an intimate portrait of their artistic bond and shared exploration of new ideas.
A TRIBUTE TO BOWIE: Collaboration is a must–have for Bowie enthusiasts, photography lovers, and fans of artistic collaboration. With its rare and powerful imagery, this book is a celebration of Bowie’s cultural impact and a testament to the power of creative synergy between two extraordinary talents.
SPECIFICATIONS
*256 pages
*WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm
*HEIGHT: 12 1/2" - 317mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER
PHOTOGRAPHY, POP CULTURE
ISBN 978-1-4197-8551-1
US $65.00 CAN $82.00 UK £50.00
ËxHSLELJy785511z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-922-6
Feline
PHOTOGRAPHS
BY TIM FLACH, ESSAYS BY JONATHAN LOSOS
From the preeminent animal portrait photographer and the bestselling author of Dogs, Endangered, and Birds, a stunning collection of 180 photographs of cats, with text on the species, their evolution, and why we love them
Feline is the story of our long, often complicated relationship with the most intriguing and beguiling companion, told through the lens of animal portrait photographer and bestselling author Tim Flach.
In more than 180 stunning photographs, Feline explores the nature of cats, documenting the more popular domestic breeds such as Bengal, Russian Blue, and Persian cats, together with lesser–known breeds such as the Maine Coon. Flach also studies the 40 species classified as wild cats as well as the most distinguishable of the smaller wild species. Rich text accompanies the breathtaking visuals of each breed and species featured in the book, making Feline an artistic and gorgeous homage to cats.
Includes QR codes that link to behind–the–scenes footage from some of Flach’s iconic shoots.
Tim Flach is a photographer best known for his stylized portraits of animals, and for the originality that he brings to capturing animal behavior and characteristics. Feline will be Flach’s seventh book following Equus (2008), Dogs (2010), More Than Human (2012), Endangered (2017), his first children’s book Who Am I? (2019), and Birds (2021). He works in London, where he lives with his wife and son. Jonathan Losos is an author and biologist renowned for his experimental research demonstrating that evolution can be studied as it happens. Losos is the author of The Cat’s Meow: How Cats Evolved from the Savanna to Your Sofa (2023), Improbable Destinies: Fate, Chance and the Future of Evolution (2017), and Lizards in an Evolutionary Tree: Ecology and Adaptive Radiation of Anoles (2009). He is the William H. Danforth Distinguished University Professor at Washington University in Saint Louis, Missouri.
SELLING POINTS
TRACK RECORD: Flach is among the world’s bestselling photographers of animals and natural history, with Dogs having sold more than 120,000 copies worldwide.
ARTISTRY: Flach takes animal portraiture to a new level with his highly stylized and recognized photography.
CALLING ALL CAT
LOVERS:Feline features incredible portraits of numerous species of cats, including both domesticated and wild cats, in a way we’ve never seen them before.
SPECIFICATIONS
*250 full-color images
*336 pages
*WIDTH: 12" - 305mm
*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER PETS, PHOTOGRAPHY
ISBN 978-1-4197-7364-8 US $65.00 CAN $82.00 UK £50.00
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-046-6
RIGHTS: World/All
Nanocosmos
JOURNEYS IN ELECTRON SPACE
BY MICHAEL BENSON
From lauded expert Michael Benson, a mesmerizing photographic tour of the micro–worlds that thrive alongside us but are invisible to the naked eye
The humbling beauty and immensity of our surrounding universe of planets, stars, and galaxies has inspired humanity since the dawn of time. But what about the vistas at the other end of the size–scale? Though harder to recognize, the tiny worlds we cannot see are every bit as intricate, complex, and awe–inspiring as deep space. Artist and writer Michael Benson’s extraordinary Nanocosmos is an unprecedented examination of sublime topographies, revealed by powerful scanning electron microscope (SEM) technologies.
Nothing like Nanocosmos has ever been seen before. Previously renowned for his solar system landscapes, Benson here documents complex microscopic worlds visible at sub–millimeter scales in aesthetically stunning chromogenic prints. Assembled and refined over many years of painstaking work, this book constitutes a mesmerizing photographic tour of micro–worlds. These images constructed from SEM scans reveal the sublime and sensational beauty in aspects of the natural world invisible to the naked eye.
Michael Benson is an artist, writer, and filmmaker who focuses on the intersection of art and science. His highly regarded books include Beyond, Far Out, Planetfall, and Cosmigraphics. He lives in New York City.
SELLING POINTS
WELL–KNOWN AUTHOR:
Benson’s books with Abrams (Cosmigraphics, Otherworlds, and Far Out) have grossed nearly 50,000 copies. He’s appeared on CBS This Morning, NPR, and WNYC, and his work has been favorably covered by the New York Times, The New Yorker, Slate, the Atlantic, the Economist, and the Guardian, among others.
CUTTING–EDGE
PHOTOGRAPHY: This exciting new photographic process makes yet another of Benson’s unique books singular and fascinating.
NEW PROMO ANGLE: With several successful works on deep space under his belt, Benson now zooms in on the tiny worlds we cannot see, making for a nice new talking point in promoting his latest project.
SPECIFICATIONS
*300 color illustrations
*320 pages
*WIDTH: 11 1/2" - 292mm
*HEIGHT: 11 1/2" - 292mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
PHOTOGRAPHY, NATURE
ISBN 978-0-8109-9797-4
US $65.00 CAN $82.00 UK £50.00
ËxHSKILAy997974z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-048-0
The Radiant Sea
COLOR AND LIGHT IN THE UNDERWATER WORLD
BY STEVEN HADDOCK AND SÖNKE JOHNSEN; FOREWORD BY HELEN SCALES
Breathtaking displays of color and light from an array of ocean life forms, with vivid photography and insightful text about the science of transparency, bioluminescence, and fluorescence
Deep in the ocean, a myriad of creatures, including jellyfish, coral, shrimp, sharks, squid, lantern fish, anglerfish, sea fireflies, and fireworms use multi–colored lights for defense, luring food, attracting mates, and communication.<
The Radiant Sea presents an exciting new perspective on the mysterious environment that accounts for 99 percent of the habitable space on Earth but remains hidden to the casual observer. Two of the world’s leading researchers explore the nature of underwater light, investigating the varieties of transparency, pigmentation, iridescence, bioluminescence, and fluorescence. Based on the latest research, they examine the need for—and likely function of—color and light shows among marine species. Each luminous wonder is described with captions and colorfully represented by the finest nature photography.
Steven Haddock studies marine diversity, molecular biology, and bioluminescence at the Monterey Bay Aquarium Research Institute and the University of California. His imagery and research have been featured in National Geographic and the New York Times, among many others.
Sönke Johnsen first trained in math and art and has studied light in nature for 33 years, the last 22 of which have been at Duke University. Johnsen’s research has been featured in the movie Finding Nemo, the Magic Tree House book series, the poetry of John Updike, and the humor of Dave Barry. Helen Scales is a marine biologist, acclaimed author, and broadcaster. Her books have been adapted for stage and screen and translated into 15 languages. Among her books for young readers are What a Shell Can Tell and Scientists in the Wild, Antarctica. Scales teaches at Cambridge University and is a storytelling ambassador for the Save Our Seas Foundation. She divides her time between Cambridge, England, and the French Atlantic coast.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
VIVID PHOTOGRAPHY: 100 photographs showcase the most awe–inspiring underwater displays of light and color from the sea.
ORIGINAL CONCEPT: The most compelling illustrated survey to fully explore the extraordinary— and still young—science of bioluminosity in the ocean, explaining the forms and functions of marine tricks of the light.
EXPERT AUTHORS: Written by expert marine biologists with three decades of research, Steven Haddock and Sönke Johnsen.
SPECIFICATIONS
*100 full-color photographs
*224 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm
*HEIGHT: 12" - 304mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER NATURE, PHOTOGRAPHY
ISBN 978-1-4197-7237-5
US $55.00 CAN $69.00 UK £40.00 ËxHSLELJy772375z
CARTON QTY: 8 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-226-5
The Shape of Nature
THE INTRICATE PATTERNS OF LIFE
BY DAVID MAITLAND
Acclaimed photographer David Maitland’s
visual exploration of the myriad structures, shapes, and patterns seen in nature
It might appear at first glance that it is the chaos of the natural world that makes its beauty. But all around us are extraordinary examples of geometry which show that nature’s palette is in fact applied with brushstrokes that follow strict laws and principles.
The Shape of Nature reveals a wonderland of recurrent structures, shapes, and symmetries and asks how and why these came to be. Curated by form and introduced by essays linking form with function, each chapter examines exquisite examples—from a whale’s bejeweled baleen to a sea cucumber’s anchor–tattooed skin—captured in acclaimed photographer and scientist David Maitland’s lens and words. Where other books consider the math of natural patterns, The Shape of Nature explores their biological origins and significance. Combining sublime photography with an inspiring commentary, this is both a celebration of nature’s unseen masterpieces and a revelation of the principles underpinning their extraordinary creation.
David Maitland is an internationally acclaimed nature and science photographer. He has a BSc Hons (St. Andrews) and a doctorate (UNSW) in zoology, and is a fellow of the Royal Photographic Society. Maitland’s academic research has focused on the form and function of life forms, especially invertebrates, and his publication list includes nature papers on how maggots jump; crabs that breathe air with their legs; and asymmetry in the predation of trilobites. Photography has always featured prominently in his work, and he now combines an academic viewpoint with a new sense of enquiry combining art and science. His specialist macro and microscopy skills have been employed by the BBC for Wonders of Life and Human Universe. Maitland is the recipient of international photography awards including POYi, Sony World Photography, British Photography Awards, and Wildlife Photographer of the Year. He was named European Wildlife Photographer of the Year in 2008 and was the winner of the International Images for Science and a RPS Gold Medal in 2015. He lives in St Andrews, Scotland.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
AWARD–WINNING PHOTOGRAPHER: The Shape of Nature is an essential work by acclaimed photographer David Maitland, who is a respected authority in the field.
STUNNING PHOTOGRAPHY: The vibrant and complex macro–photographs reveal nature’s hidden symmetries and patterns.
INTEREST IN NATURE: Abrams’ books about the beauty of nature, from George Steinmetz to Josie Iselin to Christopher Marley, have sold more than 150,000 copies.
SPECIFICATIONS
*100 color photographs
*288 pages
*WIDTH: 11 9/10" - 302mm
*HEIGHT: 9 9/10" - 251mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER PHOTOGRAPHY, NATURE
ISBN 978-1-4197-7979-4
US $60.00 CAN $75.00 UK £45.00
ËxHSLELJy779794z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-049-7
Earth from Above (25th Anniversary Edition)
BY YANN ARTHUS-BERTRAND
Timed to the 25th anniversary of the groundbreaking international bestselling book Earth from Above,this updated version features new images and refreshed text that creates an unforgettable, inspiring portrait of our planet today
Since its original publication in 1999, Yann Arthus–Bertrand’s Earth From Above has been a touchstone for the environmental movement throughout the world, selling more than three million copies in all languages. The result of an epic, ongoing journey across five continents and 60 countries, this spectacular portrait of our planet is also an iconic reminder of its fragility. In this 25th anniversary edition, Arthus–Bertrand and more than a dozen experts on current environmental issues look back upon the past decade’s progress. With 30 percent of the images brand new and entirely updated text throughout, Arthus–Bertrand poignantly juxtaposes Earth’s raw beauty with the evidence of humanity’s negative impact upon our home. As Earth’s climate changes and sustainability is ever–present in the news, governmental policy, and organizations around the world, this book continues to be timely and essential decade after decade.
Yann Arthus–Bertrand is the author of more than sixty books, including Earth From Above, which has sold more than two million copies worldwide since it was published in 1999. He created the Good Planet Foundation in 2005, produces documentaries such as Terra (2015), Woman (2020), and Legacy (2021), and is a United Nations Goodwill Ambassador.
SELLING POINTS
INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER: Across all editions, Earth From Above has sold more than three million copies worldwide, including more than half a million in North America alone.
NEW CONTENT: With entirely updated text and never–before–seen photographs for nearly 30 percent of the imagery, this edition offers a stunningly beautiful, moving, and informed look at our world.
SPECIAL ANNIVERSARY
EDITION: Celebrating the 25th anniversary of when Earth from Above was first published, this is a monumental milestone for a book that has sold millions of copies and brings it back into the spotlight when it is more relevant than ever, as the Earth’s climate continues to change and remains at the center of international political discourse.
SPECIFICATIONS
US $65.00 CAN $82.00 ËxHSLELJy780783z RIGHTS:
*227 color photographs
*432 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER NATURE, PHOTOGRAPHY, TRAVEL
ISBN 978-1-4197-8078-3
RIGHTS: World/All
In the American West 40th Anniversary Edition
BY RICHARD AVEDON
An exquisitely produced new publication of In the American West: Photographs by Richard Avedon, a landmark project of classic American photography
First published by Abrams in 1985 in conjunction with the groundbreaking exhibition at the Amon Carter Museum in Fort Worth, Texas, the book is being reissued on its 40th anniversary in 2025.
Richard Avedon was the greatest American photographer of his generation. For In the American West, he traveled for five years, meeting and photographing the ordinary people populating America’s most extraordinary landscape. The resulting book includes 103 meticulously printed black–and–white photographs, an essay by Avedon on his working methods and portrait philosophy, and a journal of the project by Laura Wilson. The reissuing of this legendary book, out of print for more than a decade, is a major publishing event in the photography world.
Richard Avedon (1923–2004) was one of the most influential photographers of the second half of the 20th century. His portrait work comprises an authoritative record of the era, and his many books set a standard for photographic publishing. As a staff photographer for Harper’s Bazaar, Vogue, and The New Yorker, Avedon defined the medium of photography for his own and future generations. Laura Wilson is a photographer whose previous books are Hutterites of Montana, Watt Matthews of Lambshead, and Avedon at Work, which covers the five years she worked with Avedon making In the American West. Her work has also appeared in the New York Times Magazine, The New Yorker, the Washington Post Magazine, and London’s Sunday Times Magazine. She lives in Dallas.
SELLING POINTS
LASTING LEGACY: Avedon, who died in 2004, was the greatest American photographer of his generation.
NOTABLE RE–ISSUE: This legendary book, which has sold more than 50,000 copies since it was originally published, will speak to a new audience of photography and Avedon fans, having previously been out of print for more than a decade,
TIMELESS CLASSIC: One of Abrams’ memorable publications, now reprinted with all of the original quality.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Black-and-white photographs throughout *174 pages
*WIDTH: 10 7/8" - 276mm
*HEIGHT: 14" - 356mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
PHOTOGRAPHY
ISBN 978-1-4197-8360-9
US $100.00 CAN $135.00 UK £80.00
CARTON QTY: 8
Happy Medium
A GUIDED CREATIVITY JOURNAL
BY TAYLER CARRAWAY
Unlock your happiness through art and embrace your creative potential with this interactive guided journal
For many of us, creativity feels elusive and exclusive, but here is the good news: we are all born with innate creativity. As with all natural abilities, creativity just needs a little cultivation and practice to show up in our lives.
Happy Medium: A Guided Creativity Journal, is a battle–tested guided journal to understanding, practicing, and implementing creativity into our daily lives so that we can achieve outstanding results both professionally and personally. Tayler Carraway, the cofounder of the successful New York–based art cafe Happy Medium, breaks down how to embrace, grow, and be more confident in your artistic potential.
With step–by–step instructions, Happy Medium covers a variety of topics from the creative formula and how to amplify your intuition to overcoming fear and the benefits of using art as self–care. Packed with prompts to write, collage, draw, paint, and reflect, this illustrated guide is sure to improve your mood and will leave you feeling confident and excited about your creative potential.
Tayler Carraway is a creative entrepreneur, writer, marketer, and the cofounder of Happy Medium. She graduated from the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill with a degree in economics. After nearly a decade working in fashion for brands like J. Crew, Ralph Lauren, and Victoria’s Secret, Carraway left the corporate world to pursue a lifelong dream of starting a business with her husband Rett. Since its founding in 2019, Happy Medium has grown into a thriving cultural institution in New York City with two locations.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
SUCCESSFUL CATEGORY:
Creativity books and journals are a strong category, with books like Draw Every Day, Draw Every Way netting more than 60,000 copies and Wreck this Journal selling more than one million copies.
MAJOR MEDIA MOMENT: Carraway is owner of Happy Medium, a thriving art cafe business with two locations in New York and 100,000 plus customers. With more than 90,000 followers on Instagram, profiles in the New York Times, AD, Thrillist,and Time Out,the sky is the limit here!
GIFTABLE FORMAT: Happy Medium will feature eight pages of watercolor paper and a beautifully laid out interior with spot illustrations.
SPECIFICATIONS
*2-color illustrations throughout *160 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 228mm
* PB-Flexibound
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
SELF-HELP, ART, PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS
ISBN 978-1-4197-8267-1
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLELJy782671z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-670-6
Mystic Kitty
A CAT'S GUIDE TO MEDITATION WRITTEN BY VALERIE OULA, ILLUSTRATED BY THIAGO CORRÊA
A charming illustrated guide to more than 50 meditation practices inspired by cats
Did you know that just looking at pictures of cats can lower cortisol? Or that your contented kitty purrs at the perfect frequency for sound meditation?
In Mystic Kitty, a collection of cat facts accompanies more than 50 meditation practices for novice and seasoned meditators alike. Coupled with beautiful illustrations that are sure to delight all cat lovers, readers will learn a range of techniques from simple, seated practices using breathwork and mantras to more complex meditations involving movement and sound. By the end of this book, you’ll not only be a master meditator, but you’ll appreciate your beloved fur baby even more.
Valerie Oula is an energy–healing expert, holistic wellness practitioner, and meditation teacher. She is director of Vibrational Healing at THE WELL and is the founder of Modern Ritual NYC, a sanctuary for personal transformation and healing. She teaches and runs holistic retreats internationally. Learn more about Oula on Instagram @valerieoula and @thewell(117,000 followers) and at www.modernritualnyc.com. Thiago Corrêa is a visual artist, illustrator, and cat–obsessive based in Brazil. Learn more about him and join his 106,000 followers on Instagram @thiagocmart.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
BELOVED ILLUSTRATOR: Mystic Kitty features the gorgeous illustrations of Thiago Corrêa, the artist of the bestselling Cats Rule the Earth Tarot, which has sold more than 120,000 copies worldwide.
DYNAMIC DUO: We are all looking for tools to reduce stress; both cats and meditation are known to be excellent stress relievers, and this book brings them together.
ON–TREND TOPIC:
Approximately 275 million people meditate worldwide. The global meditation market size has grown exponentially in recent years, and it is expected to grow from $6.6 billion in 2023 to $8 billion in 2024.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *128 pages
*WIDTH: 8 3/4" - 222mm
*HEIGHT: 6 1/2" -165mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
SELF-HELP, PETS
ISBN 978-1-4197-8076-9
US $20.00 CAN $25.00 UK £13.99
ËxHSLELJy780769z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-637-9
Love Lessons
A FRESH LOOK AT THE LANGUAGES OF LOVE WRITTEN BY ALISE MORALES; ILLUSTRATED BY ANA JAREN
An inspirational reframing of the bestselling classic The 5 Languages of Love, which includes all kinds of people and all kinds of love
The Five Love Languages by Gary Chapman has sold millions of copies since it was published in 1992. Framed around how to best communicate with your romantic partner, “What’s your love language?” is such a pervasive conversation topic that it’s become a common prompt on dating apps. But despite its popularity, it really hasn’t kept up with the times— it’s simplistic, limited, and doesn’t allow room for all the beautiful complexities life has to offer.
Love Lessons, written by Alise Morales and illustrated by Ana Jaren, reframes the familiar concept of love languages as a more fluid and flexible method of communication that we all engage with at different times, in different moods, and with different people. From romantic partners to close friends, from family to coworkers, this book shows how love languages don’t have to be a one–size–fits–all approach. Existing love languages are reexamined and new ones introduced as equally powerful tools for expressing respect, admiration, and care in our most valued relationships. Morales’ text is accompanied by Jaren’s diverse artwork, showcasing illustrations that reflect the anarchy of the one–size–fits–all approach previously set forth by Chapman. Her maximalist, colorful drawings are indicative of the fun and freeing content that Morales has reframed to reach a more open–minded generation.
Informative paragraphs, inclusive language, and multiple–choice quizzes come together in Love Lessons to reach new heights within the community of people wanting to uncover how they give and receive love.
Alise Morales is a Brooklyn–based comedian, voice actor, and author of Zodiac Connections (Thunder Bay Press, 2023) and Stuff Your Astrologer Should Have Told You (David & Charles, 2024). She is the co–host of the Go Touch Grass podcast and has more than 15,400 followers on Instagram. Ana Jaren is a Madrid–based illustrator who captures the beauty of people and their daily activities that she makes by hand. She has more than 72,000 followers on Instagram and has her own website where she sells prints, stationary, and artwork.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
INCLUSIVE: Morales has written a book for every kind of person. Her readers range from those who felt the original love languages were too simplistic, to queer people eager to align themselves within the context of love languages that include them, to those who aren’t in romantic relationships and don’t want to feel like they need to be. Everyone can be transformed by the languages of love.
TRENDING TOPIC: The increase of popularity surrounding the idea of love languages has grown with the rise of social media platforms, where users share the different ways that they give and receive love.
GIFTY BOOK: This book is the perfect gift to give to your romantic partner, a family member, or anyone who has been interested in the love languages and wants to learn more about their own relationships all while looking at fun and beautiful illustrations.
SPECIFICATIONS
*160 pages
*WIDTH: 5 3/4" - 146mm
*HEIGHT: 7 3/4" - 177mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: DECEMBER
ISBN 978-1-4197-8345-6
US $22.99 CAN $28.99 UK £16.99 ËxHSLELJy783456z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-823-6
Style Codes: Cher
A GUIDE TO DRESSING LIKE A FASHION ICON
BY NATALIE HAMMOND
Dress like a style icon with inspiration and practical advice garnered from the many looks and bold wardrobe of Cher
This accessible new series of fashion guides empowers you to dress like a style icon. Cher’s timeless glamour, unique sense of style, and famous long dark locks have inspired generations. From statement bell bottoms to studs and embellishments to her signature leather looks, Cher’s star quality is unmistakable.
In each chapter, you will learn how to develop your own personal style, guided by interviews and fabulous photographs that capture the quintessential aura of Cher’s fashion legacy. Embrace the power of taking risks with artistic makeup, bold colors palettes, and avant–garde designs. Style Codes: Cher is more than just tips and tricks to help elevator your wardrobe. It’s a call to believe in and fully cherish who you are and who you want to be.
Natalie Hammond is the senior fashion news editor at Grazia. She previously worked on the fashion desk at the Times, and her writing has appeared in publications including the Telegraph, The Financial Times and gal–dem. She studied English literature at the University of Exeter and has a master’s degree in magazine journalism from City University. She is also the author of Style Codes: David Bowie and Style Codes: Dolly Parton.
RIGHTS: North America
SELLING POINTS
ENDURING LEGACY: Cher has been an internationally acclaimed singer and actress since her debut album, All I Really Want to Do, was released in 1965. She has sold more than 40 million records as part of Sonny & Cher and more than 100 million as a solo artist. Known as the “Goddess of Pop” in the media, this nickname solidified her as a pop culture icon, with 15.4 million monthly listeners on Spotify in 2024.
CHER BOOKS SELL: Cher: The Memoir Part 1 published in November 2024 and has already sold more than 100,000 copies. The highly anticipated second part to her memoir is scheduled for 2025, which will coincide with our (unauthorized) style guide.
GIFTY FASHION GUIDE: This style guide can teach anyone to embody Cher’s rocking uniqueness, from her folk–pop beginnings to the silver screen and everything in between! Whether you’re strutting at an awards show or belting on stage, the 10 easy principles outlined in the book will inspire the glamour and dazzle of Cher.
BRAND–NEW SERIES: Style Codes: Cher is the next book in our new fashion series, joining Style Codes: David Bowie (spring 2025) and Style Codes: Dolly Parton (spring 2025). The next books in the series will be Style Codes: Frida Kahlo (spring 2026) and Style Codes: Taylor Swift (spring 2026).
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color photographs and illustrations throughout *196 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 127mm
*HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 190mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
SELF-HELP, FASHION, NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-8553-5
US $19.99 CAN $24.99
ËxHSLELJy785535z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-924-0
Norman Rockwell's Christmas
BY NORMAN ROCKWELL
A new edition of the timeless holiday favorite showcasing Norman Rockwell’s artwork alongside festive stories, poems, and recipes
Originally published by Abrams in 1977, Norman Rockwell’s Christmasis a holiday classic that has remained a bestselling family treasure for more than 30 years. With over 85 images from Rockwell’s archive of art, this fully redesigned edition brings a fresh, contemporary appeal to the original vintage volume.
This holiday favorite features timeless art, including images of children sleigh–riding, families caroling, and Santa preparing for his big night, as well as 15 new images culled from Rockwell’s extensive archive. Alongside these lush illustrations are Christmas poems and stories from beloved writers such as Robert Frost, Langston Hughes, Hans Christian Andersen, and Lewis Carroll; Christmas carol music and lyrics; and Christmas dinner recipes from Fannie Merritt Farmer’s 1896 cooking tome. Norman Rockwell’s Christmas is the perfect present under the tree for Rockwell fans young and old.
Norman Rockwell (1894–1978) was a 20th–century American painter known for his illustrations of everyday life. His most famous images were created for the Saturday Evening Post magazine including Rosie the Riveter, Saying Grace, and the Four Freedoms series. The Norman Rockwell Museum holds more than 574 original paintings and drawings of the artist and is located in Stockbridge, Massachusetts, where Norman Rockwell spent the last 25 years of his life.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
HOLIDAY FAVORITE: This book has remained part of many families’ Christmas tradition for more than 35 years. Now more than ever, families will be looking to tradition and nesting in the spirit of this volume.
BIG MARKET: This title is popular across generations and appeals to those interested in carrying on holiday traditions.
CLASSIC ROCKWELL: Rockwell is an iconic American painter and his work—85 of which are featured in this book—resonates across many markets.
MODERN DESIGN: This book features the same terrifically successful content of the original Norman Rockwell Christmas in a fresh and contemporary package.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *224 pages
*WIDTH: 8 3/4" - 222mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
ISBN 978-1-4197-8444-6
US $30.00 CAN $40.00 UK £23.00
The Indisputable Existence of Santa Claus
THE MATHEMATICS OF CHRISTMAS
BY THOMAS OLÉRON EVANS AND HANNAH FRY
Two distinguished mathematicians explain, with humor and clarity, how mathematical concepts are everywhere we look through one very merry motif: Christmas. A refreshed cover design makes this ideal for holiday gifting.
Lighthearted and diverting with Christmasy diagrams, sketches and graphs, equations, Markov chains, and matrices, The Indisputable Existence of Santa Claus brightens up the bleak midwinter with stockingsful of mathematical marvels.
How do you apply game theory to select who should be on your Christmas shopping list? What equations should you use to decorate the Christmas tree? Will calculations show Santa is getting steadily thinner— shimmying up and down chimneys for a whole night—or fatter—as he munches on cookies and milk in billions of houses across the world?
In their quest to provide mathematical proof for the existence of Santa, the authors take readers on a festive journey through a traditional holiday season. Every activity, from wrapping presents to playing board games to cooking the perfect turkey, is analyzed through the lens of math. Because who hasn’t always wondered how to set up a mathematically perfect Secret Santa?
This book belongs under your Christmas tree if you enjoy a spice of math in your eggnog.
Thomas Oléron Evans, PhD, is a Teaching Fellow for the Smart Cities and Spatial Data Courses at the University College London. Hannah Fry, PhD, is a broadcaster and lecturer of the mathematics of cities at the University College London. She is the author of The Mathematics of Love, and her TED Talk on the subject has been viewed over five million times. She regularly appears on BBC television and radio.
SELLING POINTS
EXPERT AUTHORS: Authors Thomas Oléron Evans and Hannah Fry have PhDs in mathematics and lecture at the University College London Centre for Advanced Spatial Analysis, making them the perfect authors to discuss math concepts in a fun, engaging way.
GIFT BOOK IN TIME FOR THE HOLIDAYS: This book is perfect for people who love math, people who like to understand the world around them, or anyone who likes all things Christmas! This book is a fantastic choice for gifting around the holidays.
STRONG PLATFORM: Hannah Fry has over 614,000 followers on Instagram, 247,000 followers on X, and 40,000 subscribers on YouTube. She also engaged her followers through podcasts, TED Talks, and appearances on television and radio.
NEW COVER DESIGN: We are designing a brand new, eye–catching cover for a fresh updated look that will appeal to a broader audience.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Two-color illustrations throughout *160 pages
*WIDTH: 5" - 127mm
*HEIGHT: 7 3/4" - 196mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
ISBN 978-1-4197-8790-4
US $17.99 CAN $22.99
ËxHSLELJy787904z
ebook ISBN 978-1-4683-1613-1
RIGHTS: World/All
The Sock Obsession
SUPERCOOL SOCKS TO KNIT AND SHOW OFF
BY SUMMER LEE
From Summer Lee, sock knitting guru and author of reader–favorite The Sock Project, a new collection of patterns for making socks in every shape and size, all in her signature palette of neon bright colors
From the author of The Sock Project comes a new book that helps knitters build their skills in fresh and exciting ways. This volume presents a variety of sock styles, from boot socks and ankle socks to loafer and cuffed styles, and a universe of techniques. Try your hand at cables, colorwork, ribs, and textured knitting with 25 easy–to–follow patterns, then customize your designs to make dozens of different looks! Chapters offer traditional Scandinavian and European sock designs, mod designs that would make MoMA proud, and socks with whimsical motifs like mushrooms, sheep, and lobsters!
Socks are perennial favorites because they’re addictively quick to make, require far less yarn than scarves or sweaters, and can be easily customized to fit. This patten collection provides a fun way to learn all sorts of techniques, and the instructions are progressive, meaning new knitters can start at the beginning and learn the basics before advancing to harder projects. And experts can turn to the patterns they’re most excited to make and dive right in.
Summer Lee is a knitwear designer based in Tulsa, Oklahoma, who began her business, Summer Lee Design Co., in 2020. Since then, she’s become known for her stellar sock patterns and has grown an extraordinary following in the knitting community. Her first book, The Sock Project, was published by Abrams in 2024.
SELLING POINTS
KNIT STAR: Lee is a favorite sock designer and knitting–world expert whose audience continues grow (from 51,000 to 76,000 in 2024 alone); The Sock Project (Abrams, 2024) sold through its first print run almost before the book was officially on sale.
BUZZ–WORTHY
DESIGNS:
Knitters seek out Lee’s designs for their brilliant colors, interesting stitchwork, and foolproof instructions.
FRESH, FUN, AND UNPUBLISHED: Includes 25 fresh–from–the–studio patterns —all featuring Lee’s signature crazy palettes and fantastic designs—that are perfect for newbies, beginners, and experienced knitters alike.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Color photographs, illustrations, charts and schematics throughout *192 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY
CRAFT, FASHION, NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-8046-2
US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £17.99
ËxHSLELJy780462z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-621-8
Nordic Sailors' & Fishermen’s Sweaters
MODERN KNITWEAR INSPIRED BY HISTORICAL PATTERNS
BY LOTTE RAHBEK AND GITTE VERNER JENSEN
A collection of patterns for classic sweaters and knitwear, inspired by treasured historical designs from Norway and Scandinavia
Inspired by traditional sweater styles worn by sailors and fishermen in the 19th and early 20th centuries, this collection is based on a photographic archive from the Maritime Museum in the eastern Denmark town of Helsingør.
The book contains 23 knitting patterns, plus size variations, for making stylish sweaters and accessories for both adults and children and includes historic and contemporary photos of each garment. Instructions are easy to follow and suitable for advanced beginners to experts; the text and patterns encourage knitters to build their level of skill by starting with hats to learn the stitches, then moving to more complex designs. Patterns are gender and age neutral so that the whole family can wear and enjoy these traditional, nautical knits.
Knitters will appreciate the clear instructions and size variations, as knitting books for garments that fit men are few and particularly in demand. And everyone will treasure the lovely photos and fascinating historical details about what the stitches represent and how these traditions have been passed down.
Lotte Rahbek is a knitwear designer based in Denmark and the founder of the Apple of My Eye knitwear brand. In 2022 she published her first knitting book Du er min øjesten (Apple of My Eye) in Danish. Rahbek’s patterns are known for their simple shapes, fine details, and vibrant colors. Gitte Verner Jensen is a designer and knitting expert. She currently works at the Louisiana Museum of Modern Art in Denmark.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
VINTAGE CLASSICS: These handsome sweaters are fashion staples, but have found renewed popularity thanks to films such as The Banshees of Innisherin and a strong trend for knitting Nordic patterns and looks.
AUTHENTIC DESIGNS:
Sourced from historical images, these designs have been passed down for generations and reflect garments worn by working sailors and fishermen at the turn of the century.
MEN’S KNITS AND MORE:
Although designed to be unisex, the patterns are shown on men and provided in a range of sizes. Few knitting books offer garments that will fit men, and even fewer present sizes from child to adult. Traditional fishermen’s sweaters are wardrobe favorites and patterns for making them are prized by knitters.
SPECIFICATIONS
*200 full-color images, plus charts and schematics
*288 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER CRAFT, FASHION, WOMEN'S HISTORY
ISBN 978-1-4197-7871-1
US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00
ËxHSLELJy778711z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-509-9
Crochet How
LEARN TO CROCHET WITH SIMPLE STITCHES, PATTERNS, AND TIPS
BY MEGHAN FERNANDES AND LYDIA GLUCK
The perfect learn–to–crochet book for beginners, from the creators of the premier knit and crochet brand Pom Pom
Crochet How takes new crocheters through the basics so they can develop their skills and increase their crochet confidence with each new project. The book’s friendly teaching style, clear instructions, and easy to make patterns are specifically designed to make starting out fun and to inspire new crocheters to stick with the craft.
Following in the footsteps of Knit How, Pom Pom’s classic beginning knitting guide, Crochet How demonstrates key first stitches and helps readers build their skills while progressing at their own pace. With 15 trendy and fun patterns, and endless possibilities for customizing, Crochet How keeps readers motivated and inspired as they stitch their way through the projects and master a new craft.
Pom Pom is well–known for their exciting use of color, and these new crochet designs do not disappoint. Start with an easy throw blanket, scarf, or tote, then complete your new crocheted collection by stitching up a cute hat, a sweet cowl, pullover, crop top, and granny square creations galore.
Pom Pom founders Meghan Fernandes and Lydia Gluck are knit, crochet, and fiber experts known for both their clear instructions and creative patterns, and for presenting knitting, crochet, and craft in a modern, beautiful, and meaningful way. Fernandes lives in Austin, Texas, while Gluck is based in Norwich, England, and you can follow them on Instagram @pompommag.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
CROCHET TREND: Fashion is in love with crochet once again, and beginner books have an evergreen audience as newbies pick up this trendy craft (and lapsed crocheters refresh their skills.) Sister publication, Knit How, is the classic how–to guide for beginning knitters, stocked by more independent yarn stores than any other beginner book. Now, Crochet How is perfectly timed to follow in its footsteps.
GLOBAL AUDIENCE: With a lively online presence and a reach that includes 700–plus yarn shops (in 20 countries) that sold Pom Pom’s now–shuttered print magazine for more than a decade, the brand has a global audience of fans who are passionate, engaged, and clamoring for new publications.
BELOVED BRAND: Famed for their friendly, informal voice and high standards of pattern design, Pom Pom has been creating community and encouraging knitters and crocheters to embrace “Joy in Making” since 2012. They have an engaged and loyal fan base of 144,000 followers on Instagram, with more than 200,000 followers across all platforms.
SPECIFICATIONS
*200 color images
*192 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
*Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: DECEMBER CRAFT, FASHION, NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-8002-8 US $26.99 CAN $33.99 UK £18.99
ËxHSLELJy780028z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-581-5
Knit How (Revised and Updated Edition)
LEARN TO KNIT WITH SIMPLE STITCHES, PATTERNS & TIPS
BY MEGHAN FERNANDES AND LYDIA GLUCK
A
fresh, updated
edition of the classic learn–to–knit book, from the creators of the premier knit and crochet brand Pom Pom
Knit How is the classic learn–to–knit book, stocked by more independent yarn stores than any other beginner book. Now, straight from the needles of Pom Pom, comes a fresh edition of this all–time favorite, with all–new photography, a bright new design, two new patterns, and a companion YouTube video channel. Like the OG, the new Knit How is friendly and easy to use. It now includes 18 knitting patterns, along with step–by–step techniques (illustrated with beginners in mind), plus tips to keep you on the path to success.
Packed with tutorials and advice, Knit How guides you from those first shaky stitches to knitting a host of cute projects. Pick and choose among simple scarves and cowls, hats and fingerless mitts to knit up fast, and easy socks and sweaters to stitch and show off.
Pom Pom founders Meghan Fernandes and Lydia Gluck are knit, crochet, and fiber experts known for both their clear instructions and creative patterns, and for presenting knitting, crochet, and craft in a modern, beautiful, and meaningful way. Fernandes lives in Austin, Texas, while Gluck is based in Norwich, England, and you can follow them on Instagram @pompommag.
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-580-8 RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
UPDATED CLASSIC: Published in 2018, the top–rated original volume (more than 17,000 sold) became a staple in crafters’ homes and at yarn shops around the world. This updated edition has new photography, a fresh design, two new patterns, and a companion YouTube video channel to support the book.
GLOBAL AUDIENCE: With a lively online presence and a reach that includes 700–plus yarn shops (in 20 countries) that sold Pom Pom’s now–shuttered print magazine for more than a decade, the brand has a global audience of fans who are passionate, engaged, and clamoring for new publications.
BELOVED BRAND: Famed for their friendly, informal voice and high standards of pattern design, Pom Pom has been creating community and encouraging knitters and crocheters to embrace “Joy in Making” since 2012. They have an engaged and loyal fan base of 144,000 followers on Instagram, with more than 200,000 followers across all platforms.
SPECIFICATIONS
*200 color images
*192 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
*Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: JANUARY CRAFT, FASHION, NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-8001-1
US $26.99 CAN $33.99 UK £18.99 ËxHSLELJy780011z
Animation for the People
AN ILLUSTRATED HISTORY OF THE NATIONAL FILM BOARD OF CANADA
BY CHARLES SOLOMON
An inside look at the influential and Academy Award–winning animators of the National Film Board of Canada
Animation for the People traces the growth of the National Film Board of Canada and its animation artists, highlighting significant films, original visions, and innovative techniques. Through interviews conducted by author Charles Solomon with Board filmmakers and other animation artists, as well as original artwork from the films, readers will discover both the creative process of and the unusual techniques used by this unique brain trust.
Charles Solomon is an internationally respected critic, animation historian, and lecturer at the UCLA School of Theater, Film, and Television. He is the author of more than a dozen books on the art and making of animated films and television specials, and his recent credits include The Man Who Leapt Through Film: The Art of Mamoru Hosoda, The Art of Frozen, The Art of WolfWalkers, and the Song of the Sea Artbook, which he wrote in collaboration with Cartoon Saloon cofounder Tomm Moore. He lives in Los Angeles.
SELLING POINTS
ACCLAIMED CREATORS: The National Film Board of Canada has funded the creation of landmark animated films and shorts that have garnered international awards attention.
WIDE SCOPE: The National Film Board has given a platform to a wide variety of directors and animators, from Indigenous filmmakers to auteurs and science educators, and this book will feature original sketches and interviews that span this collective.
CONNECTED AUTHOR: Solomon is a one of the foremost animation historians and educators.
CONCEPT–ART PORTFOLIO: Includes artwork and concept designs spanning the Film Board of Canada’s acclaimed history.
SPECIFICATIONS
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-554-2 RIGHTS: World/All
*300 color photographs
*272 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 228mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER
POP CULTURE, ART, ENTERTAINMENT
ISBN 978-1-4197-5890-4
US $60.00 CAN $75.00 UK £45.00
ËxHSLELJy758904z
The Eater Guide to Mexico City
BY EATER WITH NILS BERNSTEIN; ILLUSTRATED BY ELIANE MANCERA
A comprehensive food–lover’s guidebook to Mexico City from Eater, the online authority on where to eat and why it matters
The Eater Guide to Mexico City is your go–to source for getting immersed in the city’s vibrant dining culture. With Eater's expertise, discover how the local scene has been shaped by history, immigration, and agriculture, and get incomparable insight into Mexico City's unique food destinations. Readers will explore the best restaurants, cafés, shops, and more, recommended by those who’ve shaped and defined how the city eats.
This book includes:
Guides to Mexico City essentials like street food, key regional specialties, and the best sweets
·Ideas for great places to eat near key sites, which are often surrounded by underwhelming tourist traps
Maps with the must–visit spots and shopping destinations neighborhood by neighborhood
Contributions from well–known Mexico City experts such as Gabriela Cámara, Enrique Olvera, and Pati Jinich
·Weekend trip itineraries to eating destinations outside the city, including Tepoztlán, Oaxaca, and Valle de Bravo
Built on the unrivaled authority of Eater’s networks of local writers and editors who live and breathe their hometown food scenes, this book is perfect for first–time visitors and experts alike who are hungry to explore the best the city has to offer based on the advice of in–the–know locals.
Eater is a digital media brand comprised of a national site covering food and dining culture, 20+ city sites tracking local dining scenes, a robust YouTube channel, and more. Nils Bernstein is the Mexico City–based food editor for Wine Enthusiast and has worked with Bon Appétit, Epicurious, the New York Times, Food & Wine, and more. He coauthored The Outdoor Kitchen and Made in Mexico and wrote The Joy of Oysters
SELLING POINTS
SUPPORT FROM A MAJOR MEDIA PLATFORM: Eater leads the food media market in both audience scale and reader engagement with an average of 13.5 million readers every month, 10 million social media followers, and 3.3 million YouTube subscribers. To ensure the buzzworthy launch and ongoing success of this series, Eater and Vox Media will strategically leverage all of the platforms and tools at their disposal.
LAUNCH OF A NEW SERIES AND
NEW FORMAT: To launch Eater's exciting food–focused travel guide series, two titles were published in spring 2024—The Eater Guide to New York and The Eater Guide to Los Angeles The Eater Guide to Paris follows in spring 2025, with The Eater Guide to Mexico City in fall 2025, both packaged in a brand–new, hardcover format that locals and travelers alike will want to display and collect.
WHAT EATERS WANT TO KNOW: Eater, with its team of on–the–ground local experts, is the most trusted online source for avoiding tourist traps and getting immersed in a place via food. This guide offers the kind of content that Eater’s huge audience wants from them, expanding from their strong existing online coverage of Mexico City—one of their most popular international destinations —with new in–depth advice and recommendations.
SPECIFICATIONS
*100 color illustrations
*176 pages
*WIDTH: 5 7/8" - 149mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 209mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
FOOD & DRINK, TRAVEL, LATINO HISTORY & CULTURE
ISBN 978-1-4197-6583-4
US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £17.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-891-8
Michelin Travel Guides Short Stays: London
BY MICHELIN
As part of a brand–new, updated series, Michelin Green Guides Short Stays: London takes readers through London’s highlights—whether they’re staying for a week or a weekend, this perfectly pocket–sized companion has restaurant, hotel, and activity recommendations for every budget
The new Michelin Green Guide Short Stays: London presents the city’s top attractions for a 24–hour visit, a weekend, or even longer. Take in sights like Buckingham Palace, Big Ben, and Tower Bridge. Enjoy the best of the British Museum, the National Gallery, the Science Museum, and more. Shop Oxford Street from Marble Arch to Leicester Square. You’ll also find a choice of restaurants for any budget.
This pocket–size guide helps you do it all with its detailed maps, recommended places to eat and stay, and Michelin’s respected star–rating system. Clearly organized based on distinct areas of the city, each guide contains: multiple color maps for easy orientation as well as a detachable map of the city
·suggestions of must–do activities, including theaters and music, shopping and markets, walking tours, nightlife, and kids’ activities
hotel and restaurant recommendations across a range of budgets, including pubs and cafés
·list of starred attractions to optimize vacation time section covering practical topics such as when to go, things to know before departure, and tips when traveling around town
·full–color photographs throughout
Michelin created its first travel guide more than 100 years ago to promote road travel and inspire driving confidence. Today, Michelin Travel & Lifestyle offers travelers an extensive range of travel guides, maps, and online resources. These products deliver the same Michelin promise of quality and consistency consumers expect from one of the world’s most trusted brands.
SELLING POINTS
SMALL BUT MIGHTY: The Michelin Green Guide Short Stay: London edition is perfectly pocket–sized and packed with information; it’s great for every traveler to pop in their handbag, suitcase, or carry around while sightseeing.
TRUSTED RECOMMENDATIONS:
From a reputable and authoritative source on the best restaurants, places to go, and where to stay, this book has everything one might need to know before a short trip to London.
POPULAR DESTINATION:
London is a bustling hub for millions of travelers from all over the world. Whether London is a brief stop on the way to the final destination or a place to vacation for a week’s time, this short guide details the most essential things to do in the city.
SPECIFICATIONS
*192 pages
*WIDTH: 4 3/4" - 121mm
*HEIGHT: 6 1/4" - 159mm
* Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER TRAVEL, FOOD & DRINK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8426-2
US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99
ËxHSLELJy784262z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-862-5
Michelin Travel Guides Short Stays: New York City
BY MICHELIN
This travel–sized guide to New York City features Michelin’s favorite recommendations for places to stay, eat, and visit from Queens to Manhattan to Brooklyn and more, with brand–new content, updated maps, and suggested itineraries
The updated Michelin Green Guide Short Stays: New York City presents the city’s top attractions for a 24–hour visit, a weekend, or even longer. Uncover the best of the city from Manhattan to Brooklyn and explore New York’s world–famous buildings, museums, landmarks, and neighborhoods. This pocket–sized guide helps you do it all with its detailed maps, recommended places to eat and stay, and Michelin’s respected star–rating system. Known as the city that never sleeps, New York City is ever–changing, so this brand–new, updated guide is perfect for those sweeping through the Big Apple on their way to somewhere else or for a longer trip. You’ll also find a choice of restaurants for any budget.
The featured attractions have been reviewed and rated using the celebrated Michelin star–rating system, helping make the most of time and travel funds. Clearly organized based on distinct areas of the city, each guide contains: multiple color maps for easy orientation as well as a detachable map of the city
·list of starred attractions and New York City highlights to help travelers make the most of limited time top activities such as music and dance, shopping and markets, nightlife, and fun for kids
·hotel and restaurant recommendations across a range of budgets section covering practical topics such as when to go, things to know before departure, and tips when traveling around town
·full–color photographs throughout
Michelin created its first travel guide more than 100 years ago to promote road travel and inspire driving confidence. Today, Michelin Travel & Lifestyle offers travelers an extensive range of travel guides, maps, and online resources. These products deliver the same Michelin promise of quality and consistency consumers expect from one of the world’s most trusted brands.
SELLING POINTS
SMALL BUT MIGHTY: The Michelin Green Guide Short Stay: New York City edition is perfectly pocket–sized and packed with information; it’s great for every traveler to pop in their handbag, suitcase, or carry around while sightseeing.
TRUSTED RECOMMENDATIONS:
From a reputable and authoritative source on the best restaurants, places to go, and where to stay, this book has everything one might need to know before a long weekend or quick trip to New York City.
BUSTLING METROPOLIS:
According to the New York government, “New York City led other major US tourist destinations with over 33 million overnight visitors in 2023 driven by domestic travelers,” and people are continuing to come in droves to see Broadway shows, eat great food, and enjoy the sights of the city.
SPECIFICATIONS
*176 pages
*WIDTH: 4 3/4" - 121mm
*HEIGHT: 6 1/4" - 159mm
* Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER TRAVEL
ISBN 978-1-4197-8428-6 US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-864-9
Michelin Travel Guides Short Stays: Paris
BY MICHELIN
With Michelin Green Guides Short Stays: Paris, learn about the City of Lights and get tips on where to stay and what to eat, as well as sites to see that prove why this city is so beloved around the world
The Michelin Green Guide Short Stays: Paris presents the city’s highlights for a 24–hour visit, a weekend, or even longer. Visit the iconic Eiffel Tower, Sacre Coeur, and Notre Dame. Dive into art at the Louvre, Centre Pompidou, Musée d’Orsay and the new Centquatre. Stroll the Champs–Élysées or Île St–Louis, and then sample a patisserie or some fresh baked bread. The sights within this pocket–sized guide are reviewed according to Michelin’s time–honored star–rating system to help travelers make the most of time and travel funds and experience the best Paris has to offer. Clearly organized based on distinct areas of the city, each guide contains: multiple color maps for easy orientation as well as a detachable map of the city
·list of starred attractions and city highlights to optimize vacation time
·suggestions of must–do activities, including music and dance, shopping and markets, nightlife, and fun for kids hotel and restaurant recommendations, including bistros, brasseries, and cafés, across a range of budgets section covering practical topics such as when to go, things to know before departure, and tips when traveling around town
·full–color photographs throughout
Michelin created its first travel guide more than 100 years ago to promote road travel and inspire driving confidence. Today, Michelin Travel & Lifestyle offers travelers an extensive range of travel guides, maps, and online resources. These products deliver the same Michelin promise of quality and consistency consumers expect from one of the world’s most trusted brands.
SELLING POINTS
EASY TO USE: With a detachable map and compact format, this guide is portable yet comprehensive, filled with enough information to help people pick the perfect hotels, restaurants, and activities, but not too much detail to overwhelm when planning.
AUTHORITY ANYONE CAN
TRUST: Michelin has a long history of having excellent recommendations—not just for restaurants—and with the Short Stays series, it once again proves that it has the best, most up–to–date advice.
BUILT FOR EVERY BUDGET: With suggestions for every level of budget, this guide demonstrates that Paris can be seen and stayed at a reasonable budget.
SPECIFICATIONS
*192 pages
*WIDTH: 4 3/4" - 121mm
*HEIGHT: 6 1/4" - 159mm
* Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER TRAVEL, FOOD & DRINK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8429-3 US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-866-3
Michelin Travel Guides Short Stays: Rome
BY MICHELIN
From the Roman baths to the Colosseum, explore Rome like never before with Michelin’s compact guide of restaurant, hotel, and activity recommendations for any budget and traveling taste
Explore the sights and sounds of Rome with the Michelin Green Guides Short Stays, from the Colosseum to the city’s hidden gems. As the publisher of travel guides, maps, and atlases, Michelin offers a complete travel portfolio. If you’re wondering where to go, how to get there, where to eat and stay, and what to see and do, this pocket–sized guide will help you do it all with Michelin’s respected star–rating system. Clearly organized based on distinct areas of the city, each guide contains:
multiple color maps for easy orientation as well as a detachable map of the city list of starred attractions and Rome highlights to help travelers make the most of limited time ·suggestions of must–do activities, including music and dance, shopping and markets, nightlife, and kids’ activities hotel and restaurant recommendations, including bistros, brasseries, and cafés, across a range of budgets section covering practical topics such as when to go, things to know before departure, and tips when traveling around town
·full–color photographs throughout
Michelin created its first travel guide more than 100 years ago to promote road travel and inspire driving confidence. Today, Michelin Travel & Lifestyle offers travelers an extensive range of travel guides, maps, and online resources. These products deliver the same Michelin promise of quality and consistency consumers expect from one of the world’s most trusted brands.
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
LAUNCH OF A NEW SERIES: A total of four Michelin Short Stays travel guides are being published in Fall 2025—Rome, Paris, London, and New York City— along with two larger country guides to France and Italy.
QUALITY RECOMMENDATIONS: Renowned the world over, Michelin is a trusted source for advice on the best restaurants, hotels, and more in Rome and other global cities.
TRAVEL–HUNGRY TOURISTS:
According to Tourist Italy, more than 35 million tourists came to Rome in 2023, and those numbers are projected to rise; it’s clear that Rome will continue to be a top destination for international visitors.
SPECIFICATIONS
*176 pages
*WIDTH: 4 3/4" - 121mm
*HEIGHT: 6 1/4" - 159mm
* Paperback with flaps PUB MONTH: OCTOBER TRAVEL, FOOD & DRINK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8427-9
US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99
ËxHSLELJy784279z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-863-2
Michelin Travel Guides: Italy
BY MICHELIN
With a fresh design and new recommendations, Michelin Green Guides: Italy will inspire travelers to craft unforgettable journeys and explore the country’s highlights, from its iconic cities and Roman ruins to renowned wine regions, outdoor adventures, natural landscapes, and more
The updated Michelin Green Guides: Italy offers travelers the inspiration to create a memorable journey, detailing the country’s must–see cities, historic cathedrals, castles, and Roman ruins, wine regions and gourmet destinations, and outdoor activities and natural settings, The guide also offers Michelin’s many driving itineraries. From the postcard–perfect Lakes region to sunny Sicilian villages, Michelin’s celebrated star–rating system pinpoints Italy’s highlights, recommending great places to eat and sleep and providing clear maps and practical information to guarantee a successful trip.
Michelin created its first travel guide more than 100 years ago to promote road travel and inspire driving confidence. Today, Michelin Travel & Lifestyle offers travelers an extensive range of travel guides, maps, and online resources. These products deliver the same Michelin promise of quality and consistency consumers expect from one of the world’s most trusted brands.
SELLING POINTS
NEW UPDATES: With tips on every single region in Italy, this large–format guide presents brand–new information, from Italian history and the arts to sightseeing and more.
HIGH–QUALITY
RECOMMENDATIONS:
Renowned the world over, Michelin is a trusted source for advice on the best restaurants, hotels, and more in Italy and other countries around the world.
EVERYTHING TRAVELERS
NEED TO KNOW: A more comprehensive guide than its pocket–sized Rome companion, the Michelin Green Guides: Italy offers travelers advice on everything they need to do, see, eat, and buy in the country, complete with detailed maps and practical information, so that tourists can see the best during their stay.
SPECIFICATIONS
*528 pages
*WIDTH: 4 1/2" - 114mm
*HEIGHT: 8 5/8" - 219mm
* Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY TRAVEL, FOOD & DRINK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8425-5
US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £17.99
ËxHSLELJy784255z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-861-8
Michelin Travel Guides: Spain
BY MICHELIN
Explore Spain’s rich history, delicious food, and beautiful sights in Michelin Green Guides: Spain, an up–to–date guide on where to go, what to eat, and where to stay in Spain, with maps, full–color photographs, and essential information for every traveler
The updated Michelin Green Guides: Spain is rich in ideas to inspire great journeys across this diverse country, whether travelers wish to follow their interests in history, the great outdoors, family activities, shopping, spas, and wine tours, or explore Spain’s beaches, mountains and cities via Michelin walking and driving tours. The guide takes the guesswork out of trip organization with colorful maps, Michelin’s renowned star–rating system for attractions and activities, and trusted hotel and restaurant recommendations. Featuring comprehensive, concise travel information for both advanced trip planning and on–site decisions, this guide guarantees a memorable experience.
Michelin created its first travel guide more than 100 years ago to promote road travel and inspire driving confidence. Today, Michelin Travel & Lifestyle offers travelers an extensive range of travel guides, maps, and online resources. These products deliver the same Michelin promise of quality and consistency consumers expect from one of the world’s most trusted brands.
SELLING POINTS
NEW UPDATES: With tips on every region in Spain, this large–format guide provides brand–new information, from Spanish history to sightseeing to the best tapas and more.
HIGH–QUALITY
RECOMMENDATIONS: Renowned the world over, Michelin is a trusted source for advice on the best restaurants, hotels, and more in Spain and other countries.
EVERYTHING
TRAVELERS NEED TO KNOW: A more comprehensive guide than the pocket–sized Michelin Green Guides Short Stay, the Michelin Green Guide: Spain offers travelers advice on everything they need to do, see, eat, and buy in the country.
SPECIFICATIONS
*602 pages
*WIDTH: 4 1/2" - 114mm
*HEIGHT: 8 5/8" - 219mm
* Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY
FOOD & DRINK, TRAVEL
ISBN 978-1-4197-8430-9
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-867-0
From Art Work • By Sally Mann
Art Work
ON THE CREATIVE LIFE
BY SALLY MANN
The much–anticipated new book by artist and New York Times bestselling author Sally Mann about the challenges and transcendent pleasures of the creative process
Art Work, by photographer and writer Sally Mann, offers a spellbinding mix of wild and illuminating stories, practical (and some impractical) advice, and life lessons for artists and writers—or anyone interested in the creative path. Written in the same frank, fearless, and occasionally outrageous tone of her bestselling memoir, Hold Still, this new book reaffirms Mann as a unique and resonant voice for our times and is destined to become a classic. Illustrated throughout with photographs, journal entries, and letters that bring immediacy and poignancy to the narrative, Art Work is full of thought–provoking insights about the hazards of early promise; the unpredictable role of luck; the value of work, work, work, and more hard work; the challenges of rejection and distraction; the importance of risk–taking; and the rewards of knowing why and when you say yes. In sparkling prose and thoughtfully juxtaposed visuals and ephemera, Art Work is a generous, provocative, and compulsively readable exploration of creativity by one of our most original thinkers.
Sally Mann is a Guggenheim Fellow and three–time recipient of the National Endowment for the Arts Fellowship. She was named “America’s Best Photographer” by Time in 2001. In 2021, she received the Prix Pictet and was inducted into the International Photography Hall of Fame. She has been the subject of two documentaries: Blood Ties (1994), which was nominated for an Academy Award, and What Remains (2006), which premiered at the Sundance Film Festival and was nominated for an Emmy for Best Documentary. Mann’s Hold Still: A Memoir with Photographs (Little, Brown, 2015) received universal critical acclaim, was a finalist for the National Book Award, and won the Andrew Carnegie Medal for Excellence in Nonfiction. Mann is based in Lexington, Virginia.
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Mann is a widely recognized and accomplished artist with a passionate and devoted following that reached new heights with her New York Times bestselling memoir in 2015, a National Book Award finalist and winner of the Carnegie Medal for Nonfiction.
UNIQUE VOICE: Mann’s writing is smart, edgy, at times hilarious, and utterly original. In the words of John Banville, “It seems unfair that an artist so gifted behind the camera should also be possessed of such a magnificent literary talent.”
INSPIRATIONAL: Art Work will appeal to Mann’s existing readership, fans of Patti Smith’s memoirs, and the audience for bestselling books on creativity such as The Creative Act by Rick Rubin and The Creative Habit by Twyla Tharp.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color images throughout
*272 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/4" - 159mm
*HEIGHT: 9 1/4" - 234mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
PHOTOGRAPHY, ART
ISBN 978-1-4197-8071-4
US $35.00 CAN $44.00
ËxHSLELJy780714z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-633-1
Unseen
HOW I LOST MY VISION AND FOUND MY VOICE
BY MOLLY BURKE
From social media star and disability activist Molly Burke, a vulnerable and witty memoir on navigating the challenges of being a legally blind woman in an ableist world
When Molly Burke was four years old, she was diagnosed with retinitis pigmentosa, a rare degenerative eye disease that causes gradual and complete blindness, forcing Burke to conceptualize the world differently. Growing up disabled didn’t stop her from playing sports, speaking publicly, or becoming a rock–climbing instructor, but it was other people’s narrow perceptions of her that held her back. Today, Burke is a speaker, content creator, model, author, and advocate whose mission is to help foster community for anyone feeling isolated, misrepresented, or misunderstood. Unseen is Burke’s story in her own words and an inspiration to those who have been stigmatized or are feeling alone in their struggles to speak out.
Burke chronicles her journey as a disabled woman, business owner, and entertainer, illuminating not only what her experiences have taught her, but also what she wishes the world understood about her world and the world of others in the blind community. Part memoir, part rallying cry for better representation, Unseen recounts Burke’s life and experiences fighting against the expectations society set for her as a blind woman, and in doing so, helps readers find their voice, strength, and inner purpose.
Molly Burke is a legally blind public speaker, content creator, model, author, and advocate who began her public speaking journey at the age of five to raise awareness for disabled people everywhere. After overcoming harsh bullying and feelings of isolation during her teenage years, Burke decided to bring a voice to underrepresented communities by speaking at places like the United Nations and the World Economic Forum in Davos. She then took to social media, creating content that would make others feel less scared about their own disabilities, less alone, and more educated on ways to create inclusive spaces. With her personality and content, she has amassed over five million followers across platforms, and has worked with brands such as Aerie, Samsung, Bose, Starbucks, Delta, Disney, Dove, Microsoft, Tommy Hilfiger, Estée Lauder, and Crocs. Burke has been featured in media ranging from the Wall Street Journal, People, Paper, Forbes, Adweek, and Allure–where she was added to the inaugural A List–to The Daily Show with Trevor Noah and The Today Show. Burke is based in Los Angeles.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
MASSIVE PLATFORM: Burke has more than five million followers across social media: 1.9 million subscribers on YouTube, 1.4 million followers on TikTok, 800,000 followers on Instagram, 206,000 on Facebook, and 69,000 on Twitter.
STRONG CONNECTIONS AND
PARTNERSHIPS: Burke has collaborated with famous influencers including Charli D’Amelio, Casey Neistat, Tan France, and Aly Raisman, and they are eager to support the book upon publication. She has modeled for Dove, Aerie by American Eagle, and Tommy Hilfiger Adaptive during LA Fashion Week, and has worked for brands such as Estée Lauder, No7, Too Faced, Samsung, Google, Microsoft, and Amazon.
INSPIRATIONAL STORY: After losing the majority of her vision by age 14, Burke faced harsh bullying and struggled with her mental health for many years. Not only has she overcome these hardships, but she has turned her pain into purpose by advocating for the disability community at the global stage as well as on social media.
AUDIO POTENTIAL:
Burke’s Audible original, It’s Not What It Looks Like (2019) was an instant New York Times bestseller, marking early interest with The Way I See It audio.
SPECIFICATIONS
*224 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
ISBN 978-1-4197-7788-2
US $28.00 CAN $35.00 UK £19.99 ËxHSLELJy777882z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-457-3
The Bottomless Cup
A MEMOIR
BY KEVIN BOEHM
In this eye–opening, entertaining, and unflinchingly honest memoir, a James Beard Award–winning restaurateur charts his eventful life in restaurants, reveals what has fueled him, and explores what makes restaurants work
James Beard Award–winning restaurateur Kevin Boehm has opened 40 restaurants in his 30–year career. He’s worked with hard–core line cooks and celebrity chefs, suffered embarrassing setbacks, and won Michelin stars. From humble beginnings and no connections, today his Boka Group is one of the most successful restaurant companies in the world, with an annual revenue north of $200 million.
In The Bottomless Cup, Boehm takes readers behind the scenes to show how a restaurateur is made and how restaurants are conceived, built, and managed. Fueled by a turbulent family life and a surprise revelation about his father, Boehm was enthralled by the magic of hospitality at a young age. Soon, he found a home on the edge of chaos in dining rooms. Those highs came with costs, however, and he is remarkably honest about what fueled him, and the toll it took. Rich in detail and characters, The Bottomless Cup is a vibrant, accomplished account of a life in and out of restaurants for readers of touching memoirs like J.R. Moehringer’s The Tender Bar and bestselling books on hospitality such as Danny Meyer’s Setting the Table and Boehm’s close friend Will Guidara’s Unreasonable Hospitality
Kevin Boehm is cofounder of the Boka Group and winner of the James Beard Award for Outstanding Restaurateur in 2019. He has opened 40 restaurants over the last 30 years, including Girl & the Goat, Swift & Sons, Momotaro, GT Prime, Alla Vita, Duck Duck Goat, Little Goat, GT Fish & Oyster, Cira, Lazy Bird, Cabra, Girl & The Goat Los Angeles, and Laser Wolf Brooklyn, among others. He has been a featured or keynote speaker at dozens of conferences, festivals, and universities, and currently sits on the board of the Illinois Restaurant Association, Open Table, 826 CHI, and Steppenwolf Theatre. Boehm has written for Esquire, the Chicago Sun Times, McSweeney’s, and Fast Company. He lives in Chicago.
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-335-4 RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
MAJOR STAR: Boehm is one of the most successful restaurateurs in the United States, with over 30 restaurants around the country, 18 James Beard Award nominations, and 13 consecutive Michelin Guide stars for Boka. In 2025, he will open new restaurants in Chicago, LA, New York, Detroit, Denver, Nashville, and St. Petersburg, Florida. He appeared on the season finale of The Bear and has been a guest judge on Top Chef
BIG CONNECTIONS: Boehm regularly speaks at corporations, conferences, and universities, and has written for Esquire, Plate, Fast Company, and McSweeney’s. He is on the board of Open Table, the Illinois Restaurant Association, and 826 CHI, and is a founding member of the Independent Restaurant Coalition, which helped lobby for $28.6 billion in relief for restaurants struggling during the COVID–19 pandemic.
HUGE SUPPORT: Promised blurbs and more from food people including Will Guidara, Christina Tosi, Tom Colicchio, and Chris Storer (creator and writer of The Bear) and high–profile friends such as Rachel Brosnahan, Angela Bassett, Theo Epstein, and Dave Eggers.
JUICY READ: Boehm’s memoir is an unvarnished account of what draws people to restaurant life and what goes into opening and running dozens of big and influential restaurants.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Black-and-white photos throughout *320 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER NONFICTION, MEMOIR, AUTOBIOGRAPHY, FOOD & DRINK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7524-6
US $28.00 CAN $35.00
ËxHSLELJy775246z
RIGHTS: World/All
Friends with Words
ADVENTURES IN LANGUAGELAND
BY MARTHA BARNETTE
With warmth, a popular radio and podcast host shares her love of language, weaving together linguistic history, regional phrases, the hidden poetry in etymologies, new words, and stories from her life and time on the air
Praise for Friends with Words
“Blessed are they who have met Martha Barnette in person or listened to her on the radio, for they shall hear the sound of her inimitable voice in every line of this richly satisfying book. Barnette luxuriates, she absolutely wallows in words, and her enthusiasm for language is infectious. This opsimath found herself in dialogue with the author: ‘Thank you, Martha! Now I know why the word refectory is so delicious!’ ‘My dad cursed the first time he negotiated a jughandle turn.’ ‘Doesn’t lacuna come from worms?’ She takes us into the studio and on the road, revealing trade secrets and sprinkling in just enough personal history to whet the appetite. Bravissima! Chef’s kiss! A delight from intro to epilogue!” —Mary Norris, New York Times bestselling author of Between You & Me: Confessions of a Comma Queen
SELLING POINTS
GREAT CATEGORY: Language lovers love books. This is for readers of Dreyer’s English; Because Internet; Eats, Shoots & Leaves; and Bill Bryson’s The Mother Tongue.
BIG REACH: Barnette’s show A Way with Words is distributed to National Public Radio affiliates in 43 states, reaching 480 cities. It is also available as a podcast, which gets over 350,000 downloads per month on average, and has an accompanying newsletter that reaches over 55,000 people. These are committed fans.
QUIRKY AND ENGAGING: Full of delightful information and stories that will make for fun press coverage, this charming and giftable book also has an experienced and charming author to promote it.
SPECIFICATIONS
*320 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: AUGUST
Martha Barnette has spent two decades as the co–host of A Way with Words, lauded by Mary Norris in The New Yorker as “a virtual treasure house” and “‘Car Talk’ for Lexiphiles.” Over that time, she’s developed a keen sense of what fascinates people about language. They are curious about etymology and revel in slang, are surprised by regional vocabulary and celebrate linguistic diversity. Idioms both puzzle and delight word lovers, and they are eager to share family neologisms and that weird phrase Grandma always used to say.
In Friends with Words, Barnette weaves together all these strands in a clear, informative, highly entertaining exploration of language. Chock–full of anecdotes, humorous asides, new words, trivia, and other lexicological delights, Friends with Words also tells Barnette’s story—from her Appalachian roots through her study of Ancient Greek, and on to the making of a beloved and enduring show. Friends with Words is an expert, good–humored, joyful book.
Martha Barnette is a longtime journalist, dynamic public speaker, and co–host of the popular radio show and podcast A Way with Words. She holds an undergraduate degree in English from Vassar College, did graduate work in classical languages at the University of Kentucky, and studied Spanish in Costa Rica. Barnette is the author of A Garden of Words, Ladyfingers & Nun’s Tummies, and Dog Days & Dandelions. She lives in San Diego, California.
NONFICTION, MEMOIR
ISBN 978-1-4197-7884-1
US $28.00 CAN $35.00 UK £19.99 ËxHSLELJy778841z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-522-8
How Do You Like It?
A GUIDE FOR GETTING WHAT YOU WANT (IN BED)
BY DR. TARA SUWINYATTICHAIPORN
The Internet’s most popular sex coach answers every TMI question about sex, dating, and relationships in this guide to sexual satisfaction that also features well–researched studies, engaging quizzes, prompts, and more
Dubbed the “Internet’s Resident Sexpert” by Paper magazine and known as the “Queen of Sex” on TikTok, Dr. Tara Suwinyattichaiporn believes every person has the right to an incredible and fulfilling sex life, a message she preaches to her more than 2.3 million followers on social media. How Do You Like It? introduces new trends, unique exercises, and nontraditional perspectives on sex, dating, and relationships and presents various in–depth methods of communication to use no matter where you are on your journey. Through intrapersonal, interpersonal, and societal lenses, Dr. Tara raises important questions like why do most people have low sexual self–esteem and why don’t we hold ourselves accountable for a mediocre sex life? With her tongue–in–cheek writing and fun personality, her answers are not only refreshing and unique but also informative and will help those struggling to understand themselves and their partners. This is the comprehensive sex education you never knew you needed.
Dr. Tara also reveals novel concepts in the sexual wellness space, from her own Myers–Briggs–inspired “Sexual Profile Quiz” to what’s exciting and trending in sex, porn, relationship types, and much more. So whether you’re in a monogamous, open, or polyamorous relationship or are curious about your sexual profile, Dr. Tara shows us that self–understanding, sexual communication, and erotic solutions will lead to long–term sexual fulfillment. How Do You Like It? gives readers the permission to uncover their own sexual desires and overcome toxic sex shaming while also equipping them with the tools needed to discover their true sexual identities and lead a fulfilling sex life.
Dr. Tara Suwinyattichaiporn is a Los Angeles–based tenured professor at California State University teaching sexual communication, a relationship/sex coach, an award–winning researcher, and the number one sex educator on TikTok. She solo–authored the textbook Quantitative Research Methods Workbook (2019) and coauthored a comprehensive textbook Sexual Communication: Research in Action (2022). She has been featured in popular publications such as Cosmopolitan, Women’s Health, and Men’s Health,as well as on various news programs. She has also been featured as a guest on more than 50 podcasts, such as Sex and Psychology with Dr. Justin Lehmiller, This is Ashlynn, and Intimate Knowledge. Her recent study on long–term sexual satisfaction was highlighted in her TEDx Talk, “Become Sexually Powerful,” and her research only continues.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
ENGAGED PLATFORM: Dr. Tara has more than 2.3 million followers across her social media. Her relationship coaching and sex advice platform Luvbites is in the top five percent of most followed podcasts on Spotify and has earned her the title of #1 sex educator on TikTok.
CATCHY HOOK: Many people are familiar with their personality type, Enneagram, and Zodiac sign, but are likely not aware of their Sexual Profile. Dr. Tara’s popular (and fun!) quiz helps readers understand more about their sexual identity and preferences and will be a catchy hook for marketing and publicity opportunities.
MEDIA DARLING: Dr. Tara has been featured in more than 40 publications such as Cosmopolitan, Glamour, Women’s Health, and on several television programs, including KTLA 5 Morning News, and New York Living. Dr. Tara is also a judge on the popular UK reality dating show Celebs Go Dating
DIVERSE VOICE: While the majority of self–help books are read by women, many are written by men, a gap that diminishes the female experience and perspective. With her knowledge and personal experience as a woman of color, Dr. Tara will help change that.
ENGAGING WORKBOOK ELEMENTS: Drawing on her background in quantitative research, Dr. Tara incorporates workbook elements to meet readers wherever they are in their sexual journeys.
SPECIFICATIONS
*304 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
ISBN 978-1-4197-7643-4
US $28.00 CAN $35.00 UK £19.99
ËxHSLELJy776434z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-385-9
sorry i keep crying during sex A MEMOIR
BY JAMES ROSE
A powerful, provocative, and genre–bending literary memoir that grapples with victimhood, recovery, and resilience
In the before, James Rose is happy. She has a beautiful boyfriend with melty glacier eyes, she’s on a euphoric journey of gender exploration, and New York City is perfect. In the after, she’s single, making dinner for her grandfather, and wondering if he’s going to forget her name today. Except, in the before, her first–grade music teacher lead her into a dark room to show her something he shouldn’t have. And in the after, she’s finding healing and comfort in coming into her own, even as her grandfather declines.
In the before, she was fine, more or less. But in the after, she has to reckon with whatever the hell restorative justice really, truly means.
Following the aftermath of an assault, and the heartache of caring for a grandfather with Alzheimer’s, sorry i keep crying during sex tells a captivating story of identity, recovery, grief, survivorship, and transness. Through lists, theatrical scripts, flashbacks, and Grindr DMs, James Rose’s genre–defying memoir is raw and hysterically funny, and takes readers on the wild ride of overcoming the struggles of a trans twentysomething.
James Rose (she/they) is a transgender actor, writer, and content creator based in New York City. Every president who has attacked her in the media has been shot at. Rose holds degrees from NYU in music theatre and child and adolescent mental health studies, as well as a certificate in diversity, equity, and inclusion from Cornell University. As an actress, Rose made queer theater history as the youngest openly nonbinary professional performer to take on the title role in Hedwig and the Angry Inch. The same year they co–starred in the indie film Adelphe, which premiered at the Cannes Film Festival. They are perhaps most known as a transgender activist attacked by Donald Trump, as covered by Rolling Stone and THEM. Their work lives largely on social media, where Rose writes about gender, queerness, survivorship, mental health, their feelings, and their exes on Instagram & TikTok (@jamesissmiling), reaching a community of more than 540,000 people.
RIGHTS: North American
SELLING POINTS
HUGE PLATFORM: James Rose (she/they) has more than 520,000 followers on TikTok (@jamesissmiling) and more than 60,000 on her Instagram page, with a combined one million monthly views, meaning they have one of the highest engagement rates possible on Instagram. Their fans are clamoring for her book as she’s been posting about their process.
STRONG CONNECTIONS: Dylan Mulvaney, Stephen Trask, Zachary Zane, Pattie Gonia, Sophie Beren, Jory, Alyson Stoner, and many others will endorse and promote their book.
IMPORTANT TOPICS: With more than 500 anti–trans laws introduced in the United States this past year alone—and more on the rise—it is more important than ever to inspire and enlighten young trans and LGBTQ+ youths through storytelling. Rose speaks candidly about surviving assault and about being trans, and how those identities intersect.
PERFECT AUTHOR: Rose partnered with Planned Parenthood to create content geared toward LGBTQ+ identity, transgender healthcare, reproductive justice, and sex education, making her the perfect author to speak on the topics in her memoir.
SPECIFICATIONS
*336 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER MEMOIR
ISBN 978-1-4197-7791-2
US $28.00 CAN $35.00 ËxHSLELJy777912z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-459-7
What Happened to Millennials
IN DEFENSE OF A GENERATION
BY CHARLIE WELLS
From an award–winning journalist, a reflective, smart, and deeply reported look at the millennial generation that draws on the experiences of five diverse individuals and explores where we go from here
What happened to millennials? At the birth of America’s largest living generation, the outlook was strong: unparalleled economic growth, the emerging Internet, the rise of the cell phone, and a geopolitics that had allegedly reached “the end of history” all set expectations exceedingly high for a cohort entering adulthood at the dawn of the new millennium. That adulthood—a work in progress for more than a quarter century—has been disrupted by war, recession, pandemic, and a sharp turn toward cultural and economic polarization. It has also been endlessly critiqued by others as immature, lazy, weak, incomplete, selfish, and supposedly riddled with failure.
Now, 25 years after the first millennials began turning 18, Bloomberg News reporter Charlie Wells comes to the generation’s defense with a cultural history of an adulthood disrupted. Drawing on hundreds of hours of intimate interviews with five millennials from across the country, he explores how the biggest events, ideas, and transformations of the century played out in private lives. Between the data points and statistical studies, news reports and archival records, his brutally honest, on–the–record conversations about love, loss, work, addiction, tragedy, and sacrifice reveal how a generation once minimized can no longer be ignored.
What Happened to Millennials charts a path from our nostalgic past to a better future, shaped by the challenges we have surmounted, the people we have loved, and the adults we have become.
Charlie Wells is a London–based award–winning staff editor and reporter at Bloomberg News. He writes about how the economy, society, technology, and politics influence everyday life and is a regulator contributor to Bloomberg television and radio. Before Bloomberg, he spent five years at the Wall Street Journal and then four years at The Economist. Like his subjects, he’s a millennial whose life turned out a little bit different than he once imagined.
RIGHTS: North America
SELLING POINTS
A FRESH TAKE ON A POPULAR TOPIC: We’ve heard many one–sided evaluations of millennials, both critiques and defenses. This is much more: a deeply reported look at what happened to millennials—what shaped our generation and how we ended up here—answering a question that many jaded, frustrated millennials ask themselves and each other regularly.
EXTENSIVE
REPORTING BY AN AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR:
Journalist Charlie Wells examines cultural identity on levels both geopolitical and personal, developing the story of a generation using the narratives of five representative subjects, to whom he has complete access (the first DREAMer, a polyamorous tech worker, a struggling veteran, a child of 9/11, and a stay–at–home dad).
STRONG AFFINITY AMONG MILLENNIAL TARGET MARKET: Millennials came into adulthood amid a tidal wave of generational analysis think pieces, and many developed a strong sense of generational affinity as a result. Now, as attention has shifted to Gen Z, there is an open spot in the market to capitalize on this generation’s interest in itself.
SPECIFICATIONS
*304 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: AUGUST NONFICTION, POP CULTURE
ISBN 978-1-4197-7081-4
US $28.00 CAN $35.00
ËxHSLELJy770814z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-144-2
Want
SEXUAL
FANTASIES BY ANONYMOUS
BY GILLIAN ANDERSON
An instant New York Times bestseller now in paperback, Want is a collection of confessions from women around the world. This revelatory, sensational and game–changing exploration of women’s sexuality asks, and answers: How do women feel about sex when they have the freedom to be totally anonymous?
What do women think about when they think about sex? What do they secretly desire? What do they want? For this bold and insightful book, inspired by Nancy Friday’s My Secret Garden, Gillian Anderson collected the anonymous letters of hundreds of self–identifying women from around the world to gain a better understanding of women’s deepest, most intimate fantasies and fears, the kind of things that usually remain locked away until someone comes along with the key.
Gillian Anderson was just that person. In Want, she has carefully selected over a hundred of the best and most revealing of these erotically charged letters and arranged them for readers along with her own original essays. Here are women’s secret fantasies for safety and acceptance, for two partners or three partners (or more), for all genders, for watching or being watched, for finding release in complete abandon or satisfaction in submission, and for encounters with strangers or with someone they know. Uninhibited and at times shocking, Want is a riotous portrait of women’s imagination, need, and sexual diversity.
Gillian Anderson is an award–winning film, television, and theater actor. Among other honors, she has won two Primetime Emmy Awards, two Golden Globe Awards, three Screen Actors Guild Awards, and an Evening Standard Theatre Award. In 2016 Anderson was appointed an honorary OBE (Order of the British Empire) for her services to drama. She lives in London.
SELLING POINTS
INSTANT BESTSELLER: Want instantly hit bestseller lists around the world, including the New York Times Bestseller list, and #1 in the UK.
HOT TOPICS, HOT READ: Introduced with essays by Anderson, these real letters explore dozens of topical issues and erotically charged situations.
TIMELY AND POPULAR: Like Lisa Taddeo’s big, bestselling Three Women crossed with Reddit’s “Confessions” and Eve Ensler’s The Vagina Monologues, these are real stories that shine light on sex, desire, fulfillment, and more.
SPECIFICATIONS
*400 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: AUGUST
ISBN 978-1-4197-7730-1
US $18.00
ËxHSLELJy777301z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-433-7
RIGHTS:
Carmageddon
HOW CARS MAKE LIFE WORSE AND WHAT TO DO ABOUT IT
BY DANIEL KNOWLES
A “briskly written, well researched” (New Yorker) polemic against cars—which are ruining the world, while making us unhappy and unhealthy, updated for the paperback edition
Praise for Carmageddon
“Well–written, sliding casually between research findings, the historical literature, journalistic observations from across the globe and personal experience.” ―Washington Post
TIMELY SUBJECT: The pandemic changed our relationship to cars. The movement to reclaim public space from them is gaining momentum and road deaths are at record highs, but until Carmageddon, there has never been a forceful book to bring all the threads together.
UPDATED EDITION: Revised throughout, with new material on congestion pricing and other recent changes affecting this hot–button issue.
PASSIONATE AUDIENCE: This is a razor–sharp book for the vocal minority who hate cars and dream of a better way to live.
SPECIFICATIONS
*304 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER NONFICTION, POLITICAL SCIENCE, TRANSPORTATION, ENVIRONMENT
ISBN 978-1-4197-7507-9
The automobile was one of the most miraculous inventions of the 20th century. It promised freedom, style, and utility. But sometimes, rather than improving our lives technology just makes everything worse. Over the past century cars have filled the air with toxic pollutants and have fueled climate change. Cars have stolen public space and made our cities uglier, dirtier, less useful, and more unequal. Cars have caused tens of millions of deaths and injuries. They have wasted our time and our money.
In Carmageddon, journalist Daniel Knowles outlines the rise of the automobile and the costs we all bear as a result. Weaving together history, economics, and reportage, Knowles traces the forces and decisions that normalized cars and cemented our reliance on them. He takes readers around the world to show the ways car use has impacted people’s lives—from Nairobi, where few people own a car but the city is still cloaked in smog, to Houston, where the Katy Freeway has a mind–boggling 26 lanes and there are 30 parking spaces for every resident, enough land to fit Paris ten times. With these negatives, Knowles shows that there are better ways to live, looking at Amsterdam, Copenhagen, Tokyo, and New York City.
Daniel Knowles is the Midwest correspondent for the Economist. Previously he worked as the paper’s Mumbai and Nairobi bureau chiefs, as well as a reporter in the Washington, DC bureau and in London. He has covered stories about everything from the wars in South Sudan and Afghanistan to the drug trade in Colombia to the growing sobriety of modern teenagers in the rich world, but prefers writing about cities, transportation, and social transformation. Knowles studied history and economics at Pembroke College, Oxford University. He lives in Chicago.
US $18.00 CAN $23.00
ËxHSLELJy775079z
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-537-5
RIGHTS: World/All
American Teenager
HOW TRANS KIDS ARE SURVIVING HATE AND FINDING JOY IN A TURBULENT ERA
BY NICO LANG
From an award–winning journalist comes a vivid and moving portrait of eight trans and nonbinary teenagers across the country, following their daily triumphs, struggles, and all that encompasses growing up trans in America today
Praise for American Teenager
“An urgent and heartfelt chronicle of families under attack. Nico Lang cuts through the political ping–pong over transgender rights to surface the human stories that too often go ignored . . . Lang’s lucid and clear–eyed account of their lives offers an essential corrective, reminding us that there’s nothing more American than the freedom to be yourself.”
—Samantha Allen, author of Real Queer America
“Lang weaves this broad bleak terrain with warm insights and a clear immediacy of message . . . Expansive and compassionate.” —Gabe Dunn, New York Times bestselling author of I Hate Everyone But You
Media coverage doesn’t hesitate to sensationalize the fight over how trans kids should be allowed to live, but what is incredibly rare are the voices of the people at the heart of this debate: transgender and gender nonconforming kids themselves. In their groundbreaking new book, journalist Nico Lang does just that. By living with seven families of eight transgender, nonbinary, and genderfluid teens, and drawing on hundreds of hours of interviews with them, their families, and the people in their communities, American Teenager paints a stunning portrait of what it’s like to grow up trans today.
Unlike the whitewashed, monolithic vignettes we regularly see, this book leans into the complexity and nuance of their lives. It takes mental strength for these teens to focus on schoolwork while being barraged with headlines about how their existence is an abomination or experiencing the deep pain of losing family after coming out. But in this necessary, vital work, Lang also documents the resiliency of their support systems, the daily moments of joy, and the hope that a better future is possible.
From the tip of Florida’s conservative panhandle to vibrant queer communities in California, Texas churches to mosques in Illinois, American Teenager gives readers a window into the lives of Wyatt, Rhydian, Mykah, Clint, Ruby, Jack, Augie, and Kylie, eight teens who, despite what some lawmakers might want us to believe, are truly just kids looking for a brighter future.
Nico Lang (they/them) is a nonbinary award–winning journalist with over a decade of experience covering the transgender community’s fight for equality. Their work has appeared in major publications, Rolling Stone, Esquire, the New York Times, Vox, the Wall Street Journal, Salon, Harper’s Bazaar, Time, The Washington Post, and the L.A. Times. Lang is the creator of Queer News Daily and previously served as the deputy editor for Out magazine, the news editor for Them, the LGBTQ+ correspondent for VICE, and the editor and cofounder of the literary journal In Our Words. Their industry–leading contributions to queer media have resulted in a GLAAD Media Award and 10 awards from the National Association of LGBTQ Journalists (NLGJA). Lang is also the first–ever recipient of the Visibility Award from the Transgender Legal Defense and Education Fund (TLDEF), an honor created to recognize their impactful contributions to reporting on the lives of LGBTQ+ people.
SELLING POINTS
DIVERSE SUBJECTS: The teens live in South Dakota, Alabama, West Virginia, Texas, Illinois, Florida, and California; we meet families of every race, and different socioeconomic classes and religions.
BROAD AUDIENCE: Readership includes families encountering the challenges over transition in their own families to teens themselves, and a general progressive audience.
VITAL PUBLISHING: Per the Trevor Project, six out of ten Americans don’t know any transgender or gender nonconforming people and do not see the impact of living with near–constant discrimination. This book is an invitation to learn more, firsthand.
STELLAR AUTHOR: Lang (they/them) is a nonbinary award–winning journalist whose decade of work on this topic has appeared in Rolling Stone, Esquire, the New York Times, the LA Times, and elsewhere. They’ve won a GLAAD Media Award for their work while serving as deputy editor of Out, news editor for Them, and LGBTQ+ correspondent for VICE Nico also runs the @queernewsdaily Instagram account (27,000 followers).
TIMELY PUBLICATION: American Teenager can be a crucial step in helping the American public understand precisely what is at stake when they cast their votes.
SPECIFICATIONS
*288 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
NONFICTION, LGBTQ+ HISTORY & CULTURE
ISBN 978-1-4197-7383-9
US $18.00 CAN $23.00 UK £12.99
ËxHSLELJy773839z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-292-0
RIGHTS: World English
Overground Railroad
THE GREEN BOOK AND
BY CANDACY TAYLOR
THE
ROOTS OF BLACK TRAVEL IN AMERICA
A New York Times Notable Book, Overground Railroad explores the historical role and residual impact of the Green Book, the “Bible of Black Travel"
Praise for Underground Railroad
“A fascinating history of black travel . . . telling the sweeping story of black travel within Jim Crow America across four decades.” ―The New York Times Book Review
“An enriching look at African American history through the lens of the black motorist . . . essential.” Library Journal, starred review
“An eye–opening, deeply moving social history of American segregation and black migration.” BookPage, starred review
SELLING POINTS
AUTHOR EXPERTISE: Taylor has cataloged nearly 9,000 Green Book listings, scouted more than 3,200 Green Book sites, and has photographed more than 150 Green Book properties. For national media, she has become the go–to person on the subject.
CRITICAL ACCLAIM: The hardcover publication was praised by experts and historians, received starred trade reviews, and was named a New York Times Notable Book.
UNLIKE ANYTHING ELSE: There is no other book about the Green Book, and Overground Railroad is a richly illustrated history in a format that Abrams does best.
SPECIFICATIONS
*360 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm
*HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm
* Paperback PUB MONTH: JANUARY AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE, HISTORY, NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-8621-1
Published from 1936 to 1967, during the Jim Crow years and into the civil rights movement, when travel for black America was difficult and dangerous, the Green Book was an ingenious solution to a horrific problem. It listed hotels, restaurants, gas stations, stores, nightclubs, and other businesses across the United States that were safe for black people to patronize. Overground Railroad celebrates the stories behind—and contained within—Victor Green’s guide, tracing its history and revealing the contemporary events that helped shape how black people endured and triumphed despite incredible obstacles.
Candacy Taylor drove through the neighborhoods where Green Book sites once thrived. Her work documents the scars that redlining, urban renewal, gentrification, and mass incarceration have left on these communities. Although less than 5 percent of Green Book businesses are still operating, these sites of sanctuary symbolize black ingenuity, resourcefulness, strength, entrepreneurship, and resilience. Overground Railroad tells the untold story of black travel, offering readers a rich opportunity to reexamine America’s story of segregation, black migration, and the rise of the black leisure class.
Candacy Taylor is an award–winning author, photographer, and cultural documentarian. Her work has been featured in more than fifty eighty media outlets, including The New Yorker, Newsweek, Oprah, Time Magazine, and the Atlantic She curated Green Book, a traveling exhibition by the Smithsonian, and has received numerous fellowships and grant awards, including those from the Hutchins Center for African and African American Research at Harvard University, the National Endowment for the Humanities, the National Park Service, and the Schomburg Center for Research in Black Culture. Taylor has driven more than half a million miles documenting American culture, and after learning about the Green Book, she never looked at travel, or even America, the same way again. Taylor lives in Chicago.
US $25.00 CAN $32.00 UK £17.99 ËxHSLELJy786211z
CARTON QTY: 10
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-657-8
Songs for Other People's Weddings
A NOVEL
BY DAVID LEVITHAN AND JENS LEKMAN
From award–winning, bestselling author David Levithan and beloved, acclaimed singer–songwriter Jens Lekman comes a charming, tender novel about an unlucky–in–love wedding singer trying to find the right words to save his relationship
J is an accidental wedding singer. Unlike most wedding singers, he writes an original song for every couple—his way of finding out about the small, strange things that brought them together and the hopeful, vulnerable feelings they’re experiencing.
J’s own love life is in a state of flux. His girlfriend is off to New York for work, and as her life grows bigger and busier without him in it, he finds it harder to stick to a happy tune. He doesn’t know whether to encourage the soon–to–be–wed couples or warn them. When complications hit and love is tested, is there any way to sing through all the noise?
Combining David Levithan’s deeply observant storytelling and Jens Lekman’s inventive and touching original songs, Songs for Other People’s Weddings is a tender, honest novel that tracks love through all its chord changes, never forgetting that the best songs contain the bitter and the sweet, the despair of losing it all and the euphoria of being found.
David Levithan is the author of numerous acclaimed novels, including The Lover’s Dictionary, Every Day, Boy Meets Boy, and Two Boys Kissing. His other collaborations include Nick & Norah’s Infinite Playlist with Rachel Cohn and Will Grayson, Will Grayson with John Green. He can often be found with headphones on, a devoted music listener . . . but it’s safe to say that nobody will ever ask him to sing at a wedding. Jens Lekman is a singer and songwriter from Sweden with several beloved albums such as Life Will See You Now, Night Falls Over Kortedala, and Oh You’re So Silent Jens. He was once voted the fifteenth–sexiest man in Sweden by ELLE. Then he dropped down to number thirty–three, and since then he hasn’t been included in their list. He works part–time as a wedding singer.
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING AUTHOR DUO: Levithan is a bestselling YA author in his own right, and Lekman is a beloved musician with his own cult following. Between them, we have two very different and strong platforms from which to promote this book.
BIG COMMERCIAL POTENTIAL:
The writing is solidly “sweet spot” fiction—upmarket commercial writing that will have widespread appeal beyond literary acclaim. Books about weddings and love are also evergreen hits, especially publishing in August for wedding season.
CROSSOVER APPEAL: Though the book will be published for an adult audience, there’s great YA crossover opportunities. Levithan’s current readers will love this, and his core audience has aged into an adult market.
COMPANION ALBUM: Lekman will release an album around the time of the novel’s publication featuring all of the novel’s songs. His record label will fund a tour that we could use as cross–promotion for the book. Both authors are keen to sell books however possible on the tour, whether at venues or through timed readings and other events.
SPECIFICATIONS
*320 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: AUGUST FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-7812-4
US $28.00 CAN $35.00
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-470-2
Open Wide A NOVEL
BY JESSICA GROSS
An increasingly obsessive radio host tests the boundaries of her boyfriend's love in this unforgettable dark comedy that is by turns romantic, horrific, and profound
Olive is desperate to get close to Theo—really, really close. She’s always struggled to connect with people. And now she’s in her thirties, single, and so flustered by relationships that she secretly records her conversations, hoping to decipher social cues and find a way to be less alone.
Then Theo turns up for a shift at the same food pantry where she volunteers. He’s a surgeon fascinated by human organs, a former soccer player, and possibly as weird as Olive. For the first time, someone seems to crave and understand her. Every recording of Theo is a balm, which just makes Olive more afraid of losing him. The only solution seems to be to bind him to her forever. Luckily, the gap between Theo’s front teeth is just wide enough for something— or someone—to slip inside.
Arresting and immersive, Open Wide explores the complexities of intimacy, love and consent, as universal human impulses bleed into the surreal.
Jessica Gross is the author of Hysteria (published in August 2020 by Unnamed Press), which Publishers Weekly declared “every bit a page–turner as it is a descent into sexual madness.” Hysteria has been optioned for TV development and Open Wide for film development. Gross’s nonfiction has appeared in the New York Times Magazine, Lilith, and the Los Angeles Review of Books, among other publications. She has taught writing at The New School and Texas Tech University and currently lives in West Texas.
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
FILM OPTION: This has been optioned by Orion/Amazon, the studio behind American Fiction and Bottoms, after a multi–studio auction. Adrienne Love (Family Secrets, Chemistry, Better Half) is attached to write. The author’s first novel has also been optioned for TV development.
POPULAR GENRE: The continued success of sexy, surrealist, borderline–psychological–horror novels about female relationships and desires indicates that this category continues to grow and sell.
UP–AND–COMING AUTHOR:
Gross’s debut novel has sold close to 3,000 copies and continues to sell 10–20 copies per week, respectable for a work published by a tiny independent press in the first six months of the pandemic.
SPECIFICATIONS
*272 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: AUGUST FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-7898-8
US $28.00 CAN $35.00
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-536-5
RIGHTS:
He's the Devil A NOVEL
BY TOBI COVENTRY
An exhilarating, darkly comic debut novel about a do–gooder whose world is turned inside out when his new roommate—who might be possessed by the devil—moves in; for fans of Nightbitch and Fleabag
Simon has always been a good guy, a charmer. He’s consistently employee of the month at his bougie restaurant job, neurotically tidy, and generally tries to do right by everyone. And his dark parts? He keeps those well–hidden. But when his best and only friend Josh moves out of their shared apartment, Simon’s world starts to fall apart when his new roommate Massimo moves in. Because Massimo has brought something—or someone—with him. He might just turn out to the be the roommate from hell . . .
Strange things start to happen. Weird noises come from Massimo’s room, smells of earth and spoiled meat drift through the halls, lights flicker, and Simon’s nights fill with disturbing and alluring dreams. Meanwhile, across the city, murders are being committed, bodies torn apart from the inside. Massimo and whatever he’s unleashed begin to awaken Simon’s wild and exciting and horrifying inner self. Whatever this new friend is could be the end of Simon—or a completely new beginning.
At once a visceral, unhinged, and comic novel about the roommate generation, He’s the Devil is a tantalizing literary thriller exploring possession and obsession, friendship and betrayal. Tobi Coventry’s debut is propulsive, funny, and touching, marking the arrival of a bold new literary imagination.
For the past ten years, Tobi Coventry has worked as a book scout for film and television production companies, finding adaptable material for screen. In 2023, he produced an award–winning short horror film, Blood Rites, based on a short story by Daisy Johnson, which is now in development to become a feature film. He lives in a town full of haunted pubs in Sussex, UK. He’s the Devil is his debut novel.
SELLING POINTS
TRENDY THEMES: This is for readers of Rachel Yoder, Mona Awad, Jen Beagin, and Kelly Link —fiction that dabbles in the occult. Supernatural is a hot, emerging space in contemporary literary fiction.
SPOOKY TIMING: We will publish in September 2025 to time the novel for Halloween and spooky season media coverage, with many themes to deploy for other media hooks.
CONNECTED AUTHOR: The author is a highly regarded book–to–film scout who knows what translates to wide audience. He also has reliably good connections in the literary world for blurbs, coverage, and buzz.
BUZZY INTERNATIONAL DEBUT:
This novel was snapped up at the London Book Fair in a nice pre–empt from 4th Estate in the UK—the venerable literary imprint that is home to writers such as Hilary Mantel, Anthony Doerr, Jonathan Escoffery, Michael Cunningham, and Cristina Henriquez.
SPECIFICATIONS
*272 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-8053-0
US $28.00 CAN $35.00
ËxHSLELJy780530z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-624-9
Psycho (Deluxe Edition) A NOVEL
BY ROBERT BLOCH
A strikingly designed, deluxe hardcover edition of Robert Bloch’s chilling novel Psycho, the basis for Alfred Hitchcock’s classic film
Praise for Psycho
“Icily terrifying!” —New York Times
“Psycho all came from Robert Bloch’s book.” —Alfred Hitchcock
“Robert Bloch is one of the all–time masters.” —Peter Straub
SELLING POINTS
ATTENTION–GETTING DESIGN:
This collectible deluxe edition features an original design and high–value production, including a translucent jacket that evokes a shower curtain, an embossed case that mimics tile, special endpapers, and a stained edge.
TIMELESS CLASSIC: This is Bloch’s most enduring work, turned into one of Hitchcock’s best and arguably most famous films. It has sold 100,000 copies in the last decade alone.
SPECIFICATIONS
*176 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
ISBN 978-1-4197-8749-2
US $30.00 CAN $38.00
ËxHSLELJy787492z
ebook ISBN 978-1-59020-618-8
Norman Bates loves his mother. She has been dead for the past 20 years, or so people think. Norman knows better though. Ever since leaving the hospital, he has lived with Mother in the old house up on the hill above the Bates Motel. One night, after a beautiful woman checks into the motel, Norman spies on her as she undresses. Norman can’t help but spy on her. Mother is there though. She is there to protect Norman from his filthy thoughts. She is there to protect him with her butcher knife.
If you love to be scared or are a fan of classic movies, then you know the story of Norman Bates, his mother, and the dark and frightening Bates Motel. Alfred Hitchcock’s taut, shocking scarefest starring Anthony Perkins and Janet Leigh is a classic movie, as scary today as it was in 1960 when it was first released, and this is the 1959 novel upon which the movie is based. It was here that the legend of the Bates Motel was born.
Robert Bloch (1917–1994) was a horror, suspense, and science–fiction writer and screenwriter, best known for the novel Psycho. Altogether he wrote more than 220 stories across two dozen collections, two dozen novels, screenplays for a dozen movies, and three Star Trek episodes. His many awards include the Nebula, Hugo, and World Fantasy awards (including Lifetime Achievement) and five Bram Stoker Awards. Once around the Bloch: An Unauthorized Autobiography, published in 1993, was his last major work.
Hotel Lucky Seven A NOVEL
BY KOTARO ISAKA; TRANSLATED BY BRIAN BERGSTROM
Bullet Train’s hapless underworld operative and his handler are back in this “perfect, propulsive, and fun thriller” (Crime Reads) from internationally bestselling author Kotaro Isaka
Praise for Hotel Lucky Seven
“Isaka’s style is tense, laden with dark humor expressed with a flat affect—just the right tone for a book that walks the fine line between comedy and violence.” —The New York Times Book Review
SELLING POINTS
GREAT READ: Our most commercial Isaka novel in years, this features fan favorites Ladybug and Maria Beetle, protagonists of Bullet Train.
THE ASSASSINS SERIES: Isaka had intended Bullet Train, Three Assassins, and Mantis to be a loose trilogy. The international acclaim for Bullet Train led him to revisit these fantastic characters.
BIG IN–HOUSE AUTHOR: Three Assassins was a B&N Best Thriller of the Month selection in paperback.
FILM NEWS: Isaka’s novels adapt well to the screen, and more films are in the works. Expect big news on this soon.
SPECIFICATIONS
*304 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER
ISBN 978-1-4197-7704-2
US $18.00 CAN $23.00
In Bullet Train, underworld operative Ladybug was tasked by his handler Maria with retrieving a suitcase from a high–speed train in Japan. The job did not go according to plan, to the delight of millions of readers and movie fans around the world.
Will the unluckiest assassin in the world will find things easier this time around? All he has to do is deliver a painting to a hotel guest, a portrait made by his daughter. Easy enough, except when Ladybug makes the delivery, he realizes that the guest is clearly not the guy in the painting. Then he attacks Ladybug, they fight, and the guest ends up dead. How can such simple jobs always go wrong?
Internationally acclaimed author Kotaro Isaka spins another outrageously entertaining thriller in Hotel Lucky Seven This is a stylish, masterful book, again featuring outsized characters, gripping action, plot twists, and surprise identities.
Kotaro Isaka is a bestselling and multi–award–winning writer whose books have sold millions of copies around the world. He has won the Shincho Mystery Club Award, Mystery Writers of Japan Award, Japan Booksellers’ Award, and the Yamamoto Shugoro Prize. His novel Bullet Train was made into a major film starring Brad Pitt and Sandra Bullock.
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-416-0
The Heartbeat Library A
NOVEL
BY LAURA IMAI MESSINA
A tender, contemplative, and uplifting novel about grief, friendship, and the many ways we heal, by the internationally bestselling author of The Phone Booth at the Edge of the World—now in paperback
Praise for The Phone Booth at the Edge of the World
“A must–read . . . a beautifully written book . . . Messina writes in a way that’s evocative of Kazuo Ishiguro but in an opposite way: While Ishiguro leads with comfort and hints at the sadness to come, Messina offers grief and sadness first but offers the reader a trail of breadcrumbs toward future happiness.” —Kirkus Reviews
“Thoughtful and tender, full of small daily moments and acts of kindness, Messina's novel is a testament to the power of community (and a bit of whimsy) in moving forward after loss.” —Shelf Awareness
On the peaceful Japanese island of Teshima there is a library of heartbeats, a place where the heartbeats of visitors from all around the world are collected. In this small, isolated building, the heartbeats of people who are still alive or have already passed away continue to echo.
Several miles away, in the ancient city of Kamakura, two lonely souls meet: Shuichi, a 40–year–old illustrator, who returns to his hometown to fix up the house of his recently deceased mother, and eight–year–old Kenta, a child who wanders like a shadow around Shuichi’s house.
Day by day, the trust between Shuichi and Kenta grows, until they discover they share a bond that will tie them together for life. Their journey will lead them to Teshima and to the library of heartbeats . . .
Enchanting, touching, and emotionally riveting, The Heartbeat Library is a story about loss and hope, pain and joy, reality and imagination, and the promise of healing and overcoming the odds thanks to the relationships we build and rediscover. Inspired by Les Archives du Cœur, an art installation in Japan that permanently houses recordings of the heartbeats of people throughout the world, Laura Imai Messina returns in this novel to the themes and atmospheres of her internationally bestselling novel The Phone Booth at the Edge of the World, combining a real–life pilgrimage site of healing with an unforgettable and heartwarming story.
Laura Imai Messina has made her home in Japan for the last 15 years and works between Tokyo and Kamakura, where she lives with her Japanese husband and two children. She has master’s and doctorate degrees from Tokyo University. She is the author of the internationally bestselling novel The Phone Booth at the Edge of the World, which was sold in 25 countries.
SELLING POINTS
STRONG HARDCOVER
LAUNCH: At publication, we sold nearly 8,000 copies of The Heartbeat Library and expect it to follow a similar track to the author’s previous book.
GREAT AUTHOR TRACK: The Phone Booth at the Edge of the World, which has sold more than 100,000 copies worldwide and was translated into 25 languages, sold well for Overlook in hardcover and has backlisted well, going into six printings and counting.
PERFECT FOR FAN BASE: The Heartbeat Library is similar to Phone Booth in theme, tone, and setting, making it the perfect sophomore novel for readers and reviewers who loved the first, while still functioning as a standalone novel for those new to the author’s work.
SPECIFICATIONS
*400 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-7250-4
US $18.00 CAN $23.00
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-234-0
Ways and Means A NOVEL
BY DANIEL LEFFERTS
In this searing debut novel, a striving finance student confronts the line between ambition and greed and the disordered politics of his era—now in paperback
Alistair McCabe comes to New York with a plan. Young, handsome, intelligent, and gay, he hopes to escape his Rust Belt poverty and give his mother a better life by pursuing a career in high finance. But by the spring of 2016, Alistair’s plan has come undone: His fantasy banking job has eluded him, he’s mired in student debt, and in his desperation, he’s gone to work for an enigmatic billionaire whose ambitions turn out to be far darker than any Alistair could have imagined. By the time Alistair uncovers his employer’s secret, his life is in danger and now he’s on the run.
Meanwhile, Alistair’s paramours, an older couple named Mark and Elijah, must face their own moral and financial dilemmas. Mark, nearing the end of his trust fund, takes a job with his father’s mobile home empire that forces him to confront the unsavory foundations of his family’s wealth, while Elijah, a failed painter, hitches his wagon to an artist–provocateur engaged on a project that makes the country’s political chaos into a thing of alluring, amoral beauty. As the nation hurtles toward a breaking point, Alistair, Mark, and Elijah must band together to save one another and themselves.
Propulsive, exuberant, and profoundly observed, Ways and Means is an indelible, deeply moving investigation of class and ambition, sex and art, and politics and power in the American 21st century.
Daniel Leffertswas born in upstate New York and now lives in Hudson, New York. He holds an MFA from Columbia University and has taught writing at Columbia and Rutgers. Ways and Means is his first novel.
RIGHTS: North America
SELLING POINTS
CRITICALLY ACCLAIMED: Ways and Means received glowing reviews in publications such as Wall Street Journal, Vanity Fair, The Washington Post, Bloomberg, and Publishers Weekly (starred review), generated a viral original essay in The Paris Review,and was named a most–anticipated book of the season by several outlets.
AWARD BUZZ: The novel was longlisted for the Center for Fiction First Novel Prize.
FILM RIGHTS: The novel was optioned for a TV limited series with Fremantle, with William Spetz to direct and Johan Renck (HBO’s Chernobyl) attached to produce.
CONTINUED RELEVANCE:
Publishing the paperback during Trump’s second term will bring continued relevance to the book’s themes; GQ has already reached out to the author to write an original piece about this, to be published around the inauguration in 2025.
SPECIFICATIONS
*400 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: AUGUST FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-6820-0
US $18.00 CAN $23.00
ËxHSLELJy768200z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-032-2
From Secrets of the Gnomes • By Rien Poortvliet and Wil Huygen
Secrets of the Gnomes
BY RIEN POORTVLIET AND WIL HUYGEN; FOREWORD BY JEFF KINNEY
The charming sequel to the runaway classic Gnomes
In this republication of the charming sequel to Gnomes, Rien Poortvliet and Wil Huygen collaborate once again to recount their long, arduous journey through the forest at the request of the gnomes. The 200 hand–illustrated pages overflow with the authors’ on–the–scene sketches and firsthand observations. Poortvliet and Huygen are invited as more than mere observers though.
After a meal of mushrooms and cream (which tastes as if it were made of “everything that light, air, sun, moon, and earth could produce”), they find that they have been turned into gnomes themselves! The authors take a penetrating look at their subjects: they learn of the tender emotional life of a gnome; they see and diagram the mechanics of ingenious gnome technology; they observe how gnomes administer justice in the wild; they are told how fairy tales first began (Little Red Riding Hood was actually a gnome!); and, best of all, they are allowed to see parts of the gnomes’ fabled Secret Book.
Endowed with gnome characteristics such as exceptional vision and heightened senses of touch, smell, taste, and hearing—and decked in peaked gnome caps—Poortvliet and Huygen are led from Lapland across the Siberian wilderness by Nicolas, the gruff but kindly guide who teaches them the secrets of survival in the icy north. The three travel across varied modes of transportation—in a troika pulled by lemmings, on a fox’s back, and on the head of a moose. They are even carried by the abominable snowman!
Lovers of gnomes will celebrate the arrival of this new volume and delight in the opportunity to know these elusive creatures better. Scores of enchanting illustrations by Poortvliet record the comings and goings of gnomes and the loving interaction with nature for which they are so famous.
Rien Poortvliet (1932–1995) was a Dutch artist and illustrator best known for his drawings of animals. Wil Huygen was born in Amersfoort, Holland, in 1923, the seventh of 10 children. A physician, children’s author, and oil painter, he lived in Holland with his wife until his death in 2009 at 86 years old. Huygen has five grown children of his own.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
GREAT FOR ALL AGES: The book’s delightful illustrations and humor–filled stories will amuse children and entertain discerning adults with their hidden jokes and references.
LUSH ILLUSTRATIONS: Dutch artist Rien Poortvliet is a master illustrator whose understanding of color and depth makes for hours’ worth of viewing material.
FOLLOW–UP TO A TIME–TRIED CLASSIC: Huygen and Poortvliet books have sold enormously at Abrams. With the success of our most recent publication of Gnomes, this sequel is sure to delight fans and pave the way for an attractive boxed set.
SPECIFICATIONS
*208 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*HEIGHT: 11 7/8" - 302mm
* HC cloth spine
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
ART, KIDS FANTASY, PICTURE BOOK, NATURE ISBN 978-1-4197-8463-7
US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00 ËxHSLELJy784637z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-876-2
Mystical Women's Tarot
A DECK OF FEARLESS FEMMES BY CÉCILE ROUMIGUIÈRE; ILLUSTRATED BY BENJAMIN LACOMBE
A magical full–color tarot deck featuring 78 powerful women
From Abrams illustrator Benjamin Lacombe comes a stunning new tarot deck of mystical women. The 78 full–color cards follow the traditional structure of the tarot: 22 major arcana—each a portrait of a powerful woman associated with one of the figures of the tarot, such as the Magician, Justice, the Hanged Man—and 56 minor arcana. The accompanying booklet contains all the keys needed to guide the reader through a magical journey of self–discovery: how to draw the cards, what the symbols mean, and clues for the interpretation of ancient wisdom.
Cécile Roumiguière is a playwright and bestselling author based in Paris. She is the founder of Plateau Lecture, a collective that organizes public lectures. Benjamin Lacombe is one of the leading representatives of the new French illustration. At the age of 19, he published his first graphic novel and several other illustrated books. His final school project, Cerise Griotte (Cherry and Olive), became his first children’s book and was published by Seuil Jeunesse in March 2006. It was published the following year by Walker Books (USA) and listed as one of Time’s 10 best children’s books in 2007. Since then, Lacombe has written and illustrated a number of books and regularly exhibits his work, most prominently with galleries such as Ad Hoc Art (New York), Dorothy Circus (Rome), Maruzen (Tokyo), Nucleus (Los Angeles), and Daniel Maghen Gallery (Paris). Lacombe lives and works in Paris with his dogs, Virgile and Lisbeth.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
INTERSECTIONAL THEMES:
With the popularity of this magical game practiced overwhelmingly by women, a market certainly exists for feminist tarot! The powerful women depicted on these cards hail from an inspiring variety of backgrounds, nationalities, and mythologies.
TAROT TRENDS: Since the start of the pandemic, tarot has skyrocketed as a safe and affordable way to play, learn, and predict the future in solo or group settings.
SPECIFICATIONS
*78 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/4" - 159mm
*HEIGHT: 9 1/3" - 237mm
* Other PUB MONTH: OCTOBER SELF-HELP, PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS
ISBN 978-1-4197-8460-6
US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00 ËxHSLELJy784606z
The Addams Family: 30 Deluxe Postcards
REVISED EDITION
BY CHAS ADDAMS
30 frightful postcards for fans of the hit Netflix show Wednesday
This amazing box set contains 30 collectible, frameable, and mailable deluxe postcards of The Addams Family original drawings. All the members of pop culture’s scariest and funniest family—Morticia, Gomez, Uncle Fester, Pugsley, Grandmama, Lurch the butler, and the famous Wednesday––feature in this collection of cartoons selected from among Chas Addams’s most biting artworks for The New Yorker
Chas Addams was one of America’s finest cartoonists and regularly presented his work in The New Yorker. His most famous creation, the beloved “Addams Family,” is a cult classic adored by millions around the world.
RIGHTS: North America
SELLING POINTS
MEDIA TIE–IN: This boxed postcard set will be re–released to line up with Netflix’s Fall 2025 announcement of Season 2 of Wednesday, a record–breaking series that follows the youngest Addams family sibling and has bolstered interest in Chas Addams’s original cartoons.
HUGE SERIES POPULARITY: Tim Burton’s new Wednesday series starring Jenna Ortega has made the classic characters more popular than ever, with Wednesday becoming one of Netflix’s top shows of all time upon release.
EVERGREEN CONTENT: The Addams Family has become a modern cult classic for gothic addicts and pop culture nostalgists alike and is perpetually popular with wide audiences.
SPECIFICATIONS
*30 postcards
*30 pages
*WIDTH: 6 3/8" - 162mm
*HEIGHT: 9 3/8" - 238mm
* Boxed postcards
PUB MONTH: AUGUST
POP CULTURE, COMICS, ENTERTAINMENT
ISBN 978-1-4197-7651-9
US $19.95 CAN $24.95
ËxHSLELJy776519z
CARTON QTY: 10
From Title • By Author and Artist Hirschfeld’s Sondheim • By David Leopold; art by Al Hirschfeld
Hirschfeld's Sondheim
A POSTER BOOK
BY DAVID LEOPOLD; ART BY AL HIRSCHFELD; INTRODUCTION BY BERNADETTE PETERS; FOREWORD BY BEN BRANTLEY
For the first time ever, Al Hirschfeld’s iconic artwork is available at an affordable price point in this oversize poster book featuring 25 removeable, ready–to–frame posters showcasing the works of Stephen Sondheim
Al Hirschfeld drew his first Sondheim show in 1957—West Side Story Since then, in his iconic, illustrative style, Hirschfeld captured almost all of Sondheim’s Broadway shows and several films featuring the composer’s songs and scripts. Sondheim was a Hirschfeld collector, acquiring drawings directly from the artist and through his friends and collaborators like Hal Prince.
This first volume in a series of deluxe Hirschfeld poster books contains 25 pieces of his art of each of Sondheim’s productions.These images capture the essence of the performances even better than the photographs of the shows. All of Sondheim’s best–known musicals are included—West Side Story, Follies, Sweeney Todd, and Sunday in the Park with George—in 25 ready–to–frame, removable art prints. On the reverse side—rare, ancillary images from the Hirschfeld archives, as well as an introduction by Bernadette Peters, a foreword by Ben Brantley, and revealing text by David Leopold.
Al Hirschfeld's (1903–2003) art stands as one of the most innovative efforts in establishing the visual language of modern art through caricature in the 20th century. A self–described “characterist,” his signature work appeared in virtually every major publication over nine decades (including a 75–year relationship with the New York Times) as well as numerous book and record covers and 15 postage stamps. Just before his death in January 2003, he learned he was to be awarded the Medal of Arts from the National Endowment of the Arts and inducted into the Academy of Arts and Letters. The winner of two Tony Awards, Hirschfeld was given the ultimate Broadway accolade when the Martin Beck Theater was renamed the Al Hirschfeld Theater. David Leopold is an author and curator based in New York City who has organized exhibitions for institutions worldwide including the Library of Congress, the New York Public Library for the Performing Arts, and the Victoria and Albert Museum in London, among others. He is Creative Director of the nonprofit Al Hirschfeld Foundation, authored multiple books on Hirschfeld, and co–hosts the Hirschfeld Century Podcast.
SELLING POINTS
ICONIC CREATOR: Hirschfeld’s work is included in the collections of museums around the world, around the world, including the Smithsonian, the National Portrait Gallery, the Harvard Fogg Museum, the Performing Arts Library at Lincoln Center, the Whitney Museum of American Art, and the Metropolitan Museum of Art.
ACCESSIBLE PRICE POINT: For the first time, these posters are presented an accessible price point, making Hirschfeld’s works widely available fans of his work and of Stephen Sondheim.
BROAD APPEAL: Hirschfeld’s drawings and Sondheim’s works are almost inextricably linked in the minds of theater lovers everywhere. Ever since Sondheim’s death in November 2021, his work and legacy have been enjoying a resurgence of appreciation, with productions like the recent Broadway revivals of Merrily We Roll Along with Daniel Radicliffe; Company with Patti LuPone; and Into the Woods with Sara Bareilles.
INNOVATIVE FORMAT: The 25 11'' x 14'' removeable posters in this book also includes extensive commentary that serves as an informative and well–presented coffee table book, making it a purchase with both collector’s appeal and practical use.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *58 pages
*WIDTH: 11" - 280mm
*HEIGHT: 14" - 357mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART, POP CULTURE
ISBN 978-1-4197-8415-6
US $29.99 CAN $37.95 UK £21.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-854-0
THE GRAPHIC
Dune: The Graphic Novel: The Complete 3-Book Boxed Set
DUNE, MUAD’DIB, AND THE PROPHET WRITTEN BY BRIAN HERBERT AND KEVIN J. ANDERSON; ILLUSTRATED BY RAÚL ALLEN AND PATRICIA MARTÍN
The complete story of the graphic novel adaptation of Dune, the groundbreaking science–fiction classic by Frank Herbert, now collected in a single boxed set with slipcase
In DUNE: The Graphic Novel, the three–book adaption of Frank Herbert’s Dune, epic science–fiction masterpiece, set in the far future amidst a sprawling feudal interstellar society, tells the story of Paul Atreides as he and his family accept control of the desert planet Arrakis. Originally published in 1965 and now faithfully adapted as a graphic novel by Brian Herbert, son of Frank Herbert, and New York Times bestselling author Kevin J. Anderson. Dune explores the complex, multi–layered interactions of politics, religion, ecology, technology, and human emotion as the forces of the empire confront each other for control of Arrakis. Illustrators Raúl Allén and Patricia Martín transport readers to the Dune universe in this visual masterpiece that blends classic science fiction with contemporary comics storytelling.
A stunning blend of adventure and mysticism, environmentalism, and politics, Dune takes a groundbreaking look into our universe and is transformed by the graphic novel format into a powerful tale for a new generation of readers—now collected in a boxed set edition with slipcase.
Frank Herbert (1920–1986) was an American science–fiction writer best known for his novel Dune and its subsequent five sequels. Brian Herbert, the son of Frank Herbert, has written a moving biography of his father, Dreamer of Dune. Brian is also known for his collaborations with author Kevin J. Anderson, with whom he has written multiple sequels and prequels to his father’s landmark ovel Dune. He lives in Seattle. Kevin J. Anderson is the author of more than 50 bestsellers. He has written spin–off novels for Star Wars, StarCraft, and The X–Files and, with Brian Herbert, is the coauthor of the Dune prequel series. He lives in Monument, Colorado. Raúl Allén and Patricia Martín are artists living in Valladolíd, Spain. Allén and Martín have worked for Marvel Comics, Valiant, and DC Comics, with writers such as Matt Fraction, Jeff Lemire, Matt Kindt, and Peter Milligan. Bill Sienkiewicz is an Eisner Award–winning, Emmy–nominated artist best known for revamping the style of comic and graphic novel illustration, most notably with Marvel Comics and DC Comics. He is based in Los Angeles.
SELLING POINTS
3–IN–1 PACKAGE: Following the massive success of the DUNE: The Graphic Novel series, this boxed set offers old and new fans alike the opportunity to purchase and experience the entire story in one fell swoop, packaged in a beautifully illustrated slipcase.
FILM
AND TV ADAPTATION: The first installment of Legendary Entertainment’s two–film, live–action feature of Dune, directed by Denis Villeneuve (Arrival, Bladerunner 2049), was released to great acclaim in October 2021. The second film was one of the highest–grossing films of 2024, earning more than $630 million worldwide, with a third movie currently in development. The Max series, DUNE: Prophecy, released in December 2024, with a second season on the horizon.
ICONIC
COVER ART: Sienkiewicz concludes his work on the series with the third and final piece in his triptych of original art that stretches across the covers of all three books.
INSTANT
MASTERPIECE: Dune was originally published in 1965 and won the first Nebula Award, shared the Hugo Award, and formed the basis of what is undoubtedly considered the grandest epic in science fiction. It has sold more than 20 million copies, making it one of the most successful science–fiction novels of all time.
CONTINUED SUCCESS : Dune continues to sell every year. Abrams’ graphic novel adaptation of the series appeals to Dune’s already well–established fan base as well as a whole new generation of readers.
SPECIFICATIONS
*552 pages
* Boxed Set - Hardcover
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER
GRAPHIC NOVELS, SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY
ISBN 978-1-4197-8717-1
US $78.00 CAN $97.00 UK £57.00
DUNE: The Graphic Novel, Book 3:
The Prophet: Deluxe Collector's
Edition
WRITTEN BY BRIAN HERBERT AND KEVIN J. ANDERSON; ORIGINAL NOVEL BY FRANK HERBERT; COVER BY BILL SIENKIEWICZ; ILLUSTRATED BY RAÚL ALLÉN AND PATRICIA
MARTÍN
The third and final deluxe volume of the graphic novel adaptation of Dune, the groundbreaking science–fiction classic by Frank Herbert
Praise for Dune: The Graphic Novel Series
*“Faithful, Dazzling . . . The core of what made Dune a great science fiction novel has been preserved, and to it are added vibrant visuals in Dune: The Graphic Novel, Book 1—a resoundingly successful adaptation.”
Foreword Review (starred review)
“Intricate . . . well defined . . . easy to follow . . . blending the aristocratic costumery, sci–fi technology, and desert landscape into a world that is unmistakably Dune.”
Booklist
DUNE: The Graphic Novel, Book 3: Prophet Deluxe Collector’s Edition has an increased trim size, is printed on high–quality matte art paper, and is packaged in a faux–cloth slipcase with foil stamping and tip–on cover.
In the third and final volume adapting Frank Herbert’s Dune, the final battle for Arrakis is swiftly approaching. Paul Atriedes has accepted his role as the leader of the Fremen but knows his power over them teeters on the brink. Lady Jessica has become a Reverend Mother and must balance her support of her son with the expectations of the Bene Gesserit Order. Meanwhile, Baron Harkonnen has continued to groom his cunning nephew, Feyd–Rautha, to rule the desert planet. All their destinies collide in an epic finale that will change Arrakis—and the universe—forever.
Brian Herbert, son of Frank Herbert, and New York Times bestselling author Kevin J. Anderson conclude their faithful adaptation of the novel Dune with Paul’s manifestation of his great and terrible purpose. Once more illustrators Raúl Allén and Patricia Martín transport readers to the Dune universe in this visual masterpiece that blends classic science fiction with contemporary comics storytelling.
Frank Herbert (1920–1986) was an American science–fiction writer best known for his novel Dune and its subsequent five sequels. Brian Herbert, the son of Frank Herbert, has written a moving biography of his father, Dreamer of Dune. He lives in Seattle. Kevin J. Anderson is the author of more than 50 bestsellers. He has written spin–off novels for Star Wars, StarCraft, and the X–Files and, with Brian Herbert, is the coauthor of the Dune prequel series. Anderson lives in Monument, Colorado. Raúl Allén and Patricia Martín are artists living in Valladolíd, Spain. Allén and Martín have worked for Marvel Comics, Valiant, and DC Comics. Bill Sienkiewicz is an Eisner Award–winning, Emmy–nominated artist best known for revamping the style of comic and graphic novel illustration, notably with Marvel Comics and DC Comics. He is based in LA.
SELLING POINTS
LOVED BY COLLECTORS: Due to the success of the deluxe editions for the first two volumes, DUNE 3 will be presented in the same format—printed on high–quality matte art paper, with an increased trim size of 7 1/2 by 11 1/4 inches in a faux–cloth slipcase with foil stamping and tip–on cover.
FILM ADAPTATION: The first installment of Legendary Entertainment’s two–film, live–action feature of Dune, directed by Denis Villeneuve (Arrival, Bladerunner 2049) and starring Timothée Chalamet, Zendaya, and others, was released to great acclaim in October 2021. The second film was one of the highest–grossing films of 2024, earning more than $630 million worldwide. A third movie is currently in development.
ICONIC COVER ART: Comics legend Bill Sienkiewicz concludes his work on the series with the third and final piece in his triptych of original art that stretches across the covers of all three books.
INSTANT MASTERPIECE: Dune was originally published in 1965 and won the first Nebula Award, shared the Hugo Award, and formed the basis of what is undoubtedly considered the grandest epic in science fiction. It has sold incredibly many copies, making it one of the most successful science–fiction novels of all time.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *208 pages
*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm
*HEIGHT: 11 1/4" - 286mm
* Hardcover with slipcase
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
GRAPHIC NOVELS, COMICS, SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY, POP CULTURE
ISBN 978-1-4197-8453-8
US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00 ËxHSLELJy784538z
CARTON QTY: 16
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-371-2 RIGHTS: World/All DUNE: THE GRAPHIC NOVEL#3
The Avengers in the Veracity Trap!
BY CHIP KIDD AND MICHAEL CHO
The newest graphic novel in the Marvel Arts line, the Avengers star in a reality–bending adventure from award–winning creators Chip Kidd and Michael Cho
What happens when Earth’s Mightiest Heroes learn who—and what—they truly are? It starts with an epic battle in Asgard, as Loki, the god of mischief, comes into possession of a weapon of unimaginable power and assembles an army of otherworldly monsters in an effort to carry out his evil plans. Cue the Avengers Captain America, Iron Man, Thor, the Hulk, Giant–Man, and the Wasp—who meet this horrifying throng of beasts head–on as a thrilling, knock–down drag–out fight ensues. But when the smoke clears, what appears to be a typically raucous comic book take–down is revealed to be something very, very different—and very, very terrifying. And this discovery threatens to destroy the Avengers in a way that Loki or any other foe never has before. Because this time the enemy is . . . the Truth.
Writer Chip Kidd and artist Michael Cho have created a mind–bending, visually sumptuous saga that takes the Avengers—and you, the reader—to places that challenge everything we thought we knew about super heroes and the very nature of heroism . . . villainy . . . and existence. Oh, and did we mention that it’s absolutely hilarious?
Welcome to The Veracity Trap, a truly profound conundrum of a comic, where no one—not even the Avengers—can escape!
Chip Kidd is an award–winning graphic designer, writer, and VP and Art Director at Pantheon. A three–time Eisner Award winner, he has written and designed more than a dozen books on comics, including Only What’s Necessary: Charles M. Schulz and the Art of Peanuts, Shazam! The Golden Age of the World’s Mightiest Mortal, Mythology: The DC Comics Art of Alex Ross, and Marvelocity: The Marvel Comics Art of Alex Ross. He lives in New York City. Michael Cho is a cartoonist and illustrator based in Toronto, Canada. These days you can see his art on comic book covers for Marvel, DC Comics, and other companies. He’s also drawn for Star Wars, Star Trek, Fortnite, Disney, and the Marvel Cinematic Universe. Along the way, Cho has won a few awards for his work and published an art book of his drawings, Back Alleys and Urban Landscapes, with Drawn & Quarterly in 2012. His first graphic novel, Shoplifter, was published in 2014 by Pantheon and was a New York Times bestseller.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
STELLAR CREATIVE TEAM: Chip Kidd is an award–winning writer, designer, editor, and comics historian. Michael Cho is an award–winning illustrator and cartoonist.
LARGE FORMAT: As with Fantastic Four: Full Circle and The Super Hero’s Journey, The Veracity Trap will be in the same oversize format.
CLASSIC STORY WITH A TWIST: This tongue–in–cheek meta story will thrill long–time fans of the Avengers with deep–cut references, while new fans will appreciate the snappy writing and incredible art from Kidd and Cho.
CONTINUING LINE: Our previous Marvel Arts books, The Super Hero’s Journey by Patrick McDonnell, and Fantastic Four: Full Circle by Alex Ross, are critically acclaimed. Fantastic Four: Full Circle was a national bestseller, won the Reuben Award from the National Cartoonist Society for Best Graphic Novel, and was named a best graphic novel of 2022 by outlets such as Publisher’s Weekly, the Washington Post, and Forbes.
MIGHTY BRAND: Marvel Comics celebrated its 85th anniversary in 2025 and is one of the most recognizable brands worldwide.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: AUGUST
ISBN 978-1-4197-7067-8
US $25.99 CAN $32.99 UK £18.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-137-4
The TOON Treasury of Classic Children's Comics
EDITED BY ART SPIEGELMAN AND FRANÇOISE MOULY; INTRODUCTION
BY JON
SCIESZKA
Originally published in 2009 and now back in print, for the first time, a collection of the greatest children’s comics, compiled by Art Spiegelman and Françoise Mouly, in a format modeled after the bestselling children’s book anthology The 20th Century Children’s Book Treasury: Picture Books and Stories to Read Aloud
The TOON Treasury of Classic Children's Comics is an unprecedented collection of the greatest comics for children, artfully compiled by two of the best–known creators in publishing and the field of comics—Art Spiegelman and Françoise Mouly.
This treasury created for young readers focuses on comic books, not comic strips, and contains humorous stories that range from a single page to eight or even twenty–two pages, each complete and self–contained. The comics have been culled from the Golden Age of comic books, roughly the 1940s through the early 1960s, and feature the best examples of works by such renowned artists and writers as Carl Barks, John Stanley, Sheldon Mayer, Walt Kelly, Basil Wolverton, and George Carlson, among many, many others.
The book is organized into five categories (Hey, Kids!; Funny Animals; Fantasyland; Story Time!; and Wacky & Weird), and Spiegelman and Mouly have used their expertise to frame each category with an introductory essay, and provide brief biographies of the artists. The TOON Treasury of Classic Children’s Comics is essential reading for kids of all ages.
Art Spiegelman is an American comics writer, artist, and editor. He is the creator of Wacky Packages and Garbage Pail Kids for Topps, and is best known for his Pulitzer Prize–winning graphic novel memoir, Maus. Françoise Mouly is an artist and designer. Together with Art Spiegelman she edited the groundbreaking comics anthology Raw from 1980 to 1991. She has been the art editor for the New Yorker since 1993, and the former publisher of TOON Books. Jon Scieszka was the very first National Ambassador for Young People's Literature. He is the author of numerous bestsellers including The Stinky Cheese Man, which won a Caldecott Honor medal; the founder of Guys Read (guysread.com), a nonprofit literacy organization; as well as our own Frank Einstein series on the Amulet list.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
RENOWNED EDITORS: Art Spiegelman and Françoise Mouly are two of the most influential and respected creators/editors in comics and in publishing.
THE FIRST COLLECTION OF CHILDREN’S COMICS: This was the first time that children’s comics were collected in an anthology of this scope, and it set the bar for how comics could be collected. At the time we first published this book, there were very few archival comics collections. Now reprints of classic material are a backlist staple for most comics publishers.
LIBRARY MARKET APPEAL:
Given the impressive package, The TOON Treasury of Classic Children's Comics is a valuable resource for comics readers of all ages and an important book for any library, much like the Betty Crocker Cookbook is an evergreen title on everyone’s bookshelf, passed along or given as a gift from one generation to the next.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *352 pages
*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm
*HEIGHT: 11 1/4" - 286mm
* Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER COMICS, KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS, POP CULTURE
ISBN 978-1-4197-8716-4
US $50.00 CAN $63.00 UK £35.00
ËxHSLELJy787164z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-011-4
Smoke Gets in Your Eyes
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY ANAÏS
FLOGNY
A gripping and lushly illustrated tale of love and lies set between 1930s Chicago and New York’s criminal underworld, perfect for fans of manga like Banana Fish and readers of graphic novels such as Laura Dean Keeps Breaking Up With Me who are looking for adult LGBTQIA+ fiction
Chicago, 1930. Jules Tivoli is a penniless Italian immigrant doing odd jobs to make ends meet. A twist of fate causes him to cross paths with Adam, a kingpin in Chicago’s criminal underworld who sees something in Jules that nobody else does—something special. Under Adam’s wing, Jules becomes somebody and falls in love hard with the man who made him. But after an FBI crackdown,Adam and Jules must flee to New York to escape being caught in the ensuing chaos.
In New York, Jules’s Italian heritage gains him access, recognition, and power in the Cosa Nostra crime family. As he becomes more important in a city where Adam can’t seem to catch a break, he meets Eufrasio—his handsome, violent, and ambitious new partner who insists that Adam is holding Jules back. But Jules would be nothing without Adam—wouldn’t he?
Torn between his past and his future, a sudden betrayal forces Jules to find a way to protect his love and prove his loyalty—if he can even manage to make it out alive.
Anaïs Flogny is an illustrator and cartoonist based in France whose work is inspired by artists like René Gruau, Austin Briggs, Kamome Shirahama, and Cyril Pedrosa. She loves to draw intimate moments, cars, goats, historical fashions from the medieval era to the 1950s, and everything in between. Smoke gets in Your Eyes is her debut graphic novel.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
INCREDIBLE ART: Smoke Gets in Your Eyes features gorgeous, fluid artwork, innovative panel layouts, and moody colors that are evocative of the very best comics from recent breakout successes such as Tillie Walden (Spinning), Rosemary Valero O’Connell (Laura Dean Keeps Breaking Up With Me), Zoe Thorogood (It’s Lonely at the Centre of the Earth), Hannah Templer (Flung Out of Space), and Deb J. J. Lee (In Limbo).
RISING STAR AUTHOR: Flogny is a social media success, with almost 100,000 followers on Instagram and nearly 40,000 followers on X. She has a worldwide audience of fans, including a large base of English–speaking fans who have been eagerly awaiting her debut graphic novel.
QUEER STORIES FOR ADULTS: Smoke Gets in Your Eyes is a moody mafia drama that digs into its tangled character dynamics to deliver an incredible noir romance with subtle storytelling and high stakes. Fans of nuanced queer comics and BL manga will both devour Smoke Gets in Your Eyes and leave wanting more.
ALL–NEW JACKET ART: Smoke Gets in Your Eyes features all–new jacket art drawn by Flogny specifically for the English–language edition.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *240 pages
*WIDTH: 7 1/4" - 184mm
*HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
ISBN 978-1-4197-8569-6
US $25.99 CAN $32.99 UK £18.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-932-5
RIGHTS: World/All
Making Nonfiction Comics
THE GUIDE FOR GRAPHIC NARRATIVE
BY SHAY SARAH MIRK AND ELERI HARRIS
The definitive guide to writing, drawing, and publishing nonfiction comics from award–winning creators Shay Mirk and Eleri Harris
Making Nonfiction Comics is an accessible guide to nonfiction comics perfect for graphic novel readers, writers, and aspiring comics artists.
Sarah Shay Mirk and Eleri Mai Harris, award–winning graphic journalists and longtime editors of the critically acclaimed graphic journalism site the Nib, have compiled the perfect field guide to graphic journalism while showcasing valuable skills and practices for creating nonfiction comics.
Mixing comics, prose, infographics, illustrations, and interviews with some of the world’s most influential nonfiction comics creators, Harris and Mirk introduce readers to nonfiction visual stories while also articulating the standards and ethics around blending traditional journalism with the visual language of comics. Featuring contributions from Derf Backderf, Box Brown, Thi Bui, Nicole Georges, Malaka Gharib, Nate Powell, Kristen Radtke, Victoria Ying, and more, this new classic is perfect for readers of Scott McCloud’s Understanding Comics and Lynda Barry’s Making Comics
Sarah “Shay” Mirk (she/they) is a graphic journalist, editor, and teacher. She is the author of Guantanamo Voices (Abrams ComicArts, 2020), which received a starred Kirkus review and was named a Best Book of 2020 by the New York Times. They were a contributing editor at graphic journalism website the Nib, where they wrote and edited nonfiction comics, including Be Gay Do Comics, which won the 2020 Ignatz for Best Anthology. They also cowrote the investigative comics series In/Vulnerable, illustrated by Thi Bui, which won an RFK Human Rights Award for Journalism in 2021. She resides in Portland, Oregon. Eleri Harris (she/her) is an Eisner Award–winning cartoonist, journalist, and editor working on Ngunnawal Country in Australia’s national capital. For a decade, she was features editor at US–based comics website and magazine the Nib, where her work received an Eisner Award, two Ignatz Awards, a Ringo Award, and two Australian Comic Art Awards. She loves drawing tiny pictures in her studio at Gorman House Arts Centre, nerding out over fancy drawings, and building sweet comics communities. She lives in New Zealand.
SELLING POINTS
INCREDIBLE CONTRIBUTORS: Making Nonfiction Comics features 39 interviews with critically acclaimed and influential cartoonists who are notable for their work in graphic nonfiction and graphic journalism, including Dan Archer (Voices from Nepal), Box Brown (Andre the Giant), Sarah Glidden (Rolling Blackouts), Maia Kobabe (Gender Queer), Joe Sacco (Palestine and Footnotes in Gaza), and Victoria Ying (Hungry Ghost), among others.
AWARD–WINNING EDITORS: Mirk and Harris’ work at the Nib won multiple Eisner Awards, and Mirk was the recipient of a RFK Human Rights Award for journalism in 2021 for In/Vulnerable, which they cowrote for the Nib with bestselling author Thi Bui.
ACCESSIBLE CONTENT: Fans of Scott McCloud’s Understanding Comics and Lynda Barry’s Making Comics will appreciate this concise and clever guide to graphic journalism which is sure to become an essential part of comics curriculums.
HIGH–INTEREST SUBJECT: Making Nonfiction Comics dives into how graphic journalism is one of the best and most intuitive formats for informative, thoughtful, ethical, and accessible journalism, and teaches readers how to do it themselves.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *272 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
ISBN 978-1-4197-6927-6
US $29.99 CAN $37.95 UK £21.99
ËxHSLELJy769276z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-090-2
Globetrotters: Nellie Bly and Elizabeth Bisland's World Tour
WRITTEN BY JULIAN VOLOJ; ILLUSTRATED BY JULIE ROCHELEAU
In the 1800s the newspaper is king and female journalists are few and far between. Intrepid reporters Nellie Bly and Elizabeth Bisland are pitted against the clock and each other in a madcap publicity stunt that the whole world is watching—read all about one of the first viral news stories reported on and starring two fearless female journalists in the race of their careers
Everyone knows about Jules Verne’s Around the World in Eighty Days, but what about a real–life mad dash around the world in less than 80 days?
This is the challenge that journalist Nellie Bly tackles in 1889—her mission is to beat the famous fictional record set by Phileas Fogg, the main character of Jules Verne’s famous novel. Whether or not the stunt is successful, it will mean big sales for the paper she writes for, the New York World. But as Bly sets off on her journey, competing newspaper Cosmopolitan sends another woman, Elizabeth Bisland, on the exact same journey, turning the publicity stunt into a competition that pits the two women against each other on the world stage.
Bly and Bisland are in a race against time, with sexism and prejudice to contend with to boot. A lively and gripping graphic novel recounting the real–life tale of one of the most famous publicity stunts ever attempted by two fearless female journalists!
Julian Voloj is a New York–based writer whose work has been published in the New York Times, Rolling Stone, the Washington Post, and many other national and international publications. Born to Colombian parents in Germany, where he studied literature and linguistics, Voloj moved to New York in 2004. His fascination for forgotten heroes and hidden figures stems from his own family history and has been a leitmotif in his nonfiction graphic novels. He is the author of Black & White on our Abrams ComicArts list. Julie Rocheleau is an illustrator, animator, and cartoonist from Montreal, Canada. She has been published in Canada, Europe, and the United States. Her work has been nominated for three Eisner Awards, and she has won multiple awards, including two Joe Shuster Awards, a Cutting Edge Award, a Trois–Rivières Book Fair Prize, two Quebec Booksellers’ Prizes, three Bédéis Causa Alb éric–Bourgeois Prizes, an FNAC Comics Prize, a Interpol’Art Festival Prize, and a Marc–Olivier Lavertue Prize.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
HISTORICAL SIGNIFICANCE: Nellie Bly is a popular and exciting figure in women’s history for her feats of investigative journalism and her defiance of societal expectations at the turn of the 20th century, but she was not the only female journalist working at the time. Globetrotters expands the context of one of her most famous feats and explores how female journalists at the time were pioneers but could also be pitted against each other.
STUNNING ART: Rocheleau is an award–winning illustrator, animator, and cartoonist whose work has already been nominated for three Eisner Awards despite being largely published in French. Her colorful, dynamic, and experimental art style makes Globetrotters a visual treat and a truly engaging read.
SUCCESSFUL FORMAT: Historical nonfiction does extremely well on the ComicArts list. Some of our most critically acclaimed and bestselling titles include My Friend Dahmer, Run: Book One, The Best We Could Do, and Kent State Globetrotters expands this incredible list.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *184 pages
*WIDTH: 7 3/4" - 197mm
*HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 259mm
*Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER
ISBN 978-1-4197-8447-7
US $25.99 CAN $32.99 UK £18.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-871-7
The History of World War II
A GRAPHIC NOVEL
WRITTEN BY ARNAUD DE LA CROIX; ILLUSTRATED BY VICENTE CIFUENTES
A massive and lushly illustrated graphic novel on World War II that looks through the eyes of major players such as Winston Churchill, Josef Stalin, Adolf Hitler, and Franklin Delano Roosevelt
In 20 captivating chapters, interspersed with informative chapter openers as well as a bibliography for further reading, The History of World War II unravels the complex dynamics of the conflict that transformed every corner of the globe into a theater of war.
From fragile alliances tested to their limit, to long–simmering bitter rivalries, the root causes of the war immediately following the "war to end all wars" are unpacked and examined in a powerful narrative that illuminates the enduring legacy of this tumultuous period, asking the reader to reflect on the lessons it can offer for our time.
Arnaud De La Croix and Vicente Cifuentes expertly weave together a compelling and vivid history of World War II, the scope of which has yet to be matched in graphic novel format.
Arnaud De La Croix is a historian, author, and editor with a passion for comics and history. He has written both graphic novels and academic histories of the Middle Ages and World War II, some of which have been translated into English. He has been a professor at the Royal Academy of Fine Arts in Brussels, an editor at Le Cri, Duculot, Castermann, Le Lombard, and an editorial director at Dargaud–Lombard–Dupuis. Vicente Cifuentes is a cartoonist who was born in Albacete, Spain. He has collaborated with renowned comics writers such as Alan Moore and Roy Thomas, and he has worked on Marvel’s X–Men, Hulk, and New Exiles and DC Comics’ Batgirl, Green Lantern, Superman, Justice League Dark,and Aquaman, among others.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
BROAD SCOPE: While World War II is a popular subject for graphic nonfiction, very few books cover the subject with such broad scope in a format intended for both adults and children. The broad scope of this book will make it an excellent fit for both casual reading and classroom placement.
EXPERT
CREATIVE TEAM: De La Croix’s historical expertise and grasp of the comics format paired with Cifuentes’s incredible black–and–white art makes for a richly illustrated and informative read, including a bibliography for further reading.
SUCCESSFUL FORMAT:
Historical nonfiction does extremely well on the ComicArts list. Some of our most critically acclaimed and bestselling titles include My Friend Dahmer, Run: Book One, The Best We Could Do, and Kent State The History of World War II expands this incredible list and pairs especially well with the titles we’ve published that focus on this era, such as We Are Not Strangers and The Bomb SPECIFICATIONS
*Black-and-white illustrations throughout *296 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm
*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 266mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
ISBN 978-1-4197-8449-1 US $29.99 CAN $37.95 UK £21.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-872-4
Photographic Memory: A Graphic Biography
WILLIAM HENRY JACKSON AND THE AMERICAN WEST WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY BILL GRIFFITH
Legendary cartoonist Bill Griffith brings a personal touch to this graphic novel history of his great–grandfather, William Henry Jackson—a pioneering photographer of the American West whose work led to the creation of the National Parks and was a major influence on Ansel Adams
In his new graphic biography, legendary cartoonist Bill Griffith, creator of Zippy the Pinhead, tells the story of his namesake and great–grandfather, William Henry Jackson, who was one of the first photographers of the American West.
Jackson’s photography spurred Americans to move westward, inspiring photographers such as Ansel Adams, and playing a role in the creation of our national parks, including Yellowstone. Using his unique approach to graphic novel biography, which Kirkus hails as setting a “standard” for the medium, Griffith explores every aspect of his great–grandfather’s life and legacy, which he pulls from family letters, diaries, and anecdotes, primary sources, and the archives of the New York Public Library and the Library of Congress, as well as from the more than 25 books written about Jackson and his work.
Like all of Griffith’s biographies, Photographic Memory is a thoroughly researched, sharply observant character study written from a place of love, which explores photography in an illustrated medium. Not an easy trick to pull off—unless you are Bill Griffith.
Bill Griffith is the creator of the syndicated daily comic strip Zippy. On our ComicArts list, he is the author of Nobody’s Fool: The Life and Times of Schlitzie the Pinhead and Three Rocks, the critically acclaimed, Eisner Award–winning biography of Ernie Bushmiller. Griffith’s prolific output has been included in such publications as the Village Voice, National Lampoon, and The New Yorker. Griffith is also credited in Bartlett for coining the popular phrase, “Are we having fun yet?” He lives in Hadlyme, Connecticut.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
LEGENDARY AUTHOR: Griffith is regarded as one of the masters of the graphic novel, whose work is often considered alongside that of Art Spiegelman, Will Eisner, Alison Bechdel, and Marjane Satrapi for pushing the boundaries of the medium.
AMERICAN
HISTORY: William Henry Jackson is one of the pioneers of American photography, and his photographs of the American West helped shape the future of the country—literally. From encouraging the country’s westward expansion to spurring conservation efforts like the establishment of the National Parks to inspiring artists such as Ansel Adams, Jackson’s incredible career is the subject of more than 25 books that influenced a generation of nature photographers who followed in his footsteps.
AWARD–WINNING
BACKLIST: Griffith's ComicArts books are critically acclaimed. Nobody’s Fool (Abrams ComicArts, Spring 2019) received starred reviews from Booklist and Publishers Weekly. Three Rocks (Abrams ComicArts, Fall 2023) received starred reviews in Kirkus, Publishers Weekly, and Shelf Awareness. Three Rocks won a Reuben Award in 2023 (the same year Griffith was inducted into both the Eisner and Harvey Hall of Fame) and won the 2024 Eisner Award for Best Reality Based Work.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *288 pages
*WIDTH: 6 3/8" - 162mm
*HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER GRAPHIC NOVELS, BIOGRAPHY, NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-8414-9
US $35.00 CAN $44.00 UK £25.00
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-853-3
Karl Lagerfeld
A GRAPHIC BIOGRAPHY
BY ALFONS KAISER; ILLUSTRATED BY SIMON SCHWARTZ
Written by Alfons Kaiser, a journalist and personal friend of Karl Lagerfeld, a graphic biography exploring the man behind the larger–than–life figure who became an iconic fashion brand in and of himself while defining an era at Chanel
“It starts with me and it ends with me.”—Karl Lagerfeld Karl Lagerfeld stylized himself into a living logo and a myth of the fashion world. As a brand, his name is synonymous with luxury, and as a designer, he has worked for and influenced almost every major luxury brand since the beginning of his career, from his apprenticeship with Balmain, to Fendi, whose logo he designed, to his renowned tenure at Chanel from 1982–2000.
Now, FAZ editor Alfons Kaiser, who knew Lagerfeld personally, tells the story of the charismatic fashion designer in this new graphic biography. Using many previously unknown sources, this graphic novel explores every aspect of his colorful career. From a youthful outsider in the northern German plains, to an urbane genius in Paris competing to make a name for himself against designers such as Yves Saint–Laurent, this personal look at Lagerfeld’s life paints a picture of a peerless designer, a tireless illustrator, an avid photographer, a passionate book collector, and a peerless workaholic.
But most of all, Kaiser tells the story of the man behind the larger–than–life figure: the precocious boy who preferred drawing in the attic to playing with his peers; the son who argued with his parents but never got away from them; Saint–Laurent’s greatest rival; a brother, uncle, friend—and the partner of Jacques de Bascher, the great love of his life.
Alfons Kaiser is the editor at the German newspaper Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung, where he writes the column "Germany and the World." He also contributes to the monthly Frankfurter Allgemeine magazine. He is a fashion expert and personal friend of Karl Lagerfeld, who authored Karl Lagerfeld: A Life in Fashion for Abrams in 2021. Simon Schwartz is a German illustrator and cartoonist. His work is published in the Frankfurter Allgemeine Sonntagszeitung, Die Zeit, and other newspapers and magazines. Two of his graphic novels, The Other Side of the Wall (2015) and First Man: Reimagining Matthew Henson (2015) have been translated into English.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
ICONIC SUBJECT: Lagerfeld is one of the most recognizable fashion icons of the past 50 years. Over his illustrious career, he worked at an array of famous fashion houses, most notably as creative director of Chanel, where he took the beloved brand to new heights.
CONNECTED AUTHOR: Kaiser is an authority on fashion reporting and has written multiple biographies that draw on many previously unknown sources, and he has used his personal connections to illuminate the enigmatic Lagerfeld’s incredible life. The biography’s accessible graphic novel format brings his reporting to an all–new audience.
GLOBAL RECOGNITION: Lagerfeld is both a man and a brand—a name that is synonymous with style and recognizable even to those unfamiliar with the fashion world.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *104 pages
*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 177mm
*HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 259mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: DECEMBER
ISBN 978-1-4197-8446-0
US $25.99 CAN $37.95 UK £21.99
ËxHSLELJy784460z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-870-0
Kent State
FOUR DEAD IN OHIO
BY DERF BACKDERF
From Derf Backderf, the bestselling author of My Friend Dahmer and Trashed, comes the tragic and unforgettable story of Kent State—winner of the Eisner Award for Best Reality–Based Book—now in paperback
Praise for Kent State
*“An excellent graphic retelling of a climactic moment in American history. Backderf’s vivid, evocative book does a splendid job of keeping their memories alive.” Kirkus Reviews, starred review
*“Required reading for all Americans.” —Library Journal, starred review
“MY GOD! THEY’RE KILLING US!”—freshman Ron Steele, Newsweek, May 18, 1970
On May 4, 1970, the National Guard gunned down unarmed college students protesting the war in Vietnam at Kent State University in Ohio. In a deadly barrage of 67 shots, four students were killed and nine wounded. It was the day America turned guns on its own children—a shocking event burned into our national memory. A few days prior, ten–year–old Derf Backderf saw those same guardsmen patrolling his nearby hometown, sent in by the governor to crush a trucker strike. Using the journalism skills he employed on My Friend Dahmer and Trashed, Backderf has conducted extensive interviews and research to explore the lives of those four days in May when the country seemed on the brink of tearing itself apart. Kent State: Four Dead in Ohio, first published in time for the 50th anniversary of the tragedy and now in paperback, is a moving and troubling story about the bitter cost of dissent—as relevant today as it was in 1970.
Derf Backderf is the bestselling and award–winning author of My Friend Dahmer, Trashed, Punk Rock and Trailer Parks, and Kent State, and is the recipient of the prestigious Robert F. Kennedy Journalism Award for political cartooning. His weekly comic strip, The City, ran for nearly 25 years and appeared in more than 140 newspapers. He lives in Ohio.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING AUTHOR: My Friend Dahmer was a national bestseller, an ALA/YALSA Alex Award winner, winner of the Revelation Award at Angouleme, and was made into a major motion picture in 2017.
CRITICALLY ACCLAIMED: Kent State is the winner of the ALA/YALSA Alex Award, the Eisner Award for Best Reality–Based Work, the Ringo Award for Best Non–Fiction Comic Work and the ACBD French Critics Award. It received starred reviews from Kirkus Reviews, Library Journal, and Publishers Weekly, and was named a Best Book of the Year by the Akron Beacon Journal, Forbes, the New York Times, NPR, the Washington Post, and many more.
TOPICAL SUBJECT: The issues of gun violence, mass shootings, and student activism remain all too relevant; this well–researched book speaks to that discourse.
NEW REVELATIONS: Although there have been numerous books on Kent State, Backderf, winner of the Robert F. Kennedy Journalism Award, spent years meticulously researching the story, conducting extensive interviews with primary sources, and uncovering new information from the university and government archives. Reviews of the hardcover edition refer to this graphic novel as the definitive word on the subject.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Two-color illustrations throughout *288 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 260mm
* Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
GRAPHIC NOVELS, HISTORY
ISBN 978-1-4197-6546-9
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-861-9
From Red Dirt Witch • By N.K. Jemisin; adapted by Kinitra Brooks; illustrated by Ashley A. Woods and Alitha E. Martinez
RIGHTS: World/All
Red Dirt Witch
A GRAPHIC NOVEL
BY N. K. JEMISIN, ADAPTED BY KINITRA BROOKS, ILLUSTRATED BY ASHLEY A. WOODS AND ALITHA E. MARTINEZ
A
graphic novel adaptation of #1 New York Times bestselling author N. K. Jemisin’s acclaimed short story Red Dirt Witch
In this graphic novel adaptation of #1 New York Times Bestseller N.K. Jemisin’s short story, Red Dirt Witch—featured in the 2018 short story collection How Long ’Til Black Future Month?—we are introduced to Emma, a single Black mother of three in a backwater Alabama town in segregated 1940s America. In this alternative universe, magic and faeries exist, and Emma must use her Afrocentric cultural magicks against a supernatural force that wants to enslave her daughter, Pauline. Jemisin infuses this world with the magic, complexity, and power of oral Black folklore that have become trademarks of her work in trilogies like The Broken Earth and Inheritance. Red Dirt Witch has been expertly adapted into the graphic novel format by writer Kinitra Brooks and illustrators Ashley A. Woods and Alitha Martinez. They have translated Jemisin’s powerful prose into a stunning visual story of family and sacrifice. A heartbreaking reminder of the many injustices that Black mothers still have to endure in our country to ensure a better future for their children, this story will resonate with readers everywhere.
N. K. Jemisin is a science–fiction and fantasy writer and a psychologist based in New York. Her fiction explores a wide variety of themes, including cultural conflict and oppression. She has won several awards for her work, including the Locus Award and four Hugo Awards, three of which were for each of the books in her Broken Earth series–making her the only author to have won the Hugo Award for Best Novel in three consecutive years and the first author to have won for all three books in a trilogy. In 2020, Jemisin was the recipient of a MacArthur Genius Grant, and in 2021, she was named one of Time magazine’s “100 most influential people.” Her novels have sold more than one million copies worldwide. Kinitra D. Brooks is the Audrey and John Leslie Endowed Chair in Literary Studies in the department of English at Michigan State. She specializes in the study of black women, genre fiction, and popular culture. She currently has three books in print: Searching for Sycorax: Black Women’s Hauntings of Contemporary Horror, Sycorax’s Daughters, and The Lemonade Reader. She is also the coeditor of the New Suns book series. She lives in East Lansing, Michigan. Ashley A. Woods is an artist from Chicago. She got her start through self–publishing her action–fantasy comic series Millennia War, which led her to a career in comics and TV, including the Niobe, Tomb Raider, and Wonder Woman series, HBO’s Lovecraft Country, and Jupiter Invincible with Pulitzer Prize–winning author Yusef Komunyakaa, which premiered at the Tribeca Film Festival in June 2021. Her work has received international recognition, including in Kyoto, Japan, where she presented in a gallery showcase titled Out Of Sequence Alitha E. Martinez is the Eisner Award and GLAAD Award–winning artist of the Black Panther: World of Wakanda series. She has worked on series such as Iron Man,X–Men: Black Sun, Marvel Age Fantastic Four, Black Panther, Black Panther: World of Wakanda, X–Men Gold Annual, Moon Girl, Mark Morales Spider–Man, Fearless, Voltron, NBC’s Heroes, New 52 Batgirl, Archie Comic’s New Crusaders and Riverdale, Omni, WWE Superstar, WWE Slam City, and Barbie Most recently, she’s worked on It’s a Bird and Nubia for DC Comics, and The Science of Ghosts. In her spare time, she works on her creator–owned titles Yume and Ever, and Foreign, which she publish through her company, Ariotstorm Productions, LLC.
SELLING POINTS
CELEBRATED AUTHOR: Jemisin is one of the most celebrated female science–fiction and fantasy writers of our time. The original short story collection that features Red Dirt Witch has sold more than 30,000 copies, not to mention the combined sales of her other novels which exceed one million copies.
ADAPTATION SUCCESS: Abrams has done incredibly well with graphic novel adaptions: on the Megascope list alone, Nnedi Okorafor’s After the Rain has sold more than 9,000 copies across formats, while our Octavia E. Butler adaptations have sold more than 180,000 copies across formats.
MAGIC IN THE AIR: Jemisin’s unique blend of fantasy and magic with speculative elements will appeal to readers who are voraciously consuming the fantasy titles currently dominating the bestseller lists.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *176 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 228mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JANUARY GRAPHIC NOVELS
ISBN 978-1-4197-5373-2 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £17.99 ËxHSLELJy753732z ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-262-6
Middle Passage
A GRAPHIC NOVEL ADAPTATION
ADAPTED BY REGINALD HUDLIN, ILLUSTRATED BY DENYS COWAN AND DON HUDSON
A graphic novel adaptation of the Charles Johnson’s National Book Award–winning American classic Middle Passage, which deftly weaves intensely researched history of the American slave trade and speculative fiction with the traditions of classic adventure tales
A riveting and raw parable of the Black experience in America, this graphic novel adaptation of Charles Johnson’s National Book Award–winning novel, Middle Passage, tells the story of the recently freed slave turned thief Rutherford Calhoun. Living the life of a petty thief in 1830 New Orleans does not come without its risks. After building up an almost insurmountable amount of debt to Papa Zeringue, Rutherford’s chances of escaping the notorious creditor are slim to none. That is, unless he agrees to marry a Boston schoolteacher who’s convinced Papa she’ll pay the debt in exchange for Rutherford’s hand in marriage.
Instead of swallowing his pride and taking the walk down the aisle, Rutherford stows away on a ship called The Republic. Unbeknown to him, this ship happens to be headed to Africa to capture the mystical Allmuseri tribe and bring them back to America to sell as slaves. Adapted by Reginald Hudlin and illustrated by Denys Cowan and Don Hudson, the part speculative fiction, part action–adventure story that unfolds is one of harrowing depths, exploring the cruelty and resilience of the human spirit.
Dr. Charles Johnson, University of Washington (Seattle) professor emeritus and the author of 27 books, is a novelist, philosopher, essayist, literary scholar, short story writer, cartoonist and illustrator, an author of children’s literature, and a screen–and–teleplay writer based in Chicago. A MacArthur fellow, Johnson has received a 2002 American Academy of Arts and Letters Award for Literature, a 1990 National Book Award for his novel Middle Passage, a 1985 Writers Guild award for his PBS teleplay Booker, the 2016 W.E.B. Du Bois Award at the National Black Writers Conference, and many other awards. In February 2020, Lifeline Theater in Chicago debuted its play adaptation of Middle Passage. Reginald Hudlin is an American film screenwriter, director, and producer based in Los Angeles. He and his older brother and creative partner Warrington Hudlin are known as the Hudlin Brothers. From 2005 to 2008, Hudlin was president of entertainment for Black Entertainment Television (BET). Hudlin has also written numerous graphic novels. He co–produced the 88th Academy Awards ceremony in 2016 as well as other TV specials. Hudlin’s breakout film was 1990’s House Party, and he worked as a producer on Quentin Tarantino’s 2012 film, Django Unchained, which earned him an Academy Award nomination for Best Picture. Hudlin is also an extremely accomplished comic book and graphic novel writer and creator. This includes a groundbreaking run on Marvel’s Black Panther character. Denys B. Cowan is an American comics artist, television producer, and one of the cofounders of Milestone Media. Based in Los Angeles, Cowan gained prominence as the primary artist on The Question, a comic book series written by Dennis O’Neil and published by DC beginning in February 1987. Cowan cofounded Milestone Media in 1993 with McDuffie, Michael Davis, and Derek Dingle, and later worked as a producer on the animated series Static Shock, based on the Milestone character. As senior vice president of animation at BET, Cowan was responsible for the creation, development, and production of animated programming for the entire network, including the cultural phenomenon The Boondocks. Don Hudson started his life in comic art and illustration as a high school intern, learning from established, older professionals to become skilled draftsman. After 30 years in the business, he has worked in advertising, on Broadway–Jersey Boys–and drawn thousands of pages of comic book art for Marvel, DC, Image, and Zuiker Press. He is based in Los Angeles. Want to know more? Please visit attackatdon.blogspot.com.
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-193-3 RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
A–LIST TEAM: Having served on the Pulitzer Prize and National Book Award committees multiple times, Charles Johnson is a beloved and highly decorated figure in literary circles. Denys Cowan, the cofounder of comic book publisher Milestone Media, has a reputation of legendary status in the comics industry. Reginald Hudlin is a major director, writer, and producer with movie classics such as Django Unchained under his belt. And Don Hudson has decades of experience in illustrating for major comic publishing houses.
ACCESSIBILITY:
Middle Passage has the potential to expand its audience via the visual medium of graphic novels. Printing in hardcover (978–1–4197–5199–8) and trade paperback (978–1–4197–5200–1)simultaneously offers a lower price point for potential buyers while also retaining profitability in the library market.
ACADEMIC MARKET APPEAL: Johnson and Megascope curator John Jennings have deep connections in academia.
A FRESH ADDITION TO CANON: Middle Passage goes against the trend of books about American slavery depicting Black Americans as those without agency and lacking interiority. A story of a selfish man swept up in the transatlantic slave trade, Middle Passage gives dignity and nuance to a group of people who have been dehumanized for centuries.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *144 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: JANUARY
ISBN 978-1-4197-5199-8
US $25.99 CAN $32.99 UK £18.99
From Eden of Witches Volume 4 • Written and illustrated by Yumeji
My Life in 24 Frames per Second
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY RINTARO
An autobiography penned in manga form from legendary anime director Rintaro, spanning his postwar childhood, his directorial debut, and the subsequent hit series and films, up to the present day
The unsung legend of Japanese anime, Rintaro.
Born in 1941 in Tokyo, Rintaro joined the Japanese animated film company Toei Animation in 1958 at the young age of 17. Even in his humble beginnings, when he was involved in putting the finishing touches on the animated film Legend of the White Serpent, Rintaro made unfathomable waves for anime as we know it, with Hayao Miyazaki citing it as a core inspiration in becoming an animator and director rather than a manga artist. In 1960, Rintaro transferred to Mushi Production, an animation studio established and overseen by the “god of manga” Osamu Tezuka himself. He made his directorial debut with the TV anime Astro Boy (1963–66) and served as the chief director for the first–ever full–color TV anime in Japan, Kimba the White Lion Rintaro returned to Toei in 1977, and in 1978 his directorial work on Space Pirate Captain Harlock caught the attention of the then–president of Toei Animation, leading to his appointment as the director of the theatrical version of Galaxy Express 999 A unique journey that will take us from postwar Japan to the release of the film Metropolis in 2001, My Life in 24 Images per Second is a journey filled with encounters, opportunities, endless nights, jazz, cigarettes, but above all, cinema. Follow Rintaro’s memoir as key milestones in the history of Japanese animation are unearthed in insightful clarity.
Rintaro is the pseudonym of Shigeyuki Hayashi, a distinguished anime director and one of the medium’s most formative pioneers. As a director, he oversaw Astro Boy and the first–ever full–color TV anime Kimba the White Lion. His most recent feature length film, Metropolis, was one of the first anime films to be submitted for consideration for Best Animated Film at the Academy Awards, and the late film critic Roger Ebert, writing for the Chicago Sun–Times, gave Metropolis four out of four stars, calling it “one of the best animated films I have ever seen.”
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
ICONIC ARTIST: There are few anime directors as influential and distinguished as Rintaro. His legacy and history are comparable to the history of anime itself, and his works in precedent–setting full–color have laid the groundwork for all anime since. Yet Rintaro’s life story is not very well known in the US despite the popularity of his works. His autobiography is bound to captivate any serious fan of anime.
HISTORICAL INSIGHT: Rintaro presents firsthand accounts of some of the most significant moments in the history of modern anime. With razor–sharp clarity, he reveals the inner machinations of early anime production. Readers are allowed insight into not only Rintaro’s method and ardor for cinema but also many of the lavish personas that defined the cultural period, including “god of manga” Osamu Tezuka’s own thoughts and personal ideologies for anime adaptation. This book takes us behind the curtain to see how masters in craftsmanship and storytelling brings initially static scribbles to animated life. A must–have for historians and anime fans alike.
POPULAR GENRE:
Autobiographical graphic novels have consistently had incredible mainstream appeal in the US, such as George Takei’s They Called Us Enemy achieving blockbuster success.
SPECIFICATIONS
* Black-and-white illustrations throughout
* 256 pages
* WIDTH: 8" - 203mm
* HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 259mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER COMICS / MANGA, MEMOIR, NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-8404-0 US $29.99 CAN $37.95 UK £21.99 ËxHSLELJy784040z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-849-6
Scars Volume 3
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY BRANDON ARIAS
A love story between a boy with a scar and an abused, misgendered classmate who are both victims of bullying but find peace and acceptance in each other—
Scars is an ardent coming–of–age story about acknowledging differences and finding self–acceptance
Two school kids, Kyonosuke and Akira, live in a little village by the Japanese countryside. After an accident, Kyonosuke recieves a skin graft to his face, leaving him permanently scarred. This disfigurement makes Kyonosuke a target for constant bullying. Akira, his classmate, is trying to come to terms with her gender dysphoria but is beaten by her father for saying she wants to be a girl. When they meet and fall in love, they decide to escape their toxic environment together. But are they strong enough to accept each other, and themselves, for who they are?
A stunning and heartfelt manga trilogy from debut author–illustrator Brandon Arias, Scars deftly tackles childhood trauma, bullying, and the issue of growing into one’s own identity. This gorgeous, fresh, slice–of–life drama is sure to become a classic alongside such timely and relevant manga titles as Orange by Takano Ichigo and Our Dreams at Dusk by Yuhki Kamatani.
Brandon Arias is a manga author whose debut series is Scars.
SELLING POINTS
COMPELLING MESSAGE: Manga has proven to be the perfect medium to explore social themes such as childhood bullying, isolation, and identity issues, with series such as Orange by Takano Ichigo and Our Dreams at Dusk by Yuhki Kamatani resonating worldwide with readers who struggle with the perils of growing up.
BEAUTIFUL ART: Author–illustrator Brendan Arias brings Scars to life with expressive and appealing characters who carry the heavy themes of the narrative and inspire the reader to root for them, all in a style that is unique but suited for any manga shelf.
MANGA AT ABRAMS: As Abrams ComicArts launches its Kana imprint, our goal is to publish titles that are completely unique in the US manga market. Scars perfectly highlights not just our commitment to publishing established manga authors from Japan but also to finding new voices bound to further expand the audience.
*Paperback with Jacket PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY AGES 16 and up COMICS / MANGA
ISBN 978-1-4197-7837-7 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99 ËxHSLELJy778377z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-492-4
Eden of Witches Volume 4
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY
YUMEJI
When a young witch apprentice loses her home and mentor to witch hunts, can she awaken her druid–like powers and flee to safety? Humankind and nature are at odds in this epic Ghibli–esque fantasy manga, perfect for fans of Princess Mononoke, Nausicaa, and Witch Hat Atelier!
In a world devastated by humankind and forsaken by plants and animals, only witches have the power to communicate with nature.
Thanks to Oak, Pili has escaped from the Fruditilla fortress and its supervising witch–turned–patron–saint. There, from the dungeon where they were both imprisoned, she has freed a new companion. Mistreated by her captor for days, this friend is only barely able to walk. .
To save her, Pili has no choice: she must set out in search of amurds and concoct a remedy as soon as possible! However, Oak is reluctant and suggests abandoning the young woman, fearing she will slow them down, which infuriates his protégée. How will the two companions manage to find common ground?
Eden of Witches is a magical and lushly illustrated coming–of–age story perfect for fans of Princess Mononoke, Nausicaa, and Witch Hat Atelier, brought expertly to life by rising star manga artist Yumeji. It will sweep readers away into a fairytale where witches and their familiars are the last keepers of the natural world.
Yumeji is a manga author and illustrator living in Japan. Eden of Witches is her debut series.
SELLING POINTS
POPULAR THEME: Witches and magic are perfect avatars to explore coming of age stories in both Japanese and Western comics. Fans of manga in the United States are especially receptive to this message, with popular anime and manga such as Kiki’s Delivery Service, The Ancient Magus Bride, and Witch Hat Atelier having a huge and lasting presence in US pop culture.
INCREDIBLE ART: Yumeji’s delicate inks bring the setting to life and are reminiscent of such classic titles as Hayao Miyazaki’s Nausicaa or Kaoru Mori’s A Bride’s Story. While Eden of Witches is her first serialized manga, her illustrations stand out from much of the shojo manga being published in the US today and give the series the visual hallmarks of an instant classic.
TOPICAL SUBJECT: The element of man’s conflict with nature is ever more relevant to young readers today, as we reevaluate our impact on the planet as a society. Although Eden of Witches is a fantasy, it doesn’t shy away from asking what our relationship to nature and our impact on it is, grounding the series subtly despite its fantastical elements.
* Paperback with Jacket PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 13 and up COMICS / MANGA
ISBN 978-1-4197-7847-6 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99 ËxHSLELJy778476z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-502-0
Eden of Witches Volume 5
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY
YUMEJI
When a young witch apprentice loses her home and mentor to witch hunts, can she awaken her druid–like powers and flee to safety? Humankind and nature are at odds in this epic Ghibli–esque fantasy manga, perfect for fans of Princess Mononoke, Nausicaa, and Witch Hat Atelier!
In a world devastated by humankind and forsaken by plants and animals, only witches have the power to communicate with nature.
After their encounter with Aster, a former soldier living alone in a witches’ former refuge, Pili, Karen, and Oak continue their journey to Eden. Unfortunately, the young girls no longer sense the voice of the amurds, who seem to have completely deserted them.
Suddenly, a faint whisper reaches their ears! To the great surprise of the three companions, it comes from a ruined city. The wolf has a sense of foreboding, and the discovery of plants unearthed in a crude manner proves him right. It was a trap set by witch–hunter Zakum! Pili and Karen manage to escape, but Oak is captured. Will they be able to save him from the clutches of the malevolent kingdom?
Yumeji is a manga author and illustrator living in Japan. Eden of Witches is her debut series.
SELLING POINTS
POPULAR THEME: Witches and magic are perfect avatars to explore coming of age stories in both Japanese and Western comics. Fans of manga in the United States are especially receptive to this message, with popular anime and manga such as Kiki’s Delivery Service, The Ancient Magus Bride, and Witch Hat Atelier having a huge and lasting presence in US pop culture.
INCREDIBLE ART: Yumeji’s delicate inks bring the setting to life and are reminiscent of such classic titles as Hayao Miyazaki’s Nausicaa or Kaoru Mori’s A Bride’s Story. While Eden of Witches is her first serialized manga, her illustrations stand out from much of the shojo manga being published in the US today and give the series the visual hallmarks of an instant classic.
TOPICAL SUBJECT: The element of man’s conflict with nature is ever more relevant to young readers today, as we reevaluate our impact on the planet as a society. Although Eden of Witches is a fantasy, it doesn’t shy away from asking what our relationship to nature and our impact on it is, grounding the series subtly despite its fantastical elements.
ISBN 978-1-4197-7848-3 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99 ËxHSLELJy778483z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-503-7
Eden of Witches Volume 6
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY YUMEJI
When a young witch apprentice loses her home and mentor to witch hunts, can she awaken her druid–like powers and flee to safety? Humankind and nature are at odds in this epic Ghibli–esque fantasy manga, perfect for fans of Princess Mononoke, Nausicaa, and Witch Hat Atelier!
In a world devastated by humankind and forsaken by plants and animals, only witches have the power to communicate with nature.
Hoping to reach the castle where Oak is being held, Pili disguises herself as a boy named Roble, eager to join the capital’s army. After a tough duel against the formidable Captain Rudbeckia, she proves her bravery and gains entry to the barracks! However, her superior isn’t easily fooled. . . .
Indeed, the captain is also a woman, and she has guessed that Roble isn’t who he claims to be. . . . She promises not to betray her secret, as long as the recruit poses no threat to the city and its inhabitants. But another trial awaits young Pili—an expedition to hunt down her own kind! Soldier or witch . . . how will Pili be able to resolve this dilemma?
Yumeji is a manga author and illustrator living in Japan. Eden of Witches is her debut series.
SELLING POINTS
POPULAR THEME: Witches and magic are perfect avatars to explore coming of age stories in both Japanese and Western comics. Fans of manga in the United States are especially receptive to this message, with popular anime and manga such as Kiki’s Delivery Service, The Ancient Magus Bride, and Witch Hat Atelier having a huge and lasting presence in US pop culture.
INCREDIBLE ART: Yumeji’s delicate inks bring the setting to life and are reminiscent of such classic titles as Hayao Miyazaki’s Nausicaa or Kaoru Mori’s A Bride’s Story. While Eden of Witches is her first serialized manga, her illustrations stand out from much of the shojo manga being published in the US today and give the series the visual hallmarks of an instant classic.
TOPICAL SUBJECT: The element of man’s conflict with nature is ever more relevant to young readers today, as we reevaluate our impact on the planet as a society. Although Eden of Witches is a fantasy, it doesn’t shy away from asking what our relationship to nature and our impact on it is, grounding the series subtly despite its fantastical elements.
*Paperback with Jacket PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY AGES 13 and up COMICS / MANGA
ISBN 978-1-4197-7849-0 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99 ËxHSLELJy778490z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-504-4
Silence Volume 4
BY YOANN VORNIÈRE
An exhilarating manga following the journey of a boy and his village across a frigid, post–apocalyptic setting riddled with folkloric monsters
The day the sun disappeared forever behind the clouds, legendary monsters that had been seen only at night began to crawl perpetually, and the human fear of being hunted ubiquitous.
For almost 30 years, Lame and her village have been cut off from the rest of the world. The monsters, who track the villagers by sound and especially by voice, have forced them to communicate by sign language.
But their safety is endangered when a young woman called Moon, who wears strings of little bells, arrives in the village. She tells them that there is a way of fighting the monsters: by becoming monsters themselves But the adventure has only just begun. To find other humans who can help them, the villagers have decided to leave everything behind and go beyond the mountains that surround them. The journey filled with danger begins. . . .
Yoann Vorniere is a manga author living in France. Silence is his debut work.
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
POPULAR GENRE: Shonen (adventure) manga are incredibly popular in the United States right now, with anime–adapted comics such as Golden Kamuy and Dr. Stone receiving robust fanfare. Moreover, there have been new opportunities for manga in this genre to reach a much wider mainstream, given the acclaim that the One Piece live–action adaptation received on Netflix last year. Silence fuses adventure, battle, and indigenous folklore into an impassioned survival epic—a genre formula that has been consistently well–received, as seen with the more recent bestseller Hell’s Paradise
EXHILARATING ART: Vorniere’s bold inking and overflowing details bring the characters and monsters to life, brimming with vitality against the frigid chasmic setting. With a pervasive overcast above, reminiscent of Vincent van Gogh’s painting Starry Night, and desolate townships below, the depicted action is thrilling, sharp, and focused.
MANGA AT ABRAMS: As Abrams ComicArts launches its Kana imprint, our goal is to publish titles that are completely unique in the US manga market. Silence perfectly highlights not just our commitment to publishing established manga authors from Japan but also to finding new voices.
SPECIFICATIONS
* Black-and-white illustrations throughout * 208 pages
* WIDTH: 5" - 128mm
* HEIGHT: 7 1/8" - 182mm
* Paperback with Jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 13 and up COMICS / MANGA
ISBN 978-1-4197-8077-6 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £19.99 ËxHSLELJy780776z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-638-6
Space Punch Volume 4
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY ZD
In a mafia–governed city where corruption and violence are commonplace, this manga follows two brothers who find a mysterious artifact that will change their lives forever
Joe has defeated the colossal Solomon, provoking the fury of the Gospels. Eventually he is formally scouted by the Darumas, who offer him a deal. In exchange for the protection of his mother, Joe must join their mafia and prove his loyalty. Torn between his thirst for revenge and his principles, Joe accepts the deal but vows to put an end to gangs once and for all.
ZD is an action–fanatic manga author. Space Punch is his debut series.
SELLING POINTS
POPULAR GENRE: Action and Shonen manga have long been genres with incredible US popularity, with anime–adapted comics such as Radiant and Dr. Stone having their share of enthusiastic fans. This fervor has escalated in recent years, reaching even mainstream, like the widely acclaimed 2023 live–action Netflix adaptation of One Piece Space Punch, fusing comedy, battle, and drama into one fantastic urban epic, is a series of similar style and proportions and is a perfect fit for established readers of Shonen manga.
EXHILARATING ART: ZD’s bold lines and dramatic shadings illustrate brawls reminiscent of classic manga titles like Hajime no Ippo and Sun Ken Rock. The palpably determined visages of brothers against a conspiracy that intends to separate them, and the splashes of sweat, blood, and tears that color the pages of this manga, are perfect for fans that crave exhilaration.
MANGA AT ABRAMS:Space Punch perfectly highlights Kana's commitment to publishing not only established manga authors from Japan but also to finding new voices beyond.
*Paperback with Jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 13 and up COMICS / MANGA
ISBN 978-1-4197-7827-8
US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99 ËxHSLELJy778278z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-480-1
Space Punch Volume 5
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY ZD
In a mafia–governed city where corruption and violence is commonplace, this manga follows two brothers who find a mysterious artifact that will change their lives forever
In order to protect his mother, Joe has agreed to join the Darumas, but he still needs to prove his loyalty to them. He quickly gets the chance when he’s kidnapped by the Gospels, who are eager to avenge Solomon. Their leader Marco promises to spare Joe if he agrees to spy on his new clan for him. Despite the danger, Joe refuses to submit and is only saved thanks to the intervention of Seiko, Brad, and Ben. A violent clash between the clans ensues, but just as Seiko seems to have the upper hand, Marco manages to corner her. Will Joe save her, even if it means revealing his powers?
ZD is an action–fanatic manga author. Space Punch is his debut series.
SELLING POINTS
POPULAR GENRE: Action and Shonen manga have long been genres with incredible US popularity, with anime–adapted comics such as Radiant and Dr. Stone having their share of enthusiastic fans. This fervor has escalated in recent years, reaching even mainstream, like the widely acclaimed 2023 live–action Netflix adaptation of One Piece Space Punch, fusing comedy, battle, and drama into one fantastic urban epic, is a series of similar style and proportions and is a perfect fit for established readers of Shonen manga.
EXHILARATING ART: ZD’s bold lines and dramatic shadings illustrate brawls reminiscent of classic manga titles like Hajime no Ippo and Sun Ken Rock. The palpably determined visages of brothers against a conspiracy that intends to separate them, and the splashes of sweat, blood, and tears that color the pages of this manga, are perfect for fans that crave exhilaration.
MANGA AT ABRAMS: Space Punch perfectly highlights Kana's commitment to publishing not only established manga authors from Japan but also to finding new voices beyond.
From Little Bunny’s To-Do List (A Magical List Book) • Written by Helen Kemp Zax, illustrated by Kiersten Eve Eagan
What’s Up, Superman and Friends? (A Pop Magic Book)
ILLUSTRATED BY MATTHEW REINHART
Take a trip through the Hall of Justice and meet Superman, Batman, Wonder Woman, and more favorite DC heroes of the Justice League in this innovative lift–the–flap book by pop–up wizard Matthew Reinhart—and then watch as it transforms into a 3–D Hall of Justice!
See Superman and the Justice League as they spend time in the Hall of Justice! Little learners can see their favorite heroes train to be heroes and learn what their super powers are before they head off to save the day! After learning about each hero, follow the instructions to create a 3–D Hall of Justice with more hidden easter eggs! This interactive book from bestselling pop–up creator Matthew Reinhart makes learning fun.
For as long as Matthew Reinhart can remember, art always took center stage. Despite moving several times throughout childhood, his sketchbook was always nearby, a constant friend wherever his family roamed. An avid comic, fantasy, and science–fiction fanatic, Reinhart has created a huge array of pop culture pop–ups like his bestselling blockbusters Star Wars: A Galactic Pop–Up Adventure, Frozen: A Pop–Up Adventure, Lego Pop–Up, Marvel Super Heroes: The Ultimate Pop–Up Book, and many more.
SELLING POINTS
INNOVATIVE SERIES: The Pop Magic series makes learning fun for preschoolers using interactive elements like pop–ups and lift–the–flaps.
ENDURING BRAND: DC Comics continues to be a massive brand and home to some of the most well–known characters in pop culture for over 85 years! With Warner Bros. set to release a new Superman film in 2025, fans will be excited to share their love for these characters with their children with this innovative and exciting book!
PERFECT FOR PLAY: After reading the story, caregivers can follow the simple directions to fold the pages into a three–dimensional Hall of Justice! Readers will be able to see the whole super hero team in action in this exciting and action–filled scene!
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *12 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm
* Board Book
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
AGES 3 to 5
KIDS NOVELTY
Pokémon All Aboard: Let’s Cruise! (An Abrams Extend-a-Book)
WRITTEN BY NICHOLE MARA; ILLUSTRATED BY ANDREW KOLB
Sail along on the Pokémon cruise ship with Pikachu, Bulbasaur, Togepi, Charizard, and their friends! Written by Nichole Mara and illustrated by Andrew Kolb, Pokémon: Let’s Cruise! is a unique interactive, accordion–fold board book, featuring die–cut windows to peek through and flaps to lift on every page
Join Pikachu, Bublasaur, Chramander, Squirtle, and their Pokémon friends as they set off on a thrilling cruise! Slide down the waterslide, bounce in the sandcastle, ride the playtime express train, and even visit the engine room! Don’t miss all the details and things to find as you explore the whole ship with your Pokémon friends!
Andrew Kolb first garnered attention with his illustrated version of David Bowie’s “Space Oddity.” Since then, he has created illustrations for clients including Chickadee magazine, the Toronto Zoo, and Pixar. He is also the author of Edmund Unravels and the illustrator of All Aboard! Let’s Ride a Train, All Aboard! The Christmas Train, All Aboard! The Airport Train, and Disney All Aboard! Mickey’s Railway . He lives in Ontario, Canada.
SELLING POINTS
ENORMOUS FAN BASE: Pokémon has more than 7.7 million Facebook followers, 7 million Twitter followers, 4.7 million YouTube subscribers, and 3.9 million Instagram followers, and has sold more than 380 million games worldwide.
EVERGREEN FORMAT: Gatefolds and flaps are perennially popular with the three and below age group who love to learn through touch!
ADDED PLAY VALUE: More than just a board book, Pokémon: Let’s Cruise! uses our proprietary, evergreen extend–a–book format, whichmakes the reading experience all the more fresh and interesting by adding a touch of playfulness for young readers while they learn something new!
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *8 pages
*WIDTH: 11" - 280mm
*HEIGHT: 6" - 152mm
* Board Book PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 3 BOARD BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8339-5 US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99 ËxHSLELJy783395z
My First Disney Pal: Mickey Mouse!
BY DISNEY
Meet your first Disney pal, Mickey Mouse, in this colorful and collectible board book featuring original comic book art by legendary Disney artists Floyd Gottfredson
Using original art by legendary Disney artist Floyd Gottfredson, known as “The Mouse Man,” this colorful and collectible board book is perfect to introduce Mickey Mouse to the youngest Disney fans. Jump into your first adventure with Mickey and revisit some of his most memorable moments! Meet his best friends Donald and Goofy, his sweetheart Minnie, and his dog Pluto throughout this interactive and highly collectible board book that features three gatefolds that can be lifted to add a playful touch!
Floyd Gottfredson is best–known as the most legendary ‘Mickey Mouse’ comic artist. The first ‘Mickey’ newspaper comic (1930) was scripted by Walt Disney and drawn by Ub Iwerks, but they only did this for a few weeks. Gottfredson became their most notable successor and would draw ‘Mickey’ comics for more than 45 years. He developed the iconic mouse into a fully fledged comic character and set the standard that all Disney artists and writers still follow to this day. Together with Carl Barks, he remains the most influential and revered Disney comic artist.
SELLING POINTS
COLLECTIBLE SERIES: The first book in a series that celebrates Disney’s most beloved characters, appealing to fans old and new by incorporating original comic art throughout an interactive board book format.
RETRO HOOK: Classic art by legendary Disney artists such as Floyd Gottfredson and Romano Scarpa makes this series a must–have for die–hard fans and collectors.
GIFT APPEAL: With three interactive gatefolds and a bold design, this board book makes the perfect gift to share your favorite Disney characters with little ones!
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *24 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm
*HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 191mm
* Board Book
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 3 and up BOARD BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8402-6
US $10.99 CAN $13.99 UK £7.99
ËxHSLELJy784026z
CARTON QTY: 30 ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-072-5
My First Disney Pal: Minnie Mouse!
BY DISNEY
Meet your first Disney pal, Minnie Mouse, in this colorful and collectible board book featuring original comic book art by legendary Italian Disney artist Romano Scarpa
Using original art by legendary Italian Disney artist Romano Scarpa, this colorful and collectible board book is perfect to introduce Minnie Mouse to the youngest Disney fans. Join Minnie Mouse in your first adventure and revisit some of her most memorable moments! Meet her best friends Daisy Duck and Clarabelle Cow, and her world–famous sweetheart Mickey Mouse in this interactive and highly collectible board book that features three gatefold to lift and add a playful touch!
Romano Scarpa is by many considered the grandmaster of Italian Disney comics. He left his studies to devote himself to his passions: graphics and animation. After World War II, he cofounded an animation studio, where he created animated shorts based on the fairy tales of Hans Christian Andersen. In 1953, Scarpa joined the Italian Disney publisher Mondadori and began illustrating stories with ‘Topolino’ (‘Mickey Mouse’), strongly inspired by the atmosphere and suspense of the old Floyd Gottfredson newspaper strips.
SELLING POINTS
COLLECTIBLE SERIES: Part of a new series that celebrates Disney’s most beloved characters, appealing to fans old and new by incorporating original comic art throughout an interactive board book format.
RETRO HOOK: Classic art by legendary Disney artists such as Floyd Gottfredson and Romano Scarpa makes this series a must–have for die–hard fans and collectors.
GIFT APPEAL: With three interactive gatefolds and a bold design, this board book makes the perfect gift to share your favorite Disney characters with little ones!
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *24 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm
*HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 191mm
* Board Book
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 3 and up BOARD BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8403-3
US $10.99 CAN $13.99 UK £7.99 ËxHSLELJy784033z
CARTON QTY: 30
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-073-2
Sesame Street: What Hat Is That?
WRITTEN BY NICHOLE
MARA;
ILLUSTRATED BY ANDREW KOLB
Grover needs your help! Discover six different jobs with Grover and your favorite Sesame Street friends in this fun and interactive guessing–game board book in which every hat becomes a clue!
Welcome to Sesame Street! What hat is that and who wears it? Help Grover guess the job using hats as a clues! Is that a magician’s hat? Is it an astronaut's helmet? Lift the gatefold and find out! With playful text and colorful art, this sturdily constructed interactive board book is perfect for curious and playful toddlers!
Andrew Kolb first garnered attention with his illustrated version of David Bowie’s “Space Oddity.” Since then, he has created illustrations for clients including Chickadee magazine, the Toronto Zoo, and Pixar. He is also the author of Edmund Unravels and the illustrator of All Aboard! Let’s Ride a Train, All Aboard! The Christmas Train, All Aboard! The Airport Train, and Disney All Aboard! Mickey’s Railway . He lives in Ontario, Canada.
SELLING POINTS
ENDURING BRAND: Over its 55 seasons (and counting!), Sesame Street has earned over 225 Emmy Awards and 11 Grammy Awards. The program has more than 25 million subscribers on YouTube and over 25M followers on social media.
EVERGREEN FORMAT:
Parents and caregivers are always looking for playful and interactive ways to introduce little ones to new concepts. With a gatefold on every page, this is the perfect title to introduce jobs and careers to preschoolers.
SUCCESSFUL PARTNERSHIP: Our partnership with artist Andrew Kolb has proven successful with our licensed extend–a–book line, and we are thrilled to continue working with him on a new board book format and launch an exciting new series!
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *16 pages
*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 191mm
*HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 191mm
* Board Book
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
AGES 3 and up BOARD BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-8392-0
Who's Digging? (Big Jobs for Little Babies) A BOARD BOOK
WORDS
BY KATRINA MOORE;
PICTURES
BY BENSON SHUM
A board book series exploring big careers based on Baby’s favorite activities—in this case, digging!
She’s digging for treasure. / Will Baby get lucky? What’s she discovered? / It’s Baby’s lost . . . DUCKY!
What do a farmer, a construction worker, a paleontologist, an arborist, and a baby have in common? They’re all amazing diggers, of course!
Big Jobs for Little Babies is a board book series exploring the core basics of major careers and how they relate to a physical activity toddlers love! In Who’s Digging? take a look into the many vocations that involve digging—from a paleontologist unearthing fossils to a garden–tending farmer! With a fun, simple rhyme, five dramatic gatefold reveals, and a high–quality mirror on the final page of this sturdy board book, Who’s Digging? will nurture the youngest explorer’s curiosity about the world and their own bright futures.
Katrina Moore is an author and former elementary school educator with more than 13 years of experience in classrooms across multiple states. Her mission is to create books that children will hug for ages. She is the author of the Teeny Houdini chapter book series as well as several acclaimed picture books including The Star in You, Grumpy New Year, and Sometimes Love. Moore lives in Georgia with her family. Connect with her online @kmoorebooks or at katrinamoorebooks.com. Benson Shum is an award–winning children’s book author and illustrator. Among his many books for young readers is Anzu the Great Kaiju, an ABA Kid’s Indie Next Pick and awarded for Outstanding Achievement in Social Emotional Literature by the Children’s Literature Council of Southern California (CLCSC). School Library Journal called it “a triumph” in a starred review. Shum is also an animation supervisor at the Walt Disney Animation Studios. Originally from Vancouver, British Columbia, Shum now lives in sunny southern California. Connect with him online @bshum79 or at BensonShum.com.
SELLING POINTS
BOOMING CATEGORY: The Nerdy Babies board book series continues to have strong sales, and we hope to tap into the same market of explaining concepts in simple, concise ways.
BIG SERIES POTENTIAL: We look forward to growing the Big Jobs for Little Babies series on our Appleseed list with a focus on other careers, such as Who’s Building?, Who’s Swimming?, and Who’s Counting?
NOVELTY FORMAT: This sturdy board book has five gatefolds, perfect for curious, little hands, revealing what Baby is digging for, and a sturdy, high–quality mirror on the final page so readers can see themselves in the various roles explored in the book.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *22 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm
*HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 190mm
* Board Book
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 1 to 3
BOARD BOOK, KIDS NOVELTY
How We Love (A We Celebrate Book) A
BOARD BOOK
A LITTLE FEMINIST BOOK;
BY KATI DOUGLAS AND ASHLEY JEFFERSON
From the ALA Stonewall Award–winning team Little Feminist comes a gorgeous photographic board book celebrating the many ways we can express love!
Love is listening even if there’s nothing to say. Love is working to fix things and trying another way.
From award–winning indie publisher Little Feminist comes an engaging board book celebrating all the different ways love can be shown and enjoyed between friends, between siblings, and within many kinds of families (two moms, two dads, one parent, caretaker grandparents—it’s all love)!
Bright and sturdy, How We Love is the perfect companion to We Are Little Feminists: Families, the first board book to ever win the ALA Stonewall Award. With stellar photography of real families, readers will see love in action as kids, their siblings, and their adoring adult caretakers share, listen, hug, dance, show kindness, demonstrate bravery, and step in to help their families and communities. The book also includes family discussion questions and a note for grownups on how to use this book with young children.
Little Feminist is an intersectional collective and indie publisher dedicated to creating and curating diverse, inclusive stories for young children. Their mission is to fill crucial gaps in children’s literature through anti–racist, body–positive, and LGBTQI+ books. They are located in Oakland, CA. Kati Douglas (she/her) is an educator, literacy consultant, and photographer. She believes all people deserve to have their stories told and has the uncanny ability to authentically capture every child and family she photographs. She lives in the Bay Area. Ashley Jefferson (she/her) is an early childhood educator and play enthusiast that hails from Boston and currently lives near Atlanta. She is the visionary founder behind Play Plan Afrikan Kids, an initiative focused on early learning and outdoor education, and Nguzo Babies, a children’s edutainment brand that uses puppetry arts for storytelling.
SELLING POINTS
SELF–PUBLISHED SUCCESS: Along with winning the ALA Stonewall Award for their board book We Are Little Feminists: Families, the Little Feminist box set is featured on the New York Times’ “28 Best Gifts for 2–Year–Olds” list. We are proud to partner with this small publisher to create more highly inclusive books based on the needs and specific requests of their extensive book club.
DIVERSE PHOTOGRAPHY: Featuring fabulous full–color photography, this unusual board book offers a rare glimpse into our wonderfully diverse communities, featuring children and families of differing abilities and ethnic and cultural backgrounds.
TIMELESS SUBJECT: Books on different ways to express love are always timely and relevant. This one stands out for the intentionally diverse array of family units in this book.
HOLIDAY HOOK: Perfect for Valentine’s Day promotions and tables!
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color photographs throughout *24 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
* Board Book
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-592-1 RIGHTS: World/All
*HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm
PUB MONTH: DECEMBER AGES up to 5 BOARD BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8014-1 US $9.99 CAN $12.99 UK £6.99
CARTON QTY: 44
Birdblock (An Abrams Block Book)
BY CHRISTOPHER FRANCESCHELLI; ART BY PESKI STUDIO
Stretch your wings—and your knowledge—with this bird–themed addition to the bestselling Abrams Block Book series
From the tiny bee hummingbird to the giant condor and every–wing in between, no fowl is left behind in this fabulous addition to the acclaimed Abrams Block Book series! In this small but sturdy block–shaped board book, young readers are introduced to an incredible array of birds. Follow our young protagonists and their avian–expert grandfather as they explore what makes birds amazing—from the nests of bald eagles to the swift running speed of an ostrich.
Around 96 million people in the United States—more than a third of the population—are avid birdwatchers. This book will be a hit with the youngest readers who have jumped on the birding bandwagon! Like other books in the Block Book series, Birdblock features die–cut pages to peek through as well as durable, interactive gatefolds perfect for curious hands. Illustrated in Peski Studio’s bright, graphic style, this is a must–have book for bird enthusiasts of all ages.
Christopher Franceschelli is a seasoned publisher, editor, and creator of children’s books. He runs Chronicle’s Handprint imprint and the SmartInk packaging company. A born–and–raised New Yorker, Franceschelli lives with his family in Brooklyn. David Partington is an illustrator based in Bristol, United Kingdom. His influences range from mid–century design to Saturday morning cartoons. As part of Peski Studio, he enjoys screen printing, a process that often informs his approach to illustration. Partington’s work can be seen in kids’ books, food packaging, and jumbo floor puzzles around the world. He especially enjoys creating characters, drawing friendly robots, and sending them on incredible adventures.
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING SERIES: The Abrams Block Book series continues to grow with more than 2.5 million copies sold.
STRONG SUBJECT MATTER:
Around 96 million people in the United States—more than a third of the population—are avid birdwatchers. This book will be a hit with the youngest ornithologists and readers eager to learn all about these incredible chirping, pecking, flying fowl. From penguins to condors to chickens, birds of all shapes and sizes are welcomed and explored.
ORIGINAL ART STYLE:
Renowned British illustrator and designer Peski Studio once again brings a fresh edge to a popular category.
HIGH–VALUE PACKAGE:
Presented in a small–trim block, the 84 board pages, including gatefold flaps, create an inviting, chunky package perfect for little hands.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *84 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm
*HEIGHT: 6 1/4" - 159mm
* Casebound Board Book PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES up to 3 BOARD BOOK, KIDS NOVELTY, KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT
ISBN 978-1-4197-6064-8 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
Bunnytale (An Abrams Trail Tale)
BY CHRISTOPHER FRANCESCHELLI; ART BY ANITA SCHMIDT
Discover egg–cellent Easter surprises in this board book adventure with die–cut pages to peek through and gatefolds to open.
In this interactive Easter story, two children follow a mysterious rabbit through a farmyard, across a meadow, and down a winding staircase to find a workshop filled with woodland creatures harvesting jellybeans and decorating eggs in preparation for Easter. Young readers will delight in the clever peek–through pages and the dramatic quadruple gatefold at the end that folds out into a wildly colorful Easter egg hunt with 100 eggs to find!
From Christopher Franceschelli, creator of the Abrams Block Book series, the Abrams Trail Tale series takes readers on unforgettable holiday–themed adventures, with fun, vibrant illustrations.
Christopher Franceschelli is a seasoned publisher, editor, and creator of children’s books. He runs Chronicle’s Handprint imprint and the SmartInk packaging company. A born–and–raised New Yorker, Franceschelli lives with his family in Brooklyn. Anita Schmidt has illustrated several books for young readers, including Hello, Little Dreamer for Little Ones by Kathie Lee Gifford. After studying graphic design, Schmidt worked in education, but never lost sight of her passion for drawing. Inspired by nature and her children, she brings stories from all over the world to life through her artwork. Schmidt lives in northern Germany with her family in a small house surrounded by seven lakes. Follow her online @Doodle_Anni.
RIGHTS: World
SELLING POINTS
HOLIDAY HOOK: This vibrant, humorous board book is a great Easter read for the youngest of audiences and is the perfect Easter basket gift or egg hunt prize!
INNOVATIVE FORMAT: This chunky board book format will shelve well for many retailers and is full of peek–through pages and gatefold surprises.
ADORABLE ART: Readers will delight in the adorably commercial illustrations, including more than 100 brightly colored Easter eggs, with loads of details to find in rereadings.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *52 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 191mm
* Casebound Board Book
PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES up to 3
BOARD BOOK, KIDS NOVELTY, KIDS SERIES
ISBN 978-1-4197-6953-5
US $16.99 CAN $21.99 UK £11.99 ËxHSLELJy769535z
Hanukkah 1-2-3!: A First Counting Book (A Jewish
Holiday Concept
Book)
BOARD BOOKS TO CELEBRATE THE JEWISH HOLIDAYS
BY JOY NELKIN WIEDER; ILLUSTRATED BY AURA LEWIS
Learning to count is as easy as 1, 2, 3 in this unique board book celebrating the holiday of Hanukkah!
From opening one gift to lighting two menorah candles and from frying three latkes all the way to ten people singing a round, young readers will grasp how to count as they learn about the Jewish holiday Festival of Lights!
With simple but clever rhyming text paired with stylish, appealing art, this is a perfect starter board book for children just beginning to learn core concepts—and it doubles as a perfect Hanukkah gift! The book also includes an age–appropriate explanation of Hanukkah and the ways in which the holiday is celebrated.
Joy Nelkin Wieder is an author, artist, and educator. Her picture book The Passover Mouse, illustrated by Shahar Kober, was awarded the SCBWI PJ Library Jewish Stories Award and was chosen as a PJ Library Selection. Wieder’s historical novel The Secret Tunnel was selected for the PJ Our Way program. When she’s not writing or illustrating books for children, she might be painting landscapes or training service dogs. Wieder lives outside Boston with her husband and two cats. Learn more at jnwieder.com. Aura Lewis is an illustrator, author, and designer inspired by women’s history, fashion, social activism, and culture from around the world. Her books include The Illustrated Feminist, Spectacular Sisters, Dazzling Zelda, and We the People,which was a NCSS Notable Social Studies Trade Book and a California Reading Association Eureka! Nonfiction Children’s Book Honoree. Lewis holds an MFA from the School of Visual Arts in New York City and currently lives near Shanghai. Learn more at AuraLewis.com.
SELLING POINTS
RHYMING TEXT: Wieder’s uplifting, rhyming text is a delight to read aloud.
CORE LEARNING HOOK: The first book in a series designed for little ones just learning core concepts—such as counting to ten, identifying shapes, learning colors, and more—with a wonderful cultural twist.
JEWISH REPRESENTATION: Hanukkah, or Chanukah, is an underrepresented holiday in the board book space. This book will help expand the market by bringing more awareness to the specific aspects of this beautiful celebration.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *24 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Board Book
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES up to 3 BOARD BOOK, KIDS JEWISH HISTORY & CULTURE
ISBN 978-1-4197-7618-2
US $9.99 CAN $12.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy776182z
CARTON QTY: 36 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-365-1
BY MATILDA ROSE, ILLUSTRATED BY TIM BUDGEN
A sparkling tale of Christmas magic, friendship, and bravery—all thanks to the magical Pugicorn!
A perfect board book present from author Matilda Rose and illustrator Tim Budgen, When You Adopt a Pugicorn: The Christmas Wish is a sparkling tale of holiday magic, friendship, and bravery—thanks to the magical Pugicorn!
All the princesses and princes of Fairyland know that if you need a magical pet, the place to go is Mrs. Paws’s Haven for Magical Pets. Mrs. Paws is the idea magical–pet matchmaker for when you adopt!
Everything is set for a perfect Christmas in Twinkleton–under–Beanstalk. There’s just one thing missing . . . snow! Princess Ava dreams of playing in the snow with her pet, Pugicorn. But as Christmas draws near, not a single flake falls from the sky! Can Pugicorn find the courage to make Ava’s wish come true?
Matilda Rose is the author of the When You Adopt series, which includes Pugicorn, Pandarina,and more fun–filled adventures set in a fairy tale world featuring different magical pets. With important messages about sharing, kindness, trying your best, and being yourself, the When You Adopt books combine sparkle, fun, and heart. Tim Budgen is a freelance illustrator and art teacher. He has illustrated Pugicorn and the When You Adopt series, the Lizzie and Lucky series by Megan Rix, 20 Dinosaurs at Bedtime by Mark Sperring, and many more amazing children’s books. For much of his life he has been scribbling down ideas and can usually be found with a pencil in one hand and a sketchbook in the other. He lives by the sea on Hayling Island, England, with his wife, Julia.
RIGHTS: North
SELLING POINTS
APPEALING PACKAGE: The cover will have foil and plenty of red and green for maximum Christmastime appeal.
MAGICAL MASHUP
CONTINUES: The first direct sequel in the When You Adopt A series with a fun seasonal hook. Can Pugicorn’s magic help make the most wonderful time of year even more wonderful?
POSITIVE MESSAGE: Princess Ava and Pugicorn model how to be good friends. A message of kindness and consideration for all ages!
STRONG SALES: Series sales total more than 90,000 copies across formats.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *30 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm
*HEIGHT: 6 1/2" - 165mm
* Board Book
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
AGES 2 to 5
BOARD BOOK, KIDS FANTASY, KIDS SERIES
ISBN 978-1-4197-7633-5
US $8.99 CAN $11.99 ËxHSLELJy776335z
CARTON QTY: 48
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-122-0
Too Early A BOARD BOOK
WORDS BY NORA ERICSON; PICTURES BY ELLY MACKAY
A gentle, cozy story following a family’s bleary–eyed wake–up routine, a little one who’s eager to start the day, and the quiet magic of early mornings
I wake up very early.
Good morning, Sun, on your way at last. You don’t wake up nearly as early as I do.
Now the wind is waking.
Tickle tickle on my cheeks, rustle rustle through the leaves.
Birds untuck and start to coo, Whooo whooo, you wake up too early, yes you doooo . . .
In sweet, melodic verse written from the perspective of the earliest riser, Too Early follows a family’s morning routine, exploring both the groggy haze and the everyday magic inherent in the predawn hours of a loving household.
Nora Ericson studied painting at Yale University and writing for children at Vermont College of Fine Arts. Originally from central New York, she now lives in Portland, Oregon, with two kids, two dogs, and two cats. Besides reading and writing, she loves cooking, tromping in the woods, and whittling spoons while daydreaming of her future miniature donkey farm. She’s also the author of Dill & Bizzy: An Odd Duck and a Strange Bird and Dill & Bizzy: Opposite Day Elly MacKay is an internationally recognized paper artist and children’s book author and illustrator. She wrote and illustrated the picture books Red Sky at Night, If You Hold a Seed, and Butterfly Park, among others. The distinctive three–dimensional quality in her works is made by setting up layers of painted paper in a miniature theater. She lights the scene and photographs it to create her unique illustrations. MacKay lives in Owen Sound, Ontario, with her family.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
PRAISED PAIRING: Ericson’s Dill & Bizzy: An Odd Duck and a Strange Bird was called “a sweet and buoyant tale” and “an effective read–aloud” by School Library Journal, and MacKay’s books have seen multiple Junior Library Guild selections, “best of” mentions, and starred reviews.
GENTLE AND WARMHEARTED:
Told in the charming, naive voice of a child who’s ready to get moving and explore the possibilities the new day could bring.
NEW TAKE ON THE GENRE:
There are plenty of bedtime books that focus on falling asleep, but few that focus on waking up.
PERFECT FOR NEW PARENTS: Depicts a true–to–life moment that families of young children go through daily—the early–morning, roll–out–of–bed routine, with both its slightly groggy grumpiness and loving family dynamics.
GLOWING ILLUSTRATIONS: MacKay brings the signature magic of her expertly lit paper dioramas to this book. She adds another layer of tenderness to the characters while also transporting the reader into the environment, from the quiet darkness of the wee morning to the dazzling sunrise.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Four-color illustrations throughout *30 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Board Book
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES up to 3 BOARD BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-4209-5
US $9.99 CAN $12.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy742095z
CARTON QTY: 42
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-765-0
Who I Am
WORDS I TELL MYSELF (A BOARD BOOK)
WRITTEN BY SUSAN VERDE, ILLUSTRATED BY PETER H. REYNOLDS
Encourage kids to practice self–love every day with this uplifting collection of positive affirmations and companion to Susan Verde and Peter H. Reynolds’s bestselling I Am series—now in board book
When the unkind voice gets loud and I feel down, I can tell myself: I am enough. In this world, I matter.
We all have rough days: tough times when we feel down and an unkind voice in our mind can make us feel disappointed in ourselves. But we can talk back to that unkind voice; we can find the voice that will lift us up instead. We can tell ourselves words that are positive, supportive, and true.
From the New York Times bestselling team of Susan Verde and Peter H.Reynolds comes a heartfelt collection of positive affirmations: the perfect tool to complement and expand upon their beloved I Am series. A celebration of self–love and owning all the things that make us special, Who I Am: Words I Tell Myself helps us to affirm that we are human, we are enough, and we are deserving of all kinds of love—especially our own.
Susan Verde is the bestselling author of I Am Yoga, I Am Peace, I Am Human, I Am Love, I Am One, I Am Courage, I Am Me, Who I Am, I Am We, and The Museum, all illustrated by Peter H. Reynolds, as well as the Feel–Good Fairy Tales books, illustrated by Jay Fleck, and Rock ’n’ Roll Soul, illustrated by Matthew Cordell. She teaches yoga and mindfulness to children and lives with her three children in East Hampton, New York. Peter H.Reynolds is the illustrator of many bestselling and award–winning picture books. His books include The Dot, Ish, I Am Yoga, I Am Peace, I Am Human, I Am Love, I Am One, I Am Courage, I Am Me, Who I Am, and I Am We. He lives in Dedham, Massachusetts, where he operates the beloved shop Blue Bunny Books and Toys.
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-149-7 RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING TEAM: Verde and Reynolds make an incredible pair, and their track as a team only continues to grow. The success of I Am Yoga, I Am Peace, I Am Human, I Am Love, I Am One, I Am Courage, I Am Me, and Who I Am—with more than 2 million copies sold across formats— speaks for itself. Both I Am Love and I Am Human were instant New York Times bestsellers.
BESTSELLING ILLUSTRATOR: Reynolds is one of the most popular and recognizable illustrators in the industry today, from illustrating the mega–selling Judy Moody and Stink series to his own The Dot and Ish (with more than 750,000 copies sold combined).
PERFECT COMPANION TO THE I AM SERIES: With a brand–new text and beautiful art from all the I Am books, Who I Am is the perfect tool to complement the series and its on–trend messages of mindfulness, self–acceptance and self–love.
POSITIVE AFFIRMATIONS: Provides readers with a guidebook of affirmations and uplifting everyday reminders.
HIGHLY GIFTABLE: This collection of affirmations is a feel–good gift for kids of all ages.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *22 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 7" - 178mm
* Board Book
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES up to 3 BOARD BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7092-0
US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy770920z
CARTON QTY: 42
Little Bunny's To-Do List (A Magical List Book)
A PICTURE BOOK
WRITTEN BY HELEN KEMP ZAX; ILLUSTRATED BY KIERSTEN EVE EAGAN
From harvesting jellybeans to practicing mega–hops, the Easter Bunny will get through his daily to–do list one item at a time in this brand–new picture book that gently teaches time management.
Deliver treats by moonlight / Bunny Hop with gnomes Fill every Easter basket / Hide eggs at all the homes
Little Bunny is very busy from morning to night—good thing he has a to–do list! From stirring pots of pastel colors to dye eggs to knitting lambswool sweaters for tiny chicks, he has many tasks to complete before bedtime. But it’ll all get done; one thing at a time. And when all his tasks are finally completed, Little Bunny is rewarded with a fantastically finished list and a warm cup of parsley tea.
The textured glitter–stamped cover is so inviting that young readers will be eager to accompany Little Bunny during his very busy day, and they will be in for another sparkly surprise when they unfold a secret flap at the end of the book to see all the items in Little Bunny’s to–do list checked off in glittery ink! Perfect for Easter or every–day read–alouds, Little Bunny’s To–Do List offers a gentle lesson on the importance of organization.
Helen Kemp Zax could spend all day musing over rhymes, so daily to–do lists keep her life on track. Her poetry has appeared in many anthologies and magazines, and she was co–awarded the 2021 YorkMix International Children’s Poetry Prize and won the 2018 Middle Grade Katherine Paterson Prize. A former lawyer and teacher, Kemp Zax holds an MFA in writing from Vermont College of Fine Arts. She lives in Washington, D.C., with her husband, Leonard, and their Aussie–doodle, Huckleberry Finn. Kiersten Eve Eagan is an illustrator working in children’s publishing and design for television and film. Eagan is passionate about storytelling and loves using design to help bring stories to life. She studied illustration at the Academy of Art in San Francisco and now lives in Vancouver, British Columbia, where she loves exploring the mountains or spending time by the sea.
SELLING POINTS
CLEVER TEXT: Sweet, relatable, and perfect to read aloud all year long, but especially at Easter!
LIGHT EDUCATIONAL HOOK: Highlights list–making—in the most fun way possible—which is an age–appropriate aspect of executive functioning.
NOVELTY ELEMENTS: The cover shines with glitter UV, and a gatefold at the end of the book flips down to reveal a completed to–do list, with each item checked off in sparkly glitter.
SERIES POTENTIAL: We think the Magical List series has big backlist potential, as it allows kids to join in the day–to–day activities of other magical characters including a witch, the Easter bunny, a Christmas elf, and many more through their funny to–do lists.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 3 to 5 PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7948-0
US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99
ËxHSLELJy779480z
CARTON QTY: 34
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-553-2
RIGHTS: World/All
Yellow Is a Banana A PICTURE
BOOK
BY JOHN HIMMELMAN
Are bananas yellow . . . or is yellow a banana? Learn all about yellow—and other colorful things—in this rollicking picture book from John Himmelman, author of the Bunjitsu Bunny series
That yellow is a banana. No, a banana is yellow. These purples are grapes. No, these grapes are purple! This orange is a pumpkin. No, that pumpkin is orange! And this orange is . . . orange?
With two charming siblings and a fresh, limited palette that allows each featured color to really shine, young readers will learn as they laugh in this side–splittingly funny, unique picture book. Approaching the concept of color, and the creative ways in which young children assign names to things in the world around them, with a fun, playful tone, this picture book is perfect for group or individual read–aloud story times.
John Himmelman is a naturalist, a martial arts instructor, and the award–winning author–illustrator of nearly 90 books for young readers, including the Bunjitsu Bunny series praised by School Library Journal as “Delightful . . . reminiscent of Arnold Lobel’s ‘Frog and Toad’ stories or Jon Muth’s ever–popular Zen Shorts.” What his books have in common is his desire to share what makes him laugh, what gives him hope, and what he wants to learn more about. Himmelman lives in Killingworth, Connecticut, with his wife, Betsy, and their menagerie of dogs, cats, and chickens.
SELLING POINTS
PERFECT READ–ALOUD: With a spare text and a very funny, unpredictable punchline, kids will delight in yelling alongside the increasingly exasperated sister on every page.
PROLIFIC PROFILE: Himmelman is the creator behind the Bunjitsu Bunny series and more than 80 picture books. Quick–witted with a bright, appealing visual style, we’re excited to add this hilarious picture book to our list and to Himmelman’s impressive repertoire.
EDUCATIONAL: Young readers will learn to associate colors with objects (not the other way around) and hone a big developmental skill.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
AGES 3 to 6
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7680-9 US $16.99 CAN $21.99 UK £11.99
ËxHSLELJy776809z
CARTON QTY: 34
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-399-6
RIGHTS: World/All
A Hug Like Michelle's, a Voice Like Beyoncé’s
A PICTURE BOOK
WRITTEN BY CAROLE BOSTON WEATHERFORD; ILLUSTRATED BY SAVANNA DURR
From Misty Copeland to Rosa Parks to Nina Simone, this picture book companion to Hair Like Obama’s, Hands Like Lebron’s is a celebration of Black history and excellence from powerhouse author Carole Boston Weatherford
With a voice as bold as Beyoncé’s, my vocals strike a chord. With vision as clear as Oprah’s, success is my reward. With arms as open as Michelle’s, I’m bringing others along. With the breath of my ancestors, I’m singing a new song.
Inspired by photographs of Michelle Obama’s famously warm hugs, this is a delightful companion book to Hair Like Obama’s, Hands Like LeBron’s. Carole Boston Weatherford’s powerful text—illuminated by Savanna Durr’s accessible, jewel–toned art—is an ode to the beauty, strength, resilience, and power that all children have within them. Young readers will learn about 17 inspiring female figures, gaining confidence in their own abilities and cultural legacy as they see themselves in each one. From ballerina Misty Copeland to NASA mathematician Katherine Johnson to Supreme Court Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson, this is a celebration of Black history and excellence.
Back matter includes an author’s note and biographies of the featured figures: Simone Biles, Misty Copeland, Angela Davis, Kamala Harris, Iman, Ketanji Brown Jackson, Katherine Johnson, Beyoncé Knowles–Carter, Edna Lewis, Michelle Obama, Rosa Parks, Faith Ringgold, Nina Simone, Dawn Staley, Harriet Tubman, Kerry Washington, and Oprah Winfrey.
Carole Boston Weatherford is a New York Times bestselling author, a two–time NAACP Image Award winner, the Young People’s Poet Laureate for 2025–2026, and the winner of the 2025 Children's Literature Legacy Award. She has authored more than 80 books, including nine Coretta Scott King Award winners, a Newbery Honor winner, and four Caldecott Honor winners. She now lives in Baltimore. Savanna Durr is an illustrator and art teacher based in Richmond, Virginia. She has spent her life being inspired by animated movies, cartoons, and children’s books, and focuses on creating representation within her work so that others can look at her art and see themselves.
SELLING POINTS
SUPERSTAR CREATOR:
Carole Boston Weatherford, the New York Times bestselling author and winner of multiple major book awards, focuses on Black history and experience.
REPRESENTATION MATTERS: Shining a spotlight on Black leaders, athletes, explorers, musicians, and more, this inspirational book helps young readers realize that there is always a space for them.
EDUCATIONAL: Back matter includes biographies of each featured famous figure, fleshing out their accomplishments and legacy, and a touching author’s note.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 3 to 6
PICTURE BOOK, KIDS AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE ISBN 978-1-4197-7150-7
US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLELJy771507z
CARTON QTY: 28 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-183-1
From The Bunny Ballet • Written by Nora Ericson; illustrated by Elly MacKay
Billie Jean Peet, Athlete
WRITTEN BY ANDREA BEATY; ILLUSTRATED BY DAVID ROBERTS
From Andrea Beaty and David Roberts, the #1 bestselling creators of Rosie Revere, Engineer and Ada Twist, Scientist, comes an empowering story about marching to the beat of your own drum and celebrating your unique talents
Billie Jean Peet is the middle kid in a house full of music. Her older sister sings, her younger sister drums, and even her mouse Pop knows how to bust a move. But when Billie Jean tries to join in, her notes come out sharp and flat. She just wants to find her niche, but the more she tries, the more she worries she’s not good at anything.
Billie Jean is sure she’s stuck being so–so, but when a mistake on the basketball court flips into an unexpected revelation, she’s able to combine all her interests and create something completely her own.
From author–illustrator team Andrea Beaty and David Roberts comes an unforgettable story about embracing what makes you unique in order to forge your own path.
Andrea Beaty is the author of many beloved children’s books, including the bestselling Questioneers series; I Love You Like Yellow; Happy Birthday, Madame Chapeau; and One Girl. She lives just outside Chicago. David Roberts has illustrated many children’s books, including the bestselling Questioneers series. He lives in London. Beaty and Roberts are both executive producers of the Emmy Award–winning show Ada Twist, Scientist on Netflix.
SELLING POINTS
SERIES VISIBILITY: The series has inspired a stage musical, museum exhibition, Netflix show, and even a float in the Macy’s Thanksgiving Day Parade!
THREE CHEERS FOR THE QUESTIONEERS: Both the Questioneers picture books and chapter books are New York Times bestsellers, and the momentum keeps building. Collectively, the Questioneers picture books have sold more than 4.5 million copies!
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-352-1 RIGHTS:
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7574-1
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy775741z
Holly Jolly Kitty-Corn
A PICTURE BOOK
WRITTEN
BY
SHANNON HALE, ILLUSTRATED BY LEUYEN PHAM
Bestselling Itty–Bitty Kitty–Corn creators Shannon Hale and LeUyen Pham are back with a festive kitty–corn tale, featuring Christmas decorations, gingerbread houses, one (almost) perfect tree—and the magic of true friendship
The best part of Christmas is the merry music! No, it’s the gingerbread! No, it’s definitely decorating the tree!
Kitty and Unicorn can’t wait to spend their first Christmas together! But try as they might, they can’t seem to agree on their favorite festivities. Will the magical best friends pull off the perfect Christmas, or will all their plans come tip–timber–crashing down?
The magical, bestselling team of Shannon Hale and LeUyen Pham return with a cozy and heartwarming holiday story for kitty–corns everywhere.
LeUyen Pham and Shannon Hale are the team behind the bestselling picture books Itty–Bitty Kitty–Corn, Pretty Perfect Kitty–Corn, Party Hearty Kitty–Corn, and Bubbly Beautiful Kitty–Corn, as well as the Kitty–Corn Club board books; the bestselling graphic novels Real Friends, Best Friends, and Friends Forever; and, with Dean Hale, the early chapter book series the Princess in Black. They have made a bunch of other books too. They are both moms of cat–loving kids, wives to book–creating husbands, honor award winners (Caldecott and Newbery), and believers in unicorns. Pham lives in Los Angeles, Hale lives in Utah, and together they know they can be–and make–anything.
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING SERIES: Itty–Bitty Kitty–Corn, Pretty–Perfect Kitty–Corn, and Bubbly Beautiful Kitty–Corn were New York Times and Indiebound bestsellers, and Party Hearty Kitty–Corn has been a steady Indiebound bestseller as well.
SUPERSTAR DUO: The New York Times bestselling team behind megahits such as the Princess in Black series, Best Friends, and Real Friends, Newbery honoree Shannon Hale and Caldecott honoree LeUyen Pham are two of the biggest names in children’s books today. To date, Hale and Pham’s collaborations have sold more than 2.5 million copies combined!
SEASONAL APPEAL: Holly Jolly Kitty–Corn takes on Christmas, following this heart–bursting pair as they build gingerbread houses, listen to festive music, and decorate the tree.
SUPPORTIVE BFFS: After a day spent trying and failing to agree on the best Christmas activities, Kitty and Unicorn realize that the best way to spend their favorite holiday, no matter what they’re doing, is together.
DAZZLING PACKAGE: Featuring foil and glitter on the cover, and a large trim size (for maximum shelf impact)!
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-6879-8
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 22
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-999-1
Recess
A PICTURE BOOK
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY LANE SMITH
Bestselling and award–winning creator Lane Smith presents an interactive read–aLOUD that invites readers to take a break, run wild with their imaginations, and join in on some good–natured, school–sanctioned shenanigans
School is where you go to learn. It is fun. But sometimes you need a little break from all the fun. That is why there is recess.
But what if it’s not recess time? No problem!
You can have a Now Recess, a Really–Need–a–Break Recess, a Wherever–You–Are Recess.
It doesn’t matter what you call it. Just make sure you shout it: RECESS!
Featuring the distinctive humor and beloved art of bestselling Caldecott honoree Lane Smith, this irresistibly fun, interactive read aLOUD is the perfect stress reliever to send kids into fits of giggles and shaking out their wiggles.
Lane Smith is the author and illustrator of It's a Book, A Stickler Christmas, Stickler Loves the World, and A Gift for Nana, as well as Grandpa Green, a Caldecott Honor book. He is also known for illustrating The Stinky Cheese Man and Other Fairly Stupid Tales, The True Story of the Three Little Pigs, and James and the Giant Peach. He has received awards such as the Kate Greenaway Medal, Lifetime Achievement honors from the Society of Illustrators and the Eric Carle Museum, and five New York Times Best Illustrated Books awards. Smith and book designer Molly Leach live in rural Connecticut.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
BIG BESTSELLER: Smith is the illustrator behind several huge, longtime bestsellers including The True Story of the 3 Little Pigs, James and the Giant Peach, and The Stinky Cheese Man: And Other Fairly Stupid Tales
MAJOR AWARD–WINNER:
Among many other awards, Smith is a two–time Caldecott honoree (for The Stinky Cheese Man and Grandpa Green) and a Kate Greenaway Medal winner.
FRESH SCHOOL STORY: While school–themed books are always popular, there are few picture books about many kids’ favorite “subject,” recess! Plus, this book can be read any time kids might have a little extra energy to wiggle out.
INTERACTIVE READ–ALOUD:
The hilarious, high–energy text asks readers to make trombone sounds, air–type on an imaginary keyboard, quack like a duck, and more—before finally calming themselves back down.
DYNAMIC DESIGN: Featuring a diverse cast of classroom children in Smith’s signature playful art style, mixed with bold, type–driven spreads (à la The Book with No Pictures).
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: JULY
AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7689-2 US
CARTON QTY: 20
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-404-7
Howdy! Welcome to the Grand Ole Opry!
A PICTURE BOOK
WRITTEN BY EMILY FRANS; ILLUSTRATED BY SUSANNA CHAPMAN; FOREWORD BY LAINEY WILSON
Celebrating 100 years of the Grand Ole Opry, this vibrantly illustrated picture book for children is a behind–the–scenes look at the world–renowned stage for country music
Includes quotes from contemporary performers about their first time on the Opry stage!
Howdy! I’m the home of country music. On my famous stage, history is made and stars are born. Do you like to sing and play an instrument? Do you like to dance or make people laugh? Well, this is the place to do it! Get ready for your Grand Ole Opry debut in this showstopping picture book featuring the most famous stage in country music! After receiving your backstage pass, you’ll take a tour behind the scenes, spruce up your costume in the dressing room, and warm up with the band. And when the curtain starts to rise—it’ll be time to start the show! And you’re on center stage! Filled with fun, dazzling illustrations and photos of celebrated performers from yesterday and today, this official picture book from the Grand Ole Opry will inspire all readers both young and old.
The Grand Ole Opry features today’s country music stars, superstars, and rising stars all on one stage, every week in Nashville, Tennessee–Music City, USA. Their world–famous show is where aspiring stars dream of playing and music lovers connect with their favorite artists up close. From the radio show that made it famous in 1925 to the cultural landmark and global phenomenon it is today, the Opry is country’s biggest stage. Emily Frans is the Director of Archives and Content for Opry Entertainment Group and has been passionate about music for as long as she can remember. Growing up in Mesquite, Texas, her love for country music ignited a deep curiosity about its people and history, which led to countless hours reading books on the subject and dreaming of moving to Nashville. While studying music business and public relations at Middle Tennessee State University, Emily landed her dream job at the Grand Ole Opry. She lives in Brentwood, Tennessee, with her husband, Scott, their two daughters, Harper and Evie, and their dogs, Minnie and Rosie, and cat, Olive. Susanna Chapman is an illustrator, muralist, and designer. Her illustrated picture books include Covered in Color: Christo and Jeanne–Claude’s Fabrics of Freedom, which Kirkus called “A gem of a biography!” in a starred review, and Dragonflies of Glass: The Story of Clara Driscoll and the Tiffany Girls. She lives in Nashville, Tennessee.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
GREAT SALES TRACK: A cultural institution, the Opry has sold 90,000 copies of their self–published 90th anniversary book in their store alone.
YEARLONG CELEBRATION: The Opry has plans to promote and market their 100th anniversary all year in 2025, with a massive media campaign dedicated to promoting the anniversary, of which the book will be a centerpiece. This includes major TV broadcasts, radio, live events, and print media coverage.
FOREWORD: Grammy Award winner and Opry member Lainey Wilson tells of her first appearance on the Opry stage.
ROBUST PROGRAM: In addition to Howdy! Welcome to the Grand Ole Opry, Abrams publishes an adult book in spring 2025, 100 Years of the Grand Ole Opry, which has extensive marketing and publicity efforts and big–name celebrities supporting the book, as well as calendars.
MIXED MEDIA: Archival photographs of famous Opry members are collaged throughout Chapman’s colorful and lively illustrations.
FUN STORYTELLING: In the vein of picture books like The Philharmonic Gets Dressed or School’s First Day of School, the Opry itself is personified here, speaking directly to readers and guiding them through a backstage tour.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7424-9
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy774249z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-307-1
Body Beautiful
A PICTURE BOOK
WRITTEN BY SUSAN VERDE; ILLUSTRATED BY STEPH LITTLEBIRD
From award–winning creators Susan Verde and Steph Littlebird comes an empowering celebration of the strength, diversity, worthiness, and beauty of our bodies
Did you know your body is beautiful?
And not only is it beautiful—it is also unique, miraculous, wise, worthy, and 100% your own. New York Times bestselling author Susan Verde (the I Am series) and acclaimed illustrator Steph Littlebird (My Powerful Hair) team up to celebrate all of the beautiful things our bodies can be and do: from mirroring the wonders in nature and carrying the stories of our ancestors, to speaking up for what they need, growing, dancing and more!
With an empowering, lyrical text and bold, vibrant illustrations, Body Beautiful feels like a hug for every body.
Susan Verde is the bestselling author of I Am Yoga, I Am Peace, I Am Human, I Am Love, I Am One, I Am Courage, I Am Me, Who I Am, I Am We, and The Museum, all illustrated by Peter H. Reynolds, as well as: Sallie Bee Writes a Thank–You Note, cowritten with Courtney Sheinmel and illustrated by Heather Ross; the Sensing Your World series, illustrated by Juliana Perdomo; the Feel–Good Fairy Tales books, illustrated by Jay Fleck; and Rock ’n’ Roll Soul, illustrated by Matthew Cordell. She teaches yoga and mindfulness to children and lives with her three children in East Hampton, New York. Steph Littlebird is an Indigenous artist, writer, curator, and a member of Oregon’s Confederated Tribes of Grand Ronde. She is the award–winning illustrator of the picture book My Powerful Hair, written by Carole Lindstrom, and the chapter book The Summer of the Bone Horses, written by Virginia Driving Hawk Sneve. She currently lives in Las Vegas, Nevada.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
SUPERSTAR TEAM: Verde is a New York Times bestselling author whose I Am series has sold more than 2 million copies, while Littlebird is the illustrator of My Powerful Hair, which received four starred reviews. This first collaboration is a passion project for both of them.
BODY–POSITIVE: Readers who loved Bodies Are Cool will appreciate the empowering messages of self–love, self–expression, and the reminder that ALL bodies are worthy, important, and should be celebrated.
UNIQUE FOR THE CATEGORY: Like other body positivity–themed picture books, Body Beautiful showcases and affirms the diversity of our appearances. It also reaches deep, with a distinctive focus on mindfulness and our connection to nature.
INCLUSIVE ART: Kids will see their own bodies reflected within the diversity of body types included in Littlebird’s spirited illustrations.
BACK MATTER: Personal notes from both author and illustrator highlight their connections to the subject and its importance to them.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7746-2
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 24
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-442-9
Vida
LOS RATONES, EL GATO Y EL ALEBRIJE (VIDA SPANISH EDITION) WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY DUNCAN
TONATIUH
Una fábula original inspirada por el arte popular mexicano, del autor e ilustrador
Duncan Tonatiuh, ganador del Premio Pura Belpré y del Premio Robert F. Sibert
La ciudad de Mousetepec es un lugar lleno de vida, color, música y alegría. Pero todo cambia una noche cuando aparece la sombra de un gato. Se cancelan las fiestas y el mercado se vacía mientras el gato aterroriza a la gente del pueblo.
Para salvar su ciudad, dos hermanitos ratoncitos—Vida y su hermano, Máximo—idean un valiente plan para ahuyentar al gato después de que una criatura brillante y fantástica (un alebrije) se les aparece en un sueño. Galardonado autor e ilustrador Duncan Tonatiuh presenta una fábula imaginativa que anima a los niños a afrontar las “sombras” de sus vidas con un espíritu de valentía y alegría.
Incluye dos notas del autor, un glosario, una guía de pronunciación, y una bibliografía
También disponible en inglés
Duncan Tonatiuh (toh–nah–tee–YOU) es un galardonado autor e ilustrador. Es mexicano y americano. Se crio en San Miguel de Allende, México, y se graduó de Parsons School of Design y Eugene Lang College en Nueva York. Su obra está inspirada en el arte precolombino. Su objetivo es crear imágenes y cuentos que honren el pasado, pero que también sean relevantes para la gente de hoy día, especialmente para los niños. Actualmente vive en San Miguel con su familia, pero viaja a menudo a los Estados Unidos.
SELLING POINTS
EDICIÓN EN ESPAÑOL: Abrams ha publicado Separados no somos iguales, La princesa y el guerrero, Dear Primo, y Pancho Conejo. Este es el segundo libro de Duncan que publicará simultáneamente en inglés y español
GALARDONADO CREADOR: Sus múltiples premios incluyen el premios Pura Belpré y Robert F. Sibert.
TRAYECTORIA DE VENTAS: Los libros de Tonatiuh han vendido más de 750,000 copias.
CULTURA E HISTORIA
MEXICANA: Creado por Pedro Linares y adoptado por artistas como Diego Rivera y Frida Kahlo, los alebrijes–esculturas simbólicas de criaturas fantásticas de colores brillantes–ahora se exhiben en museos y galerías. Visto en la película Coco y en Alebrijes, una novela de Donna Barba Higuera que recibió un Honor del Premio Pura Belpré, su popularidad está creciendo.
MENSAJE ESPERANZADOR: Tonatiuh incluye los alebrijes para representar la vida, la alegría, y la solidaridad.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8326-5 US $18.99
ËxHSLELJy783265z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-808-3
RIGHTS: World/All
THE MICE, THE CAT, AND THE ALEBRIJE
BY DUNCAN TONATIUH
From Sibert Award– and Pura Belpré Medal–winning creator Duncan Tonatiuh comes a highly original fable inspired by Mexican folk art
The city of Mousetepec is a lively place filled with color, music, and alegría (joy). But everything changes one night when the shadow of un gato appears, growing larger and larger until it looms over the whole city. Fiestas are cancelled and the mercado empties as the cat terrorizes the townsfolk.
To save their town, two little mouse siblings—Vida and her brother, Máximo—make a brave plan to scare away the cat after a bright, fantastical creature called an alebrije appears to them in a dream.
Acclaimed author–illustrator Duncan Tonatiuh presents this imaginative fable that will encourage young readers to confront any “shadows” they may face in their lives with a spirit of courage and alegría.
Includes a note on alebrijes, the inspiration behind this fable, glossary, pronunciation guide, and bibliography
Also available in Spanish
Duncan Tonatiuh is an award–winning author–illustrator whose accolades include: a Pura Belpré Medal and multiple Honors, the Robert F. Sibert Medal, the Tomás Rivera Mexican American Children’s Book Award, the Américas Award, the Jane Addams Children’s Book Award, and multiple Texas Bluebonnet Award Master List selections and New York Times Best Illustrated mentions. Both Mexican and American, Tonatiuh aims to create images and stories that honor the past but are still relevant to people today, especially children. He grew up in and currently lives in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico, with his wife and children, but travels to the United States often.
SELLING POINTS
ACCLAIMED AUTHOR–ILLUSTRATOR: Tonatiuh’s books have received many accolades, including the Sibert Award and multiple Pura Belpré Medals and Honors.
STRONG SALES TRACK: Tonatiuh’s books consistently backlist well, selling more than 750,000 copies combined.
MEXICAN CULTURE AND HISTORY: Created by Pedro Linares and adopted by artists like Diego Rivera and Frida Kahlo, alebrijes—brightly colored, symbolic sculptures of fantastical creatures—are now featured in museums and galleries around the world. Seen in the Disney film Coco and in Alebrijes, Donna Barba Higuera’s Pura Belpré Honor–winning middle–grade novel, their popularity continues to grow.
HOPEFUL MESSAGE: Tonatiuh uses alebrijes to represent life, joy, and solidarity—powerful ways for people to cope with the darker aspects of life.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-6459-2
US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy764592z
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-826-0
Niña del pueblo de floricanto
LUZ
JIMÉNEZ, HIJA DE LOS NAHUAS (CHILD OF THE FLOWER-SONG PEOPLE SPANISH EDITION)
WRITTEN BY GLORIA AMESCUA; ILLUSTRATED BY DUNCAN TONATIUH; TRANSLATED BY DAVID
BOWLES
Una biografía premiada de una mujer nahua que enseñó y preservó la cultura de su pueblo a través del modelaje para artistas famosos, escrita por la autora
Gloria Amescua e ilustrada por Duncan Tonatiuh ¡Mención de Honor del Premio Pura Belpré al Author!
Cuando era una joven nahua en México a principios del siglo XX, Luz aprendió a moler maíz en un metate, a torcer hilo con los dedos de los pies y a tejer en un telar. Por la noche, junto al fuego, escuchaba historias de las alegrías, el sufrimiento y la supervivencia de su comunidad, y las grababa en su corazón.
Pero cuando la Revolución Mexicana llegó a su pueblo, Luz y su familia tuvieron que huir y comenzar una nueva vida. En la Ciudad de México, Luz modeló para pintores, escultores y fotógrafos como Diego Rivera, Jean Charlot, y Tina Modotti. Estos artistas estaban interesados en mostrar el verdadero rostro de México y no una versión europea. A través de su trabajo, Luz encontró una manera de preservar la cultura de su pueblo compartiendo su lengua, historias y tradiciones nativas.
Esta biografía cuenta la extraordinaria historia de cómo la modelo y maestra Luz Jiménez se convirtió en “el alma de México”, un vínculo vivo entre los indígenas nahuas y el resto del mundo. A través del orgullo por sus raíces y su espíritu inquebrantable, el mundo reconoció la belleza y la fuerza de su pueblo.
Gloria Amescua es educadora, poeta y escritora de libros infantiles. Recibió el Premio de Honor New Voices 2016 de Lee & Low por su manuscrito sobre Luz Jiménez y fue nombrada finalista del Premio de Mentoría Cynthia Leitich Smith del Capítulo de Austin y del programa de tutoría de We Need Diverse Books. Vive en Austin, Texas.Duncan Tonatiuh es un autor e ilustrador galardonado cuyo extenso reconocimiento incluye la Medalla Sibert y el Premio Pura Belpré. Es tanto mexicano como estadounidense. Él se crio y vive actualmente en San Miguel de Allende con su familia, pero viaja a menudo a los Estados Unidos.
SELLING POINTS
LIBRO GALARDONADO: La edición en inglés recibió el Premio Pura Belpré al Author. También fue reconocido con un Premio Américas, tres Premios Internacionales del Libro Latino, una Selección de Oro del Junior Library Guild, y un ALA Notable.
PAR GALARDONADO: Individualmente, Amescua recibió el Premio de Honor Nuevas Voces de Lee & Low en 2016, mientras que los múltiples premios de Tonatiuh incluyen los premios Pura Belpré y Robert F. Sibert.
CELEBRA LA HISTORIA
INDÍGENA: Un recordatorio de la importancia de atesorar nuestro patrimonio y preservar las lenguas, historias, y tradiciones culturales nativas.
FIGURA DESCONOCIDA: La fascinante historia de Luz necesita ser contada y merece reconocimiento en colecciones de no ficción.
TRAYECTORIA DE VENTAS : Los libros de Tonatiuh han vendido más de 750,000 copias.
INCLUYE: Una nota del autor, una cronología, un glosario y una bibliografía.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER
AGES 6 to 10
PICTURE BOOK, KIDS
BIOGRAPHY, ART
ISBN 978-1-4197-6857-6
US $19.99 CAN $24.99
ËxHSLELJy768576z
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-022-0 RIGHTS: North
A Lost Cause
A PICTURE BOOK
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY FELICITA SALA
From award–winning creator Felicita Sala comes a whimsical adventure about a child who’s determined to recover all his misplaced belongings, wherever they may be
A baseball cap. A special sweater covered in dogs. A marble collection. The baseball cap, again.
Pablo just can’t stop losing his things: at the bus stop, in the park, on a plane, everywhere! When his exasperated parents give him the responsibility of keeping track of everything, Pablo tries—he really does. But his room has become a frightful mess, and with show–and–tell just around the corner, Pablo needs to find his things now more than ever. Where have they gone to? And who can help him now?
Relatably told from a child’s point of view, this playful tale from internationally beloved author–illustrator Felicita Sala explores the secret lives of the countless little things that go missing every day.
Felicita Sala is the self–taught illustrator of several picture books, including All from a Walnut by Ammi–Joan Paquette, Be a Tree! by Maria Gianferrari, and The Hideout by Susanna Mattiangeli, as well as her own book of recipes for children, What’s Cooking at 10 Garden Street?, and her author–illustrator debut, If You Run Out of Words.She grew up between Italy and Australia and now lives in Rome with her family.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
STAR ILLUSTRATOR: Sala has been a Kate Greenway Medal nominee and on the New York Times Best Illustrated List. She is also the beloved illustrator behind the acclaimed Be a Tree!, All from a Walnut, and her own If You Run Out of Words
RELATABLE CONFLICT: Losing one’s belongings is a time–honored childhood tradition, and an issue which parents are always trying to find a solution to! With silly humor and imagination, A Lost Cause reassures readers that lost treasures are never truly lost forever—and gently reminds forgetful children to take care of their belongings.
FANTASTICAL STORYTELLING: Much like If You Run Out of Words, A Lost Cause explores highly imaginative, kid–perfect territory when protagonist Pablo discovers that his lost things have formed a committee. And they can talk!
CELEBRATED ART: With a light seek–and–find element, Sala’s busy, vibrant illustrations are full of opportunities for readers to find Pablo’s missing items among bustling full–color spreads.
INTERNATIONAL LOVE: 44 translations for Sala’s Abrams books—and counting!
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-6691-6
US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy766916z
CARTON QTY: 24
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-945-8
The Bunny Ballet
A PICTURE BOOK
WRITTEN BY NORA ERICSON; ILLUSTRATED BY ELLY MACKAY
Prepare to be dazzled from your whiskers to your paws! From Nora Ericson and Elly MacKay, the creators of the award–winning picture book Too Early, comes a showstopping performance with precious performers, perfect for animal and dance lovers everywhere
Doors are closing, lights are dimming. Strings are singing, it’s beginning. Hop on in, take your seat, and watch the curtains rise on the Bunny Ballet! When a brother and sister stumble upon an extraordinary woodland show, they’re introduced to the magic of dance. Noses twitch, whiskers quiver, and graceful bunnies leap and soar across the stage as the audience sits on the edge of their seats.
Nora Ericson and Elly MacKay’s enchanting picture book full of fluffy plies, grand jetés, and perfect bunny pirouettes is the ultimate read–aloud for dancers and dreamers of all ages and species.
Also Available from Nora Ericson and Elly MacKay: Too Early
Nora Ericson studied painting at Yale University and writing for children at Vermont College of Fine Arts. Originally from central New York, she now lives in Portland, Oregon, with two kids, two dogs, and two cats. Besides reading and writing, she loves cooking, tromping in the woods, and whittling spoons while daydreaming of her future miniature donkey farm. She’s also the author of Too Early, Dill & Bizzy: An Odd Duck and a Strange Bird, and Dill & Bizzy: Opposite Day Elly MacKay is an internationally recognized paper artist and children’s book creator. She is the illustrator of the picture book Too Early and The Enchanted Symphony, written by Julie Andrews and Emma Walton Hamilton, as well as the author–illustrator of Red Sky at Night, If You Hold a Seed, and Butterfly Park, among others. The distinctive three–dimensional quality in her works is made by setting up layers of painted paper in a miniature theater. She lights the scene and photographs it to create her unique illustrations. MacKay lives in Owen Sound, Ontario, with her family.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
ACCLAIMED DUO: Ericson and MacKay’s first collaboration, Too Early, received a Margaret Wise Brown Honor; ALA Notable, Bank Street “Best,” and Amazon Editor’s Pick nods; and four starred reviews.
POPULAR SUBJECTS: Bunnies are perennial favorite animals, and ballet is a common kid–favorite activity. Together, as the popular Ballet Bunnies chapter book series has proven (with nearly 130,000 copies sold), these evergreen topics make a winning mashup.
ENCHANTING ART: Beatrix Potter meets Degas’ dancers in MacKay’s warm, glowing illustrations, made from expertly lit dioramas that add an extra touch of magic and welcome children into the bunnies’ dreamy woodland world.
READ–ALOUD APPEAL: Through her descriptive rhythm and lyrical rhymes, Ericson’s text ensures this title will become a bedtime (and other–time) favorite.
GIFTABLE NEW CLASSIC: This gorgeous book with a foil–stamped, decorative package, has all the makings of a new classic. A perfect gift for any special day (and with the bunny content, can be re–promoted at Easter!).
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 266mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER
AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-4197-7614-4
CARTON QTY: 26
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-364-4
Fall Is for Beginnings
A PICTURE BOOK
WRITTEN BY RAJANI LAROCCA; ILLUSTRATED BY ABHI ALWAR
From Newbery Honor author Rajani LaRocca and critically acclaimed illustrator Abhi Alwar, an authentic celebration of friendship and finding your place in this back–to–school picture book and follow up to Summer Is for Cousins
For Ravi, fall means cool weather, new school supplies, and spending time with his best friend Joe. But when a new girl named Ellie joins their class, Ravi and Joe’s duo suddenly becomes a trio. Ravi’s not so sure about Ellie —she plays her horn too loud in music lessons and gets them lost on the way to class. Worst of all, she keeps saying she’s Joe and Ravi’s best friend.
All these big changes are challenging for Ravi, but with time—and a little help from his wise older sister—he realizes that fall is the perfect time to begin a new friendship.
From Newbery Honor author Rajani LaRocca and acclaimed artist Abhi Alwar comes an authentic celebration of friendships—both new and old— in this heartfelt companion to the beloved Summer Is for Cousins
Rajani LaRocca is a physician and an author of books for young readers, such as Summer Is for Cousins, Midsummer’s Mayhem, and Seven Golden Rings. She won a Newbery Honor in 2022 for her novel Red, White, and Whole. She was born in Bangalore, India, and immigrated to the United States when she was very young. She now lives in eastern Massachusetts with her family. You can find her online at rajanilarocca.com. Abhi Alwar is an Indian American illustrator and designer based in New York City. She is the illustrator of Summer Is for Cousins and Hamsters Make Terrible Roommates
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR: LaRocca’s work is consistently well reviewed, and she received a Newbery Honor in 2022 for her middle–grade novel–in–verse Red, White, and Whole
STAR–STUDDED COMPANION:
LaRocca and Alwar’s first collaboration, Summer is for Cousins, received three starred reviews, was named to multiple best books lists, and has sold more than 13,000 copies. This charming follow up expands Ravi’s world while still remaining accessible to new readers.
BACK–TO–SCHOOL RULES: Back–to–school picture books are in high demand, as evidenced by the strong sales of Abrams’ own School is Cool! (A Hello! Lucky Book) and Mae’s First Day Of School. We think this heartwarming friendship story is the perfect addition to back–to–school favorites.
TIMELESS THEMES: Picture books about friendship are perennially popular, and Ravi’s complicated feelings about making a new friend will be relatable to many kids who have struggled to find their place within their community.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 10 1/2" - 267mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7740-0 US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy777400z
CARTON QTY: 22
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-438-2
Ren's Pencil
A PICTURE BOOK
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY BO LU
A beautifully illustrated tale of immigration and imagination, about the struggle to fit into a new place, make new friends, and see yourself in new stories—from Bo Lu, the author–illustrator of Bao’s Doll
When her family moves to a new country, Ren is heartbroken to leave Popo and her magical stories behind. In her new home, nothing feels familiar—until Ren discovers that, with her pencil, she can bring to life what she can’t find the words to say. Through drawing, she bridges the gap between her two worlds and transforms her loneliness into a meaningful connection.
Inspired by the childhood experiences of author–illustrator Bo Lu, this heartfelt picture book is a celebration of resilience, friendship, and finding a sense of belonging through art and storytelling.
Bo Lu moved from the bustling streets of Taipei to the quiet suburbs of Kansas as a little girl, knowing just three English words: Apple, Banana, and so–so. Before she could express herself in English, her drawings became the bridge between her two worlds. She now lives in San Mateo with her husband and their two daughters. Her debut book, Bao’s Doll, tells the story of a girl who, after stealing a doll, creates one that ultimately becomes the bridge connecting her and her immigrant mother.
SELLING POINTS
GROWING PROFILE: Lu’s debut was praised as “a resonant debut” and “an immigrant story that heals wounds present and past” in trade reviews. Like Bao’s Doll, this book tackles big feelings and complicated topics beautifully while centering the child reader.
HAROLD VIBES: Ren’s pencil allows her to explore her dreams and imagination and express who she is, in a nuanced modern twist on Harold and the Purple Crayon
ASIAN–AMERICAN IMMIGRANT STORY: Ren struggles to settle into life in the United States and longs to return to her old home before making a new friend. These themes can speak to many immigrant children in the US—and are deeply personal for Lu, who struggled with moving from Taipei to Kansas as a young girl. As proven by the massive success of titles like Eyes that Kiss in the Corners, books that feature Asian American protagonists and show cultural pride are very much in demand.
AWESOME ILLUSTRATIONS: Lu’s illustrations are cool and inviting, seamlessly blending the real and the imaginary through Ren’s eyes. Lu’s style here takes a touch of inspiration from funky art of the sixties and seventies, like Milton Glaser’s posters and Sendak’s In the Night Kitchen, resulting in a very unique book.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 10 3/4" - 273mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-6922-1
ËxHSLELJy769221z
CARTON QTY: 30
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-086-5
Make New Friends
A PICTURE BOOK
WRITTEN BY JOSHUA DAVID STEIN; ILLUSTRATED BY MARIACHIARA DI GIORGIO
From an acclaimed team comes this empathetic and reassuring picture book about the loaded question that every “new kid” or socially anxious child dreads, “Did you make any new friends today?”
Tomasso doesn’t know anyone at his new school and has no one to play with at recess. So, knowing his dad will ask, he resolves to make a few new friends. Each day his crew grows; there’s Roland (a foam ball), Coco (a milk carton), and Karen (a very pink eraser). But when his dad insists on having his friends over for pizza, Tomasso knows that soon his secret will be out. Will his dad welcome his new friends, even if they’re not who he expects?
Written for any child who struggles with making friends or social anxiety, and featuring warm, witty illustrations, Make New Friends is both silly and sincere, inviting kids to trust the unconditional love and acceptance of a parent.
Joshua David Stein is an author, editor, and musician. He is a professional restaurant critic and coauthor of several cookbooks and chef’s memoirs as well as many children’s books, including Can I Eat That?; Brick: Who Found Herself in Architecture; The Ball Book; The Invisible Alphabet; Solitary Animals: Introverts of the Wild; and Lunch from Home. He is the founder of The Band Books, a band that performs children’s books to music. Stein lives in Brooklyn with his two sons, Achilles and Augustus, and a doggie, Hermione. Mariachiara Di Giorgio is an illustrator, storyboard artist, and concept designer. She is the illustrator behind two wordless picture books, Professional Crocodile with writer Giovanna Zoboli and the acclaimed The Midnight Fair with writer Gideon Sterer. Her work has been exhibited at the Bologna Children’s Book Fair and with the New York Society of Illustrators. She lives in Rome, Italy.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
ACCLAIMED AUTHOR: Stein’s Solitary Animals was widely acclaimed, receiving a Camellia Award nomination, Bank Street and Amazon Best Book nods, and a starred review, as well as inclusion on the Texas Topaz Reading List.
ACCLAIMED ARTIST: Di Giorgio’s Midnight Fair received an impressive six starred reviews; her art is equally tender and layered here.
FATHER–SON
BOND: When Tomasso’s dad finally meets his new “friends,” a moment of surprise turns into an understanding hug. The hopeful ending shows Tomasso and his dad spending time together as Tomasso lets go of his shame— with a subtle hint that maybe he’ll make (human!) friends tomorrow.
SCHOOL AND FRIENDSHIP STORY: This “new kid at school” story is widely relatable, especially for the many young children who’ve struggled with social anxiety, the pressure to make friends, or adjusting to a new environment.
SOCIAL–EMOTIONAL THEMES: While there’s no shortage of friendship stories, the vulnerability and acceptance displayed in this story, which never leans too message–heavy, will resonate with kids, parents, and educators.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 266mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-949480-55-9 US
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-543-3
Every Scoop of Light
A STORY ABOUT REPAIRING THE WORLD WRITTEN BY
ILENE COOPER; ILLUSTRATED BY OMER HOFFMANN
Ilene Cooper creates a companion to her bestselling book The Golden Rule in this timely and universal creation story about “repairing the world” that will resonate with people across diverse religious and spiritual backgrounds
After creating the heavens and earth, the plants and animals, and then humans, God decides to give humans wonderful gifts such as happiness and health. Wisdom and kindness. Love and laughter. Imagination and celebration. Peace. Serene, soothing Peace. However, in God’s eagerness to share the gifts, God places them in clay vessels that easily break. The wind soon scatters the gifts around the earth. And so God asks the humans to gather them. And to this day that is what humans try to do. To create a universal message, Omer Hoffmann depicts God as brilliant colors and the humans are from many places and cultures around the world. This story will resonate with all people no matter their religion or culture. It is inspired by the Jewish concept of Tikkun Olam—Hebrew for “repairing the world”—that encourages and instructs people to make the world a better place, similar to the Golden Rule. From author Ilene Cooper and illustrator Omer Hoffmann, this acclaimed team brings to life a universal message: that each of us can do our part through kindness, charity, helpfulness, and social action to bring about change.
Ilene Cooper was the children’s books editor at Booklist for many years. She is the award–winning writer of many acclaimed children’s books, including Jewish Holidays All Year Round , The Golden Rule, A Woman in the House (and Senate), and Eleanor Roosevelt, Fighter for Justice. She lives in Highland Park, Illinois. Omer Hoffmann is an illustrator and comics artist. He has illustrated numerous published children’s books, comics, advertisement campaigns, and editorials. He likes drawing funny and humorous pieces. He also likes coffee. He lives in Givatayim, Israel, with his wife, Maia, and their daughter, Zoe, and son, Lenny.
SELLING POINTS
AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR:
Among many other honors and starred reviews, Cooper’s accolades include the National Jewish Book Award, the Orbis Pictus Award, and the Illinois Reading Council Prairie State Award for Excellence in Writing for Children. Her Absolutely Lucy series has sold more than 300,000 copies.
ACCLAIMED
ARTIST: Hoffman is the illustrator of Hanukkah Upside Down, which earned a Sydney Taylor Honor, a School Library Journal Best Picture Book, and a starred review.
CATEGORY TRACK: This book serves as a companion of sorts to The Golden Rule and is in the same vein as other parable–esque picture books like Go and Do Likewise! and Miracle Man, as well as gifty, inspirational titles such as the Growing Hearts series.
UNIVERSAL STORY: Charity, kindness, working together, and protesting injustice are themes that anyone can relate to, a message highlighted by the diverse, global community depicted in the art.
BACK MATTER: The author note provides context around the Jewish concept of Tikkun Olam, an inspiration behind this book, as well as influences from Christianity, Islam, Buddhism, and other religions.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK, KIDS JEWISH HISTORY & CULTURE
ISBN 978-1-4197-6421-9
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLELJy764219z
CARTON QTY: 20
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-812-3
RIGHTS: World/All
The Wishing Leaf
THE PERFECT PICTURE BOOK READ-ALOUD FOR FALL AND WINTER WRITTEN BY
KALLIE GEORGE; ILLUSTRATED
BY
PAOLA ZAKIMI
As the seasons change from fall to winter, Bear eagerly waits for the last leaf to fall so that he can make a wish in this charming and cozy picture book from author Kallie George and illustrator Paola Zakimi
Bear knows that when the last leaf falls in the forest, whatever wish you make is sure to come true! Although it’s almost time to sleep, Mama allows Bear to watch and wait with his friends.
But it seems like the leaf is never going to fall, so one by one, the other animals grow impatient and start to head home. Bear, however, finds active ways to wait, all the while wondering what to wish for—until finally, he’s the only one left, and he’s growing tired. Will Bear see the last leaf fall? And if so, what wish will he make?
A story of patience, friendship, and awe, The Wishing Leaf is a picture book full of wonder for the changing seasons, with a perfectly cozy ending.
Kallie George is an author, editor, and creative writing teacher living in Vancouver, British Columbia. She has written acclaimed books for children, including The Lost Gift; Secrets I Know; Duck, Duck, Dinosaur, and The Melancholic Mermaid, as well as The Magical Animal Adoption Agency series and The Heartwood Hotel series. She has also taught writing workshops for children and adults across Canada, as well as in South Korea, and she currently teaches at Emily Carr University. Paola Zakimi spent her childhood in cold Patagonia, Argentina. She studied arts and graphic design in Buenos Aires before moving to Villa Giardino, Cordoba, where she resides today. She is the illustrator of Estelle Laure’s Before the World Wakes, Meg Fleming’s Here Comes Ocean, Jacqueline Veissid’s Ruby’s Sword, as well as Newbery Medalist Cynthia Voigt’s Teddy & Co., among other picture books.
SELLING POINTS
STRONG AUTHOR TRACK: George’s chapter book series with a similarly heartwarming feel and animal focus, the Heartwood Hotel books, have sold more than 140,000 copies combined.
NEW SEASONAL FAVORITE: We can see this warm–and–cozy picture book landing on seasonal round–ups and gift tables throughout the fall and winter, and enjoying a long backlist life.
GENTLE BEDTIME STORY: After the last leaf falls, a sleepy little Bear snuggles up to Mama who brings him home and tucks him into bed.
CLASSIC ART: With sweet, gentle illustrations full of adorable animal characters, Zakimi’s art, which has received several starred reviews, is reminiscent of Renata Liwska’s (The Quiet Book).
TIMELESS THEMES: Encourages kids to pay close attention to the natural world, appreciate the smallest wonders, enjoy experiences with friends, and practice patience.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7246-7 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 30
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-231-9
Never Give a Baby a Library Card
A PICTURE BOOK
WORDS BY ERIN SANDBERG; PICTURES BY TOM BOOTH
From creative team Erin Sandberg and Tom Booth comes Never Give a Baby a Library Card, a rhyming, rollicking picture book read–aloud about the power of books and the perfect introduction to the library for little readers—for fans of If You Ever Want to Bring an Alligator to School, Don’t!
“Never give a baby a library card. They could learn to do anything! Just think, and think hard! Ideas come from books, and too many of those can lead to big problems, as everyone knows!”
Babies could learn how to cook; they could learn how to sew; they could learn to drive baby cars to–and–fro! From running barber shops to styling everyone in the latest diaper fashion, just think of all the chaos babies could cause if we let them loose in the library! Books can teach us anything we want to know. Can we really trust babies with that power?
This love letter to libraries from debut author Erin Sandberg and acclaimed illustrator Tom Booth offers a common sense critique of book banning and a hilarious read–aloud that kids will return to over and over again.
Erin Sandberg spends her days writing about public health and her nights crafting essays, short fiction, and children’s stories. When she’s not writing, she’s probably taking a very long walk or reading about space travel. She lives in Maine with her partner, Tom Booth. Tom Booth is an author, illustrator, and character designer working in bookmaking and animation. Booth made his earliest marks–sometimes on his parents’ antique kitchen table–growing up just outside of Philadelphia. Today, Booth lives in Portland, Maine, with his partner author Erin Sandberg, where he illustrates and designs projects for publishers and studios.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
ROLLICKING READ–ALOUD: Written in delightful, silly rhyme, Never Give a Baby a Library Card will be a read–aloud favorite in classrooms and at storytime. It’s the perfect introduction to the library for little readers.
LAUGH–OUT–LOUD FUNNY: Sandberg’s hilarious text and Booth’s visual humor pair perfectly to make picture book magic! Readers will want to revisit their favorite (ridiculous!) scenes.
SOCIAL THEMES: With book bans on the rise across the country, this picture book— though very tongue–in–cheek— offers an accessible introduction to the issue, and can be an excellent conversation starter for teachers, librarians, and caregivers.
BOOKS ABOUT BOOKS: Books about books are perennial favorites among librarians and booksellers. This hilarious celebration of the power of books combines with a much–needed critique of book banning to create a fresh take in this space.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7471-3
US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLELJy774713z
CARTON QTY: 28
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-326-2
Brain Train
AN
OFF-THE-RAILS
JOURNEY FROM A TO ZZZ
BY CHARLIE MYLIE
For fans of P Is for Pterodactyl, this groundbreaking alphabet picture book from rising star Charlie Mylie is chock–full of letter shape seek–and–finds and other literacy–building twist and turns that will keep readers coming back for more
All aboard the brain train! The conductor has mapped out a smooth route from A to Z, but when the train goes off the tracks, the whole alphabet goes off the rails! What’s I doing next to G? Shouldn’t Q come before R? Does anyone know how to get out of O?
The train has to fly through the fog at F, slip past sea creatures at S, and hitch a ride with the horned horses at H if they want to make it safely to the memory palace. Written to reinforce readers’ literacy building blocks, this totally twisted take on the ABCs is both a joy to read and a tool for new readers.
With seek–and–find elements on every page, kids and caregivers are sure to return to this hilarious alphabet book over and over again.
Charlie Mylie is an author and illustrator living the dream in Kansas City, Kansas. It’s only occurring to him now that his interdisciplinary art degree from Kansas City Art Institute might have actually helped in making children’s books. His wife and preschooler, however, have had a significant, obvious impact on his work and life, while the cat has contributed nothing. Mylie wants to keep exploring, for as long as he is allowed, how words and pictures–together–help us making sense of this confounding world.
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
RISING STAR CREATOR: Mylie’s picture books are well–received, and he innovates his style with every new title. We Might See was called “a vivid, child’s–eye view of the world” by Kirkus, and his latest book, Hello Day,received a starred review from Publishers Weekly.
EYE–CATCHING PACKAGE: Bold colors and pages overflowing with seek–and–find illustrations make up the lively, energetic artwork for this picture book. Brain Train is sure to make an impact on bookstore tables.
LITERACY BUILDER: Written with lots of alliteration and letter repetition, this lively read mimics the way kids learn to recognize letters, words, and sounds. It’s the perfect building block for everyone from little ones learning their letter shapes to emerging readers building words and caretakers who are along for the ride.
ELEVATED SEEK–AND–FIND: On each page, readers can pore over the illustration to find the appropriate letter shape hidden in the artwork. Close readers will also notice objects whose names start with that letter in the illustration. Back matter will include an author’s note about literacy building as well as an answer key.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-6815-6
US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLELJy768156z
CARTON QTY: 18
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-030-8
Time to Go, Sid!
A PICTURE BOOK
BY ISABEL GREENBERG
A “big kid” gets ready to go all on their own—and on their own timeline—in this hilarious and quirky picture book about a child’s growing independence and imagination, from bestselling author–illustrator Isabel Greenberg
Shall we go to the park, Sid? Ready? Let’s go!
It’s time to go, and Sid doesn’t need ANY help getting out the door. Getting dressed means highly creative outfits; eating breakfast requires elaborate contraptions; going to the bathroom is an opportunity for practicing acrobatics. And of course, Sid must pack a bag filled with all of the Important Stuff, including snacks, disguises, dragon food, a map, and several trusted assistants (i.e. stuffed animals).
Imaginatively told through a child’s–eye view and full of entertaining moments that parents will relate to, this delightful picture book by Isabel Greenberg follows a headstrong child moving through their own world at their own pace, in their “I can do it myself!” phase.
Isabel Greenberg is an award–winning illustrator, comic artist, and writer. She is the author–illustrator of the picture book The Midnight Babies, and the illustrator of A Hundred Billion Trillion Stars , which has more than 60,000 copies in print, won the Mathical Book Prize, and was named a Boston Globe Horn Book Award honor and “best of the year” by Amazon, Space.com, and the Planetary Society. Her graphic novels, including the New York Times bestseller The Encyclopedia of Early Earth, have received starred reviews, won the Best Book Award at the British Comic Awards, and received the Jonathan Cape/Observer/Comica Graphic Short Story Prize, among other praise. Greenberg has worked with a variety of clients, including the Guardian, Nobrow Press, The National Trust, and the New York Times. She lives in London and enjoys illustrating all things historical.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
ACCLAIMED CREATOR: Greenberg is a New York Times bestselling graphic novelist and the artist behind Young Hag and the Witches’ Quest (four starred reviews) and the Tales of Great Goddesses series (Gaia and Athena, which received a starred review) on the Amulet list; and on ComicArts, the graphic novel Glass Town, which received two starred reviews. Of her picture book The Midnight Babies,Kenny Brechner wrote for Publishers Weekly, “a book so captivating that the fate of humanity must surely hinge squarely on its success.”
CHILDHOOD MILESTONE: Focuses on a universal stage of childhood where independent little ones begin to express their personalities and assert themselves. Sid’s parent gives them space to do things independently (sometimes with hilarious results).
PARENT–CHILD BONDING: In a sweet, unexpected ending, the park trip is abandoned in favor of home playtime. Instead of getting frustrated at Sid’s delays, the parent joins in on the fun.
LAUGH–OUT–LOUD: With quirky, irreverent humor reminiscent of Kate Beaton.
DISTINCTIVE ART: Greenberg’s playful, bold style lends extra humor and whimsy to a memorably imaginative character.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 266mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 4 to 8 PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7109-5
CARTON QTY: 20
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-161-9
A Monster's Meal
A LIFT-THE-FLAP PICTURE BOOK WRITTEN BY
MERITXELL MARTÍ; ILLUSTRATED BY XAVIER SALOMÓ
It’s dinnertime at the annual feast for fiends—lift the flap covering each monster’s plate to reveal the deliciously gruesome meal underneath in this grossly funny picture book. Bone Appétit!
You’re invited to the annual feast for fiends! Up on a rocky hill lies The Rotten Core Restaurant, where monsters from all over have gathered around the dinner table to enjoy the best foods the dastardly chef (and his undead maîtres d’) have to offer.
Lift the plate cover to reveal the terrifyingly tasty meal underneath. For the vampire? Chef’s famous scarlet smoothie and thinly sliced bat wings start the meal, and a few princess necks are a main course that’s to die for! For the witch? Snail–slime porridge, and an apple dipped in black widow venom for dessert! Other monster guests include a werewolf, an ogre, a mummy, a pirate, the monster under the bed, and even the Boogeyman, all with delightfully disgusting dishes cooked perfectly to their tastes. But it might be the final guest—a small human boy—who has the most terrifying tastes of all.
With 10 sturdy flaps readers can flip up to reveal a ridiculously revolting menu underneath, this picture book is sure to have young readers laughing out loud and eager to curate a monstrous menu of their own!
A doctor in sociology of art and new technologies, Meritxell Martí teaches at Open University of Catalonia. She lives in Barcelona where she enjoys, between two seminars, designing ambitious and mischievous books with her accomplice Xavier Salomó. Xavier Salomó was born in 1976 in the Barcelona region where he still lives today. He studied illustration at La Massana in Bologna and also studied art history at Autònoma University. He worked as a graphic designer for advertising agencies. An author of books for Spanish and French publishers, A Monster’s Meal is his fourth book with Seuil Jeunesse publishing.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
HALLOWEEN AND BEYOND: Featuring a different, hungry monster on each spread, this is the perfect Halloween time—and dinnertime—pick for any guardians’ little monster!
NOVELTY ELEMENT: Each meal’s plate cover is a large, sturdy flap, which—when lifted—reveals each monster’s frightfully funny meal underneath.
INTERNATIONAL HIT: Since its release in 2017, Festin de Affreux has sold more than 83,000 copies in France, Spain, and Italy, and we’re sure to see the same success in the English language market!
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
* Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK, KIDS NOVELTY
ISBN 978-1-4197-8337-1
US $16.99 CAN $21.99 UK £11.99
ËxHSLELJy783371z
CARTON QTY: 24
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-951-6
Murray Christmas
A
PICTURE BOOK WITH TEAR-OUT GIFT TAGS
BY E. G. KELLER
From #1 New York Times bestselling A Day in the Life of Marlon Bundo illustrator
E. G. Keller comes a hilarious first Christmas story told from a dog’s perspective, a “perfect Christmas read–aloud” (School Library Journal, starred review)— featuring bonus tear–out Christmas cards
In this laugh–out–loud funny and charming holiday tale, lovable “patrol dog” Murray is put on high alert by all of the sudden changes around the holidays. From the tree in the living room to the laundry mistakenly hung by the fireplace, threats lurk everywhere! And worst of all? Some random guy in a red suit keeps showing up—and Murray is not impressed. Can he learn to embrace the festivities, or will Murray’s misguided attempts to protect his family ruin Christmas?
E. G. Keller is the illustrator of the New York Times #1 bestseller Last Week Tonight with John Oliver Presents A Day in the Life of Marlon Bundo, and the picture book To the Moon and Back for You by Bravo star Emilia Bechrakis Serhant. As Gerald Kelley, he illustrated documentarian Ken Burns’s New York Times bestselling book Grover Cleveland, Again!, and wrote and illustrated the picture book Please Please the Bees, which won the 2017 Frances and Wesley Bock Book Award for Children’s Literature and was read aloud for Storyline Online by Rashida Jones. He lives in Denver.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
HIGH–PROFILE CREATOR: Keller is a bestselling and acclaimed illustrator most known for John Oliver’s enormously popular A Day in the Life of Marlon Bundo (more than 600,000 copies sold)!
HARDCOVER SUCCESS: In a starred review for Murray Christmas, School Library Journal raved, “children will want to take this book—and -Murray— home.”
FUN AND COMMERCIAL TOPIC:
The story of this overprotective, Scrooge–esque pup who’s in need of a little Christmas spirit is a holiday slam dunk.
BOOKS ABOUT DOGS: This genre is always popular, and pet owners will delight in the irresistibly cute protagonist and the all–too–familiar dog antics.
BONUS CONTENT: The back of the book features tear–out Murray Christmas cards.
CLEVER HUMOR: Hilarity ensues in this series of chaotic mishaps and misunderstandings.
CHARMING ILLUSTRATIONS: Features a bright palette, raucous energy, and visual treats on every spread.
WRITTEN BY SUSAN VERDE, ILLUSTRATED BY PETER H. REYNOLDS
This deluxe edition of the companion to I Am Human and I Am Peace makes the perfect gift!
“Practical and empowering for young ones learning how to emotionally attend to themselves and others.”
Kirkus Reviews
SELLING POINTS
DELUXE PACKAGE: This all–new edition includes a luxe slipcase, making it the perfect special gift for a loved one.
BESTSELLING TEAM: Verde and Reynolds make an incredible pair, and their track as a team only continues to grow. The success of I Am Yoga, I Am Peace, I Am Human, I Am Love, I Am One, I Am Courage, I Am Me, and Who I Am—with more than two million copies sold across formats— speaks for itself. Both I Am Love and I Am Human were instant New York Times bestsellers.
BESTSELLING ILLUSTRATOR: Reynolds is one of the most popular and recognizable illustrators in the industry today, from illustrating the mega–selling Judy Moody and Stink series to his own The Dot and Ish (with more than 700,000 copies sold combined).
Celebrate kindness, compassion, self–care, and love in all its forms in this beautifully illustrated book!
Love means showing kindness, living with gratitude, and taking care of our minds and bodies. Letting our hearts lead the way can help move us closer to a better world. “I put my hands on my heart and listen. And that is where I find the answer: I have compassion. I act with tenderness. I am love.”
I Am Love asks readers to look inward when they feel afraid, angry, hurt, or sad. When a storm is brewing inside us and the skies grow dark, the transformative power of love lets the light back in. Includes heart–opening yoga poses and a guided meditation.
Susan Verde is the bestselling author of I Am Yoga, I Am Peace, I Am Human, I Am Love, I Am One, I Am Courage, I Am Me, Who I Am, and The Museum, all illustrated by Peter H. Reynolds, as well as the Feel–Good Fairy Tales books, illustrated by Jay Fleck, and Rock ‘n’ Roll Soul, illustrated by Matthew Cordell. She teaches yoga and mindfulness to children and lives with her three children in East Hampton, New York. Peter H. Reynolds is the illustrator of many bestselling and award–winning picture books, including The Dot, Ish, I Am Yoga, I Am Peace, I Am Human, I Am Love, I Am One, I Am Courage, I Am Me, and Who I Am. He lives in Dedham, Massachusetts, where he operates the beloved shop Blue Bunny Books and Toys.
INSPIRING MESSAGE: Shows how being kind to ourselves can inspire kindness toward others— by checking in, speaking up, and spreading love.
MINDFULNESS AND LOVE: As with the entire series, this book is grounded in mindfulness and yoga practices, while emphasizing the importance of loving ourselves.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8731-7
US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £17.99 ËxHSLELJy787317z
CARTON QTY: 42
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-568-7
Clothes to Make You Smile
PATRICK KELLY DESIGNS HIS DREAMS WRITTEN BY ERIC DARNELL PRITCHARD; ILLUSTRATED BY SHANNON WRIGHT
Clothes to Make You Smile is a picture book biography about Patrick Kelly, one of fashion’s most influential Black designers, joyously told by fashion expert and educator Eric Darnell Pritchard and beautifully illustrated by award–winning artist Shannon Wright
Patrick Kelly was one of the most influential fashion designers of the 20th century, but growing up in Vicksburg, Mississippi, he didn’t see many boys who liked to sew. That didn’t stop him from sitting down at his grandma’s table and picking up a needle and thread.
Patrick loved the way clothes could make someone feel their best, and he dreamed of creating designs full of joy and whimsy. Those dreams brought him to some of the biggest cities in the world, but when he got there, he was told that his clothes were too vibrant, too tacky, and too much!
When the fashion world rejected his designs, Patrick just laughed and carried right on working. He created clothes for people like him, outsiders who didn’t grow up fitting in but weren’t afraid to stand out. He filled his designs with love, and when the world finally recognized his talent, they couldn’t help but smile.
Eric Darnell Pritchard is an award–winning writer and cultural critic, and the endowed Brown Chair in English Literacy and Associate Professor of English at the University of Arkansas. They are also the founding director of the Community Literacies Collaboratory, which supports literacy partnerships for children, adolescents, and adults in Arkansas and nationally. Shannon Wright is an award–winning illustrator and cartoonist based out of Richmond, Virginia. She makes personal and original stories invoking nostalgia rooted from her own childhood and life around her.
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
ABRAMS SWEET SPOT: Picture book biography is a strong category for BYR, and biographies of artists seem to shine especially brightly on our list.
MAKER MANIFESTO: Patrick learned the art of sewing at his grandmother’s knee before taking over the fashion world. Clothes to Make You Smile celebrates the joy clothes can bring us and reminds us that there’s nothing wrong with having a style all our own.
MOTIVATING MESSAGE:
Although he was initially rejected by the fashion world, Patrick never gave up, and he eventually became one of the most influential Black designers of the 20th century.
MULTIGENERATIONAL STORY: Clothes to Make You Smile celebrates the contributions of Patrick’s mother and grandmother who taught him how to sew and encouraged his love of fashion.
BLACK JOY: There is a huge need for more picture books that celebrate black joy in the market, especially when it comes to nonfiction. With beautiful illustrations and cheerful text, Clothes to Make You Smile is the perfect book for readers looking to bring more black joy to their bookshelves.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JANUARY
AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-6886-6
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLELJy768866z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-053-7
Snowshoe Kate and the Hospital Built for Pennies
BY MARGI PREUS; ILLUSTRATED BY JAIME ZOLLARS
Newbery Honor–winner Margi Preus and illustrator Jaime Zollars shed light on a trailblazing doctor known as the “Angel on Snowshoes” in this picture book biography
Dr. Kate Pelham Newcomb (or “Dr. Kate,” as she was known to her patients) was a doctor in rural northern Wisconsin during the early 1900s, a time when very few women practiced medicine. Because the nearest hospital was over two hours away and the snowy roads were often impassable, Dr. Kate frequently traveled many miles by snowmobile or snowplow in order to reach her patients, which lead to her nickname, the “Angel on Snowshoes.”
In her years as a doctor, she delivered an astonishing 4,000 babies, and those same children later played a key role in the “Million Penny Parade,” a massive grassroots fundraiser inspired by Dr. Kate’s lifelong efforts to build a hospital in her community. Dr. Kate’s dreams of being able to better serve her community finally came to fruition in 1954 when Lakeland Memorial Hospital opened—with Dr. Kate serving as chief of staff.
Includes author’s note, illustrator’s note, and bibliography.
Margi Preus has written numerous acclaimed children’s books, including the Newbery Honor book Heart of a Samurai and the Minnesota Book Award–winning West of the Moon. Her books have been honored as ALA/ALSC Notables, landed on the New York Times bestseller list and many other “best–of” lists, been featured on NPR, and selected as community reads. When not writing, Preus enjoys traveling, speaking, and visiting schools all over the world. At home in Duluth, Minnesota, she likes to ski, hike, paddle, or sit quietly with a book in her lap. Jaime Zollars is the illustrator of the middle–grade novel Wicked Nix and the artist behind the iconic covers of the Greenglass House series. She lives in Southern California.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
ACCLAIMED CREATORS: Preus’s books are critical darlings, including the Newbery Honor–winning Heart of a Samurai, Village of Scoundrels (four starred reviews), and her latest novel, Windswept (three starred reviews). Zollars, meanwhile, won a Sydney Taylor Honor for the picture book Cake and Miracles
STRONG TRACKS: Preus’s books have sold more than 325,000 copies, including more than 11,000 copies of Windswept since September 2022. Zollars illustrated the New York Times bestselling Greenglass novels, which have sold more than 200,000 copies, as well as Abrams’ Wicked Nix (more than 17,000 copies sold across formats).
WOMEN IN SCIENCE: Dr. Kate was one of very few women to practice medicine in the early–to–mid 20th century, and readers remain hungry for heroes in STEM/STEAM.
UNSUNG HERO: This story highlights a determined woman who spent her life providing care for children and families in rural areas, despite blizzards, great distances, and iced–over rivers.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK, BIOGRAPHY, KIDS NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-5671-9
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
CARTON QTY: 22
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-404-0
RIGHTS: World/All
The Gift of Freedom
HOW HARRIET TUBMAN RESCUED HER BROTHERS
WRITTEN BY GLENNETTE TILLEY TURNER, ILLUSTRATED BY LAURA FREEMAN
From bestselling illustrator and Coretta Scott King honoree Laura Freeman and award–winning author Glennette Tilley Turner comes the little–known story of Harriet Tubman’s daring rescue of her enslaved brothers on Christmas Day
Harriet Tubman was always a keen observer. She learned to use the North Star for a compass, to tell time by the stars, and to find her way by natural signs as well as any hunter could. She could navigate dense forests, locate waterways in the area, and identify the white Quakers and Black mariners who were willing to help enslaved people escape.
When Tubman first fled north, she knew she might never have another chance to run away. Yet after she arrived safely in the free city of Philadelphia, she risked her own freedom again and again to help other Freedom Seekers—and those she’d had to leave behind. She never forgot her family in Maryland, and on Christmas Day in 1854, Tubman returned again, hoping to give three of her brothers the best possible gift—the gift of freedom!
This historical picture book about the legendary Underground Railroad conductor, abolitionist, and suffragist was written based on personal interviews with Tubman’s last surviving relative. A story of courage, hope, and family, The Gift of Freedom takes readers on an inspiring journey during one of America’s darkest times.
Includes a letter to readers, an author’s note, and a bibliography.
Glennette Tilley Turner has written many children’s books, including A Man Called Horse: John Horse and the Black Seminole Underground Railroad and Fort Mose: And the Story of the Man Who Built the First Free Black Settlement in Colonial America. She serves as an advisor to the National Park Service, where she helps plan programs for the national historic Underground Railroad trail. Turner has a master’s degree in history and children’s literature and was inducted into the International Literary Hall of Fame for Writers of African Descent at the Gwendolyn Brooks Center of Chicago State University. She lives in Wheaton, Illinois. Laura Freeman is a Coretta Scott King Illustrator Honoree. Her work has been recognized with an NAACP Image Award and has reached the New York Times bestseller list. Freeman lives in Atlanta, Georgia.
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING, AWARD–WINNING ARTIST: Freeman is the artist behind Margot Lee Shetterly’s Hidden Figures picture book (which won a Coretta Scott King Honor and an NAACP Image Award), as well as Nikki Grimes’s Kamala Harris: Rooted in Justice
AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR: In addition to Tuner’s induction into the International Literary Hall of Fame for Writers of African Descent at the Gwendolyn Brooks Center of Chicago State University, her many accolades include the Studs Terkel Humanities Award, Margaret Landon Award, Alice Browning Award of the International Black Writers Conference, and Irma Kingsley Johnson Award of the Friends of Amistad.
BLACK HISTORY MONTH: A perfect fit for classrooms and African American history tables, this historical picture book sheds light on a lesser–known story in Tubman’s life. There is no other picture book on the subject.
HOLIDAY APPEAL: While this story can be appreciated year–round, the Christmas Day setting and snowy scenes give this a light holiday hook.
THOROUGHLY RESEARCHED: Turner interviewed Alice Brickler (Tubman’s great–grandniece), who shared stories that Tubman passed down within their family.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: JANUARY
AGES 4 to 8
PICTURE BOOK, KIDS
AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE
ISBN 978-1-4197-6929-0
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy769290z
CARTON QTY: 22
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-091-9
RIGHTS: World/All
5-Minute Mermicorno: Starfall Stories
BY SUDIPTA BARDHAN-QUALLEN
A charming collection of short stories set in the world of tokidoki’s Mermicorno: Starfall and designed to be read in five minutes or less! Relive the most exciting adventures, memorable moments, and heartwarming friendships of the most Mer-mazing crew in the ocean with Astra, Gwen, Kameko, Squishella, and Nautique!
A collectible volume of short stories set in the world of tokidoki’s Mermicorno: Starfall and designed to be read in five minutes or less! Based on the Max show, 5-Minute Mermicorno: Starfall Stories gives readers the opportunity to meet their favorite Mermicorno characters and revisit some of the most magical episodes in the show. Appearing in print for the first time—and in a gifty storybook package—each of the 13 stories retells a beloved episode, making it perfect for read-alouds or when it’s time to settle down for bed.
Sudipta Bardhan–Quallen is the author of many children’s books, including the chapter book series Purrmaids, as well as picture books Tyrannosaurus Wrecks!, Quackenstein Hatches a Family, Chicks Rule!, Chicks Rock!, and Roxie Loves Adventure. She lives in New Jersey with her family.
SELLING POINTS
NOW STREAMING ON MAX: tokidoki and Atomic Cartoons have partnered to produce a new TV show Mermicorno: Starfall. All 26 episodes will be streaming on Max by end of May 2025. Our first early graphic novel title will hit the market as toys, bedding and other series merchandise lands, making a statement at massmarket retailers.
BIG GLOBAL MOMENT: tokidoki is one of the most sought–after global art, fashion and lifestyle brands. Its ever–growing fan base can’t get enough of its larger–than–life characters and wide range of products. The global launch of its new Mermicorno: Starfall product lines and TV show includes a major global marketing campaign in 2025 and beyond.
POPULAR FORMAT: The 5-Minute Stories format has consistently been popular with beginning readers aged 5–8. It’s a great way to introduce a new audience to the brand and a unique opportunity for fans of the show to revisit their favorite stories.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *176 pages
*WIDTH: 7 3/4" - 197mm
*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 266mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 5 to 8
PICTURE BOOK, FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-8306-7
US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-796-3
Spooky Lakes Coloring Book
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY GEO RUTHERFORD
Explore weird and wild waters around the world—if you dare—in this coloring book from TikTok star and educator Geo Rutherford, creator of the New York Times bestselling book Spooky Lakes
Dive into the science of hydrology and uncover the mystery of what lies beneath the surface of 35 lakes found around the world. Spooky Lakes Coloring Book features 25 black–and–white drawings based on the New York Times bestselling book, and 10 all–new drawings of lakes to discover. Whether you’re coloring for pleasure or delving into the strange phenomena of Earth’s most mysterious waters, this book is a must–have for spooky lovers of all ages.
As a bonus, the book features a pull–out, oversized poster to color!
Geo Rutherford is a working artist, illustrator, writer, and the creator of the hit TikTok series Spooky Lake Month. She is an adjunct lecturer at the University of Wisconsin–Milwaukee, and in the summer, the art director at Blue Lake Fine Arts Camp. Geo lives on the shore of a spooky lake in Wisconsin with her dog, Padfoot.
SELLING POINTS
INSTANT BESTSELLER: Spooky Lakes has appeared on the New York Times, Indiebound, Publisher's Weekly, and USA Today bestseller lists!
EVERGREEN CATEGORY: Rutherford’s gorgeous and intricately detailed nature scenes are perfectly suited for a high–end coloring book. The paperback includes flaps, art on the inside cover, and a tear–out poster for maximum gift appeal.
MAJOR PROGRAM: There’s new content for Spooky Lakes fans to look forward to each year, with Spooky Rivers and Spooky Seas rounding out the Haunted Hydrology trilogy in fall 2026 and fall 2028, as well as a second activity book in fall 2027.
SPOOKY LAKE MONTH: Every day for the month of October, the author highlights the fascinating and ghastly history behind a different “spooky lake.” Across TikTok and Instagram, these videos have more than 65 million likes.
TIKTOK STAR: The creator of the hit series Spooky Lake Month, Rutherford herself has over 1.8 million TikTok followers (@geodesaurus, plus another 600,000 on Instagram). Featuring over 80 percent new content, this book will attract both longtime fans and new audiences.
SPOOKY + STEM: With a spooky–light feel and an environmental focus, Rutherford knows how to captivate kids while encouraging them to engage with science.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Black-and-white illustrations throughout
*96 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 266mm
* Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS
ISBN 978-1-4197-8410-1
US $15.99 CAN $19.99 UK £11.99
Is There Anybody Out There? (A Wild Thing Book)
THE SEARCH FOR EXTRATERRESTRIAL LIFE, FROM AMOEBAS TO ALIENS
BY LAURA KRANTZ
Inspired by her popular Wild Thing podcast, journalist Laura Krantz incorporates the scientific method and her journalistic skills to determine if aliens might exist—now in paperback!
How likely is it that humans aren’t alone in the universe?
Reports of strange lights, UFO sightings, and alien encounters abound— and some (like recent accounts from US Navy pilots) even sound credible. And in recent years, armed with state–of–the–art technology and better information, the search for extraterrestrials overflows with exciting possibilities. Within our own solar system, astrobiologists search for the biochemical building blocks that might sustain microbes, astronomers discover far–flung stars, orbited by planets that could be teeming with life, and astrophysicists point sophisticated telescopes toward the deep reaches of the universe, looking for anything out of the ordinary.
Is There Anybody Out There? turns our collective gaze skyward: What’s the likelihood of life on other planets? Or that aliens have already made the trip to visit us? How would they get here? Why do we want to find them? And what does it mean if we do (or don’t)? Using critical thinking and the scientific method, journalist Laura Krantz investigates the science, culture, and philosophy of a universe where we’re not alone—and why the idea of alien life has abducted our imaginations. Readers will learn to challenge their gut assumptions and open their minds to new possibilities.
Laura Krantz is a print and audio journalist whose critically acclaimed podcast Wild Thing explores the intersection between science and society. She spent 10 years as an editor and producer with NPR in Washington, D.C. and KPCC in Los Angeles, and her work has appeared in Smithsonian, Outside, and Popular Science. An Idaho native, Krantz received her BA from Whitman College and her MA from the Johns Hopkins University’s School of Advanced International Studies. She lives in Denver with her husband, New York Times bestselling author Scott Carney, and their two cats.
SELLING POINTS
PODCAST POPULARITY: With over five million downloads across the adult podcasts and numerous best–of accolades, Krantz’s narrative podcast Wild Thing is a wild success. Whereas season 1 and The Search for Sasquatch focused on Bigfoot, season 2 and this book turn to aliens, giving fans brand–new content.
STRONG SERIES START: The Search for Sasquatch was recognized as an ABA Summer/Fall 2022 Indies Introduce pick and Krantz has discussed the series on several NPR appearances.
SNEAK PEEK: Includes a sample chapter of Book 3, Do You Believe in Magic?
FRESH CLASSROOM OFFERING: Discusses the scientific method, investigative research, and problem solving.
CAPTIVATING SUBJECT: Aliens are fascinating to readers of all ages.
FOR RELUCTANT READERS: Accessible nonfiction, with a high–interest topic and a humorous yet respectful tone.
THOROUGHLY RESEARCHED: Krantz treats myth with the fact–based, deep–dive investigative tactics of a seasoned journalist.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations and photographs throughout *192 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: AUGUST
AGES 8 to 12
MIDDLE-GRADE NONFICTION, KIDS NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-5821-8
US $9.99 CAN $12.99 UK £6.99
CARTON QTY: 26
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-502-3
From This Place Kills Me • Written by Mariko Tamaki; illustrated by Nicole Goux
This Place Kills Me
A GRAPHIC NOVEL
WRITTEN BY MARIKO TAMAKI; ILLUSTRATED BY NICOLE GOUX
A compelling, propulsive YA graphic novel mystery from acclaimed Eisner Award–winning author of Laura Dean Keeps Breaking Up With Me, Mariko Tamaki, and Eisner–nominated illustrator Nicole Goux
At Wilberton Academy, few students are more revered than the members of the elite Wilberton Theatrical Society—a.k.a. the WTS—and no one represents that exclusive club better than Elizabeth Woodward. Breathtakingly beautiful, beloved by all, and a talented thespian, it’s no surprise she’s starring as Juliet in the WTS’s performance of Shakespeare’s classic tragedy. But when she’s found dead the morning after opening night, the whole school is thrown into chaos.
Transfer student Abby Kita was one of the last people to see Elizabeth alive, and when local authorities deem the it–girl’s death a suicide, Abby’s not convinced. She’s sure there’s more to Wilburton and the WTS than meets the eye. As she gets tangled in prep school intrigues, Abby quickly realizes that Elizabeth was keeping secrets. Was one of those secrets worth killing for?
Told in comics, letters, diary entries, and news articles, This Place Kills Me is a page–turning whodunnit from award–winning writer Mariko Tamaki and acclaimed illustrator Nicole Goux that will have readers on the edge of their seats and begging for an encore.
Mariko Tamaki is a Canadian writer living in California. She is a writer of prose, comics, TV and film. Nicole Goux (she/her) is an Eisner Award nominated illustrator and cartoonist from Los Angeles. She’s the artist of DC’s Shadow of the Batgirl and cocreator of Fuck Off Squad (Silver Sprocket Bicycle Club), and Forest Hills Bootleg Society (Simon and Schuster: Atheneaum). She has been published by DC, Dark Horse, IDW, and Oni. Her most recent comic, Pet Peeves, was released by Avery Hill Publishing in May 2023. Her work often explores the themes of coming of age, interpersonal drama, and learning how to be a human.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
HUGE OPPORTUNITY: Few creators in the graphic novel space have as much name recognition as Mariko Tamaki, and it is a major coup to be publishing her next YA graphic novel.
PROLIFIC AUTHOR: Tamaki is the award–winning author of This One Summer, Laura Dean Keeps Breaking Up with Me, and Roaming, and has written critically acclaimed runs for series including Batman, Harley Quinn, and Crush and Lobo.
AMAZING ARTIST: Goux is an Eisner Award–nominated illustrator and cartoonist, and is the artist of DC’s Shadow of the Batgirl and cocreator of Fuck Off Squad (Silver Sprocket Bicycle Club), and Forest Hills Bootleg Society.
UNIQUE FORMAT: This graphic novel is told in a unique format that integrates letters, articles, scripts, and more into the story, giving readers a chance to gather clues and focus on every part of the page.
TWO FORMATS: Available in hardcover (978–1–4197–6846–0) and paperback (978–1–4197–6845–3).
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *272 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 14 to 18
YOUNG ADULT GRAPHIC NOVEL, YOUNG ADULT ISBN 978-1-4197-6846-0
US $26.99 CAN $33.99 UK £18.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-044-5
RIGHTS: World/All
On Starlit Shores
A GRAPHIC NOVEL
BY BEX GLENDINING
In this YA urban fantasy graphic novel, Alex must return to the town where she was born to unravel the magical mysteries her late grandmother left behind
Alex Wilson hasn’t been back to Indigo Harbor, the seaside village where she grew up, in years. In fact, she can barely remember anything about it. But when her grandmother dies unexpectedly, Alex will have to return to her childhood home to say goodbye.
Accompanied by her best friend, Grim, Alex travels back to her hometown and begins cleaning out her grandmother’s house, but the longer they stay, the stranger things get. Indigo Harbor isn’t your average town—there are falling stars, witches running tea shops, and a name that comes up again and again: Elizabeth. Who was this woman, and how did she know Alex’s grandmother?
As she explores the town and sorts through her grandmother’s belongings, Alex reconnects with her past and tries with increasing desperation to uncover the greatest secret of all, the identity of the mysterious Elizabeth. Tackling grief, acceptance, and how to honor a loved one’s life, Bex Glendining has crafted a beautiful and moving graphic novel perfect for readers who loved The Dark Matter of Mona Starr, Girl From the Sea, and the Magic Fish
Bex Glendining is an award–winning, biracial, queer, UK–based illustrator, comic artist, and colorist. Their clients include Netflix, Huffpost, DC Comics, Marvel, Penguin Random House, the New York Times, and NPR. When not working, they can usually be found building miniature rooms, playing video games with friends or fussing Cookie, their very spoilt tortoiseshell cat.
SELLING POINTS
MOVING STORY: Taking place after the passing of a beloved grandparent, On Starlit Shoresexplores grief, healing, and acceptance.
STUNNING ART: With a dreamy palette and beautiful character designs, Bex Glendining’s art is beautiful and will appeal to fans of Tillie Walden, Trung Le Nguyen, and Valero O’Connell.
LGBTQ+ AND MYTHOLOGY
THEMES: On Starlit Shores explores themes of queer love, acceptance, and coming out through a fantasy lens.
TWO FORMATS: Available in hardcover (978–1–4197–6504–9) and paperback (978–1–4197–6505–6).
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *192 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
AGES 14 to 18
YOUNG ADULT GRAPHIC NOVEL, YOUNG ADULT ISBN 978-1-4197-6504-9 US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £17.99
ËxHSLELJy765049z
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-845-1
Red Threads: A Witch's Tale
A GRAPHIC NOVEL
BY ILA NGUYEN-HAYAMA
In this manga–inspired YA graphic novel, Tokyo schoolgirl Hana Suzuki’s life is changed forever when she is chosen to attend Japan’s premier magical academy
Fifteen–year–old Hana is bored by her humdrum existence in Tokyo—there must be more to life than cram school and chores. After she rescues a crow caught in a net by her house, a mysterious visitor arrives at her door, offering her the chance to enroll in the most prestigious magic academy in Japan: The Benten School of Esoterics.
Hana jumps at the chance for adventure and life at Benten is everything she ever dreamed of—magic, mystical creatures, and making a new best friend in fellow new student Yoomi. But before long, Hana’s dream becomes a nightmare. Something is haunting the halls, and a series of horrifying attacks leave everyone wondering: is Benten cursed? Will the legendary school have to close its doors for good? If Hana and Yoomi want to save their new home, they’ll have to unravel the mystery or die trying!
A magical story of friendship and new beginnings, Red Threads: A Witch’s Tale is perfect for fans of Magic Fish, Beetle and the Hollowbones,and Spirited Away.
Ila Nguyen–Hayama is a Japanese–Vietnamese American artist who stumbled into comics after studying evolutionary biology and culinary arts. She lives in the California East Bay and enjoys being a mom to two humans, a dog, a cat, a small parrot, and four chickens.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
AAPI VOICES: Inspired by Nguyen–Hayama’s experience as a half–Japanese person living in Japan and having to overcome the prejudices she faced—and overcame—Red Threads: A Witch’s Tale is a heartfelt story richly steeped in Japanese and Korean folklore.
AMAZING ART: Bubbly and bright, Nguyen–Hayama’s art is inspired by manga and is sure to appeal to fans of Studio Ghibli movies and series like Inuyasha, Sailor Moon, and Witch Hat Atelier.
WHICH WITCH: Witches continue to be popular and perennial, and with a fresh, cultural twist, we’re sure this will stand out among the competition.
TWO FORMATS: Available in hardcover (978–1–4197–6302–1) and paperback (978–1–4197–6303–8).
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *256 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
AGES 13 to 18
YOUNG ADULT GRAPHIC NOVEL, KIDS FANTASY ISBN 978-1-4197-6302-1 US $26.99 CAN $33.99 UK £18.99
ËxHSLELJy763021z ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-740-9
Children of the Night (When Monsters Wake Book 1)
A GRAPHIC NOVEL
WRITTEN BY VICTORIA SETIAN; ILLUSTRATED BY SAVANNA GANUCHEAU
A thrilling, spine–chilling YA graphic novel from debut author Victoria Setian and Bloom artist Savanna Ganucheau—a modern spin on the classic horror novel Dracula
Mina Murray is followed by death . . . At least, that’s the rumor in her small town of New Whitby. An aspiring photographer, Mina has a knack for creeping into unsettling locations to find interesting shots; graveyards, crypts, or funeral homes, no place is too weird for her. But when a ship named the Demeter crashes on a nearby shore, Mina’s explorations uncover a whole new level of weird: Feral dogs, large boxes of dirt, and most notably, the body of the ship’s captain, completely drained of blood.
Shocked by the grisly scene, Mina sets out to unearth the truth behind what happened on the ship. But the deeper she digs the stranger things get around town. The head editor of her high school’s newspaper goes missing. Her best friend falls ill, plagued by nightmares of a massive, terrifying creature. And the handsome new transfer student, Raf, seems to have everyone under his thrall . . . including Mina’s crush, Jon. It’s clear that something ominous is going on, but will Mina be able to figure out who —or what—is the cause? Or is New Whitby doomed to become the hunting ground of this evil . . . forever?
Victoria Setian started her career on the third floor of DC Comics in the heart of New York City. She eventually landed a role on the DC interactive team, working on games such as the Batman: Arkham series, Mortal Kombat X, and Just Cause 4. When she’s not tinkering on her next project, she’s hanging with her family or practicing Armenian folk dance. Savanna Ganucheau is a comic artist from New Orleans. She is the coauthor of Bloom (with Kevin Panetta in 2019), which received a distinction from the Junior Library Guild, a GLAAD Award nomination, and was Amazon’s pick for Best Graphic Novel of 2019. In 2021, she adapted the novel Turtle in Paradise into the graphic novel format. Ganucheau has also contributed to comic series such as Adventure Time, Lumberjanes, Jem and the Holograms, and The Backstagers
RIGHTS: World
SELLING POINTS
STAR CREATORS: Setian is a well–known game developer with credits in various games, including the Batman: Arkham series and Mortal Kombat series. Ganucheau is best known for her work on Bloom (Macmillan, 2019), which gained a GLAAD Award nomination and was Amazon’s pick for Best Graphic Novel of 2019.
CLASSIC ADAPTIONS: Children of the Night (When Monsters Wake Book 1) is a fresh and modern take on the most beloved vampire story. Retellings of classic stories continue to be popular, as shown by Lore Olympus and Abrams’ own Shakespeare manga series.
EVERGREEN TOPIC: Monsters continue to be popular across media, with graphic novels such as Squad (HarperCollins, 2021) and Blackwater (Macmillan, 2022) doing very well.
TWO FORMATS: Available in hardcover (97–1–4197–6263–5) and paperback (978–1–4197–6264–2).
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *224 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 13 to 18
YOUNG ADULT GRAPHIC NOVEL, GRAPHIC NOVELS ISBN 978-1-4197-6263-5
US $26.99 CAN $33.99 UK £19.99
ËxHSLELJy762635z
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-725-6
Kindred Dragons (Book 1)
A GRAPHIC NOVEL
BY SARAH MENSINGA
Anne of Green Gables meets How to Train Your Dragon in Kindred Dragons, a middle–grade graphic novel about a brave young girl and the dragon whose life depends on her
Alice has been unhappy ever since her parents sent her to Prince Edward Island to live with her strict grandmother. Alice is fanciful, prone to telling tall tales, and absolutely obsessed with dragons! Fairies deliver dragon eggs to a select few, known as Kindreds, but no egg has ever arrived for Alice.
While wandering the woods alone she finds and secretly befriends a mysterious, old dragon named Brim. Alice is excited to finally have a dragon friend of her own, but there’s something strange about him—he doesn’t have a Kindred. When Brim suddenly falls ill, Alice sets out on a desperate quest to save him.
As Alice searches for a cure, she discovers that her connection to dragons is unlike that of any Kindred—but will her new power be enough to save her friend?This heartfelt story of friendship, family, and learning to love who you are is perfect for readers who loved Snapdragon, Witch Boy, and the City of Dragons series.
Sarah Mensinga has illustrated several books, including Flipping Forward Twisting Backwards, the Trillium Sisters series, and the New York Times bestseller Different: A Great Thing to Be! Her short stories have appeared in comic anthologies such as Flight 4 and Flight 5, she’s published two indie novels, and she has also worked on a variety of animated movies and TV shows. Born in Canada, Sarah now lives in Texas with her husband and three kids.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
CELEBRATED CREATOR: Mensinga is the seasoned illustrator and cartoonist of several New York Times bestselling picture books and original stories in well–known comic anthologies.
DRAGONS FOREVER: Dragons are a perennial favorite in middle–grade fantasy, and we’re excited to publish Kindred Dragons as Fanfare’s first dragon–focused graphic novel.
INSPIRED BY ANNE OF GREEN GABLES: Like Anne, Alice is a plucky and mischievous misfit that girls and boys will find no difficulty relating to as she finds out more about the dragons she loves and the family she feels she doesn’t fit into.
TWO FORMATS: Available in hardcover (978–1–4197–7116–3) and paperback (978–1–4197–7115–6).
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *208 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
AGES 10 to 13
KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS, KIDS FANTASY
ISBN 978-1-4197-7116-3
US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £17.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-165-7
Bones and Berserkers (Nathan Hale's Hazardous Tales #13)
13 SPOOKY TALES FROM AMERICAN HISTORY
BY NATHAN HALE
Author–illustrator Nathan Hale tells some of the spookiest stories in US history in Bones and Berserkers,the 13th book in the #1 New York Times bestselling graphic novel series
Bones and Berserkers is the unlucky 13th book in the New York Times bestselling Nathan Hale’s Hazardous Tales series, and you know what that means? It’s time to gather around the gallows and tell the spookiest stories in US history!
In this chilling collection, learn about the devil baby who terrorized New Jersey; a haunted well full of restless Confederate soldiers; a demon cat whose appearance has been an omen for some of the darkest days in American history; and a massacre by a murderous butler whose motives remain unknown to this day. Full of a frightful mix of folk tales and facts, this newest entry is sure to fascinate readers . . . if they’re brave enough to read to the end.
Nathan Hale is the #1 New York Times bestselling author and illustrator of the Nathan Hale’s Hazardous Tales series. He also wrote and illustrated the graphic novels One Trick Pony, Apocalypse Taco, and The Mighty Bite series. Hale lives in Utah, and you can find him online.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING SERIES: Across the series, we have sold more than two million copies and momentum shows no signs of slowing down.
KID–FRIENDLY: The stories are equally gruesome and hilarious, and the format and art are welcoming for reluctant readers.
SPOOKY SEASON: With its focus on scary stories, Bones and Berserkers is perfect for Halloween promotion and fans of ghost stories everywhere.
WIDE VARIETY: Unlike the other books in the series, Bones and Berserkers contains 13 creepy tales, giving readers a peek into some of the scariest legends and true stories across US history. This book features stories from New Jersey, Massachusetts, Washington, D.C., Maryland, Pennsylvania, California, Wisconsin, and more!
SPECIFICATIONS
*Two-color illustrations throughout *128 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 191mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
AGES 8 to 12
KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS ISBN 978-1-4197-7320-4 US $15.99 CAN $23.99 UK £14.99 ËxHSLELJy773204z ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-258-6
Raid of No Return: Bigger & Badder Edition (Nathan Hale's Hazardous Tales #7)
A WORLD WAR II TALE OF THE DOOLITTLE RAID
BY NATHAN HALE
Presented in a deluxe, oversized edition, learn about the most well–known air battles of World War II with author–illustrator Nathan Hale’s Raid of No Return: Bigger & Badder Edition from the New York Times bestselling graphic novel series
With 16 pages of never–before–seen material, this brand–new, oversized edition of Raid of No Return just got a whole lot bigger and badder! On December 7, 1941, the Japanese bombed Pearl Harbor, officially bringing the United States into World War II. A new generation of pilots were recruited to fly bombing missions for the United States, and from that group, volunteers were requested for a dangerous secret assignment. Sixteen bombers set sail on the US’s first aircraft carrier. Once at sea, they were told their mission was a retaliation strike against targets in Tokyo. But on the day of the raid, a Japanese patrol boat spotted them, and they had to launch early with barely enough fuel to get them past their target. After the bombing, some pilots crashed, some were captured, and many ended up in mainland China and were carried to safety by Chinese villagers, being hunted by Japanese forces all the while. With tales of high–flying action and bravery, Raid of No Return is a story of heartbreak and survival during wartime.
Nathan Hale is the illustrator of the graphic novel Rapunzel’sRevenge, which was an Al Roker Book Club for Kids selection, an ALA Notable Book, and a YALSA Great Graphic Novel for Teens, as well as the recipient of three starred reviews. He is also the illustrator of the picture book The Dinosaurs’ Night Before Christmas. He lives in Provo, Utah.
SELLING POINTS
BIGGER AND BETTER: With a new, larger format, 16 pages of additional back matter, and special effects on the front cover, this is both the perfect collector’s item for fans of the series and a way to draw in new readers.
FAMOUS WAR: This high–fly adventure will bring readers behind the scenes and behind enemy lines to highlight a lesser–known tale of World War II history.
CURRICULUM TIE–IN: This story fits in perfectly with world history lessons and includes copious back matter and references for further study, including 16 pages of new minicomics.
ORIGINAL FORMAT SUCCESS:
The original version of Raid of No Return was a huge success, selling more than 200,000 copies, and we’re excited to bring even more content to this new edition.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Two-color illustrations throughout *144 pages
*WIDTH: 7 3/8" - 187mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS
ISBN 978-1-4197-8330-2
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-811-3
Feo the Chupacabra
WRITTEN BY SEQUOIA BLANKENSHIP; ILLUSTRATED BY ROB THOMPSON
Animators Sequoia Blankenship and Rob Thompson deliver a madcap adventure through Hollywood as Feo, a down–on–his–luck chupacabra, must transform into a famous movie monster to save his hometown
When the tiny Mexican town of Cabrito Viejo is in danger of being bought out by a nefarious film studio, Feo, the mythical but feisty chupacabra, teams up with Camila, a plucky mechanic and local monster enthusiast to hatch a plan to save their home. Inspired by her father’s collection of monster movies, the pair head to Hollywood to convince famed screenwriter Doctor Acula to put Feo’s name up in lights. But Feo isn’t exactly the terrifying fiend that local legends make him out to be. Can the unlikely duo really save the village by making the chupacabra Hollywood’s next great monster?
This heartfelt debut graphic novel from two seasoned animators is a funny, fast–paced adventure about the power of friendship and the importance of believing in yourself.
Sequoia Blankenship is a writer who loves stories, film, comics and cajeta. He has been drawing and telling tales (not just to get out of trouble) for as long as he can remember and has had the good fortune to work and animate at Pixar Animation Studios for twenty–three years (way longer than anyone expected). He’s animated on such films as Ratatouille, Incredibles 2 and Coco to name a few. Sequoia lives with his family in Petaluma, California, the self–proclaimed Butter and Eggs Capital of the World, which means they have to watch their cholesterol. Rob Thompson is an animator currently living in California. He has worked on several Pixar films including Ratatouille, Toy Story 3 and Inside Out 2 Rob grew up in San Diego where he spent many hours hiding from the sun in local comic book shops. He lives with his girlfriend and their two Chupacabras.
RIGHTS: North America
SELLING
POINTS
PERFECT MIDDLE–GRADE
READ: Feo the Chupacabra balances humor, light scares, and compelling themes of friendship and community, making it a perfect fit for middle grade, while also appealing to older readers and fans of classic movie monsters and animation.
COMMERCIAL ART STYLE:
Thompson and Blankenship bring their strong sense of visual storytelling to this project, crafting a dynamic, funny, well–paced, and beautifully imagined story on par with any animated classic. This is their first graphic novel.
IMMERSIVE WORLD–BUILDING:
The authors have done extensive research in order to craft the town of Cabrito Viejo and make their twist on the story of the chupacabra as authentic as possible to Latin American culture. Their love of Old Hollywood and knowledge of film history is also on full display, with references to Universal horror and classic films that make the story richer and more immersive without being distracting for younger readers.
TWO FORMATS: Available in hardcover (978–1–4197–6369–4) and paperback (978–1–4197–6370–0).
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *304 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY
AGES 8 to 12
ISBN 978-1-4197-6369-4
US $24.99 CAN $31.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-772-0
Iron Man: Super Smash! (A Mighty Marvel Team-Up)
WRITTEN BY DEAN HALE; ILLUSTRATED BY DOUGLAS HOLGATE
In this action–packed and heartfelt second original graphic novel in the Iron Man: Mighty Marvel Team–Up series, Iron Man must work with the Incredible Hulk to save a group of innocent monsters from being used for destruction
It’s monster mayhem! When Iron Man looks to connect with the Hulk outside of super heroing, Tony creates a new suit big enough to keep up with Hulk’s desire to smash! But when a group of monsters are unleashed across the world, Tony realizes that all of that smashing might be doing more harm than good. And when it seems like there is more to these monsters attacking at random, Hulk and Iron Man must put their heads together and find out who is really be behind these monster attacks, and calm the monsters at large!
Dean Hale is the New York Times bestselling coauthor of more than 20 books for young readers, including the Eisner Award–nominee Rapunzel’s Revenge, the popular early chapter book series the Princess in Black, two graphic novels about young Wonder Woman, and two novels about the Unbeatable Squirrel Girl. It has been said that if you look in the mirror and say Hale’s name three times, he will appear and give you a piggyback ride. This is mostly untrue. Douglas Holgate is the illustrator of the #1 New York Times bestselling series The Last Kids on Earth from Penguin Kids, now an Emmy Award–winning Netflix animated series, and the cocreator and illustrator of the graphic novel Clem Hetherington and the Ironwood Race (Scholastic Graphix). For the last 20 years, he has made books and comics for publishers around the world from his garage in Victoria, Australia.
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-920-2 RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
MIGHTY BRAND: Marvel Comics continues to be one of the most recognizable and biggest brands worldwide. Iron Man is one of the most popular characters among younger readers and fan, with an animated series starring the hero set to release next year.
SPIN–OFF TO HIT SERIES: The Spider–Man: Mighty Marvel Team–Up series has been extremely successful, garnering critical and commercial success and selling more than 220,000 copies.
ALL–START TALENT: While this series marks author Dean Hale’s first one solo, he has cowritten several hit series and graphic novels with Shannon Hale in this category, including the New York Times bestselling seriesPrincess in Black. Illustrated by artist Douglas Holgate, who has been the ongoing illustrator for the New York Times bestselling seriesLast Kids on Earth, this series has a powerful team behind it that will generate excitement ahead of its launch.
SPECIFICATIONS
*96 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: JANUARY
ISBN 978-1-4197-8547-4
US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99
From Songs for Ghosts • By Clara Kumagai
Avatar, The Last Airbender: The Awakening of Roku (Chronicles of the Avatar Book 6)
BY RANDY RIBAY
From National Book Award finalist Randy Ribay comes a gripping follow–up to The Reckoning of Roku, the latest duology in the New York Times bestselling Chronicles of the Avatar series, set in the world of Avatar: The Last Airbender and The Legend of Korra
Set in the world of Avatar, the Last Airbender and The Legend of Korra, comes the stunning conclusion to the story of Avatar Roku, from the imagination of New York Times bestselling and National Book Award–nominated author Randy Ribay.
Randy Ribay is an award–winning author of young adult fiction. His most recent novel, Patron Saints of Nothing, earned five starred reviews, was selected as a Freeman Book Award winner, and was a finalist for the National Book Award, LA Times Book Prize, Walden Book Award, Edgar Award, International Thriller Writers Award, and the CILIP Carnegie Medal. His other works include Project Kawayan, After the Shot Drops, and An Infinite Number of Parallel Universes. Born in the Philippines and raised in the Midwest, Randy earned his BA in English literature from the University of Colorado at Boulder and his EdM in language and literacy from Harvard Graduate School of Education. He currently lives in the San Francisco Bay Area with his wife, son, and cat–like dog.
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING SERIES: Every book in the series—most recently Randy Ribay’s The Reckoning of Roku—has hit the New York Times bestseller list on publication. So far, The Chronicles of the Avatar series has sold more than one million copies across formats.
DRAMATIC RESURGENCE: A brand–new live–action adaption of Avatar: The Last Airbender is now streaming on Netflix. It topped the Netflix global charts in its initial week with 21.2 million viewers, resulting in a significant boost in sales for our titles. Avatar Studios is currently developing new media for release in 2026 and beyond.
AWARD–WINNNG NEW
AUTHOR: Printz co–winner, National Book Award finalist, and Freeman Book Award winner Randy Ribay has signed on to continue the series in F.C. Yee’s stead, with one more book signed up after The Awakening of Roku.
CREATOR ENDORSEMENT: Both cocreators of the brand consulted heavily on the series and have worked series elements into their new media.
SPECIFICATIONS
*368 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 13 to 18 YOUNG ADULT, KIDS FANTASY
ISBN 978-1-4197-8066-0
US $21.99 CAN $27.99 UK £15.99
ËxHSLELJy780660z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-629-4
Truth Is A NOVEL
BY HANNAH V. SAWYERR
Hannah V. Sawyerr’s Truth Is is an empowering, searing, and defiant young adult novel in verse about teen pregnancy and the right to decide what happens to your own body
Truth Bangura’s only escape is her slam poetry team. Writing and performing is her escape from below–average grades, a strained relationship with her mother, and no idea how she’ll pay for college. But then the pregnancy test turns up positive. There’s no escaping from this decision. She has to pick what life she’s going to lead.
In a moment of catharsis, Truth performs a slam piece that dives into her rocky relationship with her mother, reveals her pregnancy (and subsequent abortion), and makes her feel a hell of a lot better. Then a video of her poem starts to go viral, and her choices are suddenly everyone’s business.
In this unflinching new novel, critically acclaimed author Hannah Sawyerr reminds us there is always a choice, there is always hope, and there is always a future.
Hannah V. Sawyerr was recognized as the Youth Poet Laureate of Baltimore in 2016. Her spoken word has been featured on the BBC’s World Have Your Say program as well as the National Education Association’s “Do You Hear Us?” campaign. Her written word has been included in gal–dem, Rookie, and xoNecole. She holds a BA in English from Morgan State University and an MFA in creative writing from The New School. Sawyerr is an English professor at Loyola Marymount University and lives in Los Angeles.
RIGHTS: North American
SELLING POINTS
NOVEL IN VERSE: YA novels in verse have done well in the market and provide an accessible way to discuss difficult topics.
ACCLAIMED AUTHOR:
Sawyerr’s debut novel, All the Fighting Parts,was a YALSA William C. Morris Award finalist, a Walter Award Honor Book, an ALA Rising List Top Ten selection, and a Kirkus Best Book of the Year.
SOCIAL THEMES: Concerns about abortion and the right to choose have been in the news constantly since the overturning of Roe v. Wade, but not many novels tackle this topic for a YA audience. In this thought–provoking novel, Sawyerr explores the difficult questions surrounding abortion in a way that feels accessible and grounded for teen readers.
SPECIFICATIONS
*400 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 14 to 18 YOUNG ADULT
ISBN 978-1-4197-7683-0
US $21.99 CAN $27.99
ËxHSLELJy776830z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-401-6
Worst-Case Scenario A NOVEL
BY RAY STOEVE
New from Ray Stoeve comes an enemies–to–lovers romance about nemeses who are forced to share their school’s Queer Alliance presidency following a tie in the election
Sidney has one goal for their junior year. Well . . . two, if they’re being honest. Number one: become president of their school’s Queer Alliance club. And number two: keep their self–diagnosed anxiety in check so their grades don’t tank like they did last year.
But when the election results in a tie with none other than Sidney’s arch nemesis, the class clown Forrest, the two are forced to share the presidency until a revote at the end of term. Sidney expects Forrest to be insufferable, but it turns out that working together is . . . kind of nice?
As surprising feelings for Forrest emerge, Sidney’s techniques for managing their anxiety stop working. With the reelection approaching and assignments starting to pile up, will all this pressure be too much for Sidney to handle on their own?
Ray Stoeve is the author of the young adult novels The Summer Love Strategy, Arden Grey, and Between Perfect and Real. They also contributed to the young adult anthology Take the Mic: Fictional Stories of Everyday Resistance. They received a Made at Hugo House Fellowship and created the YA/MG Trans and Nonbinary Voices Masterlist, a database that tracks all books in those age categories written by trans authors about trans characters. When they’re not writing, they can be found gardening, making art in other mediums, or hiking in their beloved Pacific Northwest.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
BELOVED AUTHOR: Stoeve’s books consistently get great praise and attention. Their books have been JLG Gold Standard Selections and have received starred reviews and blurbs from bestselling and acclaimed authors such as Kacen Callender, Amy Spalding, and Mason Deaver.
QUEER LOVE: This book features an all–queer cast, including a nonbinary narrator and trans love interest. Stoeve’s books feel like a love letter to the queer community and are perfect for fans Casey McQuiston or Jennifer Dugan.
ENEMIES–TO–LOVERS: Fans of the perennially popular trope will love to follow Sidney and Forrest’s story as they go from enemies to copresidents of their Queer Alliance to friends to crushes.
MENTAL HEALTH: The sweet romance is balanced with mental health representation based on Stoeve’s own experience with OCD. The story offers a nuanced exploration about the dangers of self–diagnosing based on social media information (which has become very common among today’s teens).
SPECIFICATIONS
*304 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 12 to 18 YOUNG ADULT
ISBN 978-1-4197-6499-8 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLELJy764998z
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-841-3
Songs for Ghosts A
NOVEL
BY CLARA KUMAGAI
This genre–bending YA novel follows a boy who finds a century–old diary written by a young woman in Nagasaki, Japan—and becomes haunted by her vengeful spirit
When Japanese–American teenager, Adam, discovers a diary in his attic, he is enthralled by its account of a young woman's life in Nagasaki. A hundred years separate them, yet she, like Adam, is caught between cultures, relationships, and heartbreak.
She also writes of the ghosts that have begun to seek her out, which Adam dismisses as fantasy—until he begins to be haunted by her terrifying spirit. Unravelling the mystery of her identity—and the wrong done to her—seems to be the only way to save himself.
With the help of his new crush on a summer trip to Nagasaki, the two boys race against time to untangle a story that has rippled through generations…
Clara Kumagai is from Ireland, Japan, and Canada. Catfish Rolling, her debut novel, was a 2024 YOTO Carnegie Medal nominee, shortlisted for the 2023 Great Reads Award, and winner of the 2024 KPMG Children’s Books Ireland Book of the Year. She lives and writes in Ireland.
RIGHTS: United States
SELLING POINTS
GENRE–BENDING: Kumagai masterfully blends historical and contemporary storytelling with a supernatural twist to create a page–turning narrative that crosses multiple genres.
REAL–WORLD DISASTER: The story explores life in Nagasaki in the years leading up to the atomic bombing as well as the contemporary city, adding personal context to an event most teens learn about in school.
EMOTIONAL LAYERS: In addition to the historical mystery and ghost story, there are a lot of nuanced, emotional layers here, including a sweet queer romance, exploration of biracial identity and adoption, and the impact of music.
RETELLING: Readers may recognize this as a retelling of Madame Butterfly, but those unfamiliar with the iconic opera will be just as swept away by the story.
INTERNATIONAL SUCCESS:
We’re publishing alongside the UK and Canada, and Clara’s debut Catfish Rolling made a big impact in the UK market, having sold at auction with film and TV interest as well.
SPECIFICATIONS
*400 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: AUGUST
AGES 12 to 18
YOUNG ADULT
ISBN 978-1-4197-6853-8
US $19.99
ËxHSLELJy768538z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-048-3
Oliver's Great Big Universe #3: Evolution Changes Everything! A NOVEL
BY JORGE CHAM
Science meets Diary of a Wimpy Kid in this original illustrated middle–grade fiction series that blends science with narrative from bestselling author–artist Jorge Cham, the Emmy Award–nominated creator of PBS’s Elinor Wonders Why
Praise for Oliver's Great Big Universe
“Mind–expanding and hilarious! I got smarter reading this!” —Jeff Kinney, author of the international bestselling series Diary of a Wimpy Kid
Oliver needs a new computer because nobody wants to play with him as every move and save takes way too long. To raise money, he has the brilliant idea to write another book and sell it at school. So, he picks a topic he thinks lots of kids will like—animals. But when he starts to think about it, he wonders where do animals come from, and that leads him to wonder where life comes from and how animals evolve. Subjects range from the origins of life (primordial soup and life in early Earth—mostly scum/bacteria) to small organisms and fish to dinosaurs, of course! Mass extinctions. Cats, dogs, horses and chickens. And oh yes, people!
Along with making his new book, Oliver’s also doing chores for neighbors to make money, including odd jobs for the old cat lady down the street, who, as it turns out, is a retired paleontologist. (Not just any paleontologist, but as it’s revealed later, a famous one.) As Oliver does chores for her, she fills him in on the history of life on earth. Meanwhile, Oliver is doing great with his group of friends. But as they all get excited to help him with the book, this causes trouble, leading to a mild breakup of the group which all gets resolved at the end in typical Oliver–esque humorous fashion.
With laugh–out–loud humor and cartoon–style illustrations from bestselling writer and the creator of PHD Comics Jorge Cham, Oliver’s Great Big Universe is a STEAM–themed, diary–style series following one kid who’s taking on the whole universe—if he can survive middle school first.
Jorge Cham is the bestselling, Emmy Award–nominated creator of . . . many things: from the hit PBS show Elinor Wonders Why to the hit nonfiction book for adults called We Have No Idea, along with the hit podcast Daniel & Jorge Explain the Universe and the popular webcomic PHD Comics. He is, without a doubt, an expert on explaining things about the world in interesting and fun ways. He obtained his PhD in robotics from Stanford University and was an instructor and research associate at Caltech from 2003 to 2005. He is originally from Panama and is now based in Los Angeles
SELLING POINTS
SERIES SUCCESS: With high media interest and an extensive author tour, this STEAM–themed, diary–style, illustrated series is off to a promising start.
MULTITALENTED CREATOR:
Cham has a bestselling adult nonfiction book, We Have No Idea: A Guide to the Known Universe (and its follow–up, Frequently Asked Questions About the Universe), an Emmy Award–nominated PBS show (Elinor Wonders Why), a hit podcast (with more than 600,000 monthly downloads), and a popular webcomic under his belt.
STEAM FOCUS: Parents, teachers, and librarians will appreciate Cham’s expert research and the breadth of topics covered.
HILARIOUS: Cham’s lighthearted, laugh–out–loud humor is spot–on for kids and readers learn in the process.
ENGAGING AND RELATABLE: With a casual, entertaining tone that speaks directly to kids and is perfect for reluctant readers, the book makes big concepts easy to digest, while also following Oliver through everyday middle school trials that any kid can connect with.
CASUALLY DIVERSE: Characters reflect the wide ethnic diversity of classrooms and communities today.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Black-and-white illustrations throughout *256 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 8 to 12
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-6406-6
US $15.99 CAN $19.99
ËxHSLELJy764066z
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-805-5
The Guardians of Dreamdark: Windwitch (Book One)
BY LAINI TAYLOR
From New York Times bestselling author Laini Taylor comes a new edition of her first cult favorite series, Guardians of Dreamdark, about a djinn hunting fairy and her quest to save her world
For centuries the fairies have lived safely in their peaceful forest, but now their world is under threat. Devils are escaping the prisons that have held them for millennia, and only one fairy stands in their way. Magpie Windwitch is the greatest djinn hunter of her kind. Together with her trusted band of crows, she’s on a mission to recapture the devils and save her people.
Her hunt brings her to the wild forests of Dreamdark—the legendary land of the djinn. These dangerous woods hold the secret of the greatest foe her kind has ever known. With her enemies growing more powerful, can Magpie defeat the threat to the fairies, or will the darkness destroy her world?
Laini Taylor is a New York Times bestselling author whose work has received numerous awards including a Cybils Award, a National Book Award finalist, and a Printz Honor Book. Her work includes the Daughter of Smoke & Bone series and the Strange the Dreamer series. She lives with her husband, Jim Di Bartolo, in Portland.
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Taylor is a National Book Award finalist and New York Times bestselling author whose books have sold nearly 400,000 copies. She’s well–known in the YA world and has more than 112,000 followers across social media. She’s also received excellent critical acclaim. She was a finalist for the National Book Award, a Cybils Award winner, and a Michael L. Printz Award winner.
FAIRY TALES: From Holly Black to Disney reimaginings, darker stories with fairies in them have done well in the market. This twisting, adventurous story is sure to entrance a new generation of readers.
EXCITING NEW LOOK: This new release will come with brand–new cover art by acclaimed cover artist Sija Hong. We will also be publishing The Guardians of Dreamdark: Windwitch simultaneously in hardcover and paperback, inviting even more readers to join the adventure.
NEW FORMATS: We will be publishing a brand–new graphic novel adaptation of this series in 2026, giving new readers another entry point to the series and inviting old fans to return to this magical world.
NEW MATERIAL: Features an all–new bonus chapter scene from Taylor—a never–before–seen alternate opening chapter of the book, plus a letter from Taylor introducing the bonus material.
SPECIFICATIONS
*400 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 10 to 14
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS FANTASY, KIDS SERIES
ISBN 978-1-4197-5387-9
US $9.99 CAN $12.99
ËxHSLELJy753879z
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-266-4
The Guardians of Dreamdark: Windwitch Collector's Edition (Book One)
BY LAINI TAYLOR
From New York Times bestselling author Laini Taylor comes a new edition of her first cult favorite series, Guardians of Dreamdark, about a djinn hunting fairy and her quest to save her world
For centuries the fairies have lived safely in their peaceful forest, but now their world is under threat. Devils are escaping the prisons that have held them for millennia, and only one fairy stands in their way. Magpie Windwitch is the greatest djinn hunter of her kind. Together with her trusted band of crows, she’s on a mission to recapture the devils and save her people.
Her hunt brings her to the wild forests of Dreamdark—the legendary land of the djinn. These dangerous woods hold the secret of the greatest foe her kind has ever known. With her enemies growing more powerful, can Magpie defeat the threat to the fairies, or will the darkness destroy her world?
Laini Taylor is a New York Times bestselling author whose work has received numerous awards including a Cybils Award, a National Book Award finalist, and a Printz Honor Book. Her work includes the Daughter of Smoke & Bone series and the Strange the Dreamer series. She lives with her husband, Jim Di Bartolo, in Portland.
RIGHTS: World/All excluding
Aus
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Taylor is a National Book Award finalist and New York Times bestselling author whose books have sold nearly 400,000 copies. She’s well–known in the YA world and has more than 112,000 followers across social media. She’s also received excellent critical acclaim. She was a finalist for the National Book Award, a Cybils Award winner, and a Michael L. Printz Award winner.
FAIRY TALES: From Holly Black to Disney reimaginings, darker stories with fairies in them have done well in the market. This twisting, adventurous story is sure to entrance a new generation of readers.
EXCITING NEW LOOK: This new release will come with brand–new cover art by acclaimed cover artist Sija Hong. We will also be publishing The Guardians of Dreamdark: Windwitch simultaneously in hardcover and paperback, inviting even more readers to join the adventure.
NEW FORMATS: We will be publishing a brand–new graphic novel adaptation of this series in 2026, giving new readers another entry point to the series and inviting old fans to return to this magical world.
NEW MATERIAL: Features an all–new bonus chapter scene from Taylor—a never–before–seen alternate opening chapter of the book, plus a letter from Taylor introducing the bonus material.
SPECIFICATIONS
*400 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 10 to 14
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS FANTASY, KIDS SERIES
ISBN 978-1-4197-5386-2
US $24.99 CAN $31.99
ËxHSLELJy753862z
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-266-4
The Beasts Beneath the Winds
TALES OF SOUTHEAST ASIA’S MYTHICAL CREATURES
EDITED BY HANNA ALKAF
Featuring work by Newbery medalist Erin Entrada Kelly and National Book Award finalist Shing Yin Khor, a sweeping and magical middle–grade story collection showcasing the cryptids and mythical creatures of Southeast Asia
A turtle the size of an island. A cricket that can possess you if swallowed. A giant who turns enemies to stone. The legends of Southeast Asia—or “the lands below the winds,” as explorers used to call it—are populated with a whole menagerie of colorful beasts that inspire awe and fear in equal measure. Yet, passed on as they are through story and song, so many of these stories remain rooted in some long–forgotten past and bound by the borders of the region, creatures of myth and memory and nothing more. Until now.
Welcome to The Beasts Beneath the Winds, a collection of Southeast Asia’s most elusive cryptids by a team of bestselling and award–winning authors. Within these gorgeously illustrated pages, readers will find the stories of 17 regular kids who encounter these mythical creatures in the here and now, and—fortunately or unfortunately—live to tell the tale.
Contributors include Hanna Alkaf (The Weight of Our Skies, Queen of the Tiles), Nadia Mikail (The Cats We Meet Along The Way), Brandon Hoang (Gloria Buenrostro Is Not My Girlfriend), Mandy Moe Pwint Tu (Monsoon Daughter), Moniza Hossain (Being Ace), V.T. Bidania (Astrid & Apollo and the Happy New Year), Emma Goddard, Dow Phumiruk (One Girl, Maya Lin), Erin Entrada Kelly (Hello Universe, We Dream of Space), Gail D. Villanueva (My Fate According to Butterfly, Sugar and Spite), Greg van Eekhout (The Boy at the End of the World, COG), Jesse Q. Sutanto (Dial A for Aunties), June CL Tan (Jade Fire Gold), Mae Respicio (The House that Lou Built, Any Day With You), Shing Yin Khor (The Legend of Auntie Po), Van Hoang (Girl Giant & The Monkey King), Veeda Bybee (Courage on Ice, Lily and the Great Quake).
Hanna Alkaf is a critically acclaimed author of books for kids and teens. She writes unapologetically Malaysian YA and MG novels, including The Weight of Our Sky, The Girl & The Ghost, Queen of the Tiles, and a short story in Once Upon an Eid. Alkaf graduated with a degree in journalism from Northwestern University, and is a Freeman Award winner and a Kirkus Prize finalist. She lives in Kuala Lumpur with her family.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
STAR POWER: Alkaf is a Freeman Award–winning author whose work is consistently named to best book lists. For this anthology, she’s pulled together an incredible list of contributors, including Erin Entrada Kelly, Jesse Q Sutanto, Mae Respicio, and many more award–winning creators.
ANTHOLOGY SUCCESS:
Middle–grade anthologies like Once Upon an Eid have done well in the market. Eid has sold more than 70,000 copies, received five starred reviews, won the Middle East Book Honor Award, and was on many best of the year lists. Anthologies like this are in demand by the school and library market.
INNOVATIVE FORMAT: Designed to look like a field guide, with stunning illustrations to introduce each creature or cryptid, this thrilling collection is sure to stand out on bookstore shelves.
MYTHOLOGY MAGIC: Perfect for fans of the Rick Riordan Presents imprint, these modern–day stories about mythical creatures will appeal to mythology fans far and wide.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Black and white illustrations throughout
*352 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 8 to 12
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-7009-8
US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy770098z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-116-9
The Forest of a Thousand Eyes
WRITTEN BY FRANCES HARDINGE; ILLUSTRATED BY
EMILY GRAVETT
This original illustrated middle–grade fantasy from acclaimed author and illustrator duo Frances Hardinge and Emily Gravett follows a girl who must venture through the ravenous, dangerous Forest that has overtaken her world to save her community
One thing Feather knows to be true is that given the chance, the Forest will devour her home just like it’s devoured everything else in her world. Her small community lives in a section of the crumbling Wall that runs through and above the trees, doing everything they can to keep the Forest out.
When a stranger tricks Feather and makes off with her people’s precious spyglass, she has no choice but to go after him, coming face–to–face with the Forest’s dangers—and to revelations beyond her wildest imagination.
In the same stunning format as Island of Whispers, this story about perseverance and community from Costa Book Award winner Frances Hardinge and acclaimed illustrator Emily Gravett is sure to become a new classic.
Frances Hardinge is the winner of the Costa Book of the Year for The Lie Tree, one of just two young adult novels to win the major UK literary prize. Known for her beautiful use of language, Hardinge has written many critically acclaimed novels, including Unraveller, Deeplight, A Skinful of Shadows, Cuckoo Song, Gullstruck Island, Fly by Night, Verdigris Deep, and Fly Trap. UK–based illustrator Emily Gravett is the winner of two CILIP Kate Greenaway Medals. Gravett first sprang into the limelight with the groundbreaking Wolves, which has been followed by such modern classics as Meerkat Mail, Little Mouse’s Big Book of Fears, Monkey and Me, Again!, the Bear and Hare series, Tidy, Old Hat, Cyril and Pat, and Meerkat Christmas
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
ACCOMPLISHED AUTHOR: Hardinge is an award–winning author whose books always get starred reviews and lots of attention. Collectively, her backlist has sold more than 150,000 copies.
INCREDIBLE ILLUSTRATOR: Gravett is an award–winning illustrator with more than 35,000 followers on Instagram. She’s the author and illustrator of notable picture books Orange Pear Apple Bear, Dogs, and The Odd Egg. She is also the illustrator of the middle–grade novel The Imaginary (written by A. F. Harrold), which has been adapted into a new film on Netflix (2024).
GIFTY PACKAGE: Highly illustrated middle–grade fantasy novels like this have great gift and crossover potential, and the classic–feeling story will make this a book readers truly cherish.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Two-color illustrations throughout *120 pages
*WIDTH: 7 5/8" - 194mm
*HEIGHT: 9 3/4" - 247mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 10 to 14
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-7778-3
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 ËxHSLELJy777783z
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-451-1
Saber-Tooth
A NOVEL IN VERSE
BY ROBIN GOW
From Robin Gow, the award–winning author of Dear Mothman, comes a moving middle–grade novel in verse about a boy who digs up and loses control of a saber–tooth tiger
Jasper’s favorite person in the whole world is his older brother Callan. They go on fossil finding missions and stay up late while their parents work nights. Callan even helped him pick out his new name when he came out as trans.
But with Callan moving to college and his parents working more than ever, this is shaping up to be the loneliest school year of Jasper’s life. So, when he hears a voice calling to him from his backyard, Jasper can’t help but answer. Deep beneath the dirt, the bones of a saber–toothed tiger have come back to life, and he wants Jasper to dig him out.
At first, Jasper thinks this discovery is a gift. What fossil enthusiast wouldn’t be thrilled to find the bones of a talking saber–tooth tiger in their backyard? A discovery like this could change the world, or at least be enough to get Callan to text him back. But as the saber–tooth tiger rejoins the world, Jasper realizes he may have just unleashed a monster no one was ready for.
Told with equal parts heart and heartbreak, Saber–Tooth is a story about accepting change, finding your place, and learning to love yourself.
Robin Gow (it/fae/he) is a poet, educator, and witch from rural Pennsylvania. It is a community educator on disability justice and LGBTQIA2S+ issues and author of critically acclaimed books for children and young adults including Dear Mothman, Ode to My First Car, and A Million Quiet Revolutions. Fae lives with faer partner and their many lovely pets. Fae enjoys wandering in the woods and any kind of arts and crafts.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
QUEER REPRESENTATION: There have been more successful queer middle–grade novels recently, including Rick and Too Bright to See. Gow is a trans author who has crafted a grounded and heartfelt story that will help more young trans readers feel seen and supported.
CRITICALLY ACCLAIMED
AUTHOR: Gow’s previous novel–in–verse with Abrams, Dear Mothman,garnered multiple starred reviews, was the Lambda Literary Award winner, and was named one of the best books of the year by School Library Journal.
ACCESSIBLE FORMAT: Gow explores universal themes that many middle–grade readers are struggling with like fitting in, making friends, and feeling unseen by your family, and the novel–in–verse format is perfect for fans of Starfish and The Canyon’s Edge SPECIFICATIONS
*328 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: JANUARY
AGES 10 to 14
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-7738-7
US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99 ËxHSLELJy777387z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-437-5
RIGHTS: North America
The Great American Mousical (A Broadway Tale)
WRITTEN BY JULIE ANDREWS AND EMMA HAMILTON WALTON; ILLUSTRATED BY TONY WALTON; COVER BY CHARLES SANTOSO
The star of a theater troupe of mice disappears just before opening night in this illustrated middle–grade novel from New York Times bestselling mother–daughter duo Julie Andrews and Emma Walton Hamilton, with show–stopping illustrations from Tony Walton—now in full–color for the first time!
In the heart of the great metropolis of New York City, the bright lights of Broadway shine. And down, down, down, beneath a theater known as the Sovereign, there sits a long–forgotten architect’s model—the Sovereign’s miniature replica. In this secret space, an adorable troupe of theater mice busily prepare to stage their own show, Broadway Airs Among the cast and crew are Emil, the director; Harold, the character actor; Adelaide, the diva; and young Pippin, the intern. Rehearsals are in their usual state of chaos when suddenly the production is threatened by the imminent demolition of the theater and the devastating disappearance of Adelaide.
As the clock ticks toward opening night, everyone is worried. Will the little Sovereign survive? How can they pull off the most important night in mouse theater without their star? Somehow, the show must go on!
In this loving valentine to life in the theater, we join a delightful cast, follow a daring adventure, and welcome a brave new hero. This delicious tribute to the Broadway musical is written by two bestselling authors who have firsthand experience of this much–adored world.
Julie Andrews’s legendary career encompasses the Broadway and London stages as well as multiple films, television shows, album releases, concert tours, directing assignments, podcasts, and the world of children’s publishing. Her first two novels for children, Mandy and The Last of the Really Great Whangdoodles, were published in the 1970s and remain in print to this day. In 2000, the title of Dame Commander of the British Empire was bestowed upon Andrews by Queen Elizabeth II for lifetime achievements in the arts and humanities. She was married to film director Blake Edwards for forty–one years, and the couple have five children, ten grandchildren, and three great–grandchildren. Emma Walton Hamilton is an award–winning writer, producer, and arts educator. Together with her mother, Julie Andrews, she has written over thirty books for children and young adults, and cocreated and coproduced the Netflix children’s television series Julie’s Greenroom as well as the podcast Julie’s Library. Emma’s original poetry collection Door to Door was published in 2022. She serves on the faculty of Stony Brook University’s MFA in creative writing and literature and directs their annual Southampton Children’s Literature Conference. Tony Walton was an award–winning production designer, director, and producer. Among his many accolades are three Tony Awards, an Emmy, and an Oscar. He is equally well–represented in print and was the illustrator of the Dumpy the Dump Truck picture book series. Charles Santoso loves drawing little things in his little journal and dreaming about funny, wondrous stories. He he has illustrated the New York Times bestselling novels Wishtree, Willodeen, and Odder by Katherine Applegate, along with many picture books, including Caron Levis’s Feathers Together; This Way, Charlie; and Ida, Always, as well as Joe McGee’s Peanut Butter & series. His drawings and paintings have been exhibited in Australia, North America, and France, and he is based in Singapore.
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING DUO: This powerhouse mother–daughter duo is best known in the children’s book world for their New York Times bestselling Very Fairy Princess series.
CHARMING ILLUSTRATIONS:
Originally drawn in black–and–white by Emma’s late father—the Tony, Oscar, and Emmy Award–winning set and costume designer and artist Tony Walton —the interior spots are now in color for the first time.
BESTSELLING COVER ARTIST: Santoso is known for illustrating Katherine Applegate’s bestselling middle–grade novels (Wishtree, Willodeen, and Odder), along with acclaimed picture books such as Ida, Always, which earned a Christopher Award and an Indie Next pick.
ABRAMS PROGRAM: This duo’s most recent Abrams picture book, The Enchanted Symphony, has sold nearly 17,000 copies, and a second picture book is forthcoming in fall 2026.
GIFTY PACKAGE: Abrams bought the rights to reissue this former national bestseller with a jacket, a larger trim, new cover art, and full–color interior art.
THEATRICAL PRODUCTIONS:
A new production of The Great American Mousical ran at Connecticut’s Legacy Theater in 2024, with Andrews directing. An Off–Broadway theater is on deck to be the next stop, barring funding.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *144 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 7 to 10
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-8327-2
US $18.99 CAN $23.99
ËxHSLELJy783272z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-809-0
The Tale of the Vanishing Circus (Are You Afraid of the Dark? #3)
BY KAYLA COTTINGHAM
Written by
Kayla Cottingham
and set in the world of Nickelodeon’s hit TV show
Are You Afraid of the Dark?, this spine–chilling third installment in the original middle–grade horror series takes us to Lake Gory, a small town where a mysterious circus appears once a year, where a young girl looking to have some fun gets more than she bargained for
Thirteen–year–old perfectionist Riley Bailey doesn’t have time for friends. She’s too busy making her Ivy League dreams a reality. Her only “friend”, Genevieve, is more of a persistent neighbor with an obsession for all things supernatural than actual confidante. But one night, Genevieve convinces Riley to sneak out and investigate the strange lights that have suddenly appeared in the surrounding woods. They follow the lights to find a magnificent circus in a clearing. Tickets cannot be purchased; guests must be invited and accept the invitation.
Uncharacteristically, Riley finds herself immediately drawn to the carefree fun of the all–kids circus, where there are no adults to spoil the magic. She is particularly captivated by Miss Starr, the mysterious 16–year–old ringleader who always seems to be nearby.
Genevieve is the first to point out the strange aspects of the circus, the troupe, and Miss Starr. Why do all the kids have a ghostly appearance? How is it that they can perform impossible feats without getting hurt? Why is Miss Starr so intent on convincing Riley to join her circus? And why does one of the troupe members look so familiar? Riley finds herself caught between Starr and her alluring circus and Genevieve’s attempts to convince her that something is wrong. Will Riley solve the mystery unfolding in the circus tent before the final curtain falls? Or will she runaway with the circus forever?
Kayla Cottingham is a YA author and librarian. Her first book, My Dearest Darkest, was a New York Times and Publisher’s Weekly bestseller. Originally from Salt Lake City, Cottingham lives in Boston where she loves to go hiking in the woods, play RPGs, and snuggle on the couch with her ridiculously large black cat, Squid.
SELLING POINTS
HOT CATEGORY: Scary stories are more popular than ever, and the beloved Are You Afraid of the Dark? brand brings a built–in audience to an already hot genre. Each novel is penned by a celebrated YA or adult horror novelist in order to capture a crossover market and features a chilling and modern design.
TV TIE–IN: The revival of Are You Afraid of the Dark? ran for three seasons and was nominated for Outstanding Directorial Achievement in Children’s Programs at the 75th Annual Directors Guild of America Awards.
BESTSELLING AUTHORS: The Abrams–Paramount partnership has seen been a success with New York Times bestselling authors like Rin Chupeco, Danielle Valentine, and now Kayla Cottingham.
SPECIFICATIONS
*224 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 10 to 14
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-6354-0
US $16.99 CAN $21.99 UK £11.99
ËxHSLELJy763540z ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-614-0
The Unlikely
Aventuras of Ramón and El Cucuy
AN ILLUSTRATED CHAPTER BOOK
WRITTEN
BY
DONNA BARBA HIGUERA; ILLUSTRATED
BY JULIANA PERDOMO
A young monster befriends the human child he’s been assigned to scare in this spooky–funny chapter book debut from Newbery Medal–winning author Donna Barba Higuera, with illustrations throughout by Juliana Perdomo
It’s a monster’s ancient duty to inflict unimaginable horrors on misbehaving kids.
But when a young cucuy who’s anxious to prove himself is sent to the human world to terrorize his first child, the naughty niño isn’t scared by glowing eyes, sharp talons, or even disgusting breath. Instead, he’s preoccupied with worries about his first day at a new school. Can the little cucuy prove himself as a fierce boogeyman? As he soon learns from his human, maybe some things are scarier than creatures under the bed . . . and maybe even a monster could use a friend.
Featuring two–color illustrations throughout, this first chapter book from Newbery Medal–winning author Donna Barba Higuera and acclaimed artist Juliana Perdomo delightfully blends sly humor, light spookiness, and lots of heart, and is perfect for fans of Jon Klassen’s The Skull More Aventuras with Ramón and El Cucuy (Picture Books): El Cucuy Is Scared, Too! It’s Navidad, El Cucuy!
Donna Barba Higuera grew up dodging dust devils in the oil fields of central California. She was a daydreamer, constantly blending life experiences and folklore into stories. Higuera currently lives in the Pacific Northwest with her family, two dogs, 11 chickens, and one frog. She is the author of the picture books El Cucuy Is Scared, Too! and It’s Navidad, El Cucuy!, both illustrated by Juliana Perdomo, and she is also the author of the middle–grade novels The Last Cuentista, winner of the Newbery Medal and Pura Belpré Award, Alebrijes, winner of the Pura Belpré Honor, and Lupe Wong Won’t Dance, winner of a Pura Belpré Honor, the Sid Fleischman Award for Humor, and a Pacific Northwest Booksellers Award. Juliana Perdomo is a Colombian illustrator and writer with a background as a psychologist and art therapist. Her work is joyful and heartfelt, folkish, and a bit retro with a Latin touch. Perdomo lives in Bogotá, Colombia, with her amazing son, Luca, her rocker partner, Iván, and a funny old dog named Menta.
SELLING POINTS
AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR MAKING CHAPTER BOOK
DEBUT: After winning major awards for her middle grade novels The Last Cuentista (Newbery Medal and Pura Belpré Award) and Lupe Wong Won’t Dance (Pura Belpré Honor), Higuera turns to chapter books for the first time.
ADORABLE 2–COLOR ILLUSTRATIONS: Award–winning illustrator Perdomo’s two–color interior illustrations (and full–color jacket) lend extra charm, humor, and light spookiness to the story.
LAUGH–OUT–LOUD (AND FULL OF HEART): Higuera is known for her sense of humor, and while this story is also full of heart, there are laugh–out–loud funny moments all the way through.
BILINGUAL STORY: The text seamlessly blends Spanish and English throughout.
UNLIKELY FRIENDSHIP: Explores the growing bond between a boy and his endearing monster.
WIDESPREAD MYTH: Though much scarier in folklore than he appears here, the “real” El Cucuy is a familiar boogeyman figure with deep cultural roots in Spanish–speaking countries and many different versions around the globe.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Two-color illustrations throughout *160 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 7 to 10
CHAPTER BOOK
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-440-5 RIGHTS:
ISBN 978-1-4197-7742-4
US $14.99 CAN $18.99
ËxHSLELJy777424z
CARTON QTY: 42
Detective Duck: The Mystery at Emerald Pond (Detective Duck #3)
WRITTEN BY HENRY
WINKLER
AND LIN OLIVER, ILLUSTRATED BY DAN SANTAT
From New York Times bestselling creators, Emmy Award–winning actor Henry Winkler, children’s book author Lin Oliver, and Caldecott Medal–winning author–illustrator Dan Santat, comes a hysterical, full–color chapter book adventure
When the Pond Squad is invited to participate in the Emerald Pond Games, they can’t wait to compete. Playing sports, making new friends, and spending time with Maxwell—Emerald Pond’s cool mallard duck—sounds like a perfect afternoon to Willow. But when Maxwell mysteriously disappears in the middle of a game, the animals know something’s wrong.
With all the strange plastic items floating around the pond, Willow is sure Maxwell is in danger. Fortunately, Detective Duck is on the job, solving these puzzling mysteries before they get out of hand and destroy another habitat! The Pond Squad will have to work together to clean up their environment and rescue Maxwell in this charming new mystery.
Henry Winkler is an Emmy Award–winning actor, writer, director, and producer who has created some of the most iconic TV roles, including Arthur “the Fonz” Fonzarelli on Happy Days and Gene Cousineau on Barry Lin Oliver is a children’s book writer and a writer and producer for both TV and film. She is the cofounder of the Society of Children’s Books Writers and Illustrators (SCBWI) and is the managing director of the SCBWI Impact and Legacy Fund. Dan Santat is the New York Times bestselling author of more than 100 books for children, including A First Time for Everything,winner of the National Book Award, and The Adventures of Beekle: The Unimaginary Friend, for which he won the Caldecott Medal. He lives in Southern California with his wife, two kids, and many, many pets.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
NEW YORK TIMES
BESTSELLING SERIES: Detective Duck and the Strange Splash and Detective Duck: The Case of the Missing Tadpole are both New York Times bestsellers, and the series has sold nearly 60,000 copies with no signs of slowing down.
SUPERSTAR TEAM: Winkler and Oliver’s Alien Superstar was an instant New York Times bestseller, and Santat is the winner of the Caldecott Medal and the National Book Award for Young People’s Literature.
CHARMING READ: With hilarious text and full–color illustrations throughout, this new chapter book series is perfect for fans of Princess in Black or Mercy Watson
ENVIRONMENTAL HOOK: Each mystery includes a light environmental message and discusses the impact that humans are having on the environment and the animals who call it home.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *80 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Hardcover POB PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 6 to 9 CHAPTER BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8048-6 US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99 ËxHSLELJy780486z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-622-5
Ghoulia and the Sunken Secret (Book #5)
BY BARBARA CANTINI
Everyone’s favorite little zombie girl is back in the fifth book of this ghoulishly good Tim Burton–inspired early chapter book
Halloween is approaching which means it’s time for the annual parade! Between carving pumpkins and enjoying fresh pumpkin juice, Ghoulia and her friends realize they need to find the perfect costume. While rummaging through the attic for hats, masks, and capes, they stumble upon an old memory box. Inside are trinkets, old photographs, and a faded postcard—from Ghoulia’s parents! They embarked on a voyage long ago but never returned from their trip. Where could they have possibly ended up?
It’s time to put on some sleuthing gear; finding out will require detective skills and a lot of imagination! With the help of her faithful dog Tragedy, cousin Dilbert, and all her friends, Ghoulia sets on a journey to crack open the titanic mystery of her parents’ whereabouts . . . before the trail gets too cold!
Ghoulia and friends return in the fifth book of this fun, full–color chapter book series, starring everyone’s favorite, not–so–scary zombie.
Barbara Cantini is the illustrator of numerous books for young readers, including the Ghoulia series, which is now published in 30 countries. She lives in the Florentine countryside with her husband, two daughters, three cats, and a very disheveled dog.
SELLING POINTS
HALLOWEEN HIT: Starring a lovable, not–so–scary zombie, Ghoulia will be the perfect fit for Halloween promotions.
FUN ADDITION: With more than 53,000 copies sold across formats, we’re excited to add a new mystery to the Ghoulia series! And although it features many of the same characters from earlier outings, this can be read as a standalone book.
EXCITING ART: This early reader is accompanied by full–color art on every single page.
EXTRA FUN: Each book in this series features bonus activities to keep readers coming back for more.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
AGES 6 to 8
CHAPTER BOOK, KIDS FANTASY, KIDS SERIES
ISBN 978-1-4197-8384-5
US $12.99 CAN $16.99 UK £9.99
ËxHSLELJy783845z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-841-0
The Discovery of Dragons (Miriam's Magical Creature Files #2)
WRITTEN BY LEAH CYPESS; ILLUSTRATED BY SARAH LYNNE REUL
A charming chapter book series about a young Orthodox Jewish girl out to discover the truth about all the magical mysteries in her world, perfect for fans of Marya Khan and Zoey and Sassafras
Miriam is the youngest, but that doesn’t mean she doesn’t know things. She’s not as gullible as her parents or older siblings think, and she is too old for ridiculous stories that make no sense. So, using her superior detective skills, she sets out to find the truth about all of the fantastical things that people tell gullible kids. It’s finally time for Miriam’s class to take their field trip to the zoo, and each student has to write a report about one of the animals they see. Her classmates want to research swans, elephants, and monkeys, but Miriam’s got something way more interesting in mind. Her older sister swears that when she went on this field trip, she found the secret dragon that the zoo keeps hidden, and Miriam is determined to find it too . . . if it’s even real.
Leah Cypess wrote her first story when she was in the first grade and has been writing ever since. She’s the author of the Sister Ever After series along with many books for young adults. She lives in Silver Spring, Maryland. Sarah Lynne Reul is the author–illustrator of many books for children including Bubbie & Rivka’s Best–Ever Challah (So Far!), The Breaking News, and Allie All Along . She grew up in Brooklyn and now lives just outside of Boston with her family.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
JEWISH REPRESENTATION: Miriam’s family and community are observant of the Jewish faith and traditions, an underrepresented community in the chapter book category.
SCRAPBOOK FORMAT: Notebook–style illustrations and lists make the format accessible for reluctant readers and will inspire kids to investigate their own mysteries.
LAUGH–OUT–LOUD FUNNY: Full of silly schemes and just the right amount of sass, Miriam is sure to be a favorite of emerging readers everywhere.
MAGICAL TWIST: Miriam will investigate the magical creatures all around her, from dragons to mermaids, fairies, and more!
TWO FORMATS: Available in hardcover (978–1–4197–7242–9) and paperback (978–1–4197–7243–6).
SPECIFICATIONS
*Black-and-white illustrations throughout
*112 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 6 to 9
CHAPTER BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7242-9
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLELJy772429z
CARTON QTY: 80
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-229-6
Marya Khan and the Abominable Ski Trip (Marya Khan #6)
WRITTEN BY SAADIA FARUQI; ILLUSTRATED BY ANI BUSHRY
Perfect for fans of Ivy & Bean and Stella Diaz, this charming chapter book series by the author of the successful Yasmin series follows a Pakistani American third–grader whose plans may backfire but whose persistence and heart are inspiring
It’s winter break and Marya and Hanna are joining Alexa and her aunt at a luxurious ski resort. A fancy, snowy vacation may sound like a dream to most kids, but not Marya. She hates being cold, and five days with her frenemy Alexa might be too much to handle. There’s only one thing that can save this vacation: finding the Abominable Snowman. Cue Operation Catch a Monster! Marya is set on proving the Snowman exists—especially to her bossy older sister, Aliyah, who thinks Marya’s a baby. But with Marya’s friends set on sledding, hiking, and board games, Marya starts to worry the trip is a bust. Will she ever be able to surprise Aliyah, or—after five eventful days—will the most surprised person be . . . Marya herself?
Saadia Faruqi was born in Pakistan and moved to the United States when she was 22 years old. She writes the Yasmin series and popular middle–grade novels such as Yusuf Azeem Is Not a Hero. Besides writing books for kids, she also loves reading, binge–watching her favorite shows, and taking naps. She lives in Houston, Texas, with her family. Ani Bushry graduated from the University of West England with a background in graphic design and illustration. She grew up listening to stories her mom used to tell her and always wanted to tell her own. She lives in the Maldives with her husband and cat, Lilo, whom she loves to spoil.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
ALL–STAR AUTHOR: Faruqi’s books consistently garner acclaim. Meet Yasmin! received two starred reviews, was a JLG selection and a Kirkus Best of the Year, and the series has sold more than 700,000 copies; A Place at the Table was a Sydney Taylor Book Award Notable Book and a TLA Lone Star reading list pick; and A Thousand Questions was a JLG selection and a NYPL Best Book. The second Marya Khan book also received a starred review from School Library Journal
SUCCESSFUL TRACK IN CATEGORY: Starring a Pakistani American girl with a charming voice, this is perfect for readers who have aged out of Faruqi’s Yasmin series and are looking for their next great read.
GROWING SERIES: The Marya Khan series has sold almost 60,000 copies across all formats and shows no signs of slowing down!
BONUS BACK MATTER: Like the other books in the series, this book will feature back matter with an activity relating to the story.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Black-and-white illustrations throughout
*144 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
AGES 6 to 9
CHAPTER BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7497-3
US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99 ËxHSLELJy774973z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-328-6
MARYA KHAN
From The Monster Storm (Seashell Key #2) • Written by Lourdes Heuer; illustrated by Lynnor Bontigao
Unraveller A NOVEL
BY FRANCIS HARDINGE
A dark YA fantasy about learning to use your power and finding peace, from award–winning author Frances Hardinge—now in paperback
In a world where anyone can create a life–destroying curse, only one person has the power to unravel them. Kellen does not fully understand his talent, but helps those transformed maliciously—including Nettle. Recovered from entrapment in bird form, she is now his constant companion and closest ally. But Kellen has also been cursed, and unless he and Nettle can remove his curse, Kellen is in danger of unravelling everything—and everyone—around him . . .
Frances Hardinge is the winner of the Costa Book of the Year for The Lie Tree, one of just two young adult novels to win the major UK literary prize. Known for her beautiful use of language, Hardinge has written many critically acclaimed novels, including Cuckoo Song, Gullstruck Island, Fly by Night, Verdigris Deep, and Fly Trap. She lives in England. Visit her at franceshardinge.com.
SELLING POINTS
AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR: Hardinge was the winner of the Costa Book of the Year in 2015, and her books always get rave reviews and have sold more than 150,000 copies in total.
WHOLLY UNIQUE: YA fantasy is a popular category. Hardinge has truly stunning writing and always creates worlds unlike anything out there, which helps her books stand out in the marketplace.
CROSS–PROMOTION: Will publish alongside the paperback of Deeplight, which will include a teaser chapter of Unraveller in the back.
SPECIFICATIONS
*432 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 12 and up YOUNG ADULT, YOUNG ADULT NOVEL
ISBN 978-1-4197-5932-1
US $12.99 CAN $16.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-562-7
The Maid and the Crocodile
A NOVEL IN THE WORLD OF RAYBEARER
BY JORDAN IFUEKO
A romantic standalone fantasy set in the world of Raybearer, from New York Times bestselling author Jordan Ifueko—now in paperback
The smallest spark can bind two hearts . . . or start a revolution.
In the magic–soaked capital city of Oluwan, Small Sade needs a job—preferably as a maid, with employers who don’t mind her unique appearance and unlucky foot. But before she can be hired, she accidentally binds herself to a powerful being known only as the Crocodile, a god rumored to devour pretty girls. Small Sade entrances the Crocodile with her secret: she is a Curse Eater, gifted with the ability to alter people’s fates by cleaning their houses.
The handsome god warns that their fates are bound, but Small Sade evades him, launching herself into a new career as the Curse Eater of a swanky inn. She is determined to impress the wealthy inhabitants and earn her place in Oluwan City . . . assuming her secret–filled past—and the revolutionary ambitions of the Crocodile God—don’t catch up with her.
But maybe there is more to Small Sade. And maybe everyone in Oluwan City deserves more, too, from the maids all the way to the Anointed Ones.
Jordan Ifueko is the New York Times bestselling author of the Raybearer series. She is a Nebula Award, Ignyte Award, Audie Award, and Hugo Lodestar finalist and has been featured in People, NPR Best Books, and ALA Top Ten as well as NPR’s Pop Culture Happy Hour. She writes about magical Black girls who aren’t magic all the time, because honestly, they deserve a vacation. Follow Jordan on Instagram and Tiktok @jordanifueko.
RIGHTS: World English,
and British Commonwealth
SELLING POINTS
SERIES SUCCESS: Raybearer was an instant New York Times bestseller, an Indie Next Pick, and an Apple Best of the Month, and was also on the ABA Indie’s Introduce List, NPR’s Book Conceirge, and best of the year lists for Amazon, the New York Public Library, Kirkus, School Library Journal, Chicago Public Library, and Publishers Weekly. It also received four starred reviews. Redemptor similarly received great attention and starred reviews from Kirkus and Booklist
FAN–FAVORITE: The Crocodile was beloved by readers when he appeared in Redemptor. This is the perfect spin–off novel for fans looking to learn more about this character as well as for new fans excited to learn more about the world.
SPIN–OFF SUCCESS:
Bestsellers like the Hazel Wood and Folk of Air series have had successful spin–off novels and show how fans are interested in learning more about new characters in their favorite worlds.
DIVERSITY IN FANTASY: This novel is a perfect fit for readers who are hungry for fantasy stories that center BIPOC characters.
SPECIFICATIONS
*304 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: AUGUST
AGES 12 to 18
YOUNG ADULT, KIDS FANTASY
ISBN 978-1-4197-6436-3
US $12.99 CAN $16.99
ËxHSLELJy764363z
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-818-5
All the Fighting Parts A NOVEL
BY HANNAH V. SAWYERR
In the vein of Grown and The Poet X, an award–winning searing and defiant novel in verse about reclaiming agency after a sexual assault within the church community—now in paperback
A YALSA William C.Morris Award Finalist
A Walter Award Honor Book
An ALA Rise List Top Ten Selection A Kirkus Books Best of the Year
Sixteen–year–old Amina Conteh has always believed in using her voice as her weapon—even when it gets her into trouble. After cursing at a classmate, her father forces her to volunteer at their church with Pastor Johnson.
But Pastor Johnson isn’t the holy man everyone thinks he is.
The same voice Amina uses to fight falls quiet the night she is sexually assaulted by Pastor Johnson. After that, her life starts to unravel: her father is frustrated that her grades are slipping, and her best friend and boyfriend don’t understand why the once loud and proud girl is now quiet and distant. In a world that claims to support survivors, Amina wonders who will support her when her attacker is everyone’s favorite community leader.
When Pastor Johnson is arrested for a different crime, the community is shaken and divided; some call him a monster and others defend him. But Amina is secretly relieved. She no longer has to speak because Pastor Johnson can’t hurt her anymore—or so she believes.
To regain her voice and sense of self, Amina must find the power to confront her abuser—in the courtroom and her heart—and learn to use all the fighting parts within her.
Hannah V. Sawyerr was recognized as the Youth Poet Laureate of Baltimore in 2016. Her spoken word has been featured on the BBC’s World Have Your Say program, as well as the National Education Association’s “Do You Hear Us?” campaign. Her written word has been included in gal–dem, Rookie, and xoNecole. She holds a BA in English from Morgan State University and an MFA in creative writing from The New School. Sawyerr is an English professor at Loyola Marymount University and lives in Los Angeles, California.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
#METOO: This story documents an assault in a moving and realistic way, showing a young woman dealing with the aftermath and taking back her power.
NOVEL IN VERSE: YA novels in verse have done well in the market and provide an accessible way to discuss difficult topics.
MOVING DEBUT: Sawyerr is an exciting new voice in YA and an up–and–coming poet whose work has been featured on the BBC and the National Education Association and received praise from Elizabeth Acevedo.
SPECIFICATIONS
*400 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 14 and up YOUNG ADULT, POETRY
ISBN 978-1-4197-6262-8
US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-724-9
Fortunes & Frenemies (Wildseed Witch Book 3)
BY MARTI DUMAS
Fortunes & Frenemies is the third book in Marti Dumas’s Creole tradition inspired, fun middle–grade contemporary Wildseed Witch fantasy series, about a social–media–loving tween witch—now in paperback
In the past year, Hasani has learned she’s a witch, been accepted by Les Belles Demoiselles, and formed her own coven—and her YouTube followers for her makeup channel are growing every day. Now that she’s in eighth grade, she’s ready to rule the school with all her witch powers and best friends by her side.
But frenemy LaToya is still at Riverbend Middle causing trouble, both magically and socially. LaToya’s determined to befriend every single possible witch at school (and turn them against Hasani), and Hasani can’t help but wonder if she’s got another scheme going. Witches aren’t supposed to interfere in each others’ business—but what if LaToya is going to hurt someone? Or herself? Hasani and her friends Dee, Angelique, and Luz have to figure out for themselves when it’s right to let things lie—and when it’s their responsibility to stand up for their community.
Marti Dumas taught elementary school literacy for 10 years, conducts teacher literacy trainings, and is the author of Jaden Toussaint, the Greatest. She lives in New Orleans with her family.
RIGHTS: World
SELLING POINTS
SERIES PRAISE: Wildseed Witch received great blurbs from Rajani LaRocca and Lisa Greenwald, who said “this book is pure magic.”
BLACK GIRL MAGIC: This charming and lively story centers a young Black witch and is inspired by Creole traditions. The protagonist is funny and relatable, and the story is perfect for reluctant readers.
SERIES STRENGTH: This series has sold more than 30,000 copies across all formats, and we think this paperback will capture even more readers than the hardcover.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Black-and-white illustrations throughout
*384 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 10 to 14
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-7274-0 US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy772740z ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-242-5
BY CHAD LUCAS
Brian and Ezra’s story continues in the moving sequel to Thanks a Lot, Universe, which New York Times bestselling author Nic Stone called “a glorious ode to the beauty of preteen friendship”—now in paperback
Brian knows that anxiety and depression aren’t things that are magically fixed overnight, but he still doesn’t understand why it’s all hitting him so hard right now. Sure, his dad is still in prison and middle school is still stressful, but he’s seeing a therapist, he’s got good friends, and he’s doing really well on the basketball team. He should be fine, so why does he feel too tired to get out of bed some days? And why does he turn into “Cursed Monster Brian” and snap whenever someone asks him what’s wrong?
Ezra is trying his best to look out for Brian, but he’s not sure that he’s actually helping. Sure, they’re still best friends, but as Ezra starts preparing for the talent show, he also starts talking with Victor—the kid who relentlessly bullied Brian last year. It seems like Victor’s changed, and whenever he and Ezra hang out and make music together, Ezra’s stomach feels a little bit swoopy. But even if he likes making music and talking with Victor, he still feels like he’s betraying his best friend whenever they hang out. And he worries that he’s falling for another boy who won’t return his feelings . . .
Earnest, heartfelt, and full of humor, You Owe Me One, Universe explores the nuances and complications of middle school relationships—and shows how sometimes the smallest acts of caring can be the ones that matter most.
Chad Lucas has been in love with words since he attempted his first novel on a typewriter in the sixth grade. He has worked as a newspaper reporter, communications advisor, freelance writer, part–time journalism instructor, and parenting columnist. His debut novel, Thanks a Lot, Universe, was called “tenderhearted and bold” in a starred review from Kirkus Reviews. A proud descendant of the historic African Nova Scotian community of Lucasville, he lives with his family near Halifax, Nova Scotia. He enjoys coaching basketball and is rarely far from a cup of tea.
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
SERIES PRAISE: Thanks a Lot, Universe has grossed more than 30,000 copies across formats. It was named a Cybils Awards finalist and a Lone Star/TLA Pick, appeared on the School Library Journal and NYPL Best of the Year lists, and received two starred reviews as well as blurbs from Janae Marks, Wesley King, and Nic Stone.
HEARTFELT STORY: Lucas has a great empathy and humor to his writing. The sequel shows how depression and anxiety can affect kids like Brian long–term and how trauma can manifest in different ways at different times. And through Ezra’s new romance, we see the ways that people can grow and end up being more than we expect them to be.
DIVERSE CAST: The cast of characters reflect the diversity of the real world, and the story gently discusses issues of race, sexuality, mental health, incarceration, and bullying.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Black and white illustrations throughout *304 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 10 to 14
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS LGBTQ+ HISTORY & CULTURE
ISBN 978-1-4197-6687-9 US $9.99 CAN $12.99 UK £6.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-943-4
Village of Scoundrels (A Novel Based on a True Story of Courage
During WWII)
BY MARGI PREUS
In Village of Scoundrels, Newbery Honor recipient Margi Preus tells the incredible true story of a group of French teenagers who helped save refugees in WWII
Based on the true story of the French villagers in WWII who saved thousands of Jews, this novel tells how a group of young teenagers stood up for what is right. Among them is a young Jewish boy who learns to forge documents to save his mother and later goes on to save hundreds of lives with his forgery skills. There is also a girl who overcomes her fear to carry messages for the Resistance. And a boy who smuggles people into Switzerland. But there is always the threat that they will be caught: A policeman is sent to keep an eye on them, German soldiers reside in a local hotel, and eventually the Gestapo arrives, armed with guns and a list of names. As the knot tightens, the young people must race against time to bring their friends to safety.
Margi Preus is the author of the Newbery Honor book Heart of a Samurai and other books for young readers. Her books have won multiple awards, landed on the New York Times bestseller list, been honored as ALA/ALSC Notables, selected as an NPR Backseat Book Club pick, chosen for community reads, and translated into many languages. When not writing, Margi enjoys traveling, speaking, and visiting schools all over the world. At home in Duluth, MN, she likes to ski, hike, paddle, or sit quietly with a book in her lap.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
HARDCOVER SUCCESS: The hardcover has sold over 15,000 copies to date and received four starred reviews.
AWARD–WINNING AUTHOR:
Margi Preus is the author of the Newbery Honor–winning Heart of a Samurai as well as The Bamboo Sword and West of the Moon. Her latest Abrams novel, Windswept (2022), received three starred reviews and has sold nearly 12,000 copies to date.
AUTHOR SALES: Margi’s backlist titles at Abrams and elsewhere have sold over 250,000 copies combined!
EVERGREEN SUBJECT: Stories about World War II and Jewish fugitives continue to engage and enlighten young readers.
PERFECT FOR RELUCTANT READERS: A fast–paced story with wild chases, narrow escapes. and life–threatening adventures.
SPECIFICATIONS
*320 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 10 to 14
JEWISH HISTORY & CULTURE, MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS HISTORY
ISBN 978-1-4197-8254-1
US $9.99 CAN $12.99 UK £6.99
ËxHSLELJy782541z
CARTON QTY: 28
ebook ISBN 978-1-61312-507-6
Gooseberry
BY ROBIN GOW
A moving middle–grade novel about a young nonbinary person searching for family and finding it with a sweet rescue dog named Gooseberry— now in paperback
There’s a lot 12–year–old B doesn’t know—like what their new name should be after coming out as nonbinary. Or what it would be like to finally feel at home after moving around to different foster families for years. But there’s one thing B does know: they want to be a dog trainer when they grow up. And when they meet Gooseberry—a feisty stray dog who seems as wary of strangers as B does—B feels an instant connection. With Gooseberry, B could have everything they want: a family of their own, and a dog to train. And B’s newest foster parents agree to let B adopt him. But training a dog isn’t as easy as B expected. Gooseberry is anxious and barely lets B pet him, let alone train him. Will Gooseberry ever feel at ease with B? And how can B teach Gooseberry to trust, when they know so little about trust themself?
Gooseberry is a heartwarming story by the acclaimed author of Dear Mothman about finding family, finding hope, and—most of all—finding and accepting yourself.
Robin Gow (it/fae/he) is a poet, educator, and witch from rural Pennsylvania. It is a community educator on disability justice and LGBTQIA2S+ issues and author of critically acclaimed books for children and young adults including Dear Mothman, Ode to My First Car, and A Million Quiet Revolutions. Fae lives with faer partner and their many lovely pets. Fae enjoys wandering in the woods and any kind of arts and crafts.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
AUTHOR BACKLIST: Gow’s debut middle–grade novel, Dear Mothman, has gotten a lot of great attention, including blurbs from Donna Gephart, Niki Smith, and Kacen Callender. It’s also an IndieNext pick, received two starred reviews and was the winner of the LGBTQ+ Middle Grade Lammy Award.
KID’S BEST FRIEND: There’s a long tradition of stories about kids and their dogs—like Shiloh, Where the Red Fern Grows, and Because of Winn–Dixie—and the ways that kids grow and change while loving and caring for their dogs. This is a fresh take on the story with a trans perspective.
QUEER COMING–OF–AGE: The story centers a young nonbinary protagonist and discusses B’s struggle to try and come up with a new name.
STARRED SUCCESS: The hardcover received two starred reviews with Booklist praising it as “relatable and validating” and School Library Journal calling it “a must–purchase realistic fiction title for all middle–grade collections.” It appeared on several best of the year lists, including ones for School Library Journal, Booklist, and the New York Public Library.
SPECIFICATIONS
*288 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: JANUARY
AGES 10 to 14
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-6443-1
US $9.99 CAN $12.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy764431z
ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-821-5
Oliver's Great Big Universe A
NOVEL
BY JORGE CHAM
Cosmos meets Diary of a Wimpy Kid, Oliver’s Great Big Universe is the first book in this illustrated middle–grade fiction series that blends science with narrative, from the Emmy Award–nominated creator of PBS’s Elinor Wonders Why—now in paperback
“Mind–expanding and hilarious! I got smarter reading this!” —Jeff Kinney, author of the international bestselling series Diary of a Wimpy Kid
I know what you’re thinking. What makes an average 11–year–old kid qualified to tell you anything about the universe?
Am I famous scientist? No.
Am I a super–genius at everything? Not really.
Oliver has a lot going on starting his first year of middle school—new friends, new classes, new everything. But at least there’s one thing that still makes sense: science! Determined to be an astrophysicist one day, Oliver explains everything he learns—like how the sun burps, how ghost particles fly through you, the uncanny similarities between Mercury and cafeteria meatballs, and most important, how the Big Bang is basically just like a fart in the school hallway. (Also, there are time–bending black holes, exploding supernova stars, and aliens! Well, there could be aliens.)
Oliver finally feels like he’s starting to figure things out . . . but can he stay out of the principal’s office or catch a break from his annoying sister? With laugh–out–loud humor and cartoon–style illustrations from Jorge Cham, the bestselling writer and creator of PHD Comics, Oliver’s Great Big Universe is a STEM–themed, diary–style series that follows an 11–year–old who’s taking on the whole universe—if he can survive middle school first.
Jorge Cham is the bestselling, Emmy–nominated creator of . . . many things: from the hit PBS show Elinor Wonders Why to the hit nonfiction book for adults called We Have No Idea, along with the hit podcast Daniel & Jorge Explain the Universe and the popular webcomic PHD Comics. He is, without a doubt, an expert on explaining things about the world in interesting and fun ways. He obtained his PhD in robotics from Stanford University and was an instructor and research associate at Caltech from 2003 to 2005. He is originally from Panama and now resides in Los Angeles.
SELLING POINTS
SERIES SUCCESS: The first two books have received starred reviews. With high media interest and an extensive author tour, this STEM–themed illustrated series is off to a promising start.
MULTI–TALENTED CREATOR:
Cham has a bestselling adult nonfiction book, an Emmy–nominated PBS show (Elinor Wonders Why), a hit podcast (with over 600,000 monthly downloads), and a popular webcomic.
SNEAK PEEK: Includes a sample chapter of Book 2, Volcanoes Are Hot!
POPULAR FORMAT: Highly illustrated, diary–style concept in the same vein as Diary of a Wimpy Kid, Big Nate, and Dork Diaries.
STEM FOCUS: Parents, teachers, and librarians will appreciate Cham’s expert research and the breadth of topics covered.
HILARIOUS: Cham’s lighthearted, laugh–out–loud humor is spot–on.
ENGAGING AND RELATABLE: The casual, entertaining tone speaks directly to kids and is perfect for reluctant readers. The book makes big concepts easy to digest, while also following Oliver through everyday middle school trials that kids can connect with.
US $8.99 CAN $11.99 ËxHSLELJy764097z ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-806-2
Creep It Under Wraps (Monster High School Spirits #2)
BY ADRIANNA CUEVAS
The ghouls are back in Creep It Under Wraps, the second spooktacular installment in the Monster High School Spirits series, featuring original middle–grade stories set in the world of Mattel’s hit Nickelodeon show and written by author Adrianna Cuevas—now in paperback
There isn’t a style or pop culture trend in the monster world that Cleo De Nile isn't on top of. But on a visit to the human world, Cleo discovers a tradition that completely escaped her: Monster Con, where humans gather to dress up as their favorite monsters.
Convinced it’s what Monster High has been missing—and determined to prove to her family that she can be a leader—Cleo decides to put on the school’s first ever Human Con. She even finds the perfect accessory for the winner of Best Dressed: a dazzling crown from the catacombs. But when Cleo tries the crown on, strange things start to happen.
As the Con draws nearer, Cleo’s behavior becomes increasingly bizarre. Thank the gods for ghoulfriends! Clawdeen, Draculaura, Frankie, and Cleo band together to solve the mystery of the crown’s origins so they can break the hold it has on Cleo . . . before she becomes a shadow of her mummy–rific self!
Adrianna Cuevas is the author of the Pura Belpré honor book The Total Eclipse of Nestor Lopez, Cuba in My Pocket, The Ghosts of Rancho Espanto, Mari and the Curse of El Cocodrilo, and A Fright to Remember (Monster High School Spirits #1). She is a first–generation Cuban American originally from Miami, Florida. A former Spanish and ESOL teacher, Cuevas currently resides in Austin, Texas, with her husband and son. When not working with TOEFL students, wrangling multiple pets including an axolotl, and practicing fencing with her son, she is writing her next middle–grade novel.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
POPULAR BRAND: Since launching Monster High, Mattel has sold more than 150 million dolls, which include highly coveted collector’s edition dolls that continue to sell out almost immediately. The brand continues to thrive today, with loyal fans who grew up with the show generating more than 11 billion views on TikTok and ranking it as the #7 toy brand on Instagram.
MULTIMEDIA RELAUNCH:
Mattel’s brand–new animated Nickelodeon show wrapped up Season 1 in 2023 and has already been greenlit for Season 2.In addition to the show, Mattel and Nickelodeon partnered on two new live–action Monster High films, released in 2022 and 2023 on Paramount+. The show and films draw new fans of all ages to the books, as well as older fans revisiting their favorite characters.
INCLUSIVE STORYTELLING: Monster High strongly believes in embracing one’s true, unique self. Mattel has updated its storytelling and branding to represent a more diverse and inclusive cast of characters, all while staying true to their original hook.
SPECIFICATIONS
*256 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 8 to 12
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-7293-1
US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLELJy772931z
CARTON QTY: 80 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-252-4
Thrills and Chills (Garbage
Pail Kids Book
2)
WRITTEN BY R.L. STINE; INTERIOR ILLUSTRATIONS BY JEFF ZAPATA; COVER ILLUSTRATION BY JOE SIMKO
Goosebumps creator R.L. Stine joins forces with Topps and the pop–culture phenomenon Garbage Pail Kids for the second volume in this hilarious—and gross—illustrated middle–grade series—now in paperback!
The Garbage Pail Kids are back, and this time they’re desperate to win the Smellville Pet Show. But how can they compete against the Perfect twins and their perfect pet Chihuahua, Good Boy, who can balance on his head and perform magic tricks and a perfect dance solo?!
Adam Bomb and Handy Sandy have an idea, and they just might win, too. But the whole contest suddenly gets thrown into chaos when the GPK meet five new students who call themselves the Garbage Pail Kids—Nasty Nancy, Nat Nerd, Disgustin’ Justin, Brett Sweat, and Windy Winston.
The grand prize is an all–day trip to Six Thrills Amusement Park—but who will win? Could there be more than one winner? Will the winner really win and the loser lose? What does that even mean? And why so many questions?
Join bestselling author R.L. Stine, creator of Goosebumps, for the latest book in this perfectly disgusting series!
R.L. Stine has more than 400 million English–language books in print, plus international editions in 32 languages, making him one of the most popular children’s book authors of all time. Besides Goosebumps, he has written series including Fear Street, Rotten School, Mostly Ghostly, the Nightmare Room, Dangerous Girls, and Just Beyond. Stine lives in New York City with his wife, Jane, an editor and publisher. The Topps Company, Inc., originator of Garbage Pail Kids, Mars Attacks, and Wacky Packages brands, was founded in 1938 and is the preeminent creator and marketer of physical and digital trading cards and entertainment collectibles. Jeff Zapata has worked on comic books and trading cards for more than 25 years, including 13 gross, memorable ones as an editor, art director, and artist on Garbage Pail Kids and other brands at the Topps Company. Joe Simko is an artist known for his happy–horror style. He is one of the premiere Garbage Pail Kids illustrators for the Topps Company and lives in New York City with his wife, son, dog, and many, many boxes of cereal.
SELLING POINTS
STAR AUTHOR: R.L. Stine changed the face of publishing with the mega–successful Goosebumps series, and we’re excited to bring this popular series to paperback.
ANNIVERSARY: 2025 is the 40th anniversary of Garbage Pail Kids, providing us with the perfect opportunity to bring renewed interest in the series.
POPULAR BRAND: Garbage Pail Kids launched in 1985, created by Art Spiegelman, the Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Maus Nearly 40 years later, GPK still resonates with a loyal fan base and a new generation of readers discovering the cards and merchandise for the first time.
STRONG SALES: With more than 197,000 copies sold across formats, Garbage Pail Kids continues to be an evergreen brand among young readers.
MEDIA OPPORTUNITY: In addition to two blockbuster movies, the Goosebumps live–action television series aired in October 2023, quickly becoming the seventh most–streamed television series across all platforms the week of its premiere. With the second season on the horizon, this will continue to expand awareness and promotional opportunities for the R.L. Stine name and brand.
AFFORDABLE FORMAT: Now at a lower price point, we hope to expand the audience for this Garbage Pail Kids series.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Black-and-white illustrations throughout *208 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 8 to 12
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-4364-1
US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99
ËxHSLELJy743641z
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-839-8
Ooze in the Ocean (SpongeBob SquarePants Mysteries #2)
BY DAVID LEWMAN, ILLUSTRATED BY FRANCESCO FRANCAVILLA
SpongeBob SquarePants and Patrick Star are back for a new middle–grade mystery filled with ghosts, superheroes, and Bikini Bottom’s most dangerous creatures—now in paperback!
When a glowing green trail appears outside of the Shady Shoals Rest Home, retired superheroes Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy ask SpongeBob and Patrick to take on the case and figure out what the trail is. Unfortunately for the two detectives, they are lead through ship graveyards, underground tunnels, and ultimately in the nest of some of the most dangerous villains Bikini Bottom has ever been faced with!
SpongeBob SquarePants Mysteries Book 2 keeps up the thrills, twists, and laughs of Book 1 and will leave readers ready for another SpongeBob mystery!
David Lewman has written more than 65 books starring SpongeBob SquarePants, Jimmy Neutron, the Fairly OddParents, G.I. Joe, the Wild Thornberrys, and other popular characters. He has also written scripts for many acclaimed television shows. Lewman lives in Los Angeles with his wife, Donna, and their dog, Pirkle. Francesco Francavilla, an Eisner and Eagle Award winner and New York Times bestselling creator, is best known for bringing his signature neo–pulp style to the comics industry, from horror to superheroes and sci–fi. He cocreated and has worked on the acclaimed horror series Night of the Ghoul and Afterlife with Archie and is currently illustrating his creator–owned The Black Beetle. Born and raised in Italy, he now lives in Atlanta with his lovely partner, Lisa, and their two cats.
SELLING POINTS
POPULAR BRAND: SpongeBob SquarePants has been a global phenomenon since 1999, with more than 300 episodes of the TV series on air. The show has 4.5 million followers on Instagram and 2.7 million followers on X. The brand continues to be the #1 Nick digital franchise on all apps, websites, and connected devices with 129 billion lifetime YouTube minutes watched and 96 percent global awareness.
CELEBRATING 25 YEARS: The release of this paperback editions follows the 25th anniversary of the franchise, which has several activations for the rest of the year, including several TV and YouTube holiday specials and an upcoming SVOD release in 2025.
EXCITING ILLUSTRATIONS:
Features fun black–and–white spot illustrations by comics superstar Francesco Francavilla.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Black-and-white chapter heading illustrations
*224 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
AGES 8 to 12
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, ENTERTAINMENT, KIDS SERIES
Aaron Slater and the Sneaky Snake
THE QUESTIONEERS BOOK #6
BY ANDREA BEATY, ILLUSTRATED BY DAVID ROBERTS
From the New York Times bestselling Questioneers series, a chapter book adventure starring Aaron Slater, Illustrator and friends—now in paperback!
Zookeeper Fred loves all snakes, but his favorite is a tiny green snake named Vern. Vern is sneaky and constantly tries to hide in Fred’s lunch. When Vern gets loose in the zoo and lands atop a boy’s head, it’s trouble!
A few citizens demand that all the snakes must go, and the mayor closes the zoo until the city council decides what to do. Is Vern a menace? Are the snakes a danger to society or a valuable resource for everyone? Who gets to decide? In Aaron Slater and the Sneaky Snake, the Questioneers need all their talents to help Zookeeper Fred, but in the end, it’s Aaron’s art that leads the way.
Andrea Beaty is the author of many beloved children’s books, including the bestselling Questioneers series; I Love You Like Yellow; Happy Birthday, Madame Chapeau; and One Girl. She lives just outside Chicago. David Roberts has illustrated many children’s books, including the bestselling Questioneers series. He lives in London. Beaty and Roberts are both executive producers of the Emmy Award–winning show Ada Twist, Scientist on Netflix.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING SERIES: Both the Questioneers picture books and chapter books are New York Times bestsellers and the momentum keeps building. The chapter book series has sold more than one million copies.
NEW FORMAT: The series is now available for the first time in paperback!
NETFLIX BOOST: The Netflix show Ada Twist, Scientist launched in September 2021, drawing even more readers to the books.
BONUS BACK MATTER: Like the other chapter books, there will be informational back matter to help the youngest artists learn more about the concepts discussed in the book.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Two-color illustrations throughout *160 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm
*HEIGHT: 7 5/8" - 194mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 6 to 9
CHAPTER BOOK, KIDS FICTION, JUVENILE ISBN 978-1-4197-5399-2
US $7.99 CAN $9.99 UK £5.99
ËxHSLELJy753992z ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-272-5
Ada Twist and the Disappearing Dogs
THE QUESTIONEERS BOOK #5
BY ANDREA BEATY; ILLUSTRATED BY DAVID ROBERTS
The fifth story in the New York Times bestselling Questioneers chapter book series following Ada Twist, Scientist and friends—now in paperback!
Blue River Creek has a problem: there’s a pet thief on the loose! Or at least, Sofia and Iggy are convinced that there is once their pets go missing. But as a scientist, Ada knows it’s important not to jump to conclusions and to follow the facts.
How will they find out what really happened to the town’s pets? By using the scientific method, of course! Through making a hypothesis, collecting data, and experimentation, the Questioneers must find the missing animals before even more pets disappear!
Andrea Beaty is the author of many beloved children’s books, including the bestselling Questioneers series; I Love You Like Yellow; Happy Birthday, Madame Chapeau; and One Girl. She lives just outside Chicago. David Roberts has illustrated many children’s books, including the bestselling Questioneers series. He lives in London. Beaty and Roberts are both executive producers of the Emmy Award–winning show Ada Twist, Scientist on Netflix.
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING SERIES: Both the Questioneers picture books and chapter books are New York Times bestsellers and the momentum keeps building. The chapter book series has sold more than one million copies.
NEW FORMAT: The series is now available for the first time in paperback!
NETFLIX BOOST: The Netflix show Ada Twist, Scientist launched in September 2021, drawing even more readers to the books.
BONUS BACK MATTER: Like the other chapter books, there will be informational back matter to help the youngest scientists learn more about the scientific methods Ada uses in the book.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Two-color illustrations throughout *144 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm
*HEIGHT: 7 5/8" - 194mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 6 to 9
KIDS FICTION, CHILDREN'S, CHAPTER BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-4353-5
US $7.99 CAN $9.99 UK £5.99 ËxHSLELJy743535z ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-833-6
Ghoulia: Making New Friends Can Be Scary (Book #1)
BY BARBARA CANTINI
Ghoulia: Making New Friends Can Be Scary is the first book in this popular full–color chapter book series, a great fit for readers who enjoy a mix of humor, adventure, and a touch of the macabre
Ghoulia is a typical little girl . . . who happens to be a zombie. She lives in Crumbling Manor with her Auntie Departed and albino greyhound named Tragedy.
In search of a real friend, Ghoulia tries to venture past the manor’s walls, but she can’t hide her pale green skin or the deep purple circles under her eyes. The other children will be afraid of her, and no one will want to be her friend.
But when Halloween rolls around, Ghoulia hatches a brilliant plan. All the other ordinary children will be dressed up like monsters, so Ghoulia can go out into the town and be entirely herself. In the end, all the kids realize that Ghoulia is (almost) just like them and learn that friendship can come in many forms.
Perfect for ages 6–8, reluctant readers, and fans of Wednesday and The Addams Family, this Halloween–themed series combines a love for the spooky with lessons about acceptance and courage.
Whether you’re a longtime fan or new to Ghoulia’s world, this collection is a must–have for any young reader’s library.
Includes bonus activities.
Barbara Cantini is the illustrator of numerous books for young readers, including the Ghoulia series, which is now published in 30 countries. She lives in the Florentine countryside with her husband, two daughters, three cats, and a very disheveled dog.
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
HALLOWEEN HIT: Starring a lovable, not–so–scary zombie, Ghoulia: Making New Friends Can Be Scary will be the perfect fit for Halloween promotions.
FUN ADDITION: With more than 53,000 copies sold across formats, we’re excited to add a new mystery to the Ghoulia series! And although it features many of the same characters from earlier outings, this can be read as a standalone book.
EXCITING ART: This early reader is accompanied by full–color art on every single page.
EXTRA FUN: Each book in this series features bonus activities to keep readers coming back for more.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Paperback PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 6 to 8
ISBN 978-1-4197-8505-4 US
ËxHSLELJy785054z
CARTON QTY: 58
ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-393-5
Ghoulia and the Mysterious Visitor (Book #2)
BY BARBARA CANTINI
Ghoulia and the Mysterious Visitor is the second book in this popular full–color chapter book series, a great fit for readers who enjoy a mix of humor, adventure, and a touch of the macabre
Ghoulia is a typical little girl . . . who happens to be a zombie. She lives in Crumbling Manor with her Auntie Departed and albino greyhound named Tragedy.
One dark and stormy night, Ghoulia’s cousin Dilbert comes to visit her at Crumbling Manor. She’s confused—she didn’t invite him, and it turns out that Dilbert’s a real grouch. He complains about everything!
When Ghoulia tries to track down Auntie Departed to find out why she invited Dilbert, she finds that Auntie has vanished. Ghoulia can’t find her. And the doorbell won’t stop ringing.
One after another, Ghoulia’s friends arrive—all with the same mysterious invitation in hand. As the gang searches Crumbling Manor for Auntie Departed, one of their own goes missing. Finally, Dilbert inadvertently solves the mystery in the greenhouse when he finds himself face–to–face with the sinister Chatterbox Ivy.
Perfect for ages 6–8, reluctant readers, and fans of Wednesday and The Addams Family, this Halloween–themed series combines a love for the spooky with lessons about acceptance and courage. Whether you’re a longtime fan or new to Ghoulia’s world, this collection is a must–have for any young reader’s library. Includes bonus activities.
Barbara Cantini is the illustrator of numerous books for young readers, including the Ghoulia series, which is now published in 30 countries. She lives in the Florentine countryside with her husband, two daughters, three cats, and a very disheveled dog.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
HALLOWEEN HIT: Starring a lovable, not–so–scary zombie, Ghoulia and the Mysterious Visitor will be the perfect fit for Halloween promotions.
FUN ADDITION: With more than 53,000 copies sold across formats, we’re excited to add a new mystery to the Ghoulia series! And although it features many of the same characters from earlier outings, this can be read as a standalone book.
EXCITING ART: This early reader is accompanied by full–color art on every single page.
EXTRA FUN: Each book in this series features bonus activities to keep readers coming back for more.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: AUGUST
AGES 6 to 8
KIDS FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-8504-7
US $7.99 CAN $9.99 UK £5.99 ËxHSLELJy785047z
CARTON QTY: 58 ebook ISBN 978-1-68335-630-1
The Tale of the Twisted Toymaker (Are You Afraid of the Dark #2)
BY DANIELLE VALENTINE
The spine–chilling next installment in the middle–grade horror series based on Nickelodeon’s hit show Are You Afraid of the Dark? from YA horror sensation
Danielle Valentine
Ms. Mabel’s Doll Emporium can make a doll that looks like anyone, customizing every last detail from hair color down to the shape of its tiny fingernails until you have your very own “mini–me.” Fourteen–year–old Layla has saved up her babysitting money to buy one for her little sister, Emily. Emily is dying for one of her own, and Layla knows exactly how it feels to covet something.
She’s never been so jealous over anything as she’d been over the doll of her former best friend, Quinn. Then Quinn moved away, and she and the doll disappeared entirely from Layla’s life. The loss still stings. Which is why—when the two sisters go to the store to pick up Emily’s doll—Layla is shocked to see Quinn’s old doll sitting on a shelf, covered in dust.
Layla hardly recognizes herself when she stuffs the doll into her backpack as the girls exit the shop . . . and the afternoon gets even stranger when they return home. Layla hears whispering coming from the closet where she’s stashed the Quinn doll. She wakes up in the middle of the night, frozen in fear as something creeps around the shadows. Her beloved tortoiseshell cat, Anne Boleyn, is behaving as if possessed. And she could swear the teeth on Emily’s doll look somehow . . . sharper than before.
Then Emily falls ill, and when Layla’s joints begin to stiffen unnaturally, she knows the dolls are to blame. They want something from their owners, and they won’t stop until its theirs. Can Layla track down the answers she desperately needs? Or will Emily and Layla eventually disappear, just like Quinn did?
Danielle Valentine is the author of How to Survive Your Murder (Razorbill, 2022) and the forthcoming Delicate Condition (Sourcebooks, 2023) as well as the Merciless series and Survive the Night, both under the pen name Danielle Vega. She lives in New Jersey with her family. Follow her on Twitter @vegarollins.
SELLING POINTS
HOT CATEGORY: Scary middle–grade stories are more popular than ever in the middle grade space, and the beloved Are You Afraid of the Dark? brand brings a built–in audience to an already hot genre. Each novel will be penned by a celebrated YA horror novelist in order to capture a crossover market and will feature a chilling and sophisticated design.
TV TIE–IN: The revival of Are You Afraid of the Dark? is now in its third season and was recently nominated for Outstanding Directorial Achievement in Children’s Programs at the 75th Annual Directors Guild of America Awards.
MASS POTENTIAL: The Abrams–Paramount partnership has seen proven success, and the first two titles in our Are You Afraid of the Dark? publishing program have already sold into Walmart.
POPULAR AUTHOR: Best known for the Merciless series under the name Danielle Vega, Valentine continues to make a splash in the YA horror market. Her most recent novel, How To Survive Your Murder (Razorbill, 2022), has over 33,000 sales on Bookscan since its release last August.
SPECIFICATIONS
*320 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: AUGUST
AGES 10 to 14
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-6348-9
US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99
CARTON QTY: 64
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-613-3
The Monster Storm (Seashell Key #2)
WRITTEN BY LOURDES HEUER; ILLUSTRATED BY LYNNOR BONTIGAO
Now in paperback, The Monster Storm is the second book in author Lourdes Heuer and award–winning illustrator Lynnor Bontigao’s young chapter book series Seashell Key—perfect for fans of Princess in Black and Mercy Watson— about a diverse community of kids living in a beautiful seaside town
It’s fall on the island of Seashell Key! A monster storm is on the horizon, but that won’t stop Mateo from entering the fall festival competitions, or Sophia and Sasha from showing off their swimming skills. When the storm finally hits, Eli, Ezra, and Elana gather around the flashlight to tell spooky stories about the monster of Seashell Key—that is if they can agree on what the monster actually is. When the storm finally passes, the gang has to work together to find Pixie the dog—hopefully before the monster of Seashell Key finds her!
Filled with a vibrant cast and lots of fall fun, this is a great addition to an exciting new chapter book series.
Lourdes Heuer holds an MFA in writing from the Vermont College of Fine Arts and is an associate professor of English at Broward College in South Florida. She is the author of several books, including On This Airplane and Esme’s Birthday Conga Line. Heuer grew up in a city apartment above a little toy shop before moving to South Florida, where she spent many of her summers making sandcastles on the shore of the Cape Florida Lighthouse of Key Biscayne. Lynnor Bontigao is an illustrator based in New Jersey. She is a recipient of the SCBWI Tomie dePaola Award. Bontigao is the author–illustrator of Sari–Sari Summers and the illustrator of the World’s Best Class Plant by Audrey Vernick and Liz Garton Scanlon, At the End of the Day by Lisl H. Detlefsen, and Kailani’s Gift by Dorina Lazo Gilmore–Young. Growing up in the Philippines, Bontigao encountered many monster storms, and like the kids in Seashell Key, looked forward to the warm bright sun after.
SELLING POINTS
POPULAR CATEGORY: Young, full–color chapter books are popular with emerging readers, and this is a masterfully written and charming new addition to the category.
ADORABLE ILLUSTRATIONS:
Beautiful full–color illustrations throughout bring the world of Seashell Key to life.
LITERACY BUILDER: Short sentences, repetition, reader questions, and more make this series “ideal for sensitive beginning readers” (Kirkus).
DIVERSE CAST: A wide range of readers will see themselves in the playful inhabitants of this seaside town.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *80 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Paperback PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 5 to 8 CHAPTER BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-6744-9
ËxHSLELJy767449z ebook ISBN 978-1-64700-984-7
The Woofmore on Thin Ice (The Woofmore #3)
BY DONNA GEPHART AND LORI HASKINS HOURAN; ILLUSTRATED BY JOSH CLELAND
Return to the luxury hotel for dogs in The Woofmore on Thin Ice, the third book in the pawsome full–color chapter book series from authors Donna Gephart and Lori Haskins Houran and illustrator Josh Cleland—now in paperback!
Welcome to the Woofmore, where the water bowls are always full and there’s kibble on every pillow! Rufus and his boss, Ms. Coco, work hard to make every guest feel like a VIP (Very Important Pooch).
It’s winter at the Woofmore and the hotel is down to one guest—famous figure skater Furya LaBone. Ms. Coco wants her visit to be pawfect. The Woofmore needs more guests to stay open, and a good review from a VIP like Furya could save the hotel. But when the local ice rink closes and Furya is left with nowhere to practice for her big competition, it looks like the hotel may be on thin ice. If Rufus can’t help this skating superstar with her routine, it could be a ruff winter for the Woofmore.
With adorable illustrations and hilarious text, this early chapter book series will hit young dog lovers smack in the funny bone!
Lori Haskins Houran and Donna Gephart are longtime furends who love books, dogs, and books about dogs! They had a pawsome time writing this one. Lori lives in Massachihuahuasetts and Donna hails from Chew Jersey. Get more details at lorihaskinshouran.com and donnagephart.com. Josh Cleland is an illustrator working out of his home studio just outside of Portland, Oregon, where he resides with his wife, Rayna, and creative director/dog, Newman. His work has been featured in various children’s magazines, including Highlights and Storytime, as well as on greeting cards, billboards, and more.
SELLING POINTS
AWESOME AUTHORS: Gephart and Houran have written a number of books that have sold well, received starred reviews, and gotten on best–of–the–year lists. Gephart’s Lily and Dunkin was an Indie Next Pick, a JLG selection, a Goodreads Choice Award winner, a Southern Book Award winner, a YALSA Quick Pick for Reluctant Readers, and a California Young Reader Medal winner, among many others. Houran’s books have won the Paterson Prize for Books for Young People, received starred reviews, and been named a Best Children’s Book by the Smithsonian Air & Space magazine.
DOG DELIGHT: Dog stories are perennially popular, and this pet–centered adventure is filled with puns and is super kid–friendly.
ADORABLE ILLUSTRATIONS:
The chapter book will include lots of full–color illustrations, so kids can see just how adorable every hotel pup really is!
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *80 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 5 to 8 CHAPTER BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-6767-8
US $8.99 CAN $11.99 UK £6.99
ËxHSLELJy767678z
CARTON QTY: 70
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-007-0
Marya Khan and the Disastrous Class Project (Marya Khan
WRITTEN BY SAADIA FARUQI; ILLUSTRATED BY ANI BUSHRY
#5)
Perfect for fans of Ivy & Bean and Stella Diaz, this charming chapter book series by the author of the successful Yasmin series follows a Pakistani American third–grader whose plans may backfire but whose persistence and heart are inspiring—now in paperback
It’s time for her class’s country project, and Marya is super excited. She loves public speaking, and she’s assigned Pakistan, where her family is from. But Marya has two problems: She doesn’t actually know very much about her grandparents’ country, and she’s paired with new kid Waleed, who is so shy he can barely talk, let alone present to the class. Marya figures if she can just befriend Waleed, he’ll help her make the best project ever. It’s time for Operation Make a Friend! But how do you make a friend? Play sports? Make jokes? With time running out before the big presentation, Marya worries she’ll never get this Waleed kid to loosen up. But after researching a lot about friendship—and Pakistan—she might be able to save this project yet!
Saadia Faruqi was born in Pakistan and moved to the United States when she was 22 years old. She writes the Yasmin series and popular middle–grade novels such as Yusuf Azeem Is Not a Hero. Besides writing books for kids, she also loves reading, binge–watching her favorite shows, and taking naps. She lives in Houston, Texas, with her family. Ani Bushry graduated from the University of West England with a background in graphic design and illustration. She grew up listening to stories her mom used to tell her and always wanted to tell her own. She lives in the Maldives with her husband and cat, Lilo, whom she loves to spoil.
RIGHTS: World/All
SELLING POINTS
ALL–STAR AUTHOR: Faruqi’s books consistently garner acclaim. Meet Yasmin! received two starred reviews, was a JLG selection and a Kirkus Best of the Year, and the series has sold more than 700,000 copies; A Place at the Table was a Sydney Taylor Book Award Notable Book and a TLA Lone Star reading list pick; and A Thousand Questions was a JLG selection and a NYPL Best Book. The second Marya Khan book also received a starred review from School Library Journal
SUCCESSFUL TRACK IN CATEGORY: Starring a Pakistani American girl with a charming voice, this is perfect for readers who have aged out of Faruqi’s Yasmin series and are looking for their next great read.
GROWING SERIES: The Marya Khan series has sold almost 60,000 copies across all formats and shows no signs of slowing down!
BONUS BACK MATTER: Like the other books in the series, this book will feature back matter with an activity relating to the story.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Black-and-white illustrations throughout
*144 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/4" - 133mm
*HEIGHT: 7 5/8" - 193mm
* Paperback
PUB MONTH: AUGUST
AGES 6 to 9
CHAPTER BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7496-6
US $6.99 CAN $8.99 UK £4.99
ËxHSLELJy774966z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-327-9
From 5-Minute Space Stories • Written by Gabby Dawnay; Illustrated by Mona K.
The Wizard's Guide to Magical Experiments
WRITTEN BY A.J. WOOD; ILLUSTRATED BY JO RIOUX
The Wizard’s Guides to Magical Experiments sparks wonder and curiosity with 40 engaging real–life science experiments for wizards–in–training to try at home and features engaging paper novelty elements throughout.
Welcome to the Touchwood Academy of Magical Thinking, where magical abilities are a must . . . Kids will discover the thrill of the real–life magic of chemistry with hands–on experiments from the creator of the bestselling Ology books, A.J. Wood. As a “First Class Wizard,” Wood guides wizards–in–training through dozens of magic tricks and spells that are actually wow–inducing age–appropriate science experiments. Mini–booklets and fold–out activities on every page add to the excitement and discovery, covering topics such as:
·What is the world made of?
·Experiments with water
·Magical matter
·Marvelous mixtures
·The importance of energy
·Experiments with air
·Experiments with salt
·The magic of crystals
·The acid test
·Experiments with vinegar
·Reactions and transformations
·Kitchen alchemy
Young wizards will stop water from freezing, make endothermic ice cream, create a color–changing potion, discover the magic of crystals, and more. At the end of the book, children will earn a certificate that grants them the title of Novice Wizard.
A.J. Wood was the founding editor and publisher of Templar for more than 30 years. While there, she published and nurtured numerous award winners and created groundbreaking series such as the Ologies, which have sold more than 19 million copies worldwide. Today she writes and runs her own small press from her home in Surrey, England. Jo Rioux is an author, illustrator, and life–long space cadet who flies by the seat of her rocket pants. Since graduating Sheridan College, she has illustrated picture books and novels, but her favorite medium remains comics. Her debut graphic novel Cat’s Cradle won the Joe Shuster Comics for Kids Award. Rioux lives in the tiny village of Carp, Canada.
SELLING POINTS
EXCITING EXPERIMENTS: The book’s fun and accessible experiments are perfect for little wizards and budding scientists to do with the whole family and use common items and ingredients found in most homes.
PACKED WITH PAPER NOVELTIES: Forty hands–on, step–by–step experiments are presented through a variety of engaging fold–out novelty.
NEW FROM BESTSELLING CREATOR: A.J. Wood, creator of the New York Times bestselling Ology books, returns with a new blockbuster series for young wizards.
JEWEL–ENCRUSTED CASE: The stunning case features foil and an encrusted jewel.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *30 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
*Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 7 to 10
KIDS NONFICTION, KIDS NOVELTY
ISBN 978-1-4197-8675-4
US $24.99 CAN $31.99
ËxHSLELJy786754z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-001-5
RIGHTS:
Slow Down Collection
THE
SLOW DOWN 4-BOOK
GIFT SET: FAMILY MINDFULNESS BOOKS TO SHARE
RACHEL WILLIAMS; LAURA BRAND; FREYA HARTAS; LEONIE LORD
This stunning gift collection contains four full–size hardcover books from the internationally bestselling Slow Down series—including an exclusive book only available as part of this set
Praise for Slow Down: 50 Mindful Moments in Nature
“This immaculately illustrated tome intended for elementary–age naturalists is sure to charm observers outside that audience as well . . . Splendiforous!” Kirkus Reviews
Discover what you find when you take the time to slow down with this collection of books from the bestselling series Slow Down, including Slow Down: 50 Mindful Moments in Nature, Slow Down and Be Here Now,and Patience: Discover How the Best Things in Life Take Time. This gorgeous set also includes Slow Down . . . and Sleep Tight, which is only available as part of this package!
All around us nature is working wonders. Come into the here and now and discover more than 100 nature stories paused just long enough for you to watch them unfold.
Rachel Williams studied literature before becoming an editor and publisher of children’s books. She is also the creator of bestselling natural history and adventure books, including the Atlas of Adventures series and Illuminature She lives with her husband and children in London. Laura Brand is the author of the Sunday Times bestseller The Joy Journal and enjoys sharing her crafty experiments and creative ideas for everyday play. She lives in the English countryside. Freya Hartas is a UK–based illustrator specializing in children’s books. She lives in the vibrant city of Bristol with her partner and their ancient black cat, Katsu, and works from her cozy, cluttered desk in a shared studio down the road. She graduated from Falmouth University in 2014 with a first–class honors BA in illustration. Hartas loves to conjure up humorous characters, animals, and monsters, creating the most fantastical worlds for them to inhabit and get lost in. After studying illustration at Central St. Martin’s in London, Leonie Lord began her children’s picture book career illustrating books for Martin Waddell. She lives with her husband and two sons in Gloucestershire, England.
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING SERIES: This internationally bestselling series has sold more than one million copies around the world.
MINDFUL MOMENTS: Invites readers to pause and appreciate nature’s wonders.
GIFTY FORMAT: Four beautifully illustrated books in a stunning box make this a great gift that will be enjoyed by the whole family.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *304 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 11 1/2" - 292mm
* Boxed Set
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 6 to 11
KIDS NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-8378-4
US $75.99 CAN $94.99
CARTON QTY: 3
Christmas Is Coming to Town!
A FOLDOUT CHRISTMAS VILLAGE AND ADVENT CALENDAR
ILLUSTRATED BY FREYA HARTAS
Count down to Christmas with Bear and his woodland friends in this spectacular advent calendar book—with surprises hidden under 24 doors, holiday activities to enjoy as a family, and a magical accordion–style fold–out to display
In Christmas is Coming to Town!, children will enjoy the merriment of getting ready for Christmas with Bear and his friends. The calendar includes 24 flaps to open, each one revealing a delightful illustration and verse about the animals of Brown Bear Wood preparing for the big day. On the back of the stunningly illustrated fold–out calendar there are tips for more holiday fun, including: tell a Christmas story with Papa Bear; write a letter to Santa with Professor Owl; bake carrot oat bars for Rudolph with Mama Fox; build a snowdeer with the Deer Family; decorate a gingerbread burrow with Bunny; pick the perfect tree with Bear; and make gift wrap with the Squirrel Family. Christmas is truly magical in Brown Bear Wood!
Freya Hartas is a UK–based illustrator specializing in children’s books. She lives in the vibrant city of Bristol with her partner and their ancient black cat, Katsu, and works from her cozy, cluttered desk in a shared studio down the road. She graduated from Falmouth University in 2014 with a first–class honors BA in illustration. Hartas loves to conjure up humorous characters, animals, and monsters, creating the most fantastical worlds for them to inhabit and get lost in.
SELLING POINTS
NOVELTY TITLE: This is the first novelty book in the Brown Bear Wood series, which has sold more than 50,000 copies in the United States to date.
24 DAYS OF SURPRISES: Every day of December brings a delightful door to open, with fun, read–aloud rhyming text and gorgeous illustrations hidden behind 24 flaps.
CHRISTMAS ACTIVITIES TO SHARE: Family–friendly activities on the back of the calendar keep the fun going.
PERFECT FOR GIFTING:
Featuring a gorgeous 100% gold foil case and red ribbon tie, this book makes a great gift.
REUSABLE: Unlike most advent calenders, this one can be enjoyed year after year.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *16 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 202mm
* Hardcover-accordion fold
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 3 to 8
KIDS NOVELTY
ISBN 978-1-4197-7966-4
US $19.99 CAN $24.99
ËxHSLELJy779664z
CARTON QTY: 26
RIGHTS: US and Canada
All the World's a Stage: Peter Pan
A POP-OUT SOUND ADVENTURE
WRITTEN BY J. M. BARRIE AND RETOLD BY KATIE COTTON; ILLUSTRATED BY ELLA BEECH
Join Peter, Wendy, Tinker Bell, and Captain Hook in this sumptuous retelling of Peter Pan, with sound buttons to press and a spectacular pop–out stage of Neverland
Discover the story of Peter Pan with this pop–out sound book.
All the World's a Stage Peter Pan features a retelling of the classic story for a young audience, based on its original form as a staged performance. A finale set on a 5–tier pop out stage is sure to delight and enthral young readers.
This charming novelty format for young readers ages 3+ features: –A fresh retelling of Peter, Wendy, Michael, and John's journey to Neverland, where pirates sail the seas and children never grow up –Classical music on every page to accompany the story–simply press the musical note to hear Chopin, Wagner, Debussy, and many more –Stunning new illustrations that bring the well–loved scenes to life –An impressive five tier pop–out stage at the end of the book
Are you sitting comfortably? Then let the show begin!
Sir James Matthew Barrie was a Scottish novelist and playwright best remembered as the creator of Peter Pan. He was born and educated in Scotland and then moved to London, where he wrote several successful novels and plays. There he met the Llewelyn Davies boys, who inspired him to write about a baby boy who has magical adventures in Kensington Gardens, then to write Peter Pan, or The Boy Who Wouldn’t Grow Up, a 1904 West End “fairy play” about an ageless boy and an ordinary girl named Wendy who have adventures in the fantasy setting of Neverland. Barrie was made a baronet by King George V in June 1913, and a member of the Order of Merit in the 1922 New Year Honors. Ella Beech is a children’s book author and illustrator living in Cambridge, UK, with her husband, 16–year–old son, and Sonny the tabby cat! She completed an MA in children’s book illustration at Cambridge School of Art in January 2022 and now works part–time as an associate lecturer there, teaching across all modules. She loves to work in traditional media, and her work is rooted in observational drawing–experimenting with color, texture, light, and composition.
SELLING POINTS
NEW POP–UP SOUND SERIES: Press the musical note on every page and be transported on a classical adventure with Chopin, Wagner, Debussy, and many more. With an on/off button to control when to enjoy the music.
INTERACTIVE ELEMENT:
Featuring an impressive five–tier pop–out stage at the end of the book.
A FRESH RETELLING: Prepare to fly to Neverland, where pirates sail the seven seas and children never grow up.
DELIGHTFUL ILLUSTRATIONS: From Ella Beech throughout help to bring the scenes to life.
SPECIFICATIONS
*24 pages
*WIDTH: 12" - 305mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 4 to 6
ISBN 978-1-917366-14-4
US $24.99 CAN $31.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-917366-70-0
Happy Lunar New Year, Little Red Panda
CREATED BY AMANDA WOOD; ILLUSTRATED AND VIKKI CHU; PHOTOGRAPHIC ILLUSTRATIONS BY BEC WINNEL
Happy Lunar New Year, Little Red Panda shares the excitement of Lunar New Year and its traditions, featuring a delightful blend of watercolor illustrations and adorable photos of real red pandas
Join Little Red Panda as he learns about all the fun to be had on Lunar New Year with Nai Nai. What could top hanging up a glowing lantern, receiving a special red packet, and enjoying a bowl of long noodles? Listen! It’s dancing dragons stamping the ground. And look! There are fireworks lighting up the sky. It’s a Lunar New Year Little Red Panda and his grandmother will never forget.
Watercolor illustrations paired with sweet photos of a real red panda bring the story to life on each page.
Amanda Wood was the founding editor and publisher of Templar for more than 30 years. In her time there, she published and nurtured numerous Kate Greenaway Medal winners, and edited and wrote groundbreaking series such as the Ologies, which has sold more than 19 million copies worldwide. Today she writes and runs her own small press from her home in Surrey, England. Vikki Chu is a freelance illustrator and pattern designer who lives in New York. Bec Winnel is an accomplished Australian photographic illustrator and artist.
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
GIFTABLE FORMAT: This sturdy cased board book is perfect for gift giving.
UNIQUE ILLUSTRATION
TECHNIQUE: The blend of photos and illustrations collages adorable real red panda images with colorful and charming drawings.
SUCCESSFUL SERIES: The Baby Animal Tales holiday board book series has sold more than 65,000 copies.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *16 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm
*HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 191mm
* Casebound Board Book
PUB MONTH: JANUARY
AGES 1 to 5 BOARD BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7967-1
US $8.99 CAN $11.99
ËxHSLELJy779671z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-557-0
Let's Make Pasta
SEE IT, SAY IT, COOK IT, EAT IT!
BY JAMIE OLIVER; ILLUSTRATED BY ADRIAN JOHNSON
See it, say it, cook it, eat it—learn about food from the earliest age with one of the world’s best–loved chefs, Jamie Oliver
Jamie Oliver invites the youngest readers into the kitchen to discover a fun and tasty world of food with this groundbreaking series of first recipe books. Every spread of this innovative board book introduces a new read–aloud word and stylish illustration of a single food item. Simply lift the large gatefold on every page to discover what to do next . . . Squash it! Glug it! Shake it! Grate it! . Until finally, all the items in the book are added together to create a simple, healthy recipe for tomato spaghetti. Young readers will learn how to cook from the earliest age and develop the foundations for healthy eating with one of the world’s best–loved chefs.
During his 25–year television and publishing career, Jamie Oliver has sold over 50 million books worldwide, and his TV series are watched by millions of people around the globe. As a result, he’s inspired a generation to enjoy cooking fresh, delicious food from scratch, publishing over 25 best–selling cookbooks, all with accompanying TV shows. Over the years, British graphic artist / illustrator and art director Adrian Johnson has developed a unique and strongly identifiable body of work. His trademark economical, highly crafted, graphic work is constantly evolving, whilst always maintaining a healthy distance from current trends and passing fashions. His attention to detail, humor, and a simple timeless sophistication mark him out as one of the leading image–makers currently practicing. In addition to his commercial output, Adrian Johnson has exhibited work in London, Paris, New York, Chicago, Los Angeles, and Tokyo. He has also lectured at numerous universities and art colleges throughout Europe, and has been a guest speaker at several design conferences across the globe.
SELLING POINTS
HUGE PROFILE: Oliver is a household name and bestselling author with an enormous social platform, including more than 10 million followers on both Instagram and Facebook.
ON BRAND: 2025 represents Oliver’s 20th year of campaigning on childhood nutrition and advocating for cookery as a life skill.
STYLISH, ACCESSIBLE FORMAT: Sturdy board book format features stylish artwork and large gatefolds that open and lay flat as you cook, making this the ultimate collectible preschool series.
UNTAPPED NICHE: Baking is the ultimate rainy–day activity for young children, but virtually nothing in the preschool space exists.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *12 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm
*HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 191mm
* Board Book
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 1 to 4
BOARD BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8754-6
US $9.99 CAN $12.99
ËxHSLELJy787546z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-028-2
Let's Make Pizza
SEE IT, SAY IT, COOK IT, EAT IT!
BY JAMIE OLIVER; ILLUSTRATED BY ADRIAN JOHNSON
See it, say it, cook it, eat it—learn about food from the earliest age with one of the world’s best–loved chefs, Jamie Oliver
Jamie Oliver invites the youngest readers into the kitchen to discover a fun and tasty world of food with this groundbreaking series of first recipe books.
Every spread of this innovative board book introduces a new read–aloud word and stylish illustration of a single food item. Simply lift the large gatefold on every page to discover what to do next . . . Squash it! Sprinkle it! Pat it! Mix it! . Until finally, all the items in the book are added together to create a simple, healthy recipe for pizza. Young readers will learn how to cook from the earliest age and develop the foundations for healthy eating with one of the world’s best–loved chefs.
During his 25–year television and publishing career, Jamie Oliver has published over 25 bestselling cookbooks that have sold more than 50 million copies worldwide, and his accompanying TV shows are watched by millions around the globe. As a result, he’s inspired a generation to enjoy cooking fresh, delicious food from scratch. Oliver is based in Essex, United Kingdom. Over the years, British graphic artist / illustrator and art director Adrian Johnson has developed a unique and strongly identifiable body of work. His trademark economical, highly crafted, graphic work is constantly evolving, whilst always maintaining a healthy distance from current trends and passing fashions. His attention to detail, humor, and a simple timeless sophistication mark him out as one of the leading image–makers currently practicing. In addition to his commercial output, Adrian Johnson has exhibited work in London, Paris, New York, Chicago, Los Angeles, and Tokyo. He has also lectured at numerous universities and art colleges throughout Europe, and has been a guest speaker at several design conferences across the globe.
SELLING POINTS
HUGE PROFILE: Oliver is a household name and bestselling author with an enormous social platform, including more than 10 million followers on both Instagram and Facebook.
ON BRAND: 2025 represents Oliver’s 20th year of campaigning on childhood nutrition and advocating for cookery as a life skill.
STYLISH, ACCESSIBLE FORMAT: Sturdy board book format features stylish artwork and large gatefolds that open and lay flat as you cook, making this the ultimate collectible preschool series.
UNTAPPED NICHE: Baking is the ultimate rainy–day activity for young children, but virtually nothing in the preschool space exists.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *12 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm
*HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 191mm
* Board Book
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 1 to 4
BOARD BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8752-2
US $9.99 CAN $12.99
ËxHSLELJy787522z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-026-8
Let's Make Cookies
SEE IT, SAY IT, COOK IT, EAT IT!
BY JAMIE OLIVER; ILLUSTRATED BY ADRIAN JOHNSON
See it, say it, cook it, eat it—learn about food from the earliest age with one of the world’s best–loved chefs, Jamie Oliver
Jamie Oliver invites the youngest readers into the kitchen to discover a fun and tasty world of food with this groundbreaking series of first recipe books.
Every spread of this innovative board book introduces a new read–aloud word and stylish illustration of a single food item. Simply lift the large gatefold on every page to discover what to do next . . . Mash it! Crack it! Mix it! Pat it! . . . Until finally, all the items in the book are added together to create a simple, sugar–free recipe for cookies.
Young readers will learn how to cook from the earliest age and develop the foundations for healthy eating with one of the world’s best–loved chefs.
During his 25–year television and publishing career, Jamie Oliver has sold over 50 million books worldwide, and his TV series are watched by millions of people around the globe. As a result, he’s inspired a generation to enjoy cooking fresh, delicious food from scratch, publishing over 25 best–selling cookbooks, all with accompanying TV shows. Over the years, British graphic artist / illustrator and art director Adrian Johnson has developed a unique and strongly identifiable body of work. His trademark economical, highly crafted, graphic work is constantly evolving, whilst always maintaining a healthy distance from current trends and passing fashions. His attention to detail, humor, and a simple timeless sophistication mark him out as one of the leading image–makers currently practicing. In addition to his commercial output, Adrian Johnson has exhibited work in London, Paris, New York, Chicago, Los Angeles, and Tokyo. He has also lectured at numerous universities and art colleges throughout Europe, and has been a guest speaker at several design conferences across the globe.
SELLING POINTS
HUGE PROFILE: Oliver is a household name and bestselling author with an enormous social platform, including more than 10 million followers on both Instagram and Facebook.
ON BRAND: 2025 represents Oliver’s 20th year of campaigning on childhood nutrition and advocating for cookery as a life skill.
STYLISH, ACCESSIBLE FORMAT: Sturdy board book format features stylish artwork and large gatefolds that open and lay flat as you cook, making this the ultimate collectible preschool series.
UNTAPPED NICHE: Baking is the ultimate rainy–day activity for young children, but virtually nothing in the preschool space exists.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *12 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm
*HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 191mm
* Board Book
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 1 to 4
BOARD BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8755-3
US $9.99 CAN $12.99
ËxHSLELJy787553z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-029-9
Let's Make Pancakes
SEE IT, SAY IT, COOK IT, EAT IT!
BY JAMIE OLIVER; ILLUSTRATED BY ADRIAN JOHNSON
See it, say it, cook it, eat it—learn about food from the earliest age with one of the world’s best–loved chefs, Jamie Oliver
Jamie Oliver invites the youngest readers into the kitchen to discover a fun and tasty world of food with this groundbreaking series of first recipe books.
Every spread of this innovative board book introduces a new read–aloud word and stylish illustration of a single food item. Simply lift the large gatefold on each page to discover what to do next . . . Squash it! Sprinkle it! Pat it! Mix it! . Until finally, all the items in the book are added together to create a simple, healthy recipe for pancakes. Young readers will learn how to cook from the earliest age and develop the foundations for healthy eating with one of the world’s best–loved chefs.
During his 25–year television and publishing career, Jamie Oliver has published over 25 bestselling cookbooks that have sold more than 50 million copies worldwide, and his accompanying TV shows are watched by millions around the globe. As a result, he’s inspired a generation to enjoy cooking fresh, delicious food from scratch. Oliver is based in Essex, United Kingdom. Over the years, British graphic artist / illustrator and art director Adrian Johnson has developed a unique and strongly identifiable body of work. His trademark economical, highly crafted, graphic work is constantly evolving, whilst always maintaining a healthy distance from current trends and passing fashions. His attention to detail, humor, and a simple timeless sophistication mark him out as one of the leading image–makers currently practicing. In addition to his commercial output, Adrian Johnson has exhibited work in London, Paris, New York, Chicago, Los Angeles, and Tokyo. He has also lectured at numerous universities and art colleges throughout Europe, and has been a guest speaker at several design conferences across the globe.
SELLING POINTS
HUGE PROFILE: Oliver is a household name and bestselling author with an enormous social platform, including more than 10 million followers on both Instagram and Facebook.
ON BRAND: 2025 represents Oliver’s 20th year of campaigning on childhood nutrition and advocating for cookery as a life skill.
STYLISH, ACCESSIBLE FORMAT: Sturdy board book format features stylish artwork and large gatefolds that open and lay flat as you cook, making this the ultimate collectible preschool series.
UNTAPPED NICHE: Baking is the ultimate rainy–day activity for young children, but virtually nothing in the preschool space exists.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *12 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/2" - 165mm
*HEIGHT: 7 1/2" - 191mm
* Board Book
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 1 to 4
BOARD BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-8753-9
US $9.99 CAN $12.99
ËxHSLELJy787539z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89684-027-5
5-Minute Space Stories
WRITTEN BY GABBY DAWNAY; ILLUSTRATED BY MONA K.
Ten read–aloud, 5–minute stories invite young readers to embark on a journey into space in this out–of–this–world addition to the bestselling 5–Minute Discovery Stories
This collection of 10 read–aloud stories is a celebration of our solar system—from the mighty sun to planets, comets, and asteroids—and perfect for bedtime or any time kids want to reach for the stars! At the end of each story, kids are invited to explore an informative “All About” page to discover additional facts on the topic. They’ll find out how the moon glows, why Earth has seasons, what’s inside a comet, and more.
The 5–minute read–aloud stories include:
·“Earth’s Silver Satellite”
·“Our Living, Breathing Rainbow Planet”
·“In the Swirl of the Solar System”
·“The Four Rocky Worlds”
·“The Four Giants of Gas and Ice”
·“The Remnants’ Roundabout Journey”
·“The Starry Carousel of the Milky Way”
·“Our Amazing, Blazing Super Star”
·“The Five Dwarf Planets”
·“A Star–Spangled Nursery”
Gabby Dawnay is a children’s writer, scriptwriter, and poet based in London. She has been poet–in–residence for the children’s art and science magazine OKIDO since 2007 and co–adapted and developed the magazine for children’s television, where it became the hit CBeebies animated preschool show Messy Goes to OKIDO! She has written for the American–British series Rhyme Time Town from DreamWorks, the British animated series Postman Pat, and several other animated series including a Chinese animated series. Native to Bulgaria, Mona K is passionate about drawing quirky faces and exploring the woods. Based in the Netherlands, she spends her time dabbling in arts and design, creating crafts with a purpose, and occasionally baking cake–like goods.
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING SERIES: The Magic Cat 5–Minute Discovery Stories series has sold more than 100,000 copies around the world.
HIGH–PROFILE ILLUSTRATOR: Illustrator Mona K has more than 150,000 followers on Instagram.
GIFTABLE: A gorgeous silver–foiled cover makes this a great gifting title.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *112 pages
*WIDTH: 7 3/4" - 197mm
*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 266mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
AGES 5 to 7
KIDS NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-7968-8
US $14.99 CAN $18.99 ËxHSLELJy779688z
CARTON QTY: 20 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-558-7
RIGHTS: North America
The 50 States
THINGS THAT GO
WRITTEN BY KRISTEN LEE; ILLUSTRATED BY MARTIN STANEV
Buckle up and get ready to hit the road on an adventure through all 50 states to discover the fastest, wackiest, and most rip–roaring vehicles across the United States—from race cars and roller coasters to submarines and trains
From the roaring racing cars of Indiana to the soaring space shuttles of Florida, travel through 50 states with vehicle expert and enthusiast Kristen Lee, and uncover more than 500 facts that showcase the vehicles, history, and spirit of the USA.
This fully–illustrated gift book is packed with colorful illustrations that capture the inventiveness and unique identity of each state. It features:
·All 50 states, from Alabama to Wyoming, plus Washington, DC
·Over 500 quirky and intriguing facts paired with accurate art
·A detailed, fully illustrated map at the front and an index for easy navigation
Written by award–winning journalist and transportation expert Kristen Lee, this book offers a treasure trove of knowledge grounded in her years of experience.
Full of kid–friendly vehicle facts and accurate matching illustrations, this book takes kids on an unforgettable journey across America where they'll get a look at cars, trains, boats, spaceships, planes, roller coasters, and so many other vehicles they can't get enough of.
Hong Kong–American Kristen Lee is an award–winning senior features editor at MotorTrend who previously worked at The Drive, Business Insider, Jalopnik, and Road & Track. Her writing and photography have also appeared in The Motoring Journal, and she’s made appearances on Fox, Jay Leno’s Garage, Good Morning America, The Smoking Tire Podcast, Fusion’s Car vs. America, NBCSN’s /DRIVE, and MotorTrend OnDemand’s Shift Talkers. Lee is based in Brooklyn. Martin Stanev is a children’s book illustrator whose debut picture book, The Planet in a Pickle Jar, was selected by The Guardian as a Best Children’s Book of 2021. Originally from Bulgaria, Stanev now lives in the Lake District in the north of England, where you will find him hiking and observing nature that he brings back into the studio.
SELLING POINTS
EXCITING NEW SERIES:
A brand–new, fully illustrated US–focused series from the publishers of the bestselling 50 States series, which has sold more than 200,000 copies in the United States to date.
PACKED WITH FUN FACTS: Includes 500 bite–sized captions with accurate matching illustrations, perfect for young children obsessed with vehicles or “things that go.”
EXPERT AUTHOR: Skillfully written and researched by MotorTrend’s senior features editor Kristen Lee.
GIFTABLE: With a colorful case featuring an embossed title, this is an ideal gift buy for the holidays.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm
*HEIGHT: 12 1/2" - 317mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
AGES 5 to 10
KIDS NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-7972-5
US $22.99 CAN $28.99
ËxHSLELJy779725z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-562-4
Do Not Disturb
HOW TO SAY NO TO YOUR PHONE WRITTEN BY BRAD MARSHALL AND LINDSAY HASSOCK; ILLUSTRATED BY LAURIANE BOHÉMIER
From psychologists Brad Marshall and Lindsay Hassock, Do Not Disturb is an empowering and practical guide to help teens and kids build a healthier relationships with their phones
In Do Not Disturb, Brad Marshall and Lindsay Hassock share cutting–edge insights on how young people can unplug from their phones. Readers will discover the effects that their phone has on their brain and body. They’ll find out how to create a relationship with their phone on their terms. They’ll even establish simple, healthy screen time habits that stick. This is a must–have resource that includes:
·Ten practical steps to help teens and children unplug from their phones
·A toolkit at the end of each step, providing accessible, practical techniques
·Advice from trusted psychologists who have spent two decades working with young people
·Full–color illustrations by Lauriane Bohémier
·Additional resources at the back of the book
Practical, insightful, and never preachy, this book will help readers stop doomscrolling and start unplugging!
Brad Marshall AKA The Unplugged Psychologist has spent over a decade at the cutting edge of healthy screen use. He is an internationally published author, researcher, and clinician. Linday Hassock is a clinical psychologist at the Screens & Gaming Disorder Clinic, in Sydney, Australia. Working in its internet addiction clinic, Lindsay provides mental health services to young people and supports families with finding a balance between healthy screen time and problematic overuse. Lauriane Bohémier is an artist and graphic designer from Quebec, Canada. Inspired by nature, Bohémier creates art that feels good for the soul. Her art expresses the beauty of self, the gifts of nature, and the pleasure in taking care of ourselves and others. She believes that when we follow our life’s purpose, all will flow.
SELLING POINTS
FIRST ON THE MARKET: This is the first book for young people to explore the toll smartphone overuse can take on mental and physical health.
TRUSTED AUTHOR: Written by two psychologists with years of experience working with children suffering from phone addiction.
ACCESSIBLE GUIDE: Split into 10 easy–to–implement steps to help create a healthier relationship with technology as well as a toolkit at the end of each step.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *96 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/2" - 216mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 8 and up
YOUNG ADULT
ISBN 978-1-4197-7698-4
US $18.99 CAN $23.99 ËxHSLELJy776984z
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-412-2
The Little Book of Love
100 WAYS TO SAY I LOVE YOU AROUND THE WORLD WRITTEN BY VITA MURROW; ILLUSTRATED BY ANNELIES DRAWS
Learn how to say “I Love You” in 100 different languages and discover how people in different cultures show they care with the heartwarming and sweetly illustrated Little Book of Love
Journey around the world in this beautiful exploration of language that invites little learners into the many wonderful ways to say, share, and show love. Illustrated by Instagram star Annelies Draws, this delightful pocket–size book offers 100 loving words or phrases and their meanings, along with a tradition or activity related to each culture.
Celebrate your child’s curiosity and their love for friends and family as they learn a word or phrase from 100 languages; see how love is expressed in different countries and cultures; get a unique look into the lives of others across the globe; and discover cozy illustrations by Draws.
Born in central India, Vita Murrow grew up in Minneapolis, Minnesota, and became a children’s author. She has a M.S.Ed degree in literacy, which included studies and practice in linguistics, sociology, and the intersection of language and cultural anthropology. Based in Boston, Murrow has more than a decade of experience working with multilingual families, speech language pathologists, and school systems supporting healthy language development for children. Annelies Draws is a self–taught illustrator based in the Netherlands, originally from South Korea. She has loved to draw since she was a little girl and works with traditional mediums such as colored pencils and gouache paints with whimsical colors. Draws finds inspiration through her daily life and hopes her work can bring a little joy to your day.
SELLING POINTS
NEXT IN POPULAR SERIES: The Little Book of . . . series has sold across 12 languages so far.
POPULAR ILLUSTRATOR:
Annelies Draws has more than 370,000 engaged followers on Instagram.
GLOBAL APPEAL: Young children will learn all about how people in other countries speak and celebrate, along with how they eat, what they wear, and much more.
IDEAL FOR PARENTS OR TEACHERS: This title is the perfect way to introduce travel, culture, and language . . . with heart!
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *208 pages
*WIDTH: 5" - 127mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 3 to 8
KIDS NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-4197-7969-5
US $19.99 CAN $24.99
ËxHSLELJy779695z
CARTON QTY: 24 ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-559-4
RIGHTS: US and Canada
The Stuff that Stuff Is Made Of
THE THINGS WE MAKE WITH PLANTS
WRITTEN BY JONATHAN DRORI; ILLUSTRATED BY RAXENNE MANIQUIZ AND JIATONG LIU
Jonathan Drori brings life to the science of 30 plants, revealing how their worlds are entwined with our own in this one–of–a–kind family book
Discover the incredible things we make with plants with best–selling author and science communicator, Jonathan Drori. Did you know that there's seaweed in ice cream, cork in spacecraft and dandelion in truck tyres? Have you wondered how paper or thread are made, or why the mandrake is so mysterious?
Meticulously researched and beautifully illustrated, this book of wonder gives a young reader the knowledge of how the things we use every day are born from natural materials, and the surprising stories behind their creation.
Discover how:
–Dandelions can turn into tires –Papyrus is pressed into paper –Cacao becomes chocolate –And much more!
With 30 beautifully crafted stories throughout history and from all around the world, this is a beautiful botanical gift to explore and treasure for readers 7–70 years.
Jonathan Drori, CBE is a trustee of the Eden Project and Cambridge Science Centre, an Ambassador for the WWF, and was for nine years a trustee of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and the Woodland Trust. He is the author of bestselling Around the World in 80 Trees and Around the World in 80 Plants, which were shortlisted for Waterstone's Book of the Year. He is on the board of Cambridge University Botanic Garden, and is a Fellow of the Linnean Society, the Zoological Society of London, and the Royal Geographical Society. He continues to take a keen interest in plants, and has accompanied several Kew botanical expeditions, making short films about their discoveries. Raxenne Maniquiz is an illustrator and graphic designer based in the Philippines, whose work is often bursting with native botanicals. Maniquiz’s finely textured illustrations and signature colorful backgrounds have emblazoned branding campaigns, product packaging, apparel, stationery, murals, not to mention lighting up multiple publications. Jiatong Liu is a Chinese–born illustrator who lives in London.
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Bestselling science communicator Jonathan Drori reveals the secret stories of plants and everyday things in his first children’s book.
LEARN WHERE “STUFF” COMES FROM: Learn the stories of everyday things and how they’re made. Understand how your T–shirt is made from a cotton plant, discover that chocolate begins as a “bean,” and explore how huge structures can be built of bamboo.
EXPERT SCIENCE MADE ACCESSIBLE: Thirty beautifully crafted stories that blend history, technology, and science.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm
*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 7 to 10
ISBN 978-1-917366-06-9
US $22.99 CAN $28.99 ËxHSLJLHy366069z
ebook ISBN 978-1-917366-07-6
RIGHTS: US and Canada
She Speaks: The Women of Norse Myths in their Own Words
WRITTEN BY HONOR CARGILL-MARTIN, ILLUSTRATED BY PAULIINA HANNUNIEMI
Classicist Honor Cargill–Martin once again puts women at center stage in this beautiful collection of eight illustrated Norse myths and legends
Praise for She Speaks: The Women of Greek Myths in Their Own Words:
“Cargill–Martin’s exciting and insightful retelling breathes new life into characters who are often not given as much airtime as their male counterparts.” —Charlotte Eyre, The Bookseller
“Lavishly illustrated and dynamic collection of retellings.” — Imogen Russell Williams, The Guardian
Discover your favorite Norse myths—with a twist. This time you'll hear from the female characters in their own words. Stories include:
FREYJA’S STORY: The goddess who brings magic and harmony to Asgard FRIGG’S STORY: The Queen of Asgard’s desperate attempt to protect her beloved son Baldur from death
IDDUN’S STORY: The goddess who is kidnapped for her eternal youth SKADI’S STORY: The bowhunting giantess who avenges her father’s death
GEFJON’S STORY: The entrepreneurial goddess who creates her own island
GRID’S STORY : The jötunn who helps Thor survive a deadly encounter with the Giant Geirrod
BRYNHILDR’S STORY: The vengeful Valkyrie’s betrayal by Sigurd Written by classics expert Honor Cargill–Martin, who breathes new life into well–loved stories and brings the classics into the modern world. This enchanting anthology for children ages 7+ features:
–Eight classic Norse myths, specially retold for young feminists –Insightful storytelling from “the new Mary Beard”, classicist Honor Cargill–Martin
–Extensive backmatter, with a full synopsis of each story, bibliography, and further reading –Stunning Viking red foil on the cover
Honor Cargill–Martin is an author, classicist, and art historian from London. Cargill–Martin studied ancient history and classical archaeology at the University of Oxford. She won a scholarship and graduated with a first, staying on to complete a master’s in ancient history. After a second master’s in Italian Renaissance art, she returned to Oxford to begin a doctorate focusing on ancient Roman history at Christ Church College. Pauliina Hannuniemi is a Finnish illustrator with her bachelor of arts from Metropolia UoAS. In addition to The Song of the Swan, she is also the illustrator of Karah Sutton’s A Wolf for a Spell
SELLING POINTS
COMPENDIUM OF NORSE MYTHS WITH A FEMINIST
TWIST: Eight classic Norse myths, retold for the next generation by classicist Honor Cargill–Martin.
SERIES EXTENSION: The sequel to She Speaks: The Women of Greek Myths in their Own Words.
EXTENSIVE BACKMATTER:
Includes feature pages profiling the featured goddesses and providing a full synopsis of each story, giving context to the historical context behind the myths. A reference section also provides a full bibliography and further reading.
GORGEOUS GIFT ANTHOLOGY: Perfect gift for children aged seven to nine, fully illustrated by Nordic illustrator Pauliina Hannuniemi, and with an imitation linen case and holographic foil.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *80 pages
*WIDTH: 9 2/5" - 239mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 7 to 9
ISBN 978-1-917366-08-3
US $19.99 CAN $25.99 ËxHSLJLHy366083z
ebook ISBN 978-1-917366-09-0
RIGHTS:
500 Dreams
A BEDTIME SEEK-AND-FIND
WRITTEN BY JENNIFER ECKFORD; ILLUSTRATED BY NATALIA ROJAS CASTRO
This beautifully illustrated, ultimate search–and–find book has 500 different dreams to encourage happy thoughts as kids drift off to sleep
What if you could choose your dream? Which one would you choose? Would you fly with a dragon? Make friends with a mermaid? Or perhaps you’d speed through space on a rocket?
Kids will enjoy settling down for bed with 500 Dreams and exploring different dream scenes. Items hidden within each scene add to the fun with a total of 500 things to find throughout the book and the corresponding answers appearing in the back. Make bedtime an adventure every night with this fun search–and–find book that encourages sweet dreams! It makes a great gift.
Jennifer Eckford is a writer whose books have been published in more than 30 languages around the world. She studied painting at the Slade School of Fine Art in London before becoming an award–winning writer, editor, and publisher of children’s books. She lives on the North Norfolk coast in the United Kingdom with her young family. Natalia Roja Castro is an illustrator based in Bogotá, Colombia. The inspiration for her work comes from her surroundings, the streets of Bogotá, and the colors and nature of Colombia and Latin America. When she is not drawing, she enjoys riding her bike and making rugs with her designs for fun.
SELLING POINTS
BRIGHT AND INVITING: Printed with hyper–bright fluorescent inks.
INTERACTIVE: An engaging seek–and–find book in which you spot two dream adventurers amid super busy scenes.
POPULAR TOPICS: Each spread focuses on a perennially popular subject, such as race cars, space, dinosaurs, oceans, fairy tales, and more!
ENCOURAGES MINDFULNESS: Helps kids embrace positive thoughts before bedtime.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages
*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm
*HEIGHT: 11 1/2" - 292mm
* Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: AUGUST
AGES 4 to 7
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-4197-7970-1
US $22.99 CAN $28.99
CARTON QTY: 15
ebook ISBN 979-8-88707-560-0
RIGHTS: US and Canada
Night Creatures: Firefly
WRITTEN BY ROBERT MACFARLANE; ILLUSTRATED BY LUKE ADAM HAWKER
The first title in the forthcoming Night Creatures trilogy, created by two of the U.K.'s best– known book makers: Robert Macfarlane and Luke Adam Hawker
From two of the U.K.'s best–known book makers, Robert Macfarlane and Luke Adam Hawker, comes a stunning picture book to ignite wonder in readers everywhere.
Written in lyrical verse, this story follows one sun–seeking child who discovers a meadow illuminated by fireflies: "fallen constellations" that dance like stars among the summer grasses, setting fears to flight. Enchanting to read aloud and exquisite to hold in the hand, each scene is rendered in spellbinding detail, showing the power of hope in a world steeped in darkness.
The first in an upcoming trilogy, Firefly is sure to appeal to all ages –An uplifting and lyrical story of light, hope, and wonder –With words from beloved and bestselling author, Robert Macfarlane, creator of The Lost Words and The Lost Spells –Stunning artwork created from original etchings by Luke Adam Hawker, whose debut book Together was a Sunday Times bestseller –Spectacular gift book, cloth bound with a copper foiled cover –This accessible story is perfect for children, and adults, ages 7 and above
Robert Macfarlane is a British writer and Fellow of Emmanuel College, Cambridge. He is best known for his books on landscape, nature, place, people and language. He is seen as one of a number of recent British writers who have provoked a new critical and popular interest in writing about landscape. Luke Adam Hawker is an artist with a background in architecture and design. Hawker commenced his career as a designer before he became a full–time artist in 2015. He has a fascination with drawing on location as well as taking the time to notice the world around him. In 2021, Hawker published his first book, Together, and it quickly became a Sunday Times bestseller. It has been well–received, and over 130,000 copies have been purchased worldwide in 11 different languages.
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING AUTHOR: Robert Macfarlane is one of Britain’s best–known and most beloved writers, whose works include The Lost Words, The Lost Spells, The Old Ways, and Underland.
ILLUSTRATOR WITH LARGE FOLLOWING: Luke Adam Hawker has more than half a million followers on Instagram, and his bookTogether was an international bestseller.
READ–ALOUD PICTURE BOOK: Accessible story which will appeal to all ages.
GIFTABLE PACKAGE: Features cloth bound, foiled cover, and intricate artwork created from original etchings.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 7 3/10" - 185mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 5 to 7
ISBN 978-1-917366-17-5
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 ËxHSLJLHy366175z
ebook ISBN 978-1-917366-71-7
Little Dinosaurs, Big Questions
10 THOUGHTFUL STORIES
WRITTEN BY SWAPNA HADDOW WITH CONSULTATION FROM AMBER OWEN; ILLUSTRATED BY YITING LEE
Ten fictional stories with supportive tools to help understand the difficult things about life. Designed for grown–ups to read with children
Meet Diplo—the Jurassic kingdom's best–loved therapist—on his second dino–tastic adventure!
This time, tackle some of life's biggest questions with Diplo and his 10 dinosaur friends as they understand more about complex questions, including:
–What does it mean to be fair
–Why do bad things happen?
–Why do some have more than others?
–If someone is unkind, can I be, too?
–What makes a good friend?
–Is it ever OK to lie?
–Does the grass feel hurt when I eat it?
–Am I normal?
–Why do we follow rules?
–How do we remember someone we've lost?
And to help your children navigate their emotions, check out Dr Diplo's first book, Little Dinosaurs, Big Feelings
Swapna Haddow lives in New Zealand with her karate–chopping, swashbuckling son and her thirtysomething, age–sensitive husband. She landed her first book deal when she won the Greenhouse Funny Prize for her children’s story Dave Pigeon Yiting Lee graduated with a master’s in children’s book illustration from the Cambridge School of Art in 2012. She focuses on picture books, delivering whimsical and unpredictable stories, and likes to keep the story simple and the illustration full because she knows children love looking into those details like she did. She mainly uses watercolor, gouache, ink, colored pencils, and whatever else she has newly discovered.
ebook ISBN 978-1-917366-04-5 RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
MINDFUL TOOLS AND ACTIVITIES: To help little ones navigate the big questions they might have.
READ ALOUD STORIES: The perfect way to open up conversations in a gentle and approachable way.
MULTI–AWARD WINNING
AUTHOR: Written by Swapna Haddow, also the author of Little Dinosaurs, Big Feelings.
SWEET, COLORFUL ILLUSTRATIONS: Yiting Lee brings the stories to life.
SPECIFICATIONS
*112 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: AUGUST
AGES 5 to 7
ISBN 978-1-917366-03-8
US $19.99 CAN $24.99
ËxHSLJLHy366038z
RIGHTS: US and Canada
Chess Box of 25 Tricks
25 ACTIVITY CARDS
WRITTEN BY MAURICE ASHLEY; ILLUSTRATED BY DENIS ANGELOV
Twenty–five openings,
tactics, and checkmates for budding chess players from Grandmaster Maurice Ashley
Discover twenty–five chess strategies with this boxed deck of cards that's perfect for budding chess players.
Written by the inspirational Maurice Ashley, the world's first African American Grandmaster, this fully sustainable card box is the perfect gift for any child, whether they're just learning to play or wanting to improve their skills.
Use this deck of cards to discover:
–How chess pieces move and how to set up your board –Tactics to trap your opponents
–How to checkmate like a Grandmaster
With top tips and fun facts from the first African American Grandmaster, Maurice Ashley, and illustrated chess boards on every card, this set is perfect to inspire young children to discover the magic of chess.
Maurice Ashley lives his passion. Through his love for chess, he not only made history as the first African American Grandmaster in the annals of the game, but he has managed to translate his love to others as a three–time national championship coach, author, ESPN commentator, and motivational speaker. Denis Angelov is a children’s book illustrator who lives in Sofia, Bulgaria. He loves mixing all sorts of media in his work, including gouache, oil pastels, colored pencils, watercolors, and more; if it’s within arm’s reach while he’s drawing, it will most likely end up in the final illustration in some way. Angelov also works with lots of wonky shapes and skewed perspectives to add charm and character.
SELLING POINTS
EXCITING AND ENGAGING: The perfect gift for any child, whether they’re just learning to play or wanting to improve their skills.
NEW IN SERIES: Part of The Life–Changing Magic of . . . , an exciting new series that celebrates the magic of life skills that bring joy, and the heroes who made them their passion.
INSPIRATIONAL AUTHOR:
Written by Maurice Ashley, the world’s first Black Grandmaster.
FULLY ILLUSTRATED DECK: Each card features fun and colorful artwork from fantastic illustrator Denis Angelov.
SUSTAINABLE: This boxed deck of cards is made with plastic–free packaging.
SPECIFICATIONS
*25 pages
*WIDTH: 4" - 101mm
*HEIGHT: 5 3/5" - 142mm
* Boxed Set
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
AGES 5 to 10
ISBN 978-1-917366-12-0
US $16.99 CAN $21.99
Glow 30 Stargazing Cards
DISCOVER 30 CONSTELLATIONS, STARS AND PLANETS!
WRITTEN
BY
NOELIA GONZALEZ; ILLUSTRATED BY SARA BOCCACCINI MEADOWS
A beautiful pack of 30 cards for every budding star gazer!
“This is the best intro into birds you could ever get...the artwork is sublime.” —Jim Moir, author of Birds
“The cutest book about birds and how to spot them.”
—Jamie Oliver
“The song of spring...a fully illustrated collection of more than 150 birds from around the world.” —RSPB Magazine
Explore the night sky with this beautiful pack of 30 cards, the perfect gift for any budding stargazer.
Each card features a different constellation, planet, or star to spot in the night sky, with stunning artwork on one side, and easy–to–follow guidance on the reverse. And every object is visible with the naked eye, meaning no telescopes are necessary!
Use this deck of cards to:
–Learn how to find the North Star –Understand the phases of the moon –Find all the planets in our solar system –Discover the science behind eclipses –Explore iconic constellations including Orion, the Plough, and the Great Bear
An introductory booklet is also included, featuring a night sky map and guidance for young astronomers aged 5+.
Part of In Our Nature a beautifully illustrated series that showcases the beauty of our planet and has sold in 19 languages across the world.
Noelia González is a bilingual multimedia journalist, writer, and poet. Her reporting has ranged from science, technology, and the environment to women’s rights and underrepresented communities. She is a currently senior science writer and editor at NASA en español, where she covers earth science and space exploration. González’s home country is Uruguay, and her adoptive home is in Maryland, where she lives with her husband and daughter. Sara Boccaccini Meadows is a British–born illustrator based in New York. Her playful and illustrative work, created in watercolor, gouache, and ink pen and inspired by the great outdoors, has won her an audience of a quarter of a million followers on Instagram.
SELLING POINTS
DETAILED AND INFORMATIVE: Learn how to spot constellations and planets without a telescope.
NO TELESCOPE NEEDED: Every inclusion can be seen with the naked eye.
OUT–OF–THIS–WORLD ARTWORK: Illustrations on every card by Sara Boccaccini Meadows, who has a loyal audience of a quarter of a million followers.
PART OF SERIES: A new addition to the incredible In Our Nature series.
SPECIFICATIONS
*30 pages
*WIDTH: 4" - 101mm
*HEIGHT: 5 3/5" - 142mm
*Boxed Set
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 5 to 7 KIDS NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-917366-05-2
US $16.99 CAN $21.99
RIGHTS: US and Canada
The Little Box of Words That Matter
30 ACTIVITY CARDS TO EXPLORE COMPLEX CONCEPTS
WRITTEN BY JOANNE RUELOS DIAZ; ILLUSTRATED BY
ANNELIES DRAWS
A boxed deck of 30 cards containing explanations and simple exercises to help your little one understand the world around them
This supportive deck of 30 cards introduces complex concepts to young children–from celebrating our differences to making a difference to the world.
Each card offers a word on the front and an age–appropriate definition and exercise on the reverse, providing parents and caregivers with ways to educate, connect, and communicate with their child
Compiled in consultation with brilliant mindfulness educator Wynne Kinder, M. Ed., this deck will grow not only young children’s vocabularies, but their hearts and minds, too. A booklet is also included to help parents and caregivers make the most of the cards.
This boxed deck for children ages three–plus features: ·30 activity cards
·A booklet written for parents and caregivers
·Text compiled in consultation with mindfulness educator Wynne Kinder, M.Ed
·Beautiful illustrations from Instagram star Annelies Draws
·Plastic–free packaging
Joanne Ruelos Diaz is a writer and editor dedicated to nurturing a love for reading and learning. She writes for children, parents, and teachers and values physical, mental, social, and emotional health for all members in a family. Diaz and her family live in New Jersey. Annelies Draws is a self–taught illustrator based in the Netherlands, originally from South Korea. She has loved to draw since she was a little girl, and works with traditional mediums such as colored pencils and gouache paints with whimsical colors. Wynne Kinder, M. Ed. holds a master’s degree in education from Eastern Mennonite University, and her teaching career spans 30 years. As owner of Kinder Associates LLC and Wellness Works in Schools, she creates programming, online and onsite trainings through teaching tools that address mindful awareness, self–care, reregulation, diverse learning needs, trauma in the classroom, healthy connection, social emotional skills, engagement and participation, and behavior guidance.
SELLING POINTS
30 ACTIVITY CARDS: Help little ones understand the world around them with explanations and simple exercises.
BOOKLET INCLUDED: Help guide carers through the activities.
BESTSELLING ILLUSTRATOR: Annelies Draws has over 320,000 followers on Instagram.
30 STORY CARDS TO BUILD YOUR VOCABULARY WRITTEN BY DR. MEREDITH L. ROWE; ILLUSTRATED BY MONIKA FORSBERG
30 game cards featuring interesting words to fire your imagination and enrich your vocabulary
Play three games in one with this set of 30 flashcards!
This boxed deck of 30 illustrated story cards contains 90 words chosen by Harvard literacy expert Dr. Meredith L Rowe to fire your child's imagination, support learning, and build their vocabulary
Use these cards in various ways to learn and play: –Help younger children to discover and understand new words –Arrange the cards to form sentences and stories with older children –Flip the card to read the definition of each word overleaf –Includes words such as tranquil, endearing, turbulent, ostentatious, and many more –With vibrant animal illustrations on every card that are sure to engage children of all ages
And for more fun ways to introduce children to new and exciting words, check out the other titles in the Little Word Whizz series: –365 First Words for Little Kids: introduce your little one to concepts such as colors, numbers, shapes, and more in this book of first words –365 First Words for Clever Kids: discover a brand–new word for every day of the year, arranged into 52 seasonally themed spreads
Dr. Meredith L. Roew is professor of early learning and development at Harvard University’s Graduate School of Education. Her previous titles include Learning Through Language: Toward an Educationally Informed Theory of Language Learning and Literacy and Mothering: How Women’s Schooling Changes the Lives of the World’s Children. Monika Forsbergis a freelance illustrator, born and raised in Luleå, a coastal town in Swedish Lapland, now living in London.
SELLING POINTS
EXTENDS VOCABULARY: Thirty cards each featuring three words of increasing complexity to introduce little readers to big words.
BESTSELLING SERIES: Direct spin–off from bestselling Word Whizz title An Interesting Word for Every Day of the Year.
ONLINE PLATFORM: Amusing illustrations from Monika Forsberg, who has 94,000 followers on Instagram.
SPECIFICATIONS
*30 pages
*WIDTH: 4" - 101mm
*HEIGHT: 5 3/5" - 142mm
* Boxed Set
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
AGES 1 to 5
ISBN 978-1-917366-13-7
US $16.99 CAN $21.99
DISTRIBUTED PUBLISHERS
Enchanted Lion/Unruly
Red Comet Press
Getty Publications
Milky Way Picture Books
Tate Publishing
Familius
SelfMadeHero
Vendome Press
Skittledog
V&A Publishing
La Martinière/Abrams
Editions BPI
Ducasse Edition
From Salmon Run (Red Comet Press) • Written and Illustrated by Annie Chen
Before She Was My Grandmother
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY GISELLE POTTER
From celebrated illustrator Giselle Potter, a beautiful and memorable story about the special bond between a grandparent and a grandchild
Whenever I visit my grandmother Alice, we love sitting together and telling each other stories. My favorite part is when she takes out her box of special things and we pass them back and forth. Each object—a doll, a sketchbook, shells and stones, and more—is a clue to a bigger story: the story of her life before she was my grandmother.
Before she was my grandmother, she too was a young girl, with a life very different from my own. Little by little, the stories she tells and the objects she shares from her memory box reveal the many facets of her life, along with her great spirit, with its many colors and tones.
Written and illustrated by the award–winning picture book maker Giselle Potter, Before She Was My Grandmother celebrates strong and loving family connections, as well as the little moments and mementos of childhood that we carry with us all our lives—and pass on to the next generation. It’s also a touching reminder of how every life is so much richer and more multifaceted than any single identity or role.
Giselle Potter is the award–winning illustrator of over 30 books for children, some written by herself and others by such authors as Toni Morrison, Mary Pope Osborne, Ursula Hegi, Mathea Harvey, and Gertrude Stein. She also illustrated a column for The New York Times called “Ties.” She lives with her husband and two daughters in the Hudson Valley.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
AN ODE TO INTERGENERATIONAL FAMILY BONDS: Based on the author–illustrator’s real–life grandmother, the grandma–granddaughter relationship at the heart of this book makes it the perfect gift for any grandparents to read with their grandchildren.
INSPIRING TO ALL THOSE WHO FEEL DIFFERENT: Plucky Alice doesn’t let her health conditions hinder her from living a full and fully chosen life.
CONVERSATION STARTER ABOUT FAMILY HISTORY: Encourages kids to discover who their family members are beyond their personal relationships, and to ask questions about what they were like growing up, the stories behind keepsakes or heirlooms, etc.
THE SMALL, PERSONAL, AND FAMILIAR AS VALUABLE AND BEAUTIFUL: Celebrates the wonder and virtue of what is near and familiar and yet extraordinary—the ordinary life that in being well lived deepens into wisdom and care, as well as insights, meanings, and stories to be shared.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *52 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
*Hardcover, Jacketed, Picture PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 5 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-59270-431-6
US $19.99 CAN $25.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLFTCy704316z
ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-467-5
Don’t Eat Me! The Almost True Story of Belladonna
WRITTEN BY KATE FINNEY; ILLUSTRATED BY ESMÉ SHAPIRO
From award–winning illustrator Esmé Shapiro and debut talent Kate Finney comes the unforgettable story of Belladonna, a spunky, beautiful plant who must learn to survive—even though she can’t flee from those who want to devour her!
Everyone in the forest knows about Belladonna—that tall, beautiful plant whose berries are so delicious that they’re forever being gobbled up. Day after day, poor Belladonna is nibbled at until there’s almost nothing left of her. But unlike the animals who can leap, climb, or fly away, Belladonna, being a plant, is firmly rooted in place. So what’s a plant to do to survive?
This is the story of how Belladonna learns to harness her own chemical powers to protect herself and her descendants . . . and how she learns from a great cast of plant and animal characters—culminating in a dandy pheasant—that no one ever survives alone.
This one–of–a–kind picture book is gorgeously illustrated by Esmé Shapiro with wit and humor, and has an astonishingly epic framing that carries Belladonna across eons into her final, powerful form!
Kate Finney grew up among familiar trees on the outskirts of Philadelphia. She is the recipient of Vassar’s Ann E. Imbrie Prize for Excellence in Fiction Writing. She splits her time between Brooklyn and an island in Maine. Esmé Shapiro grew up in Laurel Canyon, California, and Ontario, Canada, and is a graduate of the Rhode Island School of Design. Her previous picture books include Ooko, which was nominated for a Governor General’s Literary Award in 2016. Shapiro also illustrated Yak and Dove by Kyo Maclear, Eliza: The Story of Elizabeth Schuyler Hamilton by Margaret McNamara, and A Garden of Creatures by Sheila Heti. Shapiro lives in the Hudson Valley with her husband, Daniel, and their two dogs.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
A DELICIOUSLY FUN INTRO TO STEM TOPICS: Approaches key concepts such as the food chain, ecosystems, adaptation, and coevolution in a playful, engaging, and informative way.
EMBRACES HUMOR AND LARGER–THAN–LIFE
CHARACTERS: Belladonna’s pride, Raspberry’s exuberance, Oak’s wisdom, and Fungus’s insistence—as well as a few key plot twists—will keep readers laughing and turning the pages to see what happens next.
FOCUS ON COOPERATION AND INTERCONNECTION: Uplifts the importance of both the give–and–take of living in community and the establishment of self–protective boundaries. These life skills/SEL themes are sought for by educators and parents alike.
AN UNPARALLELED GIFT
BOOK: Fully illustrated with gorgeous, intricate images and beautifully, sustainably printed, this book makes for a truly special gift.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *56 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 194mm
*HEIGHT: 11 3/4" - 260mm
*Hardcover, Jacketed, Picture PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 6 to 9
KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT, PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-59270-434-7
The Coziest Place on the Moon
WRITTEN BY MARIA POPOVA; ILLUSTRATED BY SARAH JACOBY
From Marginalian creator Maria Popova and acclaimed illustrator Sarah Jacoby comes this gorgeous picture book about the dark side of the moon, and creative solitude as an antidote to loneliness
Feeling like the loneliest creature on Earth, Re decides to go live in the coziest place on the moon. Re packs a suitcase and takes off on a beam of light, shooting out into the cosmic aloneness of space. Re's aim is to go into the cozy nook that the moon is said to possess. But shortly after arriving, Re makes a surprising discovery: Re is not alone. Indeed, another lonely soul has beaten Re there! And so, Re meets Mi, and while each lives in their own chamber of the nook, these two single souls still become, at times, a kind of togetherness. Each remains alone but less lonely, and now each can watch over the solitude of the other. Moreover, on certain nights, the solitary songs of them both might be heard cadencing the night together, in harmony, across the vast and starry sky.
Maria Popova thinks and writes about our search for meaning–sometimes through science and philosophy, sometimes through poetry and children's books, always through the lens of wonder. She is the creator of The Marginalian (born in 2006 under the name Brain Pickings), which is included in the Library of Congress permanent digital archive of culturally valuable materials, and has spent ample happy hours making An Almanac of Birds: Divinations for Uncertain Days. She has written some very long books (Figuring and Traversal) and one other very short book besides this one (The Snail with the Right Heart) , and her show The Universe in Verse–a charitable celebration of the wonder of reality through stories of science winged with poetry–has also become a book the length of a day on Saturn. Sarah Jacoby is the award–winning author and illustrator of such picture books as Doris, Can I Sit with You?, and Forever or a Day. Her work is mostly book–oriented these days, though she has worked with folks like The New York Times and The Washington Post. Jacoby’s work is evocative and delightfully unexpected, playful and effortlessly profound. Her work is characterized by a deeply felt empathy, a keenly observant eye, and an intuitive ability to capture and convey what it means to think, feel, and be in this world as a human. She lives and works in a little row home in Philadelphia.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
A TASTEMAKER WITH A HUGE FOLLOWING: Author Maria Popova’s The Marginalian has millions of followers across her website, newsletter, and social media, who care deeply about her contributions to our search for meaning.
A TRANSFORMATIVE STORY ON AN IMPORTANT THEME: Explores the difference between loneliness and solitude, positing the latter as a space of self–communion and creativity, even a homecoming to the self, rather than a condition to be suffered.
GENTLE, COZY ART THAT INVITES WITH ITS WARMTH: Warm, rich colors and cuddly characters from award–winning illustrator Sarah Jacoby invite readers into pages that reassure through a trustworthy sense of familiarity.
A BEAUTIFUL, HOPEFUL GIFT: Gorgeously designed and printed, sustainably produced, and using both debossing and foil, this book is far more joyful than sad, and most of all a celebration of human creativity and fortitude.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *42 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm
*Hardcover, Jacketed, Picture PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
AGES 5 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-59270-437-8
US $19.99 CAN $25.99 UK £13.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-469-9
The Snow Theater
WRITTEN
AND ILLUSTRATED BY
RYOJI ARAI; TRANSLATED FROM JAPANESE BY DAVID BOYD
From Astrid Lindgren Memorial Award winner Ryoji Arai comes a gorgeous picture book about a child learning to cope with making mistakes, while having a magical experience in the wild, beautiful snow
After accidentally ripping the pages of his father’s favorite book, a pensive, heavy–hearted boy leaves his cozy, warm house to ski through the snow. There, in the quiet and the cold, he stumbles upon a small stage that’s all lit up—a tiny snow theater, with tiny snow people and tiny ballerinas—that soon transforms into a large snow theater, presided over by the majestic snow queen.
As the boy joins the chorus of snow children, the snow queen lifts up her arms and snow falls and falls and falls, until all the boy can see is white—a snowstorm! And it’s at that precise moment that the boy’s father, who let his son go off alone but never lost track of him, is there to take his hand as they return home together.
Originally published in Japan and written and illustrated by one of the country’s most important picture book makers, The Snow Theater is a quietly enchanting tale about the wild beauty of nature, the powers of the imagination, and the unconditional love of a parent for their child.
Ryoji Arai was born in Yamagata, Japan, in 1956. He has an illustrative style all his own: bold, mischievous, and unpredictable. Arai studied art at Nippon University. His art is at once genuine and truly poetic, encouraging children to paint and to tell their own stories. He took the Japanese picture book world by storm in the 1990s. Since then, he has won multiple awards, including the Astrid Lindgren Memorial Award in 2005, and was Japan’s nominee for the prestigious Hans Christian Andersen Award in 2022. David Boyd is an associate professor of Japanese at the University of North Carolina at Charlotte. He is the translator of adult fiction by Izumi Suzuki, Tatsuhiko Shibusawa, and Kanoko Okamoto, among others, as well as the beloved Chirri & Chirra picture book series published by Enchanted Lion. His translations have appeared in Monkey Business International, Granta, and Words Without Borders, among other publications.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
AN INVITATION INTO WHIMSY AND MAGIC: Similar to the beloved Chirri & Chirra series, this Japanese picture book brings to life a charming, fanciful world filled with beauty and enchantment—a winter wonderland all readers are sure to enjoy!
SEL THEMES/BUILDING LIFE
SKILLS: After making a mistake, a child deals with feeling bad by going off to be alone, culminating in a reunion between father and son that affirms supportive understanding and unconditional love.
A JAPANESE ARTIST AT THE HEIGHT OF HIS CRAFT: Ryoji Arai won the prestigious Astrid Lindgren Memorial Award in 2005 and was nominated to represent Japan for the Hans Christian Andersen Award. Every Color of Light, a picture book which he illustrated, was named a Best Book of the Year by PW, Kirkus, and Shelf Awareness.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 11 7/8" - 303mm
*Hardcover, Jacketed, Picture
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 5 to 8 PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-59270-460-6
US $18.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLFTCy704606z
ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-462-0
The Adventures of Cipollino
WRITTEN BY GIANNI RODARI; TRANSLATED FROM ITALIAN BY ANTONY SHUGAAR; ILLUSTRATED BY DASHA TOLSTIKOVA; WITH AN INTRODUCTION BY MARK KROTOV
In this enchantingly whimsical, darkly comic tale from Gianni Rodari (Italy’s Roald Dahl), an unlikely hero—none other than a young onion!—takes up the fight against the tyrannical Prince Lemon, with wit and heart
Cipollino is young, brave, clever, and determined—exactly the kind of valiant hero that’s bound to triumph in fairy tales. Except, did we mention that he’s also a little onion? You read that right: In this fantastic book of high political drama—a classic of Italian children’s literature—all of the characters are fruits, vegetables, and animals.
Here, Cipollino sets out to free his wrongfully imprisoned father. In the process, he faces off against scoundrels of all kinds. What hangs in the balance is nothing more or less than the freedom of an entire kingdom from the senseless rules imposed by the tyrannical Prince Lemon, and the equal dignity of each blueberry, string bean, and spider.
Written in the atmosphere of hope and enthusiasm of post–World War II Italy, Cipollino and his friends don’t rely on weapons and violence in their battle against injustice, but rather on jokes and tricks, ingenuity and courage, heart and solidarity. With much laughter, luck, and pluck, they band together to bring fun, respect, and decency back to the land.
Italian author Gianni Rodari wrote many beloved children’s books and was a recipient of the prestigious Hans Christian Andersen Award. He was also an educator who understood the liberating power of the imagination. He is one of the 20th century’s greatest authors for children, and Italy’s greatest. Decades after his death in 1980, Rodari’s writing remains as powerful and innovative as ever. Antony Shugaar is a writer and translator. His translation of Rodari’s Telephone Tales received the 2021 Batchelder Award for Most Outstanding Children’s Translation and was awarded the 2020 Italian Ministry of Foreign Affairs English Translation Prize. Dasha Tolstikova is the author and illustrator of A Year Without Mom, which received four starred reviews and was a Kirkus Best Book of the Year. She is also the illustrator of several of her own books, and her illustrations have appeared in The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal, and The New Yorker. She lives in Brooklyn.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
AN ADVENTURE WITH HIGH KID APPEAL: Full of humor and heart, Cipollino’s rocambolesque adventures will hold readers’ attention until the very last page. Multiple episodes and short chapters make this a perfect pick for independent readers or classroom read–alouds!
STANDING UP FOR WHAT’S RIGHT: At the heart of this story are Cipollino’s integrity, bravery, and cleverness—helping good people everywhere, he fights against the injustices and cruelties perpetuated by the ruling class.
NEVER BEFORE TRANSLATED INTO ENGLISH: This lively translation from Antony Shugaar brings this magically whimsical children’s book, blending humor, fantasy, and social commentary, to English–language readers for the very first time.
BRILLIANTLY, COMICALLY ILLUSTRATED—A GREAT GIFT: Bright, playful art from Dasha Tolstikova abounds across the pages, infusing the story with charm, while making this a gorgeous, beautifully made gift for any occasion.
A GREAT CONTRIBUTION TO ENCHANTED LION’S AWARD–WINNING RODARI COLLECTION: Following Batchelder winner Telephone Tales and The New York Times Best Illustrated winner Telling Stories Wrong, this is sure to be a title that sparks bookseller enthusiasm.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color spot and full-spread illustrations throughout *256 pages
*WIDTH: 6 1/4" - 159mm
*HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 10
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION
ISBN 978-1-59270-416-3
US $29.95 CAN $40.95 UK £21.99
ËxHSLFTCy704163z
ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-468-2
Truman Toad and the Quest for the Perfect Hug
WRITTEN BY OREN LAVIE; ILLUSTRATED BY ANKE KUHL
A self–important but good–hearted toad, with an ample amount of self–love, discovers his love for others in this entertaining, award–winning picture book originally published in Germany
Truman Toad lives in a cozy little apartment, all by himself. In fact, he loves his own company so much that he keeps a giant mirror nearby so that he’s never too far from his reflection. After all, who better than himself to spend all his time with!
One day, Truman wakes up from the most wonderful dream about the most wonderful hug—and he’s determined to make it come true. The quest for the perfect hug has begun . . . but nothing seems quite perfect enough to Truman: the hugs he gets from his animal friends are too long or too slippery, too soft or too hard, too wild or too gentle. Truman is discouraged. Will he ever find the perfect hug?
Charming, quirky, filled with heart and wholly one of a kind, Oren Lavie’s story, coupled with Anke Kuhl’s delightfully spirited illustrations, will make readers of all ages laugh—and make them think about letting go, letting others in, and the power of hugs!
Oren Lavie is an award–winning author, musician, and director. His children’s books have been translated into over a dozen languages, and in 2023, Truman Toad and the Perfect Hug, his third book, was nominated for the prestigious German Youth Literature Award. He has also been nominated for a Grammy Award, and one of his songs was featured in the Disney movie The Chronicles of Narnia: Prince Caspian. Oren’s debut picture book, The Bear Who Wasn’t There, published to great acclaim in Germany, and was released in the US through Akashic Book’s Black Sheep imprint. O, The Oprah Magazine called the book “irresistible” and “playfully existential,” and a starred review in Publishers Weekly praised “the charm of Lavie’s storytelling voice.” Oren lives in Tel Aviv, Israel. Anke Kuhl is one of Germany’s leading children’s book illustrators, whose awards include the German Youth Literature Award and the Max and Moritz Prize for best German–language comic for children. She lives with her husband and two children in Frankfurt, Germany.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
COMIC RELIEF FROM A FLAWED YET LOVABLE MAIN CHARACTER: Readers will laugh at the self–centered yet endearing Truman Toad, all the while rooting for him to find the happiness of the perfect hug.
PERSONAL GROWTH IN OPENING UP: Truman learns to let go of his preconceived, idealized notions and to embrace the beauty of chance, the here and now, and connecting with others.
AN EXCELLENT, NUANCED SEL / LIFE SKILLS TEACHING TOOL: Foregrounds the value of self–awareness through a self–aggrandizing protagonist, while also showing how the passionate pursuit of even a selfish end can, at times, serve the greater good.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/3" - 211.67mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279.4mm
*Hardcover, Picture
PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY AGES 5 to 8 PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-59270-459-0
US $18.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLFTCy704590z
ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-463-7
The Other Side of the Rocks
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY
NAHID KAZEMI
In this picture book inspired by the meditations of the Persian poet Rumi, an adventurous frog leaves her familiar pond, goes beyond the rocks, and returns home—changed
From the moment Froggy was born, she’s lived in a familiar world of frogs and fish, surrounded by others who are just like her. But what lies beyond the pond she calls home? Encouraged by her conversations with a wise fish, she decides to take the leap into the unknown.
There, she discovers another universe, making friends with creatures she hadn’t known before, as well as some that remind her of home. Time passes, and Froggy learns more than she could ever have imagined. And then one day, just as she once felt the call of the unknown, she hears the call of home—to which she returns, but not quite the same frog as when she left.
Nahid Kazemi is an award–winning illustrator, author, and visual artist with 20 years of experience in publication. She has published over 70 children’s books in Canada, the United States, Europe, the UK, China, and Iran. Her work is inspired by her personal life, Persian stories, classics like 1001 Nights, and Rumi’s poetry. She received the 2022 Canadian Governor General’s Literary Award for young people’s literature–illustrated books and has been nominated for the Astrid Lindgren Memorial Award several times. She combines personal and cultural themes in her stories, seeking to create a bridge between nations.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
UNIVERSAL THEMES OF SEEKING AND HOMECOMING: This is a classic story of setting out into the world and returning with a newfound appreciation for where you come from, of discovering otherness and becoming more yourself.
GORGEOUS ART FROM AN AWARD–WINNING ARTIST:
Nahid Kazemi, who was nominated for the prestigious Astrid Lindgren Memorial Award and won a 2022 Governor General’s Literary Award for illustrating The Sour Cherry Tree, delivers art that is lush and soft and lovely.
INSPIRED BY RUMI: Iranian artist
Kazemi drew inspiration from one of her storytelling heroes—the Persian poet Rumi—and one of his poems from The Divan–i Shams
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/4" - 209.5mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279.4mm
*Hardcover, Jacketed, Picture PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 5 to 8 PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-59270-458-3
US $19.99 CAN $25.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLFTCy704583z
ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-464-4
RIGHTS: World English
What a Small Cat Needs
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY NATALIA SHALOSHVILI; TRANSLATED FROM RUSSIAN BY
LENA TRAER
Sweet, tender, and perfect for the youngest picture book readers, this book from a standout, upcoming illustrator names a child’s need for trust, experience, and deep affection through the story of an adorable kitten
What does a small cat need? Two little eyes, two little ears, big whiskers, and a tail, to start. What else does a small cat need? Maybe a walk in the flowers, a sip of milk, or a warm spot to laze around in the sun.
But above all else, what a small cat needs is... someone big or little—maybe someone just like you!—with cuddly arms and a huge heart to pet it and hear it purr. Yes, every cat needs that!
Author–illustrator Natalia Shaloshvili and translator Lena Traer, the team behind Miss Leoparda, return with another gorgeously illustrated picture book featuring charming animal characters about an important topic: our physical and emotional needs, in what we seek out in the world and what we can provide to each other.
Natalia Shaloshvili writes and illustrates books for children. Her picture books, including Miss Leoparda and What a Small Cat Needs, have been translated into many languages, with more books coming soon. She creates illustrations in acrylic paint and watercolor pencil, finishing them digitally. Besides making picture books, Natalia is an artist, with works showcased in exhibitions worldwide and held in private collections. She lives in London with her family. She likes cats big and small and riding a bike. Lena Traer is a Russian– and English–language literary translator with a focus on books for children and young adults. She is a member of the Society of Children’s Book Writers and Illustrators. Her past projects include translating Miss Leoparda, Wind: Discovering Air in Motion, On the Edge of the World, and How to Be Your Dog’s Best Friend into English. Born and raised in Siberia, Russia, Lena now lives in San Francisco with her family.
SELLING POINTS youngest picture book readers, this book offers expressive faces, rich colors, and a deeply relatable story, which taken together make for the perfect invitation to fall in love with a small cat, as well as with words and pictures.
JOY IN READING: Created with children in mind, and for the
AN SEL CONVERSATION STARTER: An excellent way to discuss feelings with children. Young readers will relate to the small cat, with her need for food, shelter, rest, and affection.
ADORABLE ANIMAL CHARACTERS AND GORGEOUS ART: Shaloshvili, who is also a fine artist, creates beautifully textured landscapes and winsome animal characters— whose deadpan expressions have been compared to the creations of no one less than Jon Klassen!
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 7 2/3" - 195mm
*HEIGHT: 9 2/3" - 245mm
*Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: JANUARY
AGES 3 to 6 PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-59270-477-4
US $17.99 CAN $23.99 UK £12.99 ËxHSLFTCy704774z
ebook ISBN 978-1-59270-478-1
The Forgotten Teachers
HOW
NATURE WROTE THE STORY OF LIFE
WRITTEN BY BRIAN ISETT; ILLUSTRATED BY CLAUDIA BIÇEN
Interweaving science and storytelling, spirituality and art, a neuroscientist and an artist guide us toward a deeper understanding of how radically interconnected all of life is
Starting from science, while reaching for spiritual truth, The Forgotten Teachers charts the evolution of life on Earth under the mentorship of six teachers: Ocean, Air, Theia (through collision with this planet, Earth was set on its tilt), Sun, Plants, and Symbionts. Ideas from the field of evolutionary biology, accompanied by watercolor illustrations, guide this factual yet mytho–poetic exploration of life.
Motivated by their shared concern over the severance of science from the sacred, and humans from their place within nature, Isett and Biçen set out to write a scientific wonder story for our times.
As Rachel Carson did in her time and as Wendell Berry has done as a poet and essayist, Isett writes with precision and urgency to remind us that we participate in a story that is far larger than ourselves, and that to see ourselves more truly would be to see the many ways in which we belong to the molecules and mysteries of the living world.
Brian Isett is a poet and scientist based in Pittsburgh. In the field of neuroscience, Isett has authored high profile research articles in areas ranging from tactile perception to Parkinson’s disease. His awards include the National Science Foundation Graduate Research Fellowship, the National Institute of Health NRSA Postdoctoral Fellowship, the George Harmon Coxe Award for Fiction, and the Arthur Lynn Andrews Fiction Prize. Isett holds a BS in Biology from Cornell University and a PhD in Neuroscience from UC Berkeley. He is currently a data scientist at the UPMC Hillman Cancer Center. Claudia Biçen is a British American artist who uses illustration and storytelling to explore ideas about what it means to be mortal beings in a vast and mysterious universe. Her work has been exhibited at the Smithsonian’s National Portrait Gallery (Washington, D.C.), the Royal Society of Portrait Painters (London), and the National Arts Club (New York). Biçen holds a BA in philosophy and psychology from the University of Oxford and a MSc in social anthropology from University College London.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
USES SCIENCE TO MAKE THE CASE FOR OUR PLACE IN THE NATURAL WORLD: By allowing scientific theory and fact to unfurl across a large canvas and span of time, author and artist succeed in showing us how deeply part of the natural world we actually are.
AN UNPARALLELED GIFT
BOOK: Fully illustrated with gorgeous, intricate images and beautifully, sustainably printed, this book makes for a truly special gift. Also features embossing, debossing, a fabric spine, beautiful design, and full–bleed watercolors carrying the nature themes.
A KICKSTARTER SUCCESS
STORY: Author and artist raised funds on Kickstarter—nearly $17,000 from 265 backers— thereby building a supportive and enthusiastic community of backers and fans for this book.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color spot and full-spread illustrations throughout *104 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 14
NATURE, NONFICTION ISBN 978-1-59270-411-8
The Rescues Three Wishes (The Rescues #3)
WRITEN BY TOMMY GREENWALD AND CHARLIE GREENWALD; ILLUSTRATED BY SHIHO PATE
Three new adventures in which Moose, Bear, and Tiger each wish to change something about themselves but realize the key to happiness is in accepting yourself for who you are
In three new stories, a playdate with a dog named Wolf leads Tiger to wish he were stronger, but he retrieves a lost toy and shows he has other skills to offer. Bear finds a way to make friends with a new mailman when he passes their house and doesn’t stop to share treats. And on Saturday, a game on the cat tower gets out of hand and they all collapse about laughing, but Cathy banishes the pets to play in the yard. There they reflect on the things they wished they were and realize they are perfect just the way they are. Three more delightful episodes packed with humor, friendship, and fun.
Tommy Greenwald is the author of many popular books for children, including picture books, novels for middle–grade readers, and The Rescues, his first series for emerging readers. Charlie Greenwald is a copywriter by profession and a coauthor with his dad on The Rescues book series. The Greenwald family has had four rescue dogs–Moose, Coco, Abby, and Momo–who inspired this series. (They have not had a dog named Bear, but give it time.) Shiho Pate is a California–based illustrator with experience in the gaming field. She is passionate about children’s book illustration and has published several books, including Ramen for Everyone and the Chi–Chi and Pey–Pey series. Pate lives with her husband, daughter, and new dog addition, Olive, whom she adopted when they met at a book signing/dog adoption event for the first Rescues book.
RIGHTS: World
SELLING POINTS
BESTSELLING AUTHOR: The Crimebiters series (over 300,000) and Charlie Joe Jackson’s Guide to NOT Reading (150,000 copies sold), plus many other books for young readers.
CONTINUING SERIES: Third title in an early reader series—Book #4 planned for Fall 2026.
ADOPTION THEME: Adopted shelter pets in stories focusing on friendship, home, and the meaning of family.
HUMOR AND HEART: Written with gentle touches of humor and heart to engage and entertain emerging readers.
SOCIAL/EMOTIONAL CONTENT:
Familiar situations between the three main characters, representing common emotions such as empathy, support, sharing, and friendship.
DIVERSITY: These misfit characters all have physical disabilities that just add to their appeal.
PACING: Narrative split into three distinct chapters provides pacing for learners.
THREE TALENTED CONTRIBUTORS: Authors and illustrator both US–based, available for local appearances (Westport, CT; Brooklyn; LA).
IRRESISTIBLE: Who can resist these two adorable rescue dogs and one sweet ginger cat?
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *48 pages
*WIDTH: 6 3/4" - 171mm
*HEIGHT: 9 3/4" - 248mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 5 to 8
KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT, FICTION
ISBN 978-1-63655-156-2
US $14.99 CAN $18.99 UK £10.99
ËxHSLGNGy551562z
ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-157-9
Giving Thanks with Halmoni
CELEBRATING CHUSEOK, THE KOREAN HARVEST FESTIVAL
WRITTEN BY KATHLEEN CHOI AND SUK NYUL CHOI; ILLUSTRATED BY IL SUNG NA
Excitement is building for Chuseok, the biggest Korean holiday of the year, and Halmoni wants to share it with her granddaughter and her friends
Su–Jin’s "halmoni" (grandmother in Korean) is excited for the Korean holiday of Chuseok. Celebrated on the day of the Harvest Moon, Chuseok is a time when her family will gather, give thanks, and share in a very special feast. It’s the biggest holiday of the year—often referred to as Korean Thanksgiving. Su–Jin is excited, too, and wants to share the holiday with her friends Maddy and Keisha, who are curious to learn all about it. The three girls decide to help Halmoni get ready for the celebration. Traditional foods are prepared, gifts are specially wrapped, games are played, and customs like gratitude and remembering ancestors are honored. They learn how to wish each other a happy Chuseok in Korean and look forward to sharing the American traditions of Thanksgiving with Halmoni. Seeing images of Su–Jin’s Korean grandmother in her traditional hanbok and the Korean American granddaughter navigating both Korean and American cultures will be helpful to those learning, accepting, and embracing their Korean identity as well as feeling a greater sense of belonging in American culture. The Thanksgiving holiday also provides a point of comparison for appreciating this ancient Korean celebration.
Kathleen Choi is currently managing editor of District Management Journal, a magazine for K–12 public education leaders. Choi has collaborated with her mother, Sook Nyul Choi, on her many books for children and young adults. A second–generation Korean American and a parent of two, Choi seeks to preserve knowledge and a connectedness to one’s heritage by keeping Korean traditions alive in her family. Kathleen Choi now lives in the Boston area. Sook Nyul Choi is the author of the award–winning Year of Impossible Goodbyes among others. In addition to her novels, she has written three children’s books, including Halmoni and the Picnic. She lives in the suburbs of Washington, D.C. Il Sung Na is the author–illustrator of many books for children, including A Book of Sleep and A Book of Babies The New York Times noted that Na "brings fresh energy to the familiar." Originally from South Korea, Na studied illustration at Kingston University in London and now lives in Kansas City with his wife.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
KOREAN CUSTOMS: Provides a wonderful introduction to some important customs in Korean culture that many Korean American observe.
FAMILY & FOOD: Celebrates the importance of continuing traditions in which ancestors are honored, family is appreciated, and food is shared.
INTERGENERATIONAL STORY: A wonderful representation of passing on of traditions between generations.
A HOLE IN THE MARKET: There are few picture books about Chuseok, the biggest Korean holiday on the calendar.
KOREAN POPULATION: There are over tweo million people of Korean descent living in the United States.
LUNAR CYCLE: Presents an opportunity to discuss the lunar cycle, a phenomenon that is central to many cultures around the world.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 11 1/4" - 286mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 4 to 7 PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-63655-161-6
ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-162-3
RIGHTS: World/All
Emmie Builds Something New
WRITTEN
AND ILLUSTRATED
BY MARJORIE CROSBY-FAIRALL
Join Emmie, a clever inventor living in her attic kingdom, as she battles a mischievous interloper with her ingenious creations, discovering that true friendship can emerge from even the most unexpected challenges. The Rube Goldberg–meets–David Macaulay art style brings a lively energy to this comic cat–and–mouse caper
In the enchanting world of Emmie, the attic is more than just a storage space—it’s her kingdom! Surrounded by dusty forgotten treasures, Emmie is a clever inventor who transforms ordinary objects into extraordinary machines, each one a testament to her creativity and engineering prowess. But when a mischievous black–and–white cat intrudes upon her realm, Emmie must put her skills to the test. Determined to reclaim her domain, she devises increasingly inventive contraptions to outsmart her furry foe.
As she navigates this playful battle, Emmie discovers that sometimes the best solutions come from unexpected friendships. With stunning illustrations reminiscent of Rube Goldberg and David Macaulay, Emmie Builds Something New is a captivating tale that celebrates innovation, resilience, and the power of kindness.
This delightful story not only entertains but also inspires young readers, especially girls with a passion for STEM. Join Emmie on her roller–coaster journey of discovery, where every challenge is an opportunity to create, learn, and ultimately build a bridge of understanding with her newfound companion. Ultimately Emmie finds a way to coexist with the cat and discovers that empathy is the pathway to peace and friendship.
Marjorie Crosby–Fairall has published over 20 children’s books that have been named to numerous awards and reading lists, including Summer Blue by Trudie Trewin, which was a 2023 CBCA Notable book. She is the 2022 recipient of the Society of Children’s Book Writers and Illustrators (SCBWI) Don Freeman Illustration Award and SCBWI Work of Outstanding Progress Award for Emmie when it was in development. She is the regional illustrator coordinator for SCBWI Australia East and lives in Sydney, Australia, though she originally hails for the United States. Visit her at crosby–fairall.com.
SELLING POINTS
A SMART FEMALE PROTAGONIST: With a flair for creative invention providing a positive role model of female ingenuity in the engineering field.
STEM FOCUS: Strong underlying message about girls and engineering to inspire future generations of female inventors.
ABSORBING ILLUSTRATIONS: Rube Goldberg (US)/Heath Robinson (UK) meets David Macaulay in these ingenious illustrations which will draw kids into Marjorie Crosby–Fairall’s absorbing detailed world.
A FRIENDSHIP STORY AT ITS HEART: A satisfying conclusion in the form of a surprise revelation for our clever mouse who learns empathy, kindness, and friendship.
STRONG CHARACTER MODEL: Emmie is quick to judge but smart enough to realize her error and changes her mind with a positive result.
AWARD–WINNING
AUTHOR/ILLUSTRATOR: US–born Crosby–Fairall has an established career in Australia, where she now lives, but has not been published widely by an American–based publisher.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
AGES 4 to 7
KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT
ISBN 978-1-63655-139-5
US $24.99 CAN $31.99 UK £17.99
ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-140-1
Origin
AN ILLUMINATING LOOK AT INDIGENOUS PEOPLES AND THEIR CONNECTION TO THE NATURAL WORLD.
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY NAT CARDOZO
Portraits of Indigenous children and their communities from around the world in a stunning presentation emphasizing community and a connection to the land and the environment
We are all one. We all inhabit the same planet, and we all have a common human origin. This is the core theme of this book. Each double–page spread presents a contemporary and fascinating look at more than 20 Indigenous peoples from across the globe. These first nations were the first humans to inhabit their territories, which are under threat today from “civilization” that seeks to profit from them and their lands. In these societies, a sense of community life prevails, based on reciprocity, solidarity, mutual aid, avoiding excess, and honoring what nature provides. Indigenous peoples are also the guardians of 80 percent of terrestrial biodiversity—they are the first conservationists of the natural environment. Franco–Uruguayan author Nat Cardozo has created a unique book with beautiful illustrations that blur the lines between humans and their environment and present a wide variety of ways of life from little–known cultures. In addition to collecting 22 first–person stories, this informative book is about the past and present of Indigenous peoples, recounting a long history of struggle and resistance and of defense—not only of their territories but also of their languages and traditional ways of life. This book provides a unique opportunity to remember our common origin and reflect on how we might create a new unity for humanity to reconnect us to living things and bind us together again as one.
Nat Cardozo is an Illustrator and workshop facilitator specializing in editorial illustration. She is a graduate of the School of Design and Illustration in Barcelona, Spain. She has had her work featured in exhibitions in Uruguay, Mexico, Spain, and Argentina. She has won several major awards for children’s book illustration. Born in France to Uruguayan refugees, Cardozo now lives and works as a freelance illustrator along the coast from Montevideo, Uruguay.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
POWERFUL, ARRESTING ARTWORK: Stunning portraits of Indigenous children incorporating aspects of their native lands into their features.
METICULOUSLY RESEARCHED:
Academic scrutiny was a part of the process in writing this book, which took several years to complete.
INDIGENOUS PEOPLES: The lens on Indigenous peoples has come into focus in the last few years, with many seeking out information to share with students. This will publish in time for Indigenous Peoples Day (Columbus Day) 2025 on Monday, October 13. Indigenous Peoples Month is November.
ENVIRONMENTAL MESSAGE: We learn from Indigenous people who all have a strong relationship to their environment, and the book suggests we should similarly reconnect.
EARTH DAY PROMOTIONS: With its message about caring for the planet and our environment, the book will be perfect for Earth Day promotions in April.
GREAT TEACHING TOOL: Educational about the tribes featured in the book but also provides a model for written and art projects based on the portraits in the book. A great resource for social studies, art assignments, and creative writing/language arts.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages
*WIDTH: 10 1/4" - 260mm
*HEIGHT: 11 4/5" - 300mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 8 to 12
KIDS NATIVE AMERICAN HISTORY & CULTURE, KIDS NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-63655-155-5
US $25.99 CAN $32.99 UK £18.99
ËxHSLGNGy551555z
ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-154-8
Alkrem
MAGIC WASN’T JUST HIS BIRTHRIGHT, IT WAS HIS DESTINY. WRITTEN BY
MARTA PALAZZESI; TRANSLATED BY CHRISTOPHER TURNER
Award–winning author Marta Palazzesi brings us an ambitious and captivating novel in the form of a fast–paced fantasy with spectacular settings and heart–pounding action
Theo is about to turn 13 when everything he knows changes in an instant. At the stroke of midnight, when his Apto, the animal guide that accompanies Archemists throughout their lives, is due to appear, he instead meets a fire fox, the strongest, fiercest, and most–loyal of companions of the Alkrem. Thus, Theo discovers that he is an Alkrem—people who can create magical potions, wield powerful weapons, and have been vilified—and later massacred—by their once–allies, the Archemists. The Archemists are now in power, and, in a raid on Theo’s house, have beaten Theo’s father and taken him to prison. From this moment on, the boy’s goal is to find the Alkrexa, the mighty Alkrem weapon capable of healing any wound, and saving his father’s life. Along the way, Theo will learn that the truth is not what he has always been taught. This heart–pounding fantasy thriller will enthrall readers to the last page as Theo struggles to complete his quest to uncover the truth and save the only family he has ever known.
MARTA PALAZZESI is an award–winning author of books for children and young people, translator, and consultant for publishing and film production companies. She is part of the Superheroes Training Center, a nonprofit organization that holds creative writing workshops in middle and high schools. Her last novel, Mist, was hailed by bestselling author Katherine Applegate as a “not–to–be–missed tale of courage and compassion.” Palazzesi’s books reflect her great passion for animals. Alkrem combines this passion with the high drama of a fantasy–adventure. Palazzesi lives with her husband, two children and dogs, Tango and Mambo, in Milan, Italy. Follow her on instagram at marta_palazzesi. CHRISTOPHER TURNER is an Italian to English translator, editor, and professional writer. He has translated many children’s books into English in his 30–year career including the popular Geronimo Stilton books. He lives in Dorking, Surrey in England. Learn more at: www.chris–turner.net
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
GRIPPING NEW MIDDLE–GRADE FANTASY: Marta Palazzesi has created a world full of intrigue and suspense replete with colorful characters and magical beasts.
FAST–PACED ADVENTURE: Set in an imaginary Paris, the storytelling is full of action and plot twists to keep the reader turning the pages.
PERFECT FOR FANS OF:The Lightening Thief, The Girl Who Drank the Moon, The Golden Compass, the Bartimaeus trilogy, and Impossible Creatures.
STANDOUT PACKAGE: Cover art by Vivienne To, a master of the genre (including The Serpent’s Secret, the Arlo Finch series, The Jumbies, Cameron Battle and the Hidden Kingdoms).
SPECIFICATIONS
*Black-and-white Illustrations throughout *400 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 8 to 12
MIDDLE-GRADE FICTION, KIDS FANTASY
ISBN 978-1-63655-150-0
US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLGNGy551500z ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-151-7
The Great Big Book of Museums
A VISIT TO 13 SPECTACULAR MUSEUMS FROM AROUND THE WORLD WRITTEN BY ÉVA BENSARD; ILLUSTRATED BY BENJAMIN CHAUD
A fascinating tour of some of the most amazing museums around the world
From Paris to Peking, from Rome to Amsterdam, from Marseille to Mexico, discover 13 extraordinary museums. You’ll be accompanied on your visit by the very best guides: curators, architects, caretakers, artists . . . but also some more unexpected guests! Did you know, for example, the guardian of the Vatican carries hundreds of keys hanging from a chain? Each museum is presented on two double–page spreads. The reader begins each visit with a large illustration by the talented Benjamin Chaud, which presents a general view full of interesting and funny details. A second spread then gives a selection of information and anecdotes about the life of the museum. Featuring masterpieces, portraits of employees with exciting jobs, and tips for visitors, museums have never seemed so exciting.
Éva Bensard is a graduate of the Louvre school in Paris and holds a master’s degree in history. She is a freelance journalist for art magazines and also writes nonfiction books for young readers specializing in art and architecture. She is the author of Amazing Artworks: The World’s Biggest, Oldest, and Most Jaw–Dropping Creations. Her mission is to make art accessible to everyone; in her books, poetry, and travels, art and history happily coexist. Bensard lives and works in Paris, France. Benjamin Chaud is one of the most renowned French illustrators. He has illustrated more than 70 picture books, including 101 Ways to Read a Book written by Timothée de Fombelle and published by Red Comet Press. He is the author and illustrator of The New York Times Notable Book The Bear’s Song and three sequels. He is also the illustrator of A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Museum written by his frequent collaborator, Davide Calì. Chaud lives in the south of France.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
ARMCHAIR TRAVEL: A world tour of amazing museums, architecture, exhibits, and locations from to explore and learn from the comfort of your armchair.
ICONIC MUSEUMS: Some of the most famous and iconic museums featured, including several US museums: the American Museum of Natural History in NYC and the Smithsonian Institute in Washington, D.C.
BENJAMIN CHAUD’S DELIGHTFUL ILLUSTRATIONS: Benjamin Chaud’s illustrations are replete with humor and absorbing details to discover. “What could be better . . . to bring life and cheerfulness to these museums?” —Le Temps
FACTS AND FIGURES: Packed full of fascinating facts and stats about every museum, from hidden secrets to unusual job profiles, history, stories, and must–see exhibits—all in bite–size paragraphs for young browsers to explore.
AND YES, IT’S BIG: At more than 14 inches tall, this book is truly “great” and “big” in every way, and its size provides a perfect showcase for these wonderful institutions.
VETTED CONTENT: The Smithsonian and the American Museum of Natural History have both vetted and approved their entries.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *60 pages
*WIDTH: 14 1/2" - 368mm
*HEIGHT: 10 1/2" - 267mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 8 to 12
KIDS NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-63655-152-4
US $29.99 CAN $37.95 UK £21.99 ËxHSLGNGy551524z
ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-153-1
RIGHTS: World/All
Fortune Cookies for Everyone! (Smithsonian)
THE SURPRISING STORY OF THE TASTY TREAT WE LOVE TO EAT WRITTEN BY
MIA WENJEN; ILLUSTRATED BY COLLEEN KONG-SAVAGE
An investigative picture book which cracks the cookie open to discover what is known about the origins of everyone’s favorite crunchy after–dinner treat
Grandma Miyako hosts her grandchildren for a takeout meal. Of course, at the end of the meal, she hands out the fortune cookies and begins to share the story of this popular treat with the attentive children as they munch on them. Grandma claims she knew the true inventor of the fortune cookie, but the history is not so clear. Using "fortunes" as headings, each section of the book delivers an episode in the unusual history of the fortune cookie and lays out the great debate about where and when they were first made. California was certainly the location, but in which city was the original baker located? This picture book looks inside these crunchy, biscuity treats to reveal the cultural origins and locations of the creators. Along the way, we discover some surprising history regarding this delicious edible delight, including a rivalry between bakers that remains somewhat unresolved today. Fortune Cookies for All is a compelling mystery containing US history—the good, the bad, and the ugly—in a single bite. But most of all, it celebrates immigrants and their pursuit of the American dream.
Mia Wenjen blogs about parenting, children’s books, and education at PragmaticMom.com and is the cocreator of Read Your World, celebrating Multicultural Children’s Book Day, a nonprofit celebrating diversity in children’s books. She is the author of several illustrated nonfiction children’s books, including We Sing From the Heart: How The Slants Took Their Fight for Free Speech to the Supreme Court and The Traveling Taco, also published by Red Comet Press. Wenjen lives in Boston with her husband and three kids. Follow her at #PragmaticMom on Twitter, Instagram, Pinterest, and Facebook. Colleen Kong–Savage is an Asian American graphic artist and illustrator who also creates murals. She has illustrated two picture books, including Piano Wants to Play, for which she was also the author. Having lived in places across the globe such as Japan, Malaysia, Taiwan, Philippines, and Zambia, Kong–Savage now makes her home in Queens, New York.
SELLING POINTS
FOOD MYSTERY: A great way to hook kids into a topic with a food mystery.
MULTICULTURAL: Provides perspectives on shared Asian cultural history, both Japanese and Chinese.
FOOD BOOKS: Always a popular topic with kids who love to express their opinions.
SOCIAL STUDIES: Great entry point to discuss aspects of American history such as immigration, internment of Japanese citizens, the Second World War, etc.
INTERGENERATIONAL RELATIONSHIP: The featured relationships in the story are those between two children and their grandmother sharing stories.
ROBUST BACKMATTER: For further research and exploration of the topic.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 4 to 7
KIDS AAPI HISTORY & CULTURE, FOOD & DRINK ISBN 978-1-63655-159-3 US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLGNGy551593z ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-160-9
RIGHTS: World/All
Salmon Run
AN EPIC JOURNEY TO THE OCEAN AND BACK WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY ANNIE
CHEN
An exquisitely presented account of the life cycle of a Pacific salmon that is sure to entice young naturalists with its accessible design and inviting and informative text
She begins as a tiny orange egg . . . smaller than a pea! Salmon Run follows a Pacific coho salmon as she begins her journey in the freshwater rivers of Washington State, travels to the vast Pacific Ocean, and finally returns to the place of her birth to spawn and begin the cycle of life once again. During this arduous adventure that spans hundreds of miles, she will grow and change through five distinct stages of life: egg, alevin, fry, smolt, and adult. From river to estuary to ocean, she will hide from predators, search for food, and encounter a range of marine environments. With a careful balance of scientific accuracy and luminous illustrations, Salmon Run invites young readers to explore the remarkable life of this keystone species in the North Pacific ecosystem—and the magic of its journey home.
Annie Chen is a designer, illustrator, and scientist who recently graduated with a dual degree in biology from Brown University and industrial design from the Rhode Island School of Design. She grew up among the magical mountains, forests, and streams of northern Georgia and currently resides in Providence, Rhode Island. Salmon Run is her debut children’s book. She loves salmon and hopes you will too after reading this book! You can find more about her at anniechen.earth.
SELLING POINTS
OUTSTANDING STORYTELLING: Text and art weave a story about the natural world in this accessible informational book.
ENGAGING AND ACCESSIBLE: Engaging, lyrical text makes an accessible and captivating read–aloud and information source.
GORGEOUS ARTWORK: Brings everything from a piece of seaweed to a giant close–up of a salmon to life and creates compelling visual storytelling.
FILLS A GENRE GAP: There are virtually no authoritative quality picture books about this topic for this age group.
AUTHORITATIVE: The author is a scientist and an expert in the field of biology; she used rigorous scientific research as the first priority in creating the text.
IMPRESSIVE DEBUT: Salmon Run is Annie Chen’s debut project and will surely make an impact with it’s combination of talented artwork and accessible text.
STEM CURRICULUM: Salmon Run supports the primary science curriculum in the core topics of ecosystem, habitat, and life cycles.
SUPPORTING MATERIALS: Backmatter in the book is supplemented with additional materials accessible online via a QR code in the book.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 9 3/4" - 248mm
*HEIGHT: 11 3/4" - 298mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 5 to 8
KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT, PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-63655-165-4
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLGNGy551654z
ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-166-1
RIGHTS: North America
Small
Mighty Dung
WRITTEN
BY
Beetle (Start Small, Think Big #6)
MARY AULD; ILLUSTRATED
BY
HANNAH BAILEY
Meet a mighty green beetle as it rolls a ball of dung many times its size. Discover the part it plays in the African savannah, an ecosystem where a small beetles and enormous elephants live side by side
Start Small, Think Big is a series that sets readers on a journey of discovery, beginning from the small and familiar to new areas of knowledge where you really have to think big! Small Mighty Beetle starts with a small green beetle feeding on a fresh pile of elephant dung. She is a "roller," a type of dung beetle with super strength and senses. She cleans up after the large animals of the African savannah, eating their waste and using it to feed and protect her babies. This story ends with a foldout map and an I Spy game to take children back into the book to further deepen the learning experience. The Start Small, Thing Big series includes books on all major natural environments and ecosystems including the Arctic, the rainforests, coral reefs, river deltas, and meadows. Small Mighty Beetle rounds out the six titles with a focus on savannah lands.
Mary Auld is an award–winning writer of children’s information books, most notably How to Build an Orchestra with the London Symphony Orchestra. She conceived and wrote all six titles in the Start Small, Think Big series. She has a passion for nonfiction and divides her time between London and Paris. Hannah Bailey is an illustrator who is inspired by the natural world, growing things, and history. She specializes in nonfiction picture books for children as well as editorial and food illustration. She has illustrated a number of picture books, including the award–winning When the Whales Walked by Dougal Dixon and Explore! America’s National Parks. Bailey lives and works in Somerset, England.
SELLING POINTS
CLEAR NARRATIVE TEXT: The life cycle of a dung beetle in the African savanna, with first–person narrative and labels and bite–size informational text.
ELEMENTARY SCIENCE
TOPICS: Life processes and how all living things need water, states of matter, physical properties, erosion, rivers, watery habitats, and the impact of healthy and unhealthy rivers.
NOVELTY FEATURES: Textured die–cut cover and large foldout gatefold map.
BEAUTIFUL ILLUSTRATIONS: A blend of nonfiction realism and picture–book beauty. A new nonfiction series carefully written for emergent readers four to eight.
FREE ACTIVITY SHEETS: Classroom resources online.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *28 pages
*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 248mm
*HEIGHT: 9 1/4" - 258mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER
AGES 4 to 8
KIDS NATURE & ENVIRONMENT
ISBN 978-1-63655-167-8
US $15.99 CAN $19.99
The Most Wonderful Gift in the World
WRITTEN
BY
MIREIA OLIVÉ OBRADORS; ILLUSTRATED BY ANASTASIA WESSEX; TRANSLATED BY ANGUS YUEN-KILLICK
An sweet tale of heartwarming tenderness that readers will find touching and dear providing a lovely gift perfect for marking a birthday, Mother's day, or any time to celebrate the unconditional love between a parent and child
A little mouse searches the forest for the most wonderful gift for his mother. What is the perfect gift to show his mother how much he loves her? Perhaps a pine cone full of pine nuts? Or a beautiful flower? Or an eye–catching feather? But when the special day arrives, nothing turns out as he expects. . . . How will the little mouse show his love? This book provides a heartwarming message of unconditional love between a parent and child in a charming relatable story that helps us express some of our deepest of feelings.
Mireia Olivé Obradors is a biologist and high school teacher from Barcelona in Spain. An avid reader, passionate about good stories and a nature lover, she is enthusiastic about telling stories to people of all ages. Anastasia Wessex is a freelance illustrator from the UK now based in a small town in the Netherlands. She is inspired by nature, folklore, and the joys of childhood. She draws in watercolor but also using Indian ink with a pen and colored pencils. Her work has also appeared in cards and prints and been published in Spain and France. Visit her on Instagram: @anastasiawessex. Angus Yuen–Killick is the founder and publisher of Red Comet Press. Originally from the UK, he lived in Rome, Italy, during the 1980s, where he taught English. He now lives in Brooklyn, New York.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
SIMPLE HEARTWARMING PHRASES: The text captures the purest emotions that children feel in their hearts.
A UNIVERSAL MESSAGE: Demonstrates unconditional love that parents are always looking to share with young children.
CHARMING ARTWORK: Tender, delightful illustrations featuring warmth, and personality from a young, promising illustrator.
A GREAT GIFT: Perfect for Valentine’s Day, Mother’s Day, or any day to celebrate love between a mother and child.
SENTIMENTALITY: Spoons just the right amount of emotion without being cloyingly sentimental.
FOR FANS OF: Guess How Much I Love You? and similar books that delver expressions of unconditional love.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 3 to 6
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-63655-168-5
US $18.99 CAN $23.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLGNGy551685z
ebook ISBN 978-1-63655-169-2
RIGHTS: North America
Anna Atkins
PHOTOGRAPHER, NATURALIST, INNOVATOR
BY COREY KELLER
Learn about the life of Anna Atkins, the pioneering photographer who combined art and science to create the first photographically illustrated book
Step into the world of Anna Atkins (1799–1871), perhaps the world’s first female photographer and a pioneer of the medium. She lived an existence full of heartache and triumph, from her mother’s death when Atkins was an infant to her publication of multiple photographic books as an adult. After the passing of her mother, Atkins was raised primarily by her father and grandfather, who placed an emphasis on both her emotional and intellectual growth. As a result, she spent her life surrounded by some of the brightest minds of the day while they experimented in her family’s lab. Thanks to familial support and her own innate curiosity, Atkins felt empowered to pursue her passion for the natural world alongside several of the greatest inventors of Victorian England during the Industrial Revolution.
Despite societal gender norms of the era, which typically limited women to a life within the home, Atkins gained the respect of the scientific community with her ambitious multivolume album Photographs of British Algae: Cyanotype Impressions, now recognized as the world’s first photographically illustrated book. Her cyanotypes, in addition to their scientific accuracy, added a sense of artistic beauty to her publications, setting the stage for new uses of this already experimental technology. In an era replete with state–of–the–art inventions and innovative ideas, Atkins pushed photography forward in its earliest days with courage, creativity, and brilliance.
Corey Keller is a historian of photography based in Oakland, California. She currently serves as adjunct professor in the photography program at California College of the Arts.
SELLING POINTS
INVENTIVE: Discover the cyanotypes of Anna Atkins, the woman who published the first photographically illustrated book in 1843.
TRAILBLAZER: Learn about life in Victorian England and how Atkins both conformed to and defied gender conventions in her pursuit of science.
BREATHTAKING: Over 80 stunning images, including original drawings and cyanotypes by Atkins.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *112 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
*Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 13 and up
ART, BIOGRAPHY
ISBN 978-1-947440-11-1
US $21.95 CAN $29.95
World English
I Will Not Be Scared
WRITTEN BY JEAN-FRANÇOIS SÉNÉCHAL; ILLUSTRATED BY SIMONE REA
A potent story about the power of talking through our fears to set ourselves free of them, from award–winning creators Jean–François Sénéchal and Simone Rea
Our fears can consume the entirety of our lives — unless we find ways to free ourselves of them. As a young rabbit tries to fall asleep one night, kept awake by the trauma of his family’s past life in a war–torn region, he replays scenes in his head of an entirely new battle: being attacked by bullies the previous day at school. While his mother tries to encourage him to open up about the incident itself, he hesitates, instead questioning whether he possesses enough courage at all. It’s only through addressing the root of his fears, a process that is never easy, that he understands how to free himself and move forward.
As the son of two teachers, Jean–François Sénéchal grew up around books. After studying anthropology for a time, he ultimately gravitated back to his first love, devoting himself entirely to literature. His stories–exploring societal issues such as exclusion and inequality for audiences of children and adolescents–have garnered him various honors, including the 2017 Joseph S. Stauffer Prize from the Canada Council for the Arts, and a Governor General’s Award for children’s literature. Simone Rea is an accomplished artist and illustrator who creates works for children’s books, magazines, and other publications. A graduate of the Fine Arts Academy in Rome, he has twice been selected for the Bologna Illustrators Exhibition and was awarded a BIB Plaque at the Biennial of Illustrations Bratislava. He lives and works in his home municipality of Albano–Laziale, Italy.
SELLING POINTS
SILVER STAR: Illustrator Simone Rea is a recent silver–medal recipient (illustrated books category) from the internationally prestigious Society of Illustrator’s 66th annual exhibit.
BACK FOR MORE: Award–winning J.F. Sénéchal returns with one of two follow–ups in 2025 to 2023’s I Wish I Could Tell You, which received praise from The New York Times
THERAPEUTIC VALUE: Educators and parents can use this story as an entry point to engage the children in their lives regarding their own conflicts and fears.
CONVERSATION STARTER:
Talking about our fears is never easy, but this book offers encouragement and clear insight into how those difficult conversations can go.
PICTURE THIS: Simone Rea — whose intricate details and gorgeous textures pop in I Will Not Be Scared — has close to 30K followers on Instagram.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *40 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 5 to 10 PICTURE BOOK
Alyte
BY JÉRÉMIE MOREAU
A fast–paced, visually stunning homage to nature about resisting and surviving the conditions of an unforgiving world, from award–winning creator
Jérémie Moreau
A sudden roaring noise rips through the twilight. When the silence returns, a father toad is left lying on the pavement. Gathering his last ounces of strength, he carries his eggs to the salvation of a nearby pond—and from the only unharmed egg hatches an orphan tadpole, Alyte. Barely born and already a survivor, Alyte is forced to escape from birds, bears, and other gods of the river. Along the way, however, he encounters new friends in nature, each of whom teaches him about the world in their own way, awakening him to all of its beauties. From creator Jérémie Moreau, Alyte confronts the often violent, unforgiving nature of the world we live in—as close to us as it is invisible—with the notion of resistance as an act of survival.
Jérémie Moreau is an author, illustrator, and character designer involved in comics, graphic novels, and animation. At the ripe age of eight, he began entering his comics at the Angoulême International Comics Festival, winning the High School Prize in 2005 and the Young Talents Prize in 2012. His momentum carried him to the prestigious GOBELINS visual arts school in Paris, where he learned the art of cartooning. He has since penned over a dozen graphic novels, winning several awards, including the 2013 Château de Cheverny Prize for Historical Comics. He lives in Paris.
RIGHTS: World
SELLING POINTS
FIRST BORN: Alyte is Milky Way Picture Books’ first–ever graphic novel release, from award–winning author–illustrator Jérémie Moreau.
MIGHTY PEN: Moreau has received numerous accolades in his career since the age of eight, including multiple awards from the renowned Angoulême International Comics Festival and the Château de Cheverny Prize for Historical Comics.
HOPE SPRINGS ETERNAL: Alyte offers young readers and educators alike an act of resistance, a creation of extraordinary beauty that delivers a notion of hope amidst the unforgiving, often absurd cruelty of our current world.
VISUAL APEX: Moreau’s stunning color palette and vivid, action–packed illustrations catch the eye and more than live up to the depth of the story being told.
PACK LEADER: Creator Moreau has nearly 18,000 followers on Instagram.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *304 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 9 4/5" - 249mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS
978-1-990252-47-1
RIGHTS: World
People Are Weird
WRITTEN BY VICTOR D.O. SANTOS; ILLUSTRATED BY CATARINA SOBRAL
A lighthearted, thought–provoking—and yes, weird!—story about celebrating the different quirks we all have, from award–winning creators Victor D.O. Santos and Catarina Sobral
Have you ever noticed that the world is full of weird people? Anywhere you go, there are those who dress unconventionally, have their own unique fears, pretend to be other people, and generally go about things in their own mysterious ways. In fact, one might even say that we’re all a little bit weird in our own little way! From award–winning picture book creators Victor D.O. Santos and Catarina Sobral, People Are Weird explores the different quirks we humans possess from the perspective of a child living out an average day. One thing becomes quickly evident: Not only is it normal to be weird, but it might even be weird to be normal . . .
Victor D.O. Santos is a Brazilian American author and professional linguist who penned and self–published his first picture book as a gift to his son in 2020. After his eighth self–published effort My Dad, My Rock locked down a Kirkus Star and a spot on Kirkus’ Best Books of 2022 list, he began drawing the attention of publishers worldwide. Today, he is best known for the internationally acclaimed picture book What Makes Us Human, selected to the prestigious White Ravens 2023 catalog and a special exhibition at the Bologna Children’s Book Fair, and translated into 30 languages. Catarina Sobral is an internationally acclaimed Portuguese author–illustrator who also dabbles in film, theater, and radio. A graduate of graphic design with a masters in illustration, her accolades include–among other things–the International Award for Illustration at the 2014 Bologna Children’s Book Fair, the 2023 Portuguese National Illustration Award, and three selections to the prestigious White Ravens catalog (2013, 2014, and 2024). She lives in Lisbon with her two cats, Mooncake and Egas.
SELLING POINTS
NORMALLY SUCCESSFUL: Both creators, D.O. Santos and Sobral, have received awards and recognition in some of children’s picture books biggest settings: the Bologna Children’s Book Fair, the White Ravens catalogue, and more.
NOTHING STRANGE: Santos’ text offers parents and educators a starting point to have conversations about what society considers “weird” and “normal,” in order to break down stigmas and be more accepting of who other people are.
ODDLY COLORFUL: Sobral’s rich color palette and signature style run the gamut of colors in People Are Weird, creating a delightful visual treat for young readers.
HARD TO LOOK AWAY: Illustrator
Catarina Sobral has nearly 15,000 followers on Instagram.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
AGES 5 to 8
PICTURE BOOK
978-1-990252-48-8
Lion Learns a Lesson
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY ALICE HORN
Boastful Lion learns the importance of friendship and teamwork in vivid follow up to Penguin’s Party Problems
Meet Lion. Lion loves to be the best—and he especially loves to let people know it. After boasting to his friends that he can do anything, he enters a plant competition to grow the best plant. But things don’t go according to plan. . . . At his wit’s end, he turns to his friends for their help. Lion soon learns that success can be defined in more ways than one, and that sometimes there are more important things in life than simply being the best.
Alice Horn is an illustrator and art teacher based in London. She studied illustration at the University of Edinburgh. Her debut picture book, Penguin’s Party Problems, was published by Tate Publishing in 2021.
SELLING POINTS
FUN ADVENTURE: Delightful picture book from talented young author/illustrator.
VIBRANT STORYTELLING: Bursting with colorful illustrations and lovable characters.
GREAT FOR LEARNING: Can be used as a tool for social–emotional learning (SEL), encouraging children to reflect on their feelings, relationships, and actions.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 241mm
*HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 241mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 6 to 9 PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-84976-887-0
US $17.99 CAN $22.99
Giselle
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY
CHARLOTTTE GAUSTAUT
Inspired by the ballet of the same name; this spectacular gift book uniquely tells the age–old tale of romance and betrayal
Exploring timeless themes of love, innocence, deception and betrayal, Charlotte Gastaut magnificently retells the story of Giselle using die–cut paper and transparent book leaves to fully immerse us in one of the world’s most famous and haunting ballets.
Charlotte Gastaut is a French illustrator with numerous picture books, novels, and nonfiction titles to her name. She created the artwork for Fendi’s 2016 autumn haute couture collection.
SELLING POINTS
SPECIAL KEEPSAKE: This large–format, visually stunning picture book would bring elegance to any bookcase.
EXQUISITE, LUSH ILLUSTRATIONS: A bookseller ’s dream that is sure to delight readers across the land.
CAPTIVATING STORYTELLING THROUGH ART: Illustrations that don’t just complement the text but elevate it, telling their own story and adding layers of meaning and emotion.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *44 pages
*WIDTH: 11 2/5" - 290mm
*HEIGHT: 12 3/5" - 320mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 6 to 9 PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-84976-948-8
US $26.00 CAN $33.00
Electric Birds of Pothakudi
WRITTEN BY KARTHIKA NAÏR; ILLUSTRATED BY JOËLLE JOLIVET
Inspired by a true story about a family of birds nesting in a village’s streetlamp, this poetic picture book is a moving exploration of community, solidarity, ecology, and the preservation of wildlife
Karuppu Raja dearly loves his small village of Pothakudi. He takes great pride in being responsible for its only source of light, switching the circuit breaker on every night to power the streetlamps. But one evening, he discovers a bird’s nest buried deep inside the box. He’s faced with a terrible dilemma: to turn the switch on and destroy the nest or to leave the village in darkness until the fledgelings are born.
Karthika Naïr is a poet, playwright, fabulist, and dance scenarist. Until the Lions: Echoes from the Mahabharata, her reworking of the foundational South Asian epic in multiple voices, won the 2015 Tata Literature Live Award for Book of the Year (India). Joëlle Jolivet is an outstanding Illustrator who works mostly in linocut. She knows how to style without losing sight of the original object and is passionate about detail. Her books have been published internationally.
SELLING POINTS
A FEAST FOR THE EYES: Bold, colorful illustrations that jump of the page and drag the reader into the story.
TRUE STORY: Based on true events, with a touch of poetic license.
GLOBAL READ: An inspiring story of a communities efforts to support their local wildlife.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *52 pages
*WIDTH: 9 9/20" - 240mm
*HEIGHT: 11 3/5" - 295mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-84976-915-0
$24.99
RIGHTS:
Pattern
ART ACTIVITY BOOK
ILLUSTRATED BY JAMES LAMBERT; TEXT BY KATHRYN BOX
Come along on this journey to look at patterns in art! Paint, draw, and create your very own artwork inspired by the work of incredible artists from around the world
An engaging and insightful introduction to patterns in art, this fun–packed children’s book includes activities inspired by 14 modern and contemporary artworks. Make your very own mural with Sol LeWitt, design a costume using patterned fabric like Sonia Delaunay, and get stuck in with strings to create 3D grids inspired by Piet Mondrian! With fascinating facts about each artist’s life and work throughout, this book is guaranteed to encourage a deeper understanding of art styles, techniques, and ideas, and introduce young readers to artworks in a variety of media, including photography, mixed media, sculpture, conceptual art, installation art, and painting.
James Lambert is an illustrator living and working in London. He graduated from the Royal College of Art with an MA in communication art and design. His work is housed in the Tate Archives and has been exhibited at the Design Museum. His solo show, Look and Learn, was held at Sketch Gallery in London. Kathryn Box works at the Victoria and Albert Museum in London as part of the Young People and Families team. She was previously a content producer at Tate Kids.
SELLING POINTS
FUELING CREATIVITY: Insightful introduction to “pattern” in art, packed full of fun and engaging activities.
INSPIRATIONAL FOR YOUNG ARTISTS: Guaranteed to encourage a deeper understanding of art styles, techniques, and ideas.
WORLD–FAMOUS ARTISTS: Learn about 14 legends of the art world, including Yayoi Kusama, Jackson Pollock, Piet Mondrian, and Agnes Martin.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*HEIGHT: 11 2/5" - 290mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 6 to 9
PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS
ISBN 978-1-84976-455-1
US $12.99 CAN $16.99
Portrait
AN ART ACTIVITY BOOK
ILLUSTRATED BY JAMES
LAMBERT;
TEXT BY KATHRYN
BOX
Come along on this journey to look at portraits in art! Paint, draw, and create your very own artwork inspired by the work of incredible artists from around the world
An engaging and insightful introduction to portraits in art, this fun–packed children’s book includes activities inspired by 14 modern and contemporary artworks. Experiment with abstract portraiture like Pablo Picasso, design your own mask with the Guerrilla Girls, and try your hand at creating a word–only portrait inspired by Lorna Simpson! With fascinating facts about each artist’s life and work throughout, this book is guaranteed to encourage a deeper understanding of art styles, techniques, and ideas, and introduce young readers to artworks in a variety of media, including photography, mixed media, sculpture, conceptual art, installation art, and painting.
James Lambert is an illustrator living and working in London. He graduated from the Royal College of Art with an MA in communication art and design. His work is housed in the Tate Archives and has been exhibited at the Design Museum. His solo show Look and Learn was held at Sketch Gallery in London. Kathryn Box works at the Victoria & Albert Museum in London as part of the Young People and Families team. She was previously a content producer at Tate Kids.
SELLING POINTS
GET INSPIRED: Featuring activities inspired by global icons of art, including Andy Warhol, Pablo Picasso, David Hockney, and the Guerrilla Girls.
PERFECT FOR YOUNG ARTISTS: Fun and accessible learnings on every page.
MAKE YOUR MARK: Packed full of ideas to help children explore their creativity.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *64 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*HEIGHT: 11 2/5" - 290mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 6 to 9
PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS
ISBN 978-1-84976-454-4
US $12.99 CAN $16.99
What Will I Do If I Miss You?
A PICTURE BOOK FOR SEPARATION ANXIETY
WRITTEN BY MELISSA T. SHULTZ, ILLUSTRATED BY LILIA MICELI
A touching back–to–school picture book, based on a true story from author Melissa T. Shultz, to reassure children with separation anxiety using proven self–soothing techniques
“Mama, what will I do if I miss you?”
“Hmm. That’s a good question,” she said. “Let’s try something.”
Alex’s mom took his hand in hers and moved it over his heart.
“Can you feel your heart beating . . . thump, thump?”
Alex is starting day school, but thinking about being away from his mom for so long makes him feel nervous! So he and his mom devise a plan to use their magical connection—heart to heart—to feel close to one another even if they cannot be together. Based on a true story from author Melissa Shultz, and with magical illustrations by Lilia Miceli, What Will I Do If I Miss You? is the perfect picture book for families with working parents or children going to school or daycare for the first time.
Melissa T. Shultz has extensive writing, editing, and management experience that traverses video, TV, books, magazines, newspapers, and marketing. Her previous titles include acquisitions editor, director of creative services, and manager of video production. She’s a published author; her articles and essays are featured in The New York Times, The Washington Post, Reader’s Digest, AARP, and more. Lilia Miceli was born in Turin, Italy. As a child, she loved turning words into images; this love led her to study at Centro Sperimentale di Cinematrografia of Turin, where she graduated with a degree in 2D animation. Art is her primary form of communication, and she hopes to use her creativity to make the world a better place.
RIGHTS: World ex
SELLING POINTS
EMOTIONAL CONNECTION: The book is based on a true story about a child’s apprehension on the first day of school, making it relatable for families with young children. Melissa T. Shultz’s personal experience adds authenticity and emotional depth, resonating with parents and children alike.
BACK–TO–SCHOOL TIE IN: The book’s themes make it perfect for back–to–school promotions and events, such as story time readings at local bookstores and libraries. The book could also be featured in family–oriented newsletters and social media posts during transition periods like the start of the school year.
PARENT RESOURCE: The book provides comforting strategies for parents to ease their children’s separation anxiety, making it a valuable resource for caregivers during this significant life change.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 3 to 5
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 979-8-89396-003-7 US $17.99 UK £12.99
ËxHTSITDy960037z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-072-3
RIGHTS: World ex
Y si te extraño... ¿qué hago?
WRITTEN BY MELISSA T. SHULTZ; ILLUSTRATED BY LILIA MICELI
Un conmovedor libro ilustrado sobre la vuelta al colegio, basado en una historia real de la autora Melissa T. Shultz, para tranquilizar a los niños con ansiedad por separación utilizando técnicas comprobadas de autoconfort
“Mamá, y si te echo de menos... ¿qué hago?”
“Mmm... buena pregunta,” dijo ella.
“Vamos a probar algo.” La mamá de Alex tomó sus manitas y las colocó en su corazón.
“¿Sientes cómo late tu corazón? Bum, bum; bum, bum...?”
Alex va a empezar la escuela, y cuando piensa en alejarse de su mamá por tanto tiempo, ¡se pone nervioso! Así que él y su madre han ideado un plan para que su conexión mágica —de corazón a corazón— les haga sentir cerca el uno del otro, aunque no puedan estar juntos. Y si te echo de menos... ¿qúe hago? está basado en la historia real de la autora Melissa Shultz, y, junto con las mágicas ilustraciones de Lilia Miceli, es el libro ilustrado ideal para aquellas familias en las que el padre y la madre trabajan o los hijos van a la guardería o al colegio por primera vez.
Melissa T. Shultz has extensive writing, editing, and management experience that traverses video, TV, books, magazines, newspapers, and marketing. Her previous titles include acquisitions editor, director of creative services, and manager of video production. She’s a published author; her articles and essays are featured in The New York Times, The Washington Post, Reader’s Digest, AARP, and more. Lilia Miceli was born in Turin, Italy. As a child she loved turning words into images, this love led her to study at Centro Sperimentale di Cinematrografia of Turin, where she graduated with a degree in 2D animation. Art is her primary form of communication, and she hopes to use her creativity to make the world a better place.
SELLING POINTS
EMOTIONAL CONNECTION: The book is based on a true story about a child’s apprehension on the first day of school, making it relatable for families with young children. Melissa T. Shultz’s personal experience adds authenticity and emotional depth, resonating with parents and children alike.
BACK–TO–SCHOOL TIE IN: The book’s themes make it perfect for back–to–school promotions and events, such as story time readings at local bookstores and libraries. The book could also be featured in family–oriented newsletters and social media posts during transition periods like the start of the school year.
PARENT RESOURCE: The book provides comforting strategies for parents to ease their children’s separation anxiety, making it a valuable resource for caregivers during this significant life change.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 3 to 5 PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 979-8-89396-069-3
US $17.99 UK £12.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-097-6
Down with Lime Books
A STORY ABOUT BOOK BANNING WRITTEN BY JAN ZAUZMER; ILLUSTRATED BY BLANCA
MILLÁN
An allegorical picture book about the very real dangers of book banning
Paige and her pals picked out teal books and red books and plum books and more—so many they spilled from the shelves to the floor. . . . But not everyone thought that this rainbow was grand—some wanted lime–colored books to be banned.
When the town busybody convinces everyone that lime–green books are too dangerous to be available on the shelves at the library, Paige and her friends must stand up and defend their right to read! With rhyming text from Jan Zauzmer that begs to be read aloud and colorful illustrations by Blanca Millán, Down with Lime Books shows the power of a brave voice to cut through fear and misunderstanding.
Jan Zauzmer is tickled lime to introduce young readers to important social issues in delightfully creative and kid–friendly ways. She is the author of two timely and timeless children’s books–If You Go with Your Goat to Vote and Maxine’s Critters Get the Vaccine Jitters–and is eagerly looking forward to the publication of her newest topical children’s book, Down with Lime Books! A graduate of Princeton University and Stanford Law School, she lives in the Philadelphia area with her husband and is a proud mother and grandmother. Blanca Millán was born in Touro, a small town in Spain. She is a fine arts graduate from the University of Vigo with a master’s in illustrated books and audiovisual animation. She has been painting for as long as she can remember and started illustrating stories when she became a mother. In 2017, she published her first works, Manuela and A maxia de mamá, the latter as a sole author. In the past six years, Millán has illustrated over 40 titles for the Spanish market, and some of those books have also been translated into English, Polish, Chinese, Dutch, and more. In addition to illustrated books, her other great passion lies in informational books for young children, where she enjoys discussing nature and everything that surrounds us. Currently, Millán continues to illustrate in her little studio surrounded by nature.
RIGHTS: World ex Canada
SELLING POINTS
TIMELY AND RELEVANT: Down with Lime Books introduces young readers to the concept of book banning in an engaging and child–friendly way, making it a perfect tool for parents and educators to start important conversations about censorship and freedom to read.
ENGAGING: The book features a lively adventure in peppy rhyming free verse, with a strong, plucky protagonist who leads a zany hunt to retrieve the banned lime books, making it a fun and educational read–aloud for families and classrooms.
EMPOWERING YOUNG
ACTIVISTS: By portraying kids as the heroes who stand up for their rights, the book inspires young readers to take an active role in social issues, encouraging a new generation of advocates for free speech and access to literature.
A
MUST–HAVE FOR EDUCATORS AND LIBRARIANS: With the growing discussion around book bans, this book is an essential addition to any classroom or library, providing a resource that is both educational and entertaining for young audiences.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 3 to 5
PICTURE BOOK, FICTION
ISBN 978-1-64170-399-4 US $17.99 UK £12.99 ËxHSLGOBy703994z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-081-5
Earth Rover
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY
TAYLOR WOOLLEY
An adorably confused dog dreams of the adventures he’ll have on the moon in this space–themed picture book
Dear Humans of NASA, I am Rover! I’m writing because I want to explore the moon as your next Lunar Rover. Ever since I was a pup, I’ve dreamt of going to space with my human . . . Rover the dog is convinced he would make a perfect lunar rover. He can handle any kind of terrain. He can dig up rock samples. And he’s even spaceship–trained! Kids will love the dramatic irony while cheering for Rover to achieve his dream. With backmatter about moon exploration and the different parts of a space rover and hilarious illustrations from author/illustrator Taylor Woolley, Earth Rover is the perfect picture book for kids—and dogs—who love space.
Taylor Woolley is an Atlanta–based author and illustrator with a BFA in graphic design. Inspired by the subjects she’s encountered as a graphic designer for research universities, Woolley uses vibrant illustrations and humor to break down STEM topics in unexpected and entertaining ways.
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
UNIQUE STEM AND STORY BLEND: Earth Rover combines a heartwarming narrative with educational STEM content, making space exploration accessible and engaging for young readers.
LOVABLE MAIN CHARACTER: Rover, a determined and charming basset hound, adds emotional depth and relatability, drawing readers into his mission to become NASA’s next lunar rover.
PERFECT CLASSROOM TOOL:
Ideal for lessons on space, the moon, and persuasive letter writing, this book offers a multidisciplinary approach that fits both science and language arts curricula.
TIMELY FOCUS ON NASA’S ARTEMIS MISSIONS: Tied to current NASA missions, the book educates readers about modern space exploration, making it relevant to today’s lunar endeavors.
VIBRANT ILLUSTRATIONS AND HUMOR: The book’s bright illustrations and witty narrative break down complex topics, making it easy and fun for children to grasp the science behind space travel.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 228.6mm
*HEIGHT: 11" - 279.4mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 3 to 5
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-64170-846-3 US $17.99 UK £11.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-079-2
M Is for Mason Jar
A HOMESTEADING ALPHABET
WRITTEN BY
CAROLYN BENNETT
An
FRAISER; ILLUSTRATED BY SALLY GARLAND
ABC picture book for modern homesteaders
A is for attic and armfuls of aprons our aunties once made. B is for baking the batter for buttermilk biscuits. Yum!
Children are an essential part of any homestead. From canning creamed corn and cucumbers to scattering seeds in the soil, explore a fun modern–day homesteading activity for every letter of the alphabet, just for young homesteaders. With alliterative text by Carloyn Bennett Fraiser and sweet illustrations by Sally Garland, M Is for Mason Jar is a mix of nostalgia and modernism. Whether in the country or the city, the time–honored practices of the homestead will encourage kids to be more self–reliant and to be thankful for the bounty of the earth and the work of their hands. Includes two pages of backmatter to help kids get involved in homesteading activities.
Carolyn Bennett Fraiser is a homesteader in the mountains of western North Carolina, where she writes for children and works as graphic designer for non–profit organizations. Sally Garland was brought up in a small town in the Highlands of Scotland called Alness, and studied illustration at Edinburgh College of Art before moving to Glasgow, where she now lives and works with her partner and young son.
SELLING POINTS
HOLIDAY/SEASONAL TIE–INS: The book’s theme aligns well with holidays such as Earth Day, National Gardening Day, and Homestead Days, making it an excellent gift for families looking to celebrate these occasions with educational activities.
EDUCATION AND FAMILY BONDING: The book provides a unique combination of education and family bonding through homesteading activities. It fills a niche in children’s literature by focusing on modern homesteading, a topic with few existing resources for young children.
SOCIAL MEDIA CAMPAIGN: The book will launch with a robust social media campaign in partnership with KidLit influencers and homesteading influencers. The campaign has a reach of over five million online.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *32 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
*Hardcover with jacket PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 3 to 5 PICTURE BOOK ISBN 978-1-64170-966-8
ISBN 979-8-89396-074-7
The Compound Noun Treasure Hunt
A PICTURE BOOK ABOUT COMPOUND WORDS WRITTEN BY KIMBERLEE GARD; ILLUSTRATED BY SANDIE
SONKE
A new installment in the popular Language Is Fun series, all about the power of compound nouns
It all started when BULLDOG stumbled upon a piece of paper. “It must be a treasure map. And it must lead to gold!”
When Bulldog goes on a hunt for treasure, he’s joined by Dragonfly in search of gold. Kids will love learning compound words through the page turns and giggle at the surprise ending! This new addition to the Language Is Fun series from author Kimberlee Gard and illustrator Sandie Sonke is full of adorable, determined characters and fun wordplay.
Kimberlee Gard is an award–winning children’s author who spent her childhood running from books instead of reading them. A learning disorder held her back until she was taught the tools to overcome her dyslexia. From this came Gard’s aspiration to write books for children that would bring about a love of reading and encourage even the most reluctant and struggling reader. Gard lives on a small farm in Colorado with her family and a gaggling group of barnyard friends. You can visit her at www.kimberleegard.com. Sandie Sonke is an illustrator with many published picture books, including the Language Is Fun series. She is a Southern California native and a Cal State University Fullerton grad with a degree in studio art. She currently lives in her hometown Rancho Cucamonga, California.
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-071-6 RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
INTERACTIVE LEARNING: Part of the Language Is Fun Series, this book turns grammar into an exciting adventure, helping children easily grasp the concept of compound words through an engaging and interactive treasure hunt.
UNEXPECTED DISCOVERIES:
Each page offers a surprise transformation, keeping young readers engaged as they see familiar words combine in unexpected ways, turning everyday objects into compound words.
EDUCATIONAL AND ENTERTAINING: A perfect blend of education and entertainment, making it an ideal read–aloud book for classrooms and libraries that encourages active participation and critical thinking.
SUPPORT FOR RELUCTANT READERS: Written by an author who overcame dyslexia, this book is designed to captivate even the most reluctant readers, making grammar accessible and fun.
COMPREHENSIVE RESOURCE: Includes backmatter with additional activities and discussion prompts, offering educators and parents tools to extend learning beyond the story.
SPECIFICATIONS
*32 pages of full-color illustration
*32 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 203mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 3 to 5
PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 978-1-64170-885-2
US $16.99 UK £11.99
ËxHSLGOBy708852z
12 Little Elves Visit Michigan
WRITTEN
BY
TRISH MADSON; ILLUSTRATED BY SASIWIMON SUNTHONWIKRAN
Twelve charming Christmas elves travel throughout Michigan to see who is still awake before Santa comes. Along the way, they visit iconic landmarks and curiosities, all bedecked in holly and holiday fun
’Twas Christmas in Michigan
And 12 elves were sent to see who was sleeping . . . Away the elves went! In each home was nestled each girl and each boy, while Great Lakes State visions brought everyone joy.
From Turnip Rock to the Motown Museum to Sleeping Bear Dunes, these little elves have a snowball fight at Tahquamenon Falls, explore shipwrecks in Thunder Bay, ride on the Silver Beach Carousel, and keep their eyes out for fairy doors. With rhyming text by Trish Madson and charming illustration by Chorkung (Sasiwimon Sunthonwikran), 12 Little Elves Visit Michigan is sure to be a holiday favorite! The elves’ last stop? Your home, of course. Jump in bed!
Trish Madson is a lifelong book enthusiast with over 20 years’ experience in the publishing and entertainment industry. Her true passion is creating books that inspire and encourage children to learn while ultimately having fun. Chorkung (Sasiwimon Sunthonwikran) lives in Bangkok, Thailand. She is a freelance illustrator specializing in children’s book illustration, and most of her work is done digitally. Chorkung likes to experiment with color and characters, and this is reflected in her vibrant, friendly, and lovely work. She has illustrated Sea Creatures, Brilliant Bugs Dinosaurs, and Birds for Campbell, also part of the First Explorers series.
RIGHTS: World
SELLING
POINTS
REGIONAL FUN FOR KIDS: 12 Little Elves Visit Michigan takes young readers on a whimsical journey through the state’s iconic landmarks, combining fun facts with engaging illustrations.
STATE PRIDE MEETS
STORYTELLING: This book celebrates Michigan’s unique heritage and attractions, making it a great way for children and families to explore their state through storytelling.
PERFECT FOR READ ALOUD:
The playful rhyming text makes it a perfect read–aloud book, ideal for bedtime or classroom settings.
PART OF A BELOVED SERIES:
As part of the established 12 Little Elves series, this edition adds Michigan’s charm to a collection loved by children across various regions.
SPECIFICATIONS
*32 pages of full color illustration; cover features glitter flocking *32 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 228.6mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 228.6mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 3 to 5 TRAVEL, PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 979-8-89396-005-1 US $16.99 UK £11.99
ËxHTSITDy960051z ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-080-8
12 Little Elves Save Christmas
WRITTEN BY STEPHANIE CAMPISI; ILLUSTRATED BY SUSANNA COVELLI
Join 12 charming Christmas elves on a trip around the world in this holiday picture book with glitter details
’Twas dawning on Yule. A fierce storm was brewing. Could this blustery night be Christmas’s undoing?
After a terrible storm sweeps the globe, Christmas festivities are canceled around the world. Twelve little elves come to the rescue, helping each community rehang their decorations and revive their traditions. From karavaki boats in Greece to paper lanterns in Argentina to nativity cribs in Lebanon, the elves embark on an unforgettable journey filled with holiday spirit and goodwill. With rhyming text from Stephanie Campisi and colorful illustrations by Susanna Covelli, 12 Little Elves Save Christmas brings a global perspective to the Christmas season.
Stephanie Campisi is an Australian–born author based in Southern California. The author of more than 20 books, including Luis and Tabitha and Quacks Like a Duck, she loves nothing more than a Christmas pavlova (her grandma’s recipe)! Susanna Covelli was born in a small town in Piedmont, Italy, earned an MA in architecture, and followed her passion for art and decided to attend a specialization course in both traditional and digital illustration at Scuola Iternazionale di Comics in Turin, where she now teaches. Her art expresses her own imagination and inspiration from nature, and she has always been attracted by sinuous shapes, baroque style, and out–of–the–ordinary perspective.
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
GLOBAL APPEAL: This book introduces young readers to Christmas traditions from around the world, making it an ideal gift for families who celebrate diverse cultural holidays.
SERIES SUCCESS: The 12 Little Elves series has already proven popular, and this latest installment builds on that success with a heartwarming, globally focused holiday story.
PERFECT HOLIDAY GIFT: With its vibrant illustrations and engaging story, 12 Little Elves Save Christmas is a perfect stocking stuffer or holiday gift for children and families.
EDUCATIONAL AND FUN:
Readers learn about global traditions while enjoying a playful, adventurous story, making it an educational and entertaining book for the holiday season.
VISUAL AND CRAFT APPEAL: The book lends itself well to seasonal crafts and holiday events, making it a great tie–in for bookshops or schools looking to host themed storytime or craft sessions.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout; cover includes glitter flocking *48 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 3 to 5
PICTURE BOOK, TRAVEL
ISBN 978-1-64170-970-5
US $17.99 UK £12.99
ËxHSLGOBy709705z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-077-8
Ooh La La! Kids Cook French
BY BARBARA BEERY
Filled with sweet and savory recipes from bestselling author Barbara Beery, this children’s cookbook is magnifique
Bonjour, aspiring chefs! Put on your aprons and get ready to master French cuisine. Mais oui! From delectable patisserie to savory soups, and from baguettes to the five French mother sauces—béchamel, hollandaise, velouté, espagnole, and tomato—Ooh La La! Kids Cook French is a child–friendly take on classic French cooking. Developed by bestselling children’s cookbook author Barbara Beery and filled with simple instructions and full–color photos, this cookbook is the perfect gift for kids who feel at home in the kitchen.
As the mastermind behind two children’s culinary businesses and the author of 20 cookbooks, Barbara Beery has spent 30 years teaching thousands of children through year–round classes, cooking birthday parties, and summer cooking camps. Since selling Foodie Kids in 2017, Beery has embarked and expanded into new culinary adventures; her newest, Cocktails and Conversation, is in development and will launch in late 2019.
RIGHTS: World ex
SELLING POINTS
CHILD–FRIENDLY COOKING: Ooh La La! Kids Cook French is designed for young chefs, providing a fun and engaging introduction to the art of French cuisine.
AUTHENTICITY MEETS
ACCESSIBILITY: Developed by a seasoned expert in children’s culinary education, this cookbook brings the flavors of France right to your kitchen, making it a perfect gift for any budding chef.
FROM SWEET TREATS TO SAVORY DELIGHTS: Explore a range of recipes, from delectable pastries to savory soups, and even learn about the five classic French mother sauces.
EASY–TO–FOLLOW
INSTRUCTIONS: Simple steps and full–color photos make it a breeze for kids to create their own culinary masterpieces.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Over 100 full-color photographs *128 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 228.6mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
*Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER AGES 10 to 14
ISBN 978-1-64170-263-8 US $19.99 UK £13.99
ËxHSLGOBy702638z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-086-0
¡Cuántos sentimientos!
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY LARISSA HONSEK
Larissa Honsek’s So Many Feelings, now available in Spanish
¡Estoy contento! Estoy enfadado. Me siento ridículo. Enseñar a los niños a nombrar sus sentimientos es el primer paso para ayudarles a expresarlos de la manera adecuada y para que puedan sentir empatía por los sentimientos de los demás. De la mano de la artista Larissa Honsek, creadora de Opuestos y ¡A moverse!, llega un nuevo elenco de personajes de plastilina para enseñar a los más pequeños sobre las emociones y sentimientos que todos experimentamos.
Larissa Honsek is a Berlin–based graphic designer, photographer, and illustrator who loves to explore the intersections of these fields. Her tribe of bright and colorful characters is born out of experiments with a multitude of mixed–media elements: clay sculpting, photography, digital and analog collaging, painting, drawing, printing, and scanning.
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
NOW AVAILABLE IN SPANISH: The popular board book So Many Feelings is now accessible to Spanish–speaking families, expanding its reach and impact in fostering emotional literacy among young children.
TEACHES EMOTIONAL AWARENESS: With simple yet expressive clay creatures, this book helps toddlers and preschoolers understand that all feelings are valid, encouraging healthy emotional expression from an early age.
HIGHLY ACCLAIMED: Praised by trade journals and educators alike, this book has been recognized for its unique and effective approach to teaching young children about emotions.
PERFECT FOR SOCIAL EMOTIONAL LEARNING (SEL):
The calming colors and adorable clay characters make this book an ideal resource for activities like play dough faces, emotion–matching games, and other hands–on learning experiences.
ENGAGING AND EDUCATIONAL:
Designed for children ages 0–3, this board book is not only visually captivating but also serves as a valuable tool for parents and educators to promote emotional development in a fun and interactive way.
SPECIFICATIONS
*16 pages of full color claymation characters
*16 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 177.8mm
*HEIGHT: 7" - 177.8mm
*Board Book
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 1 to 3
BOARD BOOK
ISBN 979-8-89396-068-6 US $9.99 UK £6.99
ËxHTSITDy960686z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-099-0
1-2-3 Monsters
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY LARISSA HONSEK
A counting board book with adorable clay monsters from author and artist
Larissa Honsek
Count every eye and tentacle in this adorable counting board book filled with friendly clay–figure monsters. From one to eight, meet a new friendly monster on each page and count along. Perfect for monster–loving kids year–round!
Larissa Honsek is a Berlin–based graphic designer, photographer, and illustrator who loves to explore the intersections of these fields. Her tribe of bright and colorful characters is born out of experiments with a multitude of mixed–media elements: clay sculpting, photography, digital and analog collaging, painting, drawing, printing, and scanning.
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-075-4 RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
CUTE MODERN MONSTERS: Claymation–style monsters are fun and cute, not scary. Perfect for Halloween but modern enough to be featured year–round.
RECOGNIZED AUTHOR: 1–2–3 Monsters is the fourth book from Larissa Honsek. Her modern and engaging style helps children learn and interact with simple concepts. Readers are encouraged to count on each page, adding an extra element to the story.
SPANISH EDITION: 1–2–3 Monsters will be released alongside a Spanish edition, giving parents and teachers the option to learn a language while teaching numbers!
SPECIFICATIONS
*20 pages of claymation figure photography in full-color *20 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 177.8mm
*HEIGHT: 7" - 177.8mm
*Board Book
PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 1 to 3 BOARD BOOK
ISBN 979-8-89396-062-4 US $9.99 UK £6.99 ËxHTSITDy960624z
1-2-3 Monstruos
CREATED BY LARISSA HONSEK
Un libro de cartón para contar con los adorables monstruos de plastilina de la autora y artista Larissa Honsek
Conoce a unos simpáticos monstruos de plastilina y cuenta cada ojo y tentáculo que encuentres en este libro de cartón que te cautivará. Desde el uno hasta el ocho, haz un nuevo amigo monstruo en cada página y cuenta con él. El libro perfecto para los amantes de los monstruos para todo el año.
Count every eye and tentacle in this adorable counting board book filled with friendly, clay–figure monsters. From one to eight, meet a new friendly monster on each page and count along. Perfect for monster–loving kids year–round!
Larissa Honsek is a Berlin–based creative director, graphic designer, photographer and illustrator who loves to explore the intersections of these fields.
SELLING POINTS
SKILL DEVELOPMENT: This book encourages early counting and number recognition skills in a fun and engaging way.
LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT: Perfect for young Spanish readers and early Spanish learners alike.
ADORABLE MONSTERS: Each page introduces a new monster friend, made for clay, that will captivate children with their friendly appearance. Great for Halloween but modern enough for year–round fun.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *20 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 177.8mm
*HEIGHT: 7" - 177.8mm
*Board Book PUB MONTH: AUGUST AGES 1 to 3 BOARD BOOK
ISBN 979-8-89396-067-9 US $9.99 UK £6.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-098-3
100 First Words for Little Gamers
WRITTEN
AND ILLUSTRATED
BY CARLOS MIRELES-GUERRERO
A playful board book for gaming families, filled with classic gaming references, famous game designers, and more
Eat. Sleep. Game. Repeat. Raise those squeakers right with all the gaming references and terminology they need to be goated. Introducing 100 First Words for Little Gamers, a primer for gamer kids learning their first words from gamer and designer Carlos Guerrero. Forget apple and dog. Your little gamers are ready to move from ABC to CPU and other gaming–specific words like console, nerf, and the Duke (if you know, you know). Filled with Easter eggs every gamer should know, 100 First Words for Little Gamers is the perfect primer for gaming families. Those little n00bs will be pros before you know it!
Carlos Mireles–Guerrero is a Latino designer, artist, and illustrator. He is currently the art administrator and designer at Familius publishing. He is also the cofounder of Judging by the Cover: A Bookstore, an independent bookstore focused on amplifying historically marginalized voices. Mireles–Guerrero loves and respects all forms of art and has been gaming ever since he could remember, so his first book, 100 First Words for Little Gamers, is a combination of his passions. He currently resides in Fresno, California, with his wife and two dogs.
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
UNIQUE APPEAL TO GAMERS & FAMILIES: This book combines the excitement of gaming culture with a first–words learning experience, making it perfect for gamer parents to introduce their little ones to the world of gaming in a fun and educational way.
NOSTALGIC: Featuring nostalgic, retro–themed illustrations of classic gaming devices, platforms, and terminology, this book will resonate with Gen X, Millennials, and Gen A gamers alike.
ENGAGES
MULTIGENERATIONAL
GAMERS: Designed to bridge the gap between generations, this book offers relatable content for older gaming enthusiasts while providing a fresh introduction for younger children.
PART OF AN ESTABLISHED SERIES: As an addition to the popular Familius 100 First Words series, 100 First Words for Little Gamers benefits from a strong brand presence, making it an attractive choice for fans of the series and new buyers alike.
CROSSOVER APPEAL: The combination of gaming culture with early childhood education makes this book a great gift for collectors, gaming enthusiasts, and families, ensuring broad appeal across multiple demographics.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *20 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
*Board Book
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
AGES 1 to 3
BOARD BOOK
ISBN 979-8-89396-061-7
US $9.99 UK £6.99
ËxHTSITDy960617z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-084-6
100 First Words for Little Coloradans
WRITTEN BY JESSICA AND SHEA SPEER; ILLUSTRATED BY GARETH WILLIAMS
A playful board book for Colorado–born babies, filled with pop culture references, historic sites, and more
We’re living that Colorado life! In the Centennial State, we have mountains to the west and plains to the east, and a whole lot of beauty in between. But how do we pass our love of colorful Colorado on to our little ones? Introducing 100 First Words for Little Coloradans, a state primer for kids learning their first words! Forget apple and dog—little Coloradans are ready to move from ABC to SUP and other Colorado–specific words like granola, crampons, and Casa Bonita (if you know, you know). Packed with hilarious illustrations and 100 words every Colorado–dwelling baby should know (before any others, of course), 100 First Words for Little Coloradans is the perfect board book for families who call the Centennial State home.
Mother–daughter team Jessica and Shea Speer live in the Rocky Mountains surrounded by diverse wildlife, rugged trails, and breathtaking views found only in Colorado. When not writing books, they can be found hanging out in local coffee shops, browsing bookstores, and exploring new places. Gareth Williams lives in London with his amazing wife. From an early age he’s loved to draw, and that passion continues to this day. It’s something he still can’t believe he gets to do for a living. Williams has illustrated everything from editorial illustrations to children’s books.
RIGHTS: World ex Canada
SELLING POINTS
STATE FOCUS: This board book is perfect for families in or visiting Colorado, featuring 100 iconic words representing the state’s unique wildlife, landmarks, and outdoor adventures.
EDUCATIONAL AND FUN: The colorful illustrations and relatable words make it an engaging learning tool for babies, toddlers, and preschoolers, introducing them to first words while celebrating Colorado’s beauty.
IDEAL GIFT FOR LOCALS AND TOURISTS ALIKE: Whether for a baby shower, birthday, or as a souvenir, this book serves as a memorable gift for new parents or visitors looking to share a piece of Colorado with their little ones.
BROAD RETAIL APPEAL: The book is perfect for bookstores, gift shops, tourist spots, and ski towns across Colorado, appealing to locals, tourists, and outdoor enthusiasts alike.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *20 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152.4mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
*Board Book
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER AGES 1 to 3 BOARD BOOK
ISBN 978-1-64170-855-5
US $9.99 UK £6.99
ËxHSLGOBy708555z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-082-2
Baby Sees San Francisco
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY
JANNA STEAGALL
A high–contrast board book designed for babies’ developing eyes by artist Janna Steagall, with regional focus on San Francisco
Baby sees a bridge. Baby sees a pier. Baby sees bread. Created for the youngest readers and their developing eyes, this high–contrast board book explores the sights of the City by the Bay, including sea lions, and more! With simple text but clearly recognizable images and patterns by Janna Steagall, Baby Sees San Francisco is the perfect tummy time companion for babies born in or visiting San Francisco.
Janna Steagall is a surface designer and illustrator whose dream is to make the world a more whimsical place, one artwork at a time.
RIGHTS: World ex Canada
SELLING POINTS
TUMMY–TIME FUN: Keep baby engaged and stimulated during tummy time with these bold and beautiful images, aiding their development in rolling and crawling.
AESTHETIC APPEAL: Perfect for millennial moms and dads who want to curate stylish nurseries with Instagram–worthy bookshelves.
EARLY VISUAL DEVELOPMENT: Created specifically for babies’ developing eyes, these high–contrast images help babies learn to see and discern shapes and patterns.
BONDING: The Baby Sees books foster a special connection between parents and babies, providing both with an experience that is as visually delightful as it is beneficial.
SPECIFICATIONS
*16 pages of black and white high contrast images
*16 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 177.8mm
*HEIGHT: 7" - 177.8mm
*Board Book
PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 1 to 3 BOARD BOOK
ISBN 978-1-64170-834-0 US $8.99 UK £6.99 ËxHSLGOBy708340z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-100-3
Baby Sees Texas
WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY
JANNA STEAGALL
A high–contrast board book designed for babies’ developing eyes by artist Janna Steagall, with regional focus on the Lone Star State
Baby sees BBQ. Baby sees a longhorn. Baby sees the Alamo. Created for the youngest readers and their developing eyes, this high–contrast board book explores the highlights of Texas, including football, bluebonnets, NASA, and more! With simple text but clearly recognizable images and patterns by Janna Steagall, Baby Sees Texas is the perfect tummy time companion for babies born in or visiting the Lone Star State.
Janna Steagall is a surface designer and illustrator whose dream is to make the world a more whimsical place one artwork at a time.
SELLING POINTS
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-101-0 RIGHTS: World ex Canada
TUMMY–TIME FUN: Keep baby engaged and stimulated during tummy time with these bold and beautiful images, aiding their development in rolling and crawling.
AESTHETIC APPEAL: Perfect for millennial moms and dads who want to curate stylish nurseries with Instagram–worthy bookshelves.
EARLY VISUAL DEVELOPMENT: Created specifically for babies’ developing eyes, these high–contrast images help babies learn to see and discern shapes and patterns.
BONDING: The Baby Sees books foster a special connection between parents and babies, providing both with an experience that is as visually delightful as it is beneficial.
SPECIFICATIONS
*16 black and white high-contrast illustrations
*16 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 177.8mm
*HEIGHT: 7" - 177.8mm
*Board Book
PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 1 to 3 BOARD BOOK
ISBN 979-8-89396-009-9 US $8.99 UK £6.99
I See You in the Stars
A ZODIAC BOOK FOR BABIES WRITTEN BY KELLY CONROY; ILLUSTRATED BY SADIE HAN
A rhyming primer for budding astrologists that introduces both astronomy and astrology to the youngest readers—and comes with an interactive cover
Hey, baby, what’s your sign? Learn each astrological sign and their associated personality traits and quirks in this beautiful board book. Spot the constellations within the illustrations and find your star sign. With simple text by Kelly Conroy and ethereal illustrations by Sadie Han, I See You in the Stars is the perfect introduction to astrology for little ones. And it comes with an interactive spinning wheel right on the cover!
Kelly Conroy is a children’s book writer, poet, and actuary who loves all things magical, whimsical, and numerical. Her goal in life is to make people smile. Sadie Han is a visual development/concept artist and an illustrator based in Los Angeles.
RIGHTS: World ex Canada
SELLING POINTS
UNIQUE BOARD–BOOK
CONCEPT: This board book introduces both astronomy and astrology to the youngest readers, making each child the “star” of their own zodiac sign while fostering curiosity about the sky.
ENGAGING RHYMES: The book features simple, rhyming text that highlights the constellation, symbol, season, and positive personality traits of each zodiac sign, making it fun and educational for babies and toddlers.
PERFECT BABY SHOWER GIFT:
With its focus on zodiac signs, this is an ideal gift for baby showers, birthdays, and new or expectant parents who want to introduce their children to the wonders of the universe.
VISUALLY ENGAGING: The book’s vibrant, visually appealing design will captivate babies and toddlers, helping develop their love for reading while exploring the stars and sky.
ASTROLOGY IS HOT!: As astrology continues to gain popularity, I See You in the Stars taps into this trend, offering parents an opportunity to introduce their children to a topic that resonates across generations.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout; cover features a spinning wheel and holographic foil
*20 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 177.8mm
*HEIGHT: 7" - 177.8mm
*Board Book
PUB MONTH: JANUARY AGES 1 to 3
BOARD BOOK
ISBN 978-1-64170-899-9 US $12.99 UK £6.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-087-7
Weekend Dad
BY BOBBY JOSEPH AND ABBIGAYLE BIRCHAM
A diverse young adult graphic novel about the misadventures of a down–on–his–luck teenager and the dimension–hopping, demon–battling sorcerer who just happens to be his absentee father
Welcome to Rye’s world: his stepdad hates him, his mother ignores him, and he’s stuck in a dead–end relationship. To make matters worse, his world is turned upside down with the return of his father, the Marvelous Mr. Mantrikz—self–styled “greatest sorcerer in the world”—and Rye now has to spend his weekends with this rude, pushy, and frankly ridiculous old wizard. And that was never going to work—especially when magic is involved . . .
Bobby Joseph is an acclaimed South London comic creator whose early work includes the creation of cult comic classic Skank magazine, in which his best–known strip, Scotland Yardie, originated. He has written for The Guardian, Dazed, and Vice. A long–standing advocate for diversity and representation in comic books, his graphic novel, Scotland Yardie (Knockabout Comics, 2017), was the first diverse graphic novel to be studied as a module on an English Literature MA course. He is the fifth incumbent to be appointed the UK’s Comics Laureate. Abbigayle Bircham is a Norwich–based comic artist with a penchant for the weird and wonderful, who is probably scribbling away in her favorite tea shop at this moment. A LICAF [Lakes International Comic Art Festival] Breakthrough Initiative participant, she has published work with Soaring Penguin Press and the Rat Pack Collective, dreams of having her own cartoon show one day, and first met Bobby Joseph when taking his Writing Comics short course. He hasn’t been able to get rid of her since.
SELLING POINTS
UK COMICS LAUREATE: The first new graphic novel by Bobby Joseph since being named the UK Comics Laureate in 2023.
BREAKOUT ILLUSTRATOR: A new title illustrated by Abbigayle Bircham, graduate of the LICAF Breakthrough Initiative program.
MAGIC REALISM: A fantasy twist on the very real social issue of absentee dads and parental separation.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *112 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 148mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS
ISBN 978-1-914224-34-8
US $19.99 CAN $24.99
The Most Amazing Saturday Morning Rubbish Club
BY BILL TUCKEY AND FRANCISCO DE LA MORA
An inspiring and heartfelt story about the lived experiences of children with special needs, in which three spirited kids pool the resources of their individual insights to clean up their local park—and restore some magic to their community along the way
The Most Amazing Saturday Morning Rubbish Club is a creative collaboration between a writer and illustrator, both of whom have firsthand experience of parenting children with special needs, and therefore puts the lived experience of differently abled children at center stage. Its inspirational storyline, appealing to both parents and children, tells how three very different kids with varying special needs come to share their own unique skills to achieve their goals. In an effort to defy the low expectations set for them by society and to improve public accessibility, these spirited characters meet in the park and unite to establish a litter–picking scheme. Touching, funny, and beautiful, this unique collaboration is indeed . . . most amazing.
Bill Tuckey is a veteran reggae DJ, a beloved broadcaster for UK radio station Kiss FM, and a prolific writer and editor whose journalistic credits include The Voice, Time Out, and The Independent. He also owns a successful graphic art business. Tuckey is the father of two sons with ASD [Autism Spectrum Disorder]. Francisco de la Mora has been working as a scriptwriter and illustrator since the early 2000s. With SelfMadeHero, he has published acclaimed graphic novels about the artists Diego Rivera and Frida Kahlo. De la Mora is also the founder of Symbola Comics, a creative editorial space that aims to develop communication solutions for academics and institutions through graphic medicine–focused comics. He is the father of a son with PVL [Periventricular leukomalacia].
SELLING POINTS
AUTHENTIC DISABILITY EXPERIENCES: Written and illustrated by parents of differently abled children to highlight those children’s lived experiences.
TALENTS OVER DIFFICULTIES: Celebrates what children with special needs can do rather than accepting what people say they can’t.
SPECIAL SKILLS: Demonstrates that a child’s “special needs” can also bring “special skills” to enrich a community and bring people together.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *192 pages
*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 190mm
*HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 260mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER KIDS GRAPHIC NOVELS ISBN 978-1-914224-36-2
Bone Broth
BY ALEX TAYLOR
Ash, a transmasculine queer youth, starts his first job as a sous–chef making bone broth for a ramen–noodle restaurant. But just as he is learning the ropes, Ash finds himself tying himself in knots to cover up an untimely death
In this coming–of–age queer thriller, the young transmasculine Ash begins his transition into adult life by landing his first job at a ramen–noodle shop in London, prepping the bone broth. But as the financial landscape shifts under Ash’s feet, and after months of bonding with a series of challenging coworkers, everything suddenly stops dead. Literally. At a drunken staff party, Ash’s bullying boss turns up dead, and everyone’s been taking selfies with the corpse. Good thing Ash has already spent a year on the job . . .
Alex Taylor is a queer visual artist based in London working creatively through multiple mediums of expression including illustration, painting, digital art, comics, zines, and film. He was the winner of the First Graphic Novel Award in 2023.
US $22.99 CAN $32.99 ËxHSLJLEy224324z RIGHTS: North
SELLING POINTS
BREAKOUT AWARD WINNER: Relish the taste of Bone Broth, which beat over 170 other titles to win the 2023 First Graphic Novel Award.
GEN Z HANNIBAL: Sample a cannibalistic addition to the culinary landscape of modern London from the 21st–century lectern of graphic novels.
KITCHEN GOTHIC: Via our hero’s past and future, learn the culinary skills he’ll need to clean up his boss’s mess.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *208 pages
*WIDTH: 7 1/2" - 190mm
*HEIGHT: 10 1/4" - 260mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
GRAPHIC NOVELS
ISBN 978-1-914224-32-4
This Slavery
BY SCARLETT RICKARD AND SOPHIE RICKARD
Adapted from a novel by the radical feminist poet and author Ethel Carnie Holdsworth, this compelling, multilayered, and sumptuously designed dramatic romance plays out against the starkly observed realities of what it was to grow up female in prewar industrial Britain
When the Lancashire cotton mill that employs them burns to the ground, sisters Rachel and Hester Martin are each forced to find their own way to survive in the harsh realities of prewar industrial Britain. The contrasting paths they take in their quest for domestic autonomy form a subtly strident allegory of the all–but–insurmountable barriers of class and gender that then enslaved half the population. Part compelling narrative epic, part fiery Marxist–feminist polemic, this faithful, sumptuous, and revelatory adaptation by the award–winning Rickard Sisters reclaims a lost classic by holding it up as a mirror to our own hard times, and as a gloriously flaming beacon to future communities to offer strength, hope, and dignity.
Ethel Carnie Holdsworth (1886–1962), a writer, feminist and activist from Lancashire, was the first working–class woman to have a novel published in Britain. She had a least ten novels published and wrote This Slavery in 1925. The Rickard Sisters, Scarlett and Sophie, are graphic novelists from the same Lancashire cotton country as Ethel Holdsworth, and have collaborated on adapting a series of early 20th–century political novels in their own lavish trademark style, including The Ragged Trousered Philanthropists and No Surrender. Scarlett is the artist and Sophie is the writer, and despite living 200 miles apart, they work closely together to perfect the development of these rich, vibrant, and inspirational books.
SELLING POINTS
AUTHENTIC INDUSTRIAL HISTORY: A critical portrayal of British working–class life written with warmth and dignity by a woman who lived through it.
CENTENARY EDITION: One hundred years after its first publication, a groundbreaking reinterpretation of a neglected classic.
NEW GENERATION POLITICS: Appeals to a growing young left–wing movement, with themes of equality, organized labor resistance, and feminist liberation.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *360 pages
*WIDTH: 6 3/4" - 170mm
*HEIGHT: 9 1/2" - 240mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER GRAPHIC NOVELS
ISBN 978-1-914224-35-5
Hilfiger Homes
TEXT BY JAMES REGINATO; PHOTOGRAPHY BY DOUGLAS FRIEDMAN; INTRODUCTION BY TOMMY HILFIGER AND DEE OCLEPPO HILFIGER; FOREWORD BY ANNA WINTOUR
In this gorgeous new book, fashion designer Tommy Hilfiger and his wife, luxury–goods designer Dee Ocleppo Hilfiger, welcome us into their seven distinctive, stylistically varied homes
What makes a house a home? Is it the setting, the architecture, the interior design, the selections of objects and art carefully collected over many decades? In the case of Tommy Hilfiger and Dee Ocleppo Hilfiger’s homes, it is all of these elements—but most importantly, it is the couple’s exceptional warmth and hospitality, what the Greeks call xenia. The Hilfigers have lived in many places, from Manhattan to Mustique, and though each home is different in style, every one exudes their unique xenia. Their tropical Palm Beach paradise is a world away from their bespoke Greenwich manor, their funky, 1970s–style Miami home, their idyllic vacation house on Mustique, and their sleek Feadship yacht, Flag. In Hilfiger Homes, Hilfiger and Ocleppo open the doors to their seven remarkable homes, superbly photographed by Douglas Friedman, a longtime creative partner of the Hilfigers. Iconic fashion arbiter Anna Wintour has provided the foreword. Our guide is James Reginato, the veteran chronicler of tastemakers and their lifestyle. And scattered throughout are dozens of intimate family photos.
James Reginato, a writer at large for Vanity Fair and a contributor to Sotheby’s magazine, was formerly features director for W magazine. He is the author of Growing Up Getty; Great Houses, Modern Aristocrats; and John Richardson: At Home. He lives in New York City. Douglas Friedman is a fine art photographer specializing in fashion, portraiture, architecture, and design. Based in Marfa, TX, his work appears in leading publications including Harper’s Bazaar, Elle Decor, Wallpaper*, and others; Vendome recently published his Star Style: Interiors of Martyn Lawrence Bullard and Behind the Blue Door. Tommy Hilfiger has been a fashion designer for nearly five decades; his brand has more than 1,400 stores worldwide, receiving countless industry awards for his leadership. Dee Ocleppo Hilfiger is an American designer of luxury goods and creative director of Judith Leiber. Anna Wintour, editor in chief of Vogue (US) since 1988, has been global chief content officer and artistic director of Condé Nast since 2020.
RIGHTS: US, Canada, and Mexico
SELLING POINTS
INTERNATIONAL RENOWN: The Hilfiger brand has been popular worldwide for decades.
AVID FOLLOWING: Tommy Hilfiger has 15.1 million followers on Instagram; Dee Ocleppo has over 39,000 followers.
PERSONAL TOUCH: Features dozens of candid family photos.
LEADING INTERIOR DESIGNERS: The Hilfigers’ favorite interior designers include Martyn Lawrence Bullard (446,000 followers) and Cindy Rinfret.
PREVIOUSLY UNPUBLISHED PHOTOGRAPHS: 75 percent of the images in the book have never been seen before.
HIGH–PROFILE CONTRIBUTOR: Fashion expert and Vogue editor in chief Anna Wintour (81,000 Instagram followers) contributes a foreword.
HOMES IN VARIED LOCALES: The homes featured here are in Mustique, New York City, Greenwich, CT, Miami, and Palm Beach.
PROMOTION: Condé Nast will promote the book in all of its publications.
CHARITABLE DONATION: A portion of the proceeds from the sales of Hilfiger Homes will be donated to Next for Autism (nextforautism.org).
SPECIFICATIONS
*350 color photographs
*352 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm
*HEIGHT: 13" - 330mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
INTERIOR DESIGN
ISBN 978-0-86565-469-3
US $75.00 CAN $94.00
Robert Stilin
NEW WORK
TEXT BY SAM COCHRAN
The latest projects by interior designer Robert Stilin, whose work Paper City has called “cultured and smart, with a layered and textural look”
“Robert’s signature combination of richly upholstered furnishings and expertly chosen antiques invites both artistic appreciation and deep relaxation.” —Homes & Gardens
“Interior design powerhouse Robert Stilin is admired by many for his innate ability to craft spaces that fuse elegance and edge with ease, and flawlessly deliver on the distinct desires of each client he works with.” Hamptons
Since the publication of his first book, Robert Stilin: Interiors, six years ago, demand for Robert Stilin’s work has spread far beyond his home base of New York City and the Hamptons. In this, his second book, he brings the signature elements of his aesthetic—strong, clean lines, warm, rich palette, antique and vintage furnishings, and custom upholstery, combined with modern and contemporary art—to projects all over the country. Among the 14 projects featured in this book are homes in Seattle, Kentucky, Montana, Connecticut, and Palm Beach, in addition to lofts and apartments in New York and country and beach houses in the Hamptons. Whether the architecture is traditional, rustic, or ultramodern, Stilin’s interiors exude a casual, comfortable elegance that he expertly tailors to the specific needs and taste of each client.
Sam Cochran is the global features director at Architectural Digest. He is the coauthor of several books, including Colin King’s Arranging Things. He lives in Brooklyn.
RIGHTS: US, Canada, and Mexico
SELLING POINTS
PROVEN TRACK RECORD: Stilin’s first book, Robert Stilin: Interiors, has been reprinted multiple times.
AVID SOCIAL FOLLOWING: Stilin has more than 69,800 followers on Instagram.
INDUSTRY RECOGNITION: Stilin has been named to Elle Decor’s top 25 A–list designers every year since 2010 and to the AD100 list in 2016, 2018, and each year subsequently.
WIDELY PUBLISHED: His work has been featured in Architectural Digest, Elle Decor House Beautiful, W, Homes & Gardens, Hamptons Cottages & Gardens, Palm Beach Cottages & Gardens, and Galerie, among many other publications.
ART AFICIONADO: Stilin has served as a member of the Director’s Council at the Whitney Museum of American Art and currently serves on the Leadership Council of the Dia Art Foundation. Fiine art features significantly in his interiors.
PROJECTS IN VARIOUS LOCALES: New York City; Ridgefield, CT; Litchfield County, CT; East Hampton, NY; Montauk, NY; Palm Beach, FL; Seattle, WA; Big Sky, MT.
SPECIFICATIONS
*250 color photographs
*320 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm
*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER INTERIOR DESIGN
ISBN 978-0-86565-465-5
US $75.00 CAN $94.00
Tom Scheerer
STILL DECORATING
TEXT BY TOM SCHEERER; PHOTOGRAPHY BY FRANCESCO LAGNESE
The newest projects from interior designer Tom Scheerer, whom The New York Times proclaimed “one of the true American greats”
An interior designer walks into a room and at a glance knows exactly what needs to be done to transform it from ho–hum to sublime. That is Tom Scheerer’s secret power, and it is seen on every page of Still Decorating Featured in this—his third—book are 20 of his latest projects, located Up North (Maine, the Hamptons, Greenwich, Connecticut, and New York City), Out West (Dallas; Big Sky, Montana; Aspen, Colorado; and Jackson Hole, Wyoming), and Down South (primarily Palm Beach). No matter the locale, the same aesthetic prevails: comfort and ease derived from perfect proportions and fresh, unpretentious beauty. It all seems utterly effortless, belying the fierce intelligence and impeccable eye behind every decorating decision. Illustrated with Francesco Lagnese’s stunning photographs, Tom Scheerer: Still Decorating is a testament to the enduring mastery of America’s premier interior designer.
Tom Scheerer began his decorating career in the mid–1980s and launched his own firm in 1995. His first two books, Tom Scheerer Decorates and Tom Scheerer: More Decorating, have been reprinted multiple times, and his work is regularly featured in AD, Town & Country, House Beautiful, and Elle Decor. He lives in Palm Beach. Francesco Lagnese is an internationally acclaimed interiors and travel photographer whose work appears regularly in Condé Nast Traveler, Vanity Fair, House Beautiful, Town & Country, and AD. His books include Tom Scheerer Decorates, Tom Scheerer: More Decorating, and Pietro Cicognani: Architecture and Design. He lives in Germany.
RIGHTS: US, Canada, and Mexico
SELLING POINTS
AVID FOLLOWING: Tom Scheerer has more than 42,000 followers on Instagram.
INDUSTRY RECOGNITION: Scheerer is annually named to the AD100 list of top interior designers.
IMPRESSIVE TRACK RECORD:
Both of Scheerer’s earlier titles—Tom Scheerer Decorates and Tom Scheerer: More Decorating—have received universal acclaim and have been reprinted multiple times.
PROJECTS IN LOCATIONS THROUGHOUT THE US: New York City; Ogden, NY; outskirts of Philadelphia, PA; East Hampton, NY; Mount Desert, ME; Greenwich, CT; Dallas, TX; Jackson Hole, WY; Aspen, CO; Big Sky, MT; Palm Beach, FL; Wellington, FL.
SPECIFICATIONS
*350 color illustrations
*320 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 305mm
*HEIGHT: 12" - 254mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER INTERIOR DESIGN
ISBN 978-0-86565-467-9
US $75.00 CAN $94.00 ËxHSKIQFy654679z
Inside Sicily
BY CHRISTOPHER GARIS; PHOTOGRAPHY BY GUIDO TARONI
Celebrate centuries of history, culture, and natural beauty in this exclusive view inside the stunning homes of Sicily’s most interesting residents
An
ode to the ever–changing landscapes of the Mediterranean’s largest island, this book takes readers on a captivating journey from Sicily’s dazzling coastline and the Aeolian Islands to the volcanic foothills of the majestic Mount Etna. From the gilded and frescoed ceilings of aristocratic palazzos to the muted tones of sun–bleached rustic dwellings, the extraordinary homes seen here reveal the rich tapestry of design at the heart of Sicily’s enigmatic and captivating soul. Sicily, a cradle of architectural styles, reflects its Ancient Greek and Roman heritage, enriched by Berber and Arab influences and crowned with the opulence of Sicilian Baroque. This cultural tapestry comes alive in the island’s grand palazzos, rural masserie (farmhouses), and lovingly restored villas, all brought to life in this exquisite volume, bound in real cloth.
Step inside Casa Cuseni in Taormina, the historic home of English painter Robert Kitson, which once hosted luminaries such as Giacomo Balla and D.H. Lawrence, their creativity reflected in its remarkable décor. Visit the Aeolian retreat of visionary architect Ettore Sottsass and design critic Barbara Radice. Explore the natural beauty of Val di Noto and marvel at the villa of celebrated architect Gordon Guillaumier and the late designer Rodolfo Dordoni. Featuring stunning interiors photography by Guido Taroni and rich insights by author Christopher Garis, Inside Sicily celebrates the island’s unparalleled fusion of traditions.
Christopher Garis is an American writer and editor who has worked for T Magazine, Elle Décor, The World of Interiors and Condé Nast Traveler, among other publications. He lives between Milan and Tangier. Guido Taroni is a leading photographer specializing in fashion and interiors. His work is regularly exhibited as well as featured in iconic design publications such as T Magazine, Cabana, World of Interiors, and Architectural Digest. He is the great–nephew of Luchino Visconti, director of the classic 1963 film The Leopard, set in Sicily. His books include Inside Tangier, Inside Milan, Inside Yucatan, and Safari Style, among others. He lives in Milan.
RIGHTS: US, Canada, and Mexico
SELLING POINTS
SUCCESSFUL SERIES: Inside Milan, Inside Paris, Inside Tangier, Inside Yucatan, and Inside Ibiza have all been highly acclaimed and sold well.
APPEAL TO TRAVELERS: Sicily is a popular tourist destination.
GORGEOUS CINEMATIC LANDSCAPE: From the Godfather films to The White Lotus (season 2) and classic Italian movies The Leopard and Cinema Paradiso, as well as Netflix’s 2025 series The Leopard, Sicily’s unique landscapes, architecture, and rich cultural heritage have been the backdrop for some of the most famous films and streaming series.
FAMOUS RESIDENTS: Features the homes of creatives such as fashion designer Luisa Beccaria (190,000 Instagram followers), architect and interior designer Jacques Garcia (over 77,000 followers), and jeweler Fabio Salini (over 19,000 followers).
WELL–KNOWN
PHOTOGRAPHER: Guido Taroni has provided the photographs for numerous books and has 150,000 Instagram followers. He is the great–nephew of Luchino Visconti, director of the acclaimed 1963 film The Leopard, set in Sicily.
INTERIOR–DESIGN
EXPERT: Christopher Garis is a regular contributor to leading interiors publications including Elle Decor. He has 12,000 Instagram followers.
SPECIFICATIONS
*250 color illustrations
*336 pages
*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm
*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm
*Hardcover cloth case
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
INTERIOR DESIGN
ISBN 978-0-86565-425-9
US $75.00 CAN $94.00
Inside Palm Springs
PHOTOGRAPHY BY
DON FLOOD; TEXT BY PETER HALDEMAN AND STEPHEN DRUCKER
Inside Palm Springs offers an exclusive glimpse into a selection of spectacular homes—spanning the 1920s to mid–century modern to contemporary—featuring striking photography and expert insights into this iconic desert resort
Welcome to Palm Springs, where Frank Sinatra still plays in every restaurant and vintage Cadillacs still roll down every street. This one–of–a–kind volume offers an exclusive look at some of the most iconic homes in the city where mid–century modern architecture thrives and the legacy of Hollywood glamour meets contemporary design. Inside Palm Springs grants VIP access to this vibrant world, showcasing everything from classic modernist landmarks to fresh, cutting–edge homes that carry on the mid–century tradition. Peter Haldeman’s text introduces a diverse array of residents, from collectors of 1970s Brazilian furniture and queer contemporary art to minimalists embracing clean, glass–walled spaces and families who’ve vacationed here for generations. The book features stunning photography by Don Flood, whose images capture the true essence of Palm Springs, from its lush desert gardens to its 40,000 swimming pools—one for every resident. With insider views of members–only country clubs and private homes, some never open to the public, this book presents an unparalleled view of a destination that continues to define cool.
Don Flood is a renowned beauty, celebrity, and fashion photographer, with work featured in Vanity Fair, Esquire, Elle, and more. He has shot for top national brands and photographed stars such as Jennifer Lawrence, Naomi Watts, and Janet Jackson. He lives in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico. Peter Haldeman is a former editor at House & Garden and a contributor to The New York Times Style pages. He lives in Los Angeles, where he grew up, and has been vacationing in Palm Springs since he was a child. Stephen Drucker is the former editor in chief of House Beautiful and Town & Country. He has been a contributor to numerous publications, including Architectural Digest, Travel + Leisure, House & Garden, and The New York Times. He lives in East Hampton, New York.
RIGHTS: US, Canada, and Mexico
SELLING POINTS
STUNNING PHOTOGRAPHY:
Features breathtaking images by renowned photographer Don Flood (@donflood, more than 6,000 Instagram followers) whose work has been featured in Vanity Fair, Elle, and GQ.
APPEAL TO TRAVELERS: Palm Springs is a growing global destination for modern architecture and design.
EXCLUSIVE ACCESS: Presents dazzling homes, some usually off–limits to the public, as well as private country clubs.
DIVERSE ARCHITECTURE:
Highlights the wide range of design styles in Palm Springs, from classic mid–century modern to cutting–edge contemporary, offering something for every design enthusiast.
EXPERT CONTRIBUTORS:
Written and edited by design and lifestyle experts Peter Haldeman and Stephen Drucker (@stephendrucker, over 3,000 followers), both with prestigious backgrounds in publications such as The New York Times and Architectural Digest
SUCCESSFUL SERIES: Inside Milan, Inside Paris, Inside Tangier, Inside Yucatan, and Inside Ibiza have all been highly acclaimed and sold well.
SPECIFICATIONS
*250 color photographs
*320 pages
*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm
*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm
*Hardcover cloth case
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER INTERIOR DESIGN
ISBN 978-0-86565-471-6
US $75.00 CAN $94.00
Château Léoube
PROVENCE LIVING
BY CAROLE BAMFORD; PHOTOGRAPHY BY MARTIN MORRELL
Step into one of the most stunning protected estates in Provence along the Mediterranean coastline and join Carole Bamford, renowned English organic farm founder and lifestyle visionary, as she shares the fascinating story behind the renovation of the chateau and the preservation of the land
Nestled on a spectacular rocky peninsula, the Léoube estate looks out on one of the most breathtaking stretches of French coastline. When Carole Bamford and her husband discovered their “sleeping beauty” over 20 years ago, they knew the property would need love, attention, and plenty of imagination. Seeing past the tangled overgrowth and the tired exteriors, the Bamfords glimpsed what this place could be for their family. Charmed by sloping vineyards, silvered olive trees, and the heady scent of lavender mingling with salty sea air, they began to imagine a future for Chateau Léoube that would befit its storied past. Working alongside internationally renowned architect Alain Raynaud, they began to restore the estate and breathe life back into its land. With this book, Bamford invites readers to step inside her stunning home in the South of France and join her as she shares the fascinating story of how her vision for Léoube became a reality.
Carole Bamford, recognized as a visionary in organic farming and food retail, is the founder of the award–winning brands Daylesford Organic and Bamford, as well as a collection of acclaimed countryside pubs and cottages. In 2019, she launched the sustainable–living magazine Seed, as well as Nila House in Jaipur, part of the not–for–profit Lady Bamford Foundation. She is the author of three books, including Vendome’s Daylesford Living. She lives in the Cotswolds. Martin Morrell is a well–known English photographer whose work has appeared in countless international magazines, from AD to Elle Decor and Vogue Living. His books include Daylesford Living. He lives in London.
RIGHTS: US, Canada, and Mexico
SELLING POINTS
HIGH–PROFILE AUTHOR: Carole Bamford is founder of the English organic food brand Daylesford and beauty and spa label Bamford. She is well known worldwide for her business and philanthropic endeavors and her glamorous yet eco–conscious lifestyle.
DEVOTED FOLLOWING: Bamford has 103,000 followers on Instagram @carolebamford; @leoube has 56,000 followers; @daylesfordfarm has 297,000 followers; @bamford, her lifestyle line, has over 101,000 followers.
GORGEOUS LOCATION: Situated on the coast of Provence, in the heart of the Côtes de Provence appellation, Chateau Léoube is one of the most sustainable organic vineyards in Europe, devoted to growing organic grapes and olives that make exceptional wines and olive oils. The vineyards and the Cafe Léoube restaurant are open to the public.
ACCLAIMED PHOTOGRAPHER: Martin Morrell’s extensive work has featured in multiple international publications, such as AD, Elle Décor, and Vogue Living. He has 16,000 followers on Instagram (@_martin_morrell).
HIGHLY PRAISED WINES AND GIN: Chateau Léoube’s organic red, white, and rosé wines–Love by Léoube, Rosé de Léoube, Secret de Léoube, Le Singulier de Léoube rosé, and Léoube la Londe–along with Mediterranean Gin by Léoube, are sought after worldwide.
SPECIFICATIONS
*200 color illustrations
*288 pages
*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm
*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm
* Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
INTERIOR DESIGN, TRAVEL, FOOD & DRINK
ISBN 978-0-86565-463-1
US $75.00 CAN $94.00
FMR Franco Maria Ricci
A LABYRINTH OF BEAUTY
TEXT BY ANTONY SHUGAAR; INTRODUCTION BY LAURA CASALIS AND GIOVANNI MARIOTTI
A brilliant anthology of the 40–plus year history of FMR, the Italian magazine that taught the world to see art, bound in silk and adorned with gold.
“The most beautiful magazine in the world.” —Jacqueline Kennedy Onassis
Founded by Franco Maria Ricci (FMR) in Italy in 1982, FMR is the ultimate art magazine, a treasure trove for art lovers and a touchstone in the formation of personal taste for the past half century. This superbly produced book, featuring some 400 images as well as articles drawn from the entire history of the sumptuous black–background magazine, is printed on heavy, glossy paper with rich blacks and deep, saturated colors. With a distinctive black silk cloth cover, adorned with gold and paired with elegant typography, it is itself a true collector’s item. Ricci traversed the boundaries of art, architecture, and design, and his unprecedented magazine became an unequivocal success. FMR is cherished by curators and gallerists around the world for its presentation of daringly bold world art of every description and contributions from some of the world’s greatest writers. Paused in 2009, the biannual publication was revived in 2022 and today its US, British, French, Spanish, and Italian editions combine to make it the world’s largest art magazine. This book, filled with the very best of FMR, is essential for art lovers seeking to expand their knowledge, taste, and imagination.
Antony Shugaar is a writer and translator and the English–language editor of FMR magazine. He has translated novels, screenplays, and journalism for major trade publishers and university presses and has written for The Washington Post, The New York Times, The New York Review of Books, The Sunday Times of London Insight team, New York magazine, Columbia Journalism Review, Lapham’s Quarterly, The Paris Review, The Village Voice, and both Advertising Age and Adweek. He has translated two books by Primo Levi as well as television series and films by Paolo Sorrentino, Luca Guadagnino, and Peppe Fiore. His translation of Gianni Rodari’s Telephone Tales received the American Library Association’s Batchelder Award. He lives in Washington, D.C.
RIGHTS: US, Canada, and Mexico
SELLING POINTS
THE STORY OF A DARING ARTISTIC EXPLOIT: Over 175 issues (over 20,000 pages), every issue of FMR has been a brilliantly executed work of art, blending subjects ranging from Persian Qajar art to Fayyum grave paintings to Austrian Secession periodicals in a 128–page master class on artistic genres.
MAGNIFICENT PRESENTATION OF LITTLE–KNOWN
TREASURES: Chapters explore collections of antique tarot cards, children’s toys, figureheads from ancient sailing ships, medieval flasks, 1930s Italian race cars, arms and armor, slot machines dating back to the 1600s, and much more.
WORKS BY GREAT WRITERS:FMR has always featured collaborations with literary greats, from Jorge Luis Borges, Italo Calvino, and Umberto Eco, to Nobel Laureate Orhan Pamuk, Dame Marina Warner, and Dacia Maraini.
WIDE VARIETY OF ARTISTIC STYLES AND MEDIA: Painting, sculpture, prints, photographs, and mixed–media art, and every variety of collectible, are included.
FASCINATING FOUNDER: Franco Maria Ricci (1937–2020) had an almost cinematic career, starting as a race driver and geologist before becoming an avid collector, designer, bibliophile, and publisher.
@francomariariccieditore has over 10,000 Instagram followers.
SPECIFICATIONS
*400 full-color illustrations
*480 pages
*WIDTH: 9 1/2" - 240mm
*HEIGHT: 12 1/2" - 320mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER INTERIOR DESIGN
ISBN 978-0-86565-468-6
US $95.00 CAN $119.00 ËxHSKIQFy654686z
House Love
MOOR BAKER ARCHITECTS
TEXT BY CHRIS BAKER; INTRODUCTION BY PETER MOOR; PHOTOGRAPHY BY JESSICA KLEWICKI GLYNN
Step into the airy, light–filled, exquisitely detailed homes of the Florida–based firm Moor Baker Architects in this first book on their work
Over the past 35 years, Peter Moor, Mary Juckiewicz, and Chris Baker, the principals of Moor Baker Architects, have gained a stellar reputation for creating timeless houses that prioritize clients’ preferences, climate considerations, and site–specific issues. As the 11 projects featured in this first monograph of their work demonstrate, they are an “everything matters” firm, down to the doorknobs and hinges. They care about craftsmanship, about choosing materials that improve with age, and, most importantly, about designing homes that their clients will cherish. The work of the Florida–based firm is exemplary for warm climes, emphasizing airiness, openness, and an indoor–outdoor flow. Illustrated with Jessica Klewicki Glynn’s limpid photographs, as well as with site and floor plans and watercolor renderings, and featuring interior design by such notable designers as Tom Scheerer and Robert Stilin, House Love is sure to endear and endure.
Chris Baker, a St. Louis native, joined Peter Moor and Mary Juckiewicz’s firm in 2004 and became a partner in 2015. Peter Moor and his wife, Mary Juckiewicz, also an architect and the stylist of the photography in the book, worked in Manhattan before starting a practice in Vermont, where they were greatly influenced by the region’s vernacular architecture. In 1991, they relocated to Vero Beach, Florida, and founded Moor & Associates. Jessica Klewicki Glynn is an award–winning photographer whose work appears in Architectural Digest, Milieu, Galerie, House & Home, Traditional Home, and Coastal Living. Her books include Vendome’s Beachside and Palm Beach Chic. She lives in Palm Beach and Kilmovee, Ireland.
RIGHTS: US, Canada, and Mexico
SELLING POINTS
AWARD–WINNING FIRM: Moor Baker received a Palladio Award in 2022 and Institute of Classical Architecture & Art’s Addison Mizner Awards in 2020 and 2023.
WIDELY PUBLISHED: The firm’s work has been featured in numerous periodicals, including Elle Decor, Milieu, Coastal Living, Southern Living, Luxe, and Tropical Home, as well as in several books, including Beachside: Windsor Architecture and Design and Robert Stilin: Interiors.
COLLABORATION WITH RENOWNED INTERIOR DESIGNERS: Moor Baker works with such leading interior designers as Tom Scheerer and Robert Stilin.
HOUSES IN VARIOUS LOCALES: Homes featured are throughout Florida, in Vero Beach, Windsor, Wellington, and Palm Beach.
SUPERB ILLUSTRATIONS: Jessica Klewicki Glynn's stunning photographs are complemented by site and floor plans as well as beautiful watercolor renderings.
SPECIFICATIONS
*350 color photographs, plans, and drawings
*320 pages
*WIDTH: 9 1/4" - 235mm
*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER INTERIOR DESIGN
ISBN 978-0-86565-466-2
US $75.00 CAN $94.00 ËxHSKIQFy654662z
The Refined Home
SHELDON HARTE
TEXT BY MITCHELL OWENS AND HADLEY KELLER; PRINCIPAL PHOTOGRAPHY BY DOUGLAS FRIEDMAN
The first book on California–based interior designer Sheldon Harte, whose vision is that true luxury lies in the interconnection of form and function—and the finest works of art
Sheldon Harte, who cofounded Harte Brownlee & Associates in 1984, is renowned for creating luxurious, livable interiors up and down the West Coast. From traditional to contemporary, Harte’s versatile designs include estates, villas, family compounds, beachfront bungalows, and ski retreats. Harte’s projects, tailored to each client, range from elegant living spaces to functional, detailed kitchens, multipurpose game rooms, and bespoke specialty rooms. Blending comfort with sophistication, he creates spaces that are both artistic and inviting. The Refined Home: Sheldon Harte explores his inspiring philosophy of transforming interiors into works of art. With chapters like “Sensual Surfaces” and “Mid–Century Dream,” authors Mitchell Owens and Hadley Keller offer an exciting behind–the–scenes look at his design process. Illustrated with exquisite images by notable photographers, including Douglas Friedman, Trevor Tondro, Scott Frances, and John Merkl, The Refined Home showcases Harte’s most notable projects, revealing how he balances his artistic vision with his clients’ individual tastes and lifestyle.
Mitchell Owens, editor in chief of The Magazine Antiques, was formerly American editor of The World of Interiors and decorative arts editor of Architectural Digest, where he hosted The AD Aesthete podcast. He lives in Cooperstown, New York. Hadley Keller is director of editorial and community engagement at the Design Leadership Network, a community of top interior designers. Previously digital director of House Beautiful, she has been writing about design, interiors, and culture for over 10 years. Author of Vendome’s Beachside, Keller is on the board of the Oasis Alliance and a member of the White House Historical Association’s Next Gen Leaders cohort. She divides her time between New York and Washington, DC. Douglas Friedman is a renowned photographer whose work has appeared in Architectural Digest, ELLE Decor, Veranda, Vogue, T Magazine, Vanity Fair, and countless other publications. His books include Vendome's Star Style. He lives in Marfa, Texas.
RIGHTS: US, Canada, and Mexico
SELLING POINTS
AWARD WINNER: Sheldon Harte is featured in Architectural Digest’s AD Pro Directory and has appeared on HGTV’s Top 10. He has won numerous awards throughout his 40–year career, including California Home +Design’s award for Wine Country Residential Design in 2023 and the American Society of Interior Designers’ Orange County Chapter Gold Award for Best Home Over 3,500 Square Feet.
AVID SOCIAL FOLLOWING:
Mitchell Owens (@mrmitchowens) has nearly 40,000 followers on Instagram and Hadley Keller (@hadleykeller) has over 21,000 followers.
GORGEOUS LOCATIONS: The houses featured are in Laguna Beach, Beverly Hills, San Francisco, Palm Springs, Newport Beach, Rancho Mirage, Indian Wells, Las Vegas, and other beautiful locales.
EXPERT INTERIORS WRITERS: Mitchell Owens is the author of numerous books and has written for The World of Interiors, Architectural Digest, and many other publications. Hadley Keller is director of editorial of the Design Leadership Network (@designleadershipnetwork, 30,000 followers), the author of Vendome’s Beachside, and has written extensively for House Beautiful.
FEATURES VARIOUS ARCHITECTURAL AND INTERIOR STYLES: Harte works in mid–century modern, hacienda, and French rococo styles, among others.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *280 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm
*HEIGHT: 12" - 305mm
*Hardcover with jacket
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER
INTERIOR DESIGN
ISBN 978-0-86565-473-0
US $75.00 CAN $94.00
RIGHTS: US, Canada, and Mexico
Carlos Mota: Purple Fever
BY CARLOS MOTA
Celebrate purple in all its manifestations—in nature, art, interiors, and design
Praise for G: Forever Green
“Carlos Mota’s G: Forever Green is a scrapbook–like compilation dedicated to the universally loved color. . . . No subject too humble or shade too bright is off–limits for this well–traveled style guru. . . . Prepare for a jolt of serotonin with each turn of the page.”—Luxe Interiors + Design
SELLING POINTS
TRACK RECORD: Mota’s Beige Is Not a Color is in its fourth printing and continues to sell well, as does his G: Forever Green
POPULARITY OF PURPLE: From Ultra Violet to the palest mauve, purple inspires obsession around the world.
ACCLAIMED DESIGNER: Mota has been regularly named to the AD100.
Purple: the color of royalty, creativity, luxury, magic, and peace. It is seen in nature—lavender, plum, amethyst—and in fashion, jewelry, art, interiors, and architecture. Now, interior designer Carlos Mota follows his acclaimed book G: Forever Green with this new look at purple, a color that inspires creativity and mystery in cultures around the globe. From the sublime, varied hues of orchids, pansies, and hydrangea to Georgia O’Keeffe’s Purple Petunia and Monet’s paintings of water lilies in his garden at Giverny; from the brilliant feathers of purple hummingbirds and doves to stained–glass windows, royal robes, and velvet upholstery; from the palest lilac to the deepest violet, the variety of purple is astonishing. Illustrated with Mota’s own photographs, taken as he has traveled the world, as well as images by renowned photographers, Purple Fever even features purple rooms by notable designers. This stunning volume is a testament to the power of purple to inspire, excite, and fascinate.
Carlos Mota is a creative consultant with extensive experience in styling, interior design, and product design. He has created environments for catalogs and advertising campaigns for numerous companies and brands. Formerly the international style editor for Architectural Digest and editor at large for Elle Decor, he has been named to the prestigious 2024 AD100 list. The author of Beige Is Not a Color and G: Forever Green, Mota lives in New York.
FEATURES INTERIORS AND PHOTOGRAPHS BY RENOWNED CREATIVES: Includes work by Marilyn Minter, Dewey Nicks, Bjorn Wallander, Mary McGee, David Stark, Simon Upton, Ralph Rucci, Debi Shapiro, and Adam Lippes, among others.
AVID FOLLOWING: Mota has more than 69,000 followers on Instagram.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *272 pages
*WIDTH: 10" - 254mm
*HEIGHT: 13" - 330mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER INTERIOR DESIGN
ISBN 978-0-86565-428-0
US $75.00 CAN $94.00 ËxHSKIQFy654280z
Mediterranean Living
BY LAURENCE DOUGIER; PHOTOGRAPHY
BY NICOLAS MATHÉUS
Be inspired by new and superbly renovated homes and studios across the Mediterranean, from Provence to Italy, Greece, Portugal, and beyond
Travel to the heart of the Mediterranean and be inspired by the unique homes and ateliers of celebrated artists, architects, designers, and artisans from all over the region. Spanning Provence and Corsica to Italy, Croatia, the Balearic Islands, Greece, and Portugal, these varied residences and studios immerse readers in the diverse architectural and decorative styles of Southern Europe, blending authenticity with modernity, natural tones with muted hues, raw materials with delicacy, and sunlight with the sea. Author Laurence Dougier and photographer Nicolas Mathéus explore minimalist houses designed by a rising generation of architects, including Block 727, More Design Studio, and Atelier du Pont; chic, bohemian cabins in Comporta designed by the renowned decorator Jacques Grange; a former mill restored by the dynamic designer Piet Hein Eek; a palazzo adorned with marvelous frescoes near Florence; rustic yet refined masserias in Puglia; a reimagined defensive tower on the island of Lopud in Croatia; agro–ecological fincas in the Balearic Islands with their irresistible dolce far niente vibe; and a perched paradise on the island of Mykonos. Some brand–new, some renovated gems, each one offers a new experience of Mediterranean style and inspiration for homes everywhere.
Laurence Dougier is a French journalist and stylist specializing in interior decoration. She is a contributor to French interior magazines including Elle Décoration, Côte Sud, and Marie Claire Maison, and various international publications, among them House & Garden, Elle Decor, and Veranda. Her books include Inside Africa
RIGHTS: US, Canada, and Mexico
SELLING POINTS
APPEAL TO TRAVELERS: The region is extremely popular with tourists.
FAMOUS CONTRIBUTORS:
Features homes and studios designed by Jacques Grange (134,000 Instagram followers), Piet Hein Eek (over 79,000 followers), and Atelier du Pont (over 18,000 followers).
WELL–KNOWN
PHOTOGRAPHER: Nicolas Mathéus is a highly regarded interiors photographer. He has over 17,000 Instagram followers.
EXPERT AUTHOR: Laurence Dougier, a journalist, stylist, and art director, has 8,000 Instagram followers.
BEAUTIFUL SCENERY: The homes and studios featured here are located in some of the most beautiful locales in the world.
SPECIFICATIONS
*200 color illustrations
*288 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*HEIGHT: 11 1/4" - 285mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
DESIGN & DECORATING, TRAVEL
ISBN 978-0-86565-475-4
US $75.00 CAN $94.00
Creative Hand Lettering from A to Z
BY KATE FORRESTER
Make your words beautiful and unique with this easy–to–follow hand–lettering how–to
Create your own ornate, hand–lettered alphabets with this easy–to–follow, interactive book. With 26 of her most popular scripts presented through simple exercises, professional hand–lettering artist Kate Forrester shares her steps to lettering perfection. Ranging from fluid calligraphic styles to antique mosaics, there’s an alphabet for every occasion. Perfect for Junk–journal keepers, diarists, illustrators, sign–writers—or anyone who just wants their words to stand out. Practice Kate’s steps and you’ll soon be hand lettering like a boss!
Kate Forrester is the creator of many advertisements, book covers, and product packages that feature her distinctive hand lettering and intricate decorative detail. Forrester’s clients range from big–name brands to small independent publishers, and she helps tell their stories on giant murals, chocolate bars, HGVs, ping–pong paddles, and everything in between. Clients include Penguin Random House, John Lewis, Innocent, Diet Coke, Chronicle Books, Hachette, Waitrose, Marks & Spencer, YouTube, Barclays, Victoria’s Secret, and Harvey Nichols.
RIGHTS: US and Canada
SELLING POINTS
CATEGORY KILLER: This book outshines the competition, both in terms of its contents and authorship. The inventive use of color significantly stands out from the one–color workbooks currently on the market, none of which are authored by a leading professional.
KATE FORRESTER IS A BIG NAME IN HAND LETTERING: While her work has featured on many book covers, advertisements and products, this is her first how–to book.
PLEASINGLY CHUNKY FORMAT: Has a proven sales record, especially in the museum and gallery channel (as shown by Kawaii!: Your step–by–step guide to cute Japanese Drawing).
TAPS INTO THE JUNK JOURNALLING TREND: Which often includes elements of hand–lettering.
LAY FLAT BINDING: Ensures steps (for 26 different scripts) can be easily followed on the page.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Over 500 letter forms, decorations, and step-by-step exercises *224 pages
*WIDTH: 5 3/8" - 135mm
*HEIGHT: 6 1/2" - 165mm
*Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: AUGUST ART
ISBN 978-1-83776-074-9
US $15.99 CAN $19.99
RIGHTS:
The Artist's Color Box
UNDERSTAND THE STORIES BEHIND THE PAINTS AND PIGMENTS USED BY THE GREAT ARTISTS WITH THIS UNIQUE 49-CARD
DECK.
BY KELLY GROVIER
A complete guide to the most prominent color pigments and their use through art history to the present day
An invaluable resource for artists and students alike, The Artist’s Color Box decodes the fascinating pigments that have shaped the story of art. Open the box, and you’ll find 49 cards – each detailing a pigment carefully selected from across all cultures and eras. Discover the history behind each color (its discovery or invention, production and usage). Put each pigment card to use as a practical color swatch and learn more about a notable work from art history that prominently features it. Bridging the gap between historical technique and contemporary art practice, this interactive card deck will be an invaluable resource for any artist, art student, historian or art lover.
Kelly Grovier is a columnist and feature writer for BBC Culture whose writings on art have appeared in The Times Literary Supplement, The Independent, The Sunday Times, The Observer, RA Magazine, and Wired He is the author of several books published by Thames & Hudson, including The Art of Colour and How Banksy Saved Art History. Grovier is a cofounder of the scholarly journal European Romantic Review.
SELLING POINTS
AN ALL–NEW APPROACH TO COLOR HISTORY AND THEORY: This interactive card format and giftable treatment breathes new life into the subject.
PROMINENT
WORKS: Featured on the back of each card perfectly position this gift for gallery and museum stores.
THE HISTORY OF COLOR: It's is a perennial subject for students and professional artists.
INCLUDES A BOOKLET: With authentic palette menus so the reader can reconstruct the ‘looks’ of the great painters.
SPECIFICATIONS
*150 color illustrations, 52 cards
*144 pages
*WIDTH: 3 3/4" - 97mm
*HEIGHT: 7 1/8" - 180mm
*Boxed Set
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART
ISBN 978-1-83776-084-8
US $24.99 CAN $31.99 ËxHSLINHy760848z
Modern Botanical Watercolor Painting
FUN, EASY AND EXPRESSIVE TECHNIQUES
BY JENNY KIKER
A simple guide to creating frame–worthy botanical watercolors for all artistic abilities
Create frame–worthy botanical watercolor paintings with Jenny Kiker’s simple step–by–steps. With years of teaching experience behind her, Jenny (@livingpattern) shares her most useful tricks and tips for amazing artistic results. From soft florals to vibrant leaves, cacti and tropical plants, discover just how simple it can be to create Insta worthy artwork to be proud of.
Jenny Kiker, based in South Florida, majored in illustration at Savannah College of Art & Design and worked for several years as a textile designer and designer for Urban Outfitters. She started a full–time career painting botanicals in 2013, selling her prints and running watercolor courses for beginners. She is “one to follow” on Instagram and has a healthy following of 160,000.
SELLING POINTS
JENNY KIKER (@LIVINGPATTERN) HAS AN IG FOLLOWING OF 145K.
THE AUTHOR HAS PREVIOUSLY CREATED DISPLAYS FOR URBAN OUTFITTERS: Her prints are currently sold at West Elm.
SUITABLE FOR A RANGE OF ARTISTIC ABILITIES: The content deliberately avoids complex layer–building techniques and focuses on steps that quickly achieve Insta worthy results.
KIKER HAS SPENT YEARS TEACHING HER TECHNIQUES TO BEGINNERS: This book includes her students’ favorite styles, ensuring a contemporary lifestyle aesthetic.
SPECIFICATIONS
*300 color illustrations
*128 pages
*WIDTH: 7 7/8" - 200mm
*HEIGHT: 9 7/8" - 251mm
*Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER ART
From Plant to Pigment
HOW TO MAKE PAINT, PASTELS AND CHALKS FROM PLANTS
BY NATALIE STOPKA
A complete guide to extracting vivid pigments from plants—and making your own professional–grade paints with them
A botanical alchemist of the color world, Natalie Stopka invites you into her studio, revealing her secrets for making vibrant and sustainable pigments, paints, inks, and pastels from the common plants you can find growing in your garden or when out on a walk. Learn the fundamental technique of how to make a lake, which binds to the inks and makes pigments that are more vibrant and vivid. Stopka’s colors stand out from the usual plant–dye inks, which fade over time. This book will give you the tools to make the most vibrant natural colors that are perfect for your own artistic endeavors.
Natalie Stopka is a leading practitioner and artistic researcher of lake pigments and has been sharing her expertise and love of plant colorants with students for over a decade. Raised on the south coast of Massachusetts, she earned her BFA from the Rhode Island School of Design and MFA from the University of New Mexico. She now lives in New York State.
SELLING POINTS
NATALIE STOPKA HAS AN IG FOLLOWING OF OVER 16K.
CLEARLY DEMONSTRATES TECHNIQUE: How to make a lake, which binds to the inks and makes the pigment much more vivid that the usual plant–dye inks.
SURPRISINGLY VIVID NATURAL COLORS: Ensures that this title stands apart from the competition.
SUITABLE FOR ARTISTS OF ALL ABILITIES: Perfect for all levels.
SPECIFICATIONS
* 200 color photographs
*176 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 8 7/8" - 225mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER ART
Jean Genius
REPAIR, REIMAGINE & REPURPOSE YOUR DENIM BY
JANELLE HANNA
A contemporary, step–by–step guide to repairing, restyling and repurposing the denim in your closet
Give new life to your favorite jeans with these simple techniques and inventive designs: repair, restyle, reimagine – and experiment with these genius denim upcycling projects.
Discover that satisfying feeling of turning something old into something new with this practical book from denim expert Janelle Hanna. Teaching sewers of all levels a range of genius jean repair, repurpose and restyling skills, Janelle’s designs will show you how to breathe new life into good denim. Your favorite jeans can be patched, visibly mended, reworked into a new style, or even cut up to form a completely new garment or accessory. Whether you want a tote bag, a bucket hat, or a fresh new silhouette, this book will inject new life into one of the most loved staples of your wardrobe (and introduce you to a new eco–conscious craft in the process!).
Projects include:
REPAIR: Darning, crotch repairs, knee repairs, patch techniques, repair pocket bags and pocket scoops, repair belt loop rip, hand–stitched repairs Sashiko style, taking in the waist, expand the size, hemming
RESTYLE:Straight to wide leg, straight to flare, cut–off shorts, jeans to skirt, simple jacket or waistcoat. splicing
REPURPOSE: Sun hat, scrap patch pouch, patchwork tote bag, visor, slippers, patchwork styles
Janelle Hanna is an expert in two fields: circularity and denim. Having spent 15 years designing collections for well–known brands, she now runs an ethical business, White Weft, which creates stylish denim accessories with minimal environmental impact. This is her first book.
SELLING POINTS
FASHION–FORWARD: And eco–conscious designs.
THE GEN–Z CRAFT MARKET IS INCREASINGLY ECO–CONSCIOUS: This book meets the demand for contemporary fashion upcycling.
FROM BEGINNERS UP: Projects span a complete range of sewing ability.
INCLUDES HAND AND MACHINE: Includes stitching instructions.
SPECIFICATIONS
*250 color photographs
*160 pages
*WIDTH: 7 7/8" - 200mm
*HEIGHT: 9 7/8" - 250mm
*PB-Flexibound
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER CRAFT
ISBN 978-1-83776-062-6 US $22.99 CAN $28.99 ËxHSLINHy760626z
RIGHTS:
The Artist
A 500-PIECE JIGSAW PUZZLE
ILLUSTRATED
BY TATYANA ALANIS
A stylish, contemporary puzzle depicting a serene moment in an artist’s day. The perfect gift for any puzzle or art lover.
Delight in a moment of creative calm with this stylish 500–piece puzzle. With artwork from acclaimed illustrator Tatyana Alanis, this contemporary puzzle brings to life a serene moment in an artist’s day. The perfect gift for any puzzler or art lover, this charming, plastic–free jigsaw promises to take you on a gentle journey to a place of ultimate relaxation.
Tatyana Alanis is an award–winning illustrator and designer who lives in Fort Worth, Texas. Under the name French 75 Studios, she creates timeless illustrations inspired by a blend of nostalgia and contemporary everyday milieux. Her long client list includes both international brands (Google, Dickies, Coca–Cola) and upmarket publications (The New Yorker, Esquire, Berliner Zeitung). She has exhibited in Fort Worth, Dallas, and Houston.
SELLING POINTS
SUBJECT MATTER, FORMAT, COLOR PALETTE AND ILLUSTRATOR: Are tailored to Gen–Z puzzlers
500–PIECE PUZZLE PERFECT FOR GEN–Z PUZZLERS: With smaller living spaces
PACKAGED IN A DISTINCTIVE BOX: That stands out on a puzzle display. Its smaller size makes it an irresistible gift proposition.
PLASTIC–FREE PACKAGING: And FSC–certified materials.
STRONG SOCIALS: The illustrator, based in Fort Worth TX, has over 308k followers on IG (@french75studios).
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color 500-piece puzzle
*1 pages
*WIDTH: 13 1/2" - 340mm
*HEIGHT: 19" - 480mm
*Puzzle
PUB MONTH: AUGUST PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS
ISBN 978-1-83776-076-3
US $15.99 CAN $19.99
Shakespeare's Birds
A 1000-PIECE CIRCULAR JIGSAW PUZZLE BY
REBECCA HARRIS ILLUSTRATED BY REBECCA HARRIS
From the artist who created Shakespeare’s Flowers, this beautiful follow–up celebrates the birds found throughout Shakespeare's works
Piece together the beautiful birds of The Bard with this 1000–piece circular puzzle. Around the edge runs an evocative quotation from As You Like It: inside, accurate depictions of more than fifty birds, all mentioned by Shakespeare in his plays. Species include: blackbird, bunting, chough, cock, cormorant, crow, cuckoo, daw, dive–dapper, dove, duck, eagle, falcon, finch, fowl, goose, guinea hen, hedge sparrow, heron, jay, kestrel, kingfisher, kite, lapwing, lark, loon, magpie, mallard, martin (martlet) nightingale, osprey, ostrich, owl, paraquito, parrot, partridge, peacock, pelican, pheasant, phoenix, pigeon, popinjay, quail, raven, rook, sea gull, snipe, sparrow, starling, swallow, swan, thrush, turkey, vulture, woodcock, and wren.
Rebecca Harris returned to her first love, illustration, after a long career in graphic design, and completed a master’s degree at Falmouth University. Drawing inspiration from the Wiltshire countryside around her home, she now creates illustrations and surface designs that celebrate nature and wildlife with rich colors and strong compositions.
RIGHTS: US and Canada
SELLING POINTS
THE PERFECT COMPANION TO SHAKESPEARE’S FLOWERS: developed with the literary gift market firmly in mind.
BASED IN THE HEART OF THE ENGLISH COUNTRYSIDE: Rebecca Harris creates beautifully observed art based on real birds.
ALL SPECIES ARE ACCURATELY RENDERED AND CAPTIONED: In Rebecca’s distinctive hand lettering.
PRODUCED WITH PLASTIC–FREE PACKAGING: FSC–certified materials.
INCLUDES A FOLD–OUT POSTER: And guide to the birds featured (with references and quotes from the plays and poems).
SPECIFICATIONS
*1,000-piece boxed jigsaw puzzle, plastic-free packaging with a 12-page booklet
*12 pages
*WIDTH: 25 5/8" - 650mm
*HEIGHT: 25 5/8" - 650mm
*Puzzle
PUB MONTH: JANUARY PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS
ISBN 978-1-83776-079-4
US $24.99 CAN $31.99 ËxHSLINHy760794z
Floralicious
A COLORING FRIEZE
ILLUSTRATED BY
LEILA DULY
Join best–selling botanical artist Leila Duly on an all–new adventure for adult colorists. Color ten stunning A5 floral scenes, then unfold to reveal a spectacular five feet long frieze!
Experience a unique coloring adventure with this stunning, hand–drawn floral frieze.
Join Leila Duly on an adventure to floral perfection. With ten stunning A5 floral scenes (each carefully drawn from nature), this gorgeous concertina package holds a secret ready to charm beginner and advanced colorists alike. Pick up your pens and unfold this beautiful book to reveal a sensational five–foot long, continuous frieze. With high–quality art paper and an innovative fold–out format, Floralicious takes coloring to the next level.
Leila Duly is a textile print designer and illustrator. Inspired by the natural world, her hand drawn work celebrates floral, natural and wildlife scenes, and her coloring books, notecards and journals have won her a legion of colorist fans. Location: Lewes, UK
RIGHTS: US and Canada
SELLING POINTS
A STRIKING NEW FORMAT: For the adult coloring market.
CLEVERLY PACKAGED: In a gorgeously giftable wrap–around, plastic–free cover that can be easily shelved.
WELL PRICED: The format provides art on a sensational scale at an impulse–buy price.
AN EXCITING FOLLOW–
UP: Follows Leila Duly’s Beautiful Planet and Leila Duly’s Walk in the Woods.
SPECIFICATIONS
*One black-and-white line drawing, 58 inches long when fully opened *2 pages
*WIDTH: 5 7/8" - 149mm
*HEIGHT: 8 3/8" - 213mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER ART
ISBN 978-1-83776-093-0
US $12.99 CAN $16.99
ËxHSLINHy760930z
Cut Up This Book: Christmas Collage Kit
ILLUSTRATED BY MARIA RIVANS
The most creative Christmas ever! Collage your own spectacular cards and decorations with this festive collection of surprising images
Collage your way through Christmas with this collection of delightful vintage imagery. Curated specially for the holiday season, hundreds of pictures are ready for you to cut out and combine into gloriously Christmassy scenes to use on cards, decorations, scrapbooks, journals, and more. You'll find whatever makes your celebrations complete: From Santa Claus, bells, baubles, and reindeer to snowflakes, mistletoe, and roaring log fires. With backgrounds, templates and step–by–step projects also included, it's the ultimate Christmas crafting kit.
Maria Rivans is a collage artist based in Brighton, UK. She curated the images in the hugely successful Extraordinary Things to Cut Out and Collage (2020), exhibited her work internationally, and created a book and three unique jigsaw puzzles. Known for their surreal approach, Rivans’s collages are in a constant dialogue with cultures of the past, reinventing narratives while spinning bizarre and dreamlike tales.
RIGHTS: US and Canada
SELLING POINTS
A FESTIVE ADDITION TO THE SKITTLEDOG COLLAGE SERIES: By best–selling collage artist Maria Rivans.
MARIA’S STRONG SALES HISTORY IS ROOTED IN PAST CATEGORY BESTSELLERS: Having authored the original Extraordinary Things to Cut Out and Collage series from Laurence King.
EVERY ASPECT OF COLLAGING HAS BEEN CONSIDERED: Includes seasonal images and backgrounds as well as step–by–step projects and templates.
WILL APPEAL TO JUNK JOURNALLERS: As well as collage artists.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Over 800 color illustrations
*128 pages
*WIDTH: 12 1/4" - 311mm
*HEIGHT: 9 1/4" - 235mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER CRAFT
ISBN 978-1-83776-056-5
US $19.99 CAN $24.99
Cut Up This Book: 100 Backgrounds for Junk Journals, Scrapbooks and Collages
COMPILED BY GRACE WILMSHURST
The ultimate collection of patterns, backdrops, landscapes and scenes to cut out and stick in any journal, scrapbook or collage
Add the wow–factor to any journal, collage or scrapbook with this collection of over 100 captivating backdrops. With a huge range of varied patterns, landscapes and scenes to choose from – you'll find something for every theme or mood. Cut out and paste beautiful kimono patterns, Victorian newspapers, marbled pages, pastel textures, a Regency ballroom and so much more. This book will allow you to create the most impressive spreads with ease – and a whole lot of fun!
Grace Wilmshurst works in the studio of Maria Rivans, and is an expert picture researcher and visual curator.
SELLING POINTS
PART OF SKITTLEDOG’S GROWING LINE OF HIGH–QUALITY JUNK JOURNAL SUPPLIES: The hottest craft pastime for the Gen–Z, TikTok community.
DESIGNED SPECIFICALLY TO SOLVE A COMMON PROBLEM FOR JUNK JOURNALLERS AND COLLAGERS: Sourcing interesting backgrounds.
THE PERFECT
COMPANION: To the existing Skittledog Cut Up This Book series
WOW–FACTOR
IMAGERY: Ensures this title stands out from any competition. The image selection is surprising and varied – NOT another twee collection of florals.
SPECIFICATIONS
*208 pages
*WIDTH: 12 1/4" - 311mm
*HEIGHT: 9 1/4" - 235mm
*Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS, CRAFT ISBN 978-1-83776-089-3 US $19.99 CAN $24.99
RIGHTS: US and Canada
The Roaring Twenties Coloring Book
ILLUSTRATED BY MÉLANIE BOUREAU
Color up the free–wheeling spirit of the roaring twenties, with sensationally Parisian fashions, décor and design
A coloring book of rebellious flapper girl fashion, sensational hats, art deco patterns and chic Parisienne architecture, The Roaring Twenties Coloring Book is the perfect celebration of creative freedom. Add color to Mélanie Boureau’s beautiful hand–drawn scenes and experience the glamour of one of the world’s most beautiful cities.
Mélanie Boureau is a self–taught independent illustrator. Starting her career in social work, she then studied art history, and developed a passion for fashion, ornament, and the decorative arts. She specialises in a retro style that refers both to traditional drawing and modern graphic techniques. Alongside her brand work, she loves to draw women with a carefree sense of freedom, often rediscovering the graphic language and fashion of the ninneteen–twenties. Location: Toulouse, France.
SELLING POINTS
THE ARTWORK IS IDEAL FOR SEASONED COLORISTS: Full of character, with strong lines, satisfying patterns, and varied layouts.
STRONG GATSBY VIBES: Will also appeal to the literary gift market.
A REFRESHING SUBJECT: For the adult coloring market that will stand out from the clichéd nature and basic patterns.
CELEBRATES KEY FIGURES FROM THE 1920s: Including Josephine Baker, Bessie Coleman and a host of other stylish Parisiennes.
SPECIFICATIONS
*72 pages
*WIDTH: 9 7/8" - 250mm
*HEIGHT: 9 7/8" - 250mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS
ISBN 978-1-83776-092-3
US $16.99 CAN $21.99
RIGHTS: US and Canada
Graffiti Alphabet Sticker Book OVER
1000 STICKERS!
ILLUSTRATED BY LUKE HERRIOTT
Spell out anything...and stick it anywhere you like with these sticky graffiti letters
With hundreds of stickers — in forty graffiti lettering styles — The Graffiti Alphabet Sticker Book makes it easy to spell out anything...and stick it anywhere you like!<
Personalize your junk journal, laptop, skateboard or phone, or simply stick your name on stuff! There are endless uses for these sticky street art letters. With complete alphabets in a variety of graffiti styles – including wildstyle, blockbuster, bubble, throw–up, and stencil – you’re free to create any message you want. And for added effect you’ll even find paint drips, splats and plenty of sticky extras...from skulls to spray cans and Smilies.
Skittledog Sticker Books are loved by junk journallers, collage artists and scrapbookers for their fun and imaginative range. Make sure to check out:
The Ransom Note Sticker Book
Ye Olde Ransom Note Sticker Book. The Curious Collectables Sticker Book. All the Feels: A Sticker Book of Faces and Emotions.
Luke Herriott, who creates the alphabets, is an award–winning designer and typographer whose work has always had a playful side. He is the author of Art Directing Projects for Print and The Designer’s Packaging Bible
SELLING POINTS
A FOLLOW–UP TO THE BEST–SELLING THE RANSOM NOTE STICKER BOOK: A great addition to the Skittledog sticker books range.
PART OF SKITTLEDOG'S GROWING LINE OF HIGH QUALITY JUNK JOURNAL SUPPLIES: The hottest craft pastime for the Gen–Z, TikTok community.
OFFERING HUNDREDS OF STICKERS: With a wide range of graffiti alphabets and colors –this book provides great value for junk–journal keepers, laptop defacers, and skateboarders.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Hundreds of letters in a variety of styles *88 pages
*WIDTH: 5 7/8" - 148mm
*HEIGHT: 8 3/8" - 210mm
*Paperback with flaps PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER CRAFT
ISBN 978-1-83776-077-0
US $19.99 CAN $24.99
RIGHTS: US and Canada
All The Feels
A STICKER BOOK OF FACES AND EMOTIONS! DESIGNED BY LUKE HERRIOTT
Add feeling to your journal, collage, or scrapbook with this collection of over 1000 expressive stickers
With over 1000 stickers conveying every possible emotion, this book is the perfect way to bring all the feels to your journal, collage or scrapbook. Packed full of memorable retro images from vintage sources, you can peel, stick, and capture any feeling more accurately than words ever could. From screaming, to laughing, crying and the ultimate eye roll, there’s an image for every moment, memory or reaction.
Skittledog Sticker Books are loved by junk journallers, collage artists and scrapbookers for their fun and imaginative range. Make sure to check out: The Ransom Note Sticker Book
The Graffiti Alphabet Sticker Book Ye Olde Ransom Note Sticker Book. The Curious Collectables Sticker Book
Luke Herriott, who creates the images, is an award–winning designer and typographer whose work has always had a playful side. He is the author of Art Directing Projects for Print and The Designer’s Packaging Bible.
SELLING
POINTS
A TIMELY ADDITION TO THE SKITTLEDOG STICKER BOOKS RANGE: Perfectly complements The Ransom Note Sticker Book.
THE HUMOROUS, VINTAGE AESTHETIC: Will have the same appeal as The Ransom Note Sticker Book
PART OF SKITTLEDOG’S GROWING LINE OF HIGH–QUALITY JUNK JOURNAL SUPPLIES: The hottest craft pastime for the Gen–Z, TikTok community.
EXPRESSING YOUR FEELINGS THROUGH SCRAPBOOKING: It's a big part of the junk journalling trend. With over 1000 of stickers conveying every possible emotion, this book has been developed with that market firmly in mind.
SPECIFICATIONS
*1000 color and black-and-white stickers
*88 pages
*WIDTH: 5 7/8" - 148mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 209.55mm
*Paperback with flaps PUB MONTH: FEBRUARY CRAFT, PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS
ISBN 978-1-83776-078-7 US $19.99 CAN $24.99 ËxHSLINHy760787z
Ye Olde Ransom Note Sticker Book
OVER 2000 PEEL-OFF LETTERS FOR YOUR ANONYMOUS MESSAGES ILLUSTRATED BY
LUKE HERRIOTT
Spell out anything . . . and stick it anywhere you like with these ornate alphabet stickers
With hundreds of ornate alphabet stickers, Ye Olde Ransom Note Sticker Book brings the perfect vintage vibes to any journal, collage or scrapbook.
Personalize your junk journal, send mysterious messages, or simply stick your name on stuff! There are endless uses for these beautiful sticky letters. With complete alphabets in a variety of antique typographic styles – from mediaeval gothic to renaissance fonts, and Victorian alphabets – you’re free to create any message you want. Organized by letter, with plenty of accents, punctuation marks, numbers and even some antique typographical curiosities, this book is the perfect addition to your junk journal or crafting supplies.
Skittledog Sticker Books are loved by junk journallers, collage artists and scrapbookers for their fun and imaginative range. Make sure to check out:
The Ransom Note Sticker Book
Graffiti Alphabet Sticker Book. The Curious Collectables Sticker Book.
All the Feels: A Sticker Book of Faces and Emotions.
Luke Herriott, who collected the alphabets, is an award–winning designer and typographer whose work has always had a playful side. He is the author of Art Directing Projects for Print and The Designer’s Packaging Bible.
SELLING POINTS
A FOLLOW–UP TO THE BEST–SELLING THE RANSOM NOTE STICKER BOOK: A great addition to the Skittledog sticker books range.
PART OF SKITTLEDOG’S GROWING LINE OF HIGH–QUALITY JUNK JOURNAL SUPPLIES: The hottest craft pastime for the Gen–Z, TikTok community.
OFFERING HUNDREDS OF STICKERS: With a wide range of decorative Victorian alphabets –this book provides great value for junk–journal keepers, collage fans and crafters.
COMPLETELY UNIQUE. This is the only collection of letters of this style in a sticker book format.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Over 2,000 stickers
*88 pages
*WIDTH: 5 7/8" - 149mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
CRAFT, PUZZLES, COLORING, AND ACTIVITY BOOKS
ISBN 978-1-83776-088-6
US $19.99 CAN $24.99
The Curious Collectibles Sticker Book
BY EMILY SUTTON
With hundreds of sticky curiosities ready to beautify your junk journal or collage, this book is the perfect companion to The Ransom Note Sticker Book
Packed with sticky vintage illustrations, this cute little sticker book is the perfect addition to your junk journal supplies. From old stamps to flower fairies, bus tickets, paint swatches and even zodiac signs, The Curious Collectables Sticker Book has everything you need to zhuzh up your journal, collage or scrapbook. Skittledog Sticker Books are loved by junk journallers, collage artists and scrapbookers for their fun and imaginative range. Make sure to check out: The Ransom Note Sticker Book The Graffiti Alphabet Sticker Book Ye Olde Ransom Note Sticker Book. All the Feels: A Sticker Book of Faces and Emotions
Raised in the North Yorkshire countryside, Emily Sutton has become a star of modern day illustration. With clients including the V&A, The Telegraph, Bloomsbury, Walker Books, Faber and Faber and Random House, she is fast becoming a household name. She trained at the Edinburgh College of Art, since when her work has celebrated her childhood obsessions with folk art and Victoriana, and won her a wide audience.
RIGHTS: US and Canada
SELLING POINTS
A TIMELY ADDITION TO THE SKITTLEDOG STICKER BOOKS RANG: Perfectly complements The Ransom Note Sticker Book.
PART OF SKITTLEDOG’S GROWING LINE OF HIGH–QUALITY JUNK JOURNAL SUPPLIES: The hottest craft pastime for the Gen–Z, TikTok community.
WITH HUNDREDS OF CURIOUS ILLUSTRATED STICKERS: This book has been developed with junk journallers (and their love of vintage ephemera) in mind.
SPECIFICATIONS
*88 pages
*WIDTH: 5 3/4" - 146mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: DECEMBER CRAFT
ISBN 978-1-83776-091-6
US $19.99 CAN $24.99 ËxHSLINHy760916z
David Bowie Is
EDITED BY VICTORIA BROACKES AND GEOFFREY MARSH
The original and best book on David Bowie—now available in paperback
David Bowie Is now available in paperback. Originally published to accompany the groundbreaking exhibition at the V&A, this is a revised edition of the only book to be granted access to David Bowie’s personal archive of performance costume, ephemera, and original artwork. The book traces Bowie’s career from its beginnings in London through the breakthroughs of Space Oddity and Ziggy Stardustand the Spiders from Mars, and on to his impact on the larger international tradition of 20th–century avant–garde art. It presents a completely new perspective on his creative work and collaborations. The David Bowie Centre at the V&A East Museum will allow new generations to explore the artist’s continuing influence and inspiration through his recently secured archive of more than 80,000 objects. This book is the perfect introduction to a unique collection.
Victoria Broackes is director, London Design Biennale. Geoffrey Marsh is former keeper, Theatre & Performance at the V&A.
RIGHTS: US, Canada, and Mexico
SELLING POINTS
A CLASSIC: First published in 2013 and never bettered.
NEW COVER ARTWORK: From Barnbrook Studio, who designed David Bowie’s album covers.
NEW ESSAY: Reflecting on events since 2013.
NEW IMAGES: Of objects from Bowie’s personal archive.
A CELEBRATION: All things Bowie to accompany the opening of the David Bowie Centre at V&A East.
SPECIFICATIONS
*220 full-color photographs
*320 pages
*WIDTH: 9 29/64" - 240mm
*HEIGHT: 12 13/64" - 310mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
POP CULTURE, FASHION, PHOTOGRAPHY
ISBN 978-1-83851-058-9
US $50.00 CAN $63.00
Design and Disability
TEN WAYS TO DESIGN
EDITED BY NATALIE KANE, WITH REUBEN LIEBESKIND
This visually rich book celebrates design ingenuity, making the point that inclusive design is better for all
This visually rich book celebrates design ingenuity, acknowledging the significant contributions of disabled individuals and communities to design and making the point that, simply put, inclusive design is better for all. Covering ten projects across fields including fashion, community practices, social media, graphic design, gaming, and architecture, Design and Disability delves into the motivations and methods of their creators. It poses questions that are central to their design, such as how to balance diverse access needs, what does radical visibility mean, and what makes a community. Design and Disability offers a manifesto for living now and into the future. It addresses an urgent gap in the literature and is led by disabled communities, emphasizing the importance of recognizing disabled individuals as experts in their own experiences.
SELLING POINTS
INSIDE STORIES: Written by disabled practitioners.
US–BASED PROJECTS: Nearly half of the case studies are US–based.
VESSEL: includes an interview with Finnegan Shannon, who created the Anti–Stairs Club Lounge in response to Heatherwick Studio’s Vessel SPECIFICATIONS
*80 color illustrations
*144 pages
*WIDTH: 8 17/64" - 210mm
*HEIGHT: 9 27/32" - 250mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: AUGUST DESIGN & DECORATING
ISBN 978-1-83851-057-2
US $35.00 CAN $50.00
Natalie Kane is curator, Digital Design at the V&A. Reuben Liebeskind is exhibition research assistant at the V&A.
Marie Antoinette Style
EDITED BY SARAH GRANT; FOREWORDS BY ANTONIA FRASER, MANOLO BLAHNIK AND SOFIA COPPOLA
Welcome to a pastel–colored world of excess, filled with rustling silks, gravity–defying hairstyles, delicious intrigue, and, of course, bloody revolution
Marie Antoinette: The very name conjures up a vibrant pastel–coloued world of excess, filled with satin shoes, rustling silks, gravity–defying hairstyles, decadent macarons, delicious intrigue, and then, of course, bloody revolution. This groundbreaking volume first reconstructs the life and style of the captivating–yet–tragic Marie Antoinette—married at 14, queen at 18, and beheaded at 37—from the intimate apartments she lived in to the scent she wore, the trends she led, and the complexities of French court life. The authors draw on contemporary accounts, interiors, letters, portraits, and the tantalizingly few personal possessions that remain: her shoes and fans, and fragments of cloth from her dresses. But Marie Antoinette has remained influential long beyond her death in 1793. The book uncovers how the ill–fated queen of France has provided a constant source of inspiration to the worlds of design, fashion, film, and decorative arts, from 19th–century fancy dress balls, to art deco illustration, to the couture of John Galliano for Dior and the sumptuous movie by Sofia Coppola. It considers afresh the legacy of a complex and misunderstood figure whose style, youth, and notoriety have contributed to her timeless appeal.
RIGHTS: US,
SELLING POINTS
THE ONLY BOOK: Looks at Marie Antoinette as a style icon during her life and beyond.
ANTONIA FRASER, MANOLO BLAHNIK, AND SOFIA COPPOLA: They have all written forewords for the book.
US COLLECTIONS: Featured US collections, including the Met, LACMA, Cleveland, and the National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C.
HIGH FASHION: Features ensembles from Galliano, Chanel, Alexander McQueen, Moschino, and others.
SPECIFICATIONS
*220 full-color illustrations throughout *304 pages
*WIDTH: 10 45/64" - 272mm
*HEIGHT: 11 2/64" - 280mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER BIOGRAPHY, FASHION
ISBN 978-1-83851-054-1
US $70.00 CAN $88.00
Sarah Grant is senior curator, prints at the V&A.
You Deserve Flowers
BLOOMS OF SELF-LOVE AND EMPOWERMENT WRITTEN AND ILLUSTRATED BY
DEVON BLOW
An uplifting mini book filled with a bouquet of inspiration from artist and Instagram creator Devon Blow
Planted in kindness, watered by joy, life blooms beautifully.
From artist and writer Devon Blow, this beautifully illustrated companion fills each page with reflections, prose, positive words of encouragement, and heartfelt affirmations to guide you through life’s daily challenges. You Deserve Flowers: Blooms of Self Love & Empowerment is a celebration of you, affirming that you deserve love, joy, and recognition as resplendent as flowers. Keep this book close as your constant source of cheer, inspiring resilience and positivity whenever you need a lift.
Devon Blow is a dynamic artist from Los Angeles specializing in illustration, design, writing, and social justice advocacy. Her art passionately supports marginalized communities and celebrates cultural diversity. Blow’s impressive client roster includes Netflix, the Los Angeles Rams, Oprah’s Book Club, Adidas, Adobe, Penguin Random House, The Los Angeles Times, and the United Nations. Explore her work at www.devthepineapple.com and connect on Instagram @devthepineapple.
RIGHTS: World ex Canada
SELLING POINTS
SOCIAL MEDIA REACH: Devon Blow’s Instagram account, @devthepineapple, boasts 78,000 followers and high engagement. Her content resonates well with young adults and creatives seeking positive and empowering messages. Blow’s presence on TikTok and Threads further extends her reach to younger audiences, with approximately 4,500 and 11,000 followers, respectively. This strong online presence provides a solid platform for promoting the book and engaging with potential readers.
GIFTABLE CONTENT
AND PACKAGE: You Deserve Flowers makes an ideal gift for occasions such as birthdays, graduations, Mother’s Day, and holidays like Christmas. Its message of self–love and empowerment is perfect for anyone looking to uplift themselves or others.
PARTNERSHIP OPPORTUNITY: Blow has collaborated with high–profile brands and companies such as Netflix, The Los Angeles Rams, and Oprah’s Book Club. These connections will be leveraged for potential cross–promotions.
CENTERING THE MARGINS: The book’s inclusive themes and beautiful illustrations are designed to inspire individuals from historically marginalized communities, including Black, Brown, Disabled, and Queer individuals, while also connecting with anyone who seeks encouragement and self–love.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *120 pages
*WIDTH: 4" - 101.6mm
*HEIGHT: 4" - 101.6mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: AUGUST
SELF-HELP, POP CULTURE
ISBN 979-8-89396-026-6
US $9.99 UK £6.99
ËxHTSITDy960266z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-073-0
Literary Suits: Jane Austen Collection
PLAYING CARDS FOR AUSTENITES
ILLUSTRATED
BY JANNA STEAGALL
A three–deck playing card set based on Jane Austen’s classics and designed to look like mini books, with beloved characters for the face cards
Introducing Literary Suits: Jane Austen, a mini library of playing card decks, including themed decks for Pride and Prejudice, Sense and Sensibility, and Emma, for Austenites who love card games as much as Mr. Hurst. With Lizzie and Darcy as the Queen and King in their deck, Emma and Mr. Knightley in theirs, and Jane Austen as the Joker in all three decks, the elegant illustrations by designer Janna Steagall make Literary Suits: Jane Austen Collection a must–have for collectors and players alike.
Janna Steagall is a surface designer and illustrator whose dream is to make the world a more whimsical place one artwork at a time.
SELLING POINTS
IDEAL GIFT FOR LITERATURE LOVERS: Whether for a bookworm or a card game enthusiast, this literary–themed deck set makes for a unique and thoughtful gift. It’s perfect for birthdays, holidays, or any occasion where a love for classic literature and gameplay can be celebrated.
ELEGANT DESIGN BY JANNA SUE STEAGALL: The intricate illustrations by renowned designer Janna Sue Steagall add a touch of whimsy and sophistication to every card. Her artistic vision transforms these decks into collectibles that are as beautiful to display as they are fun to play with.
PERFECT FOR COLLECTORS AND ENTHUSIASTS: With each suit representing a different novel, story, or poem, these decks are not just playing cards —they’re mini works of art. The Jane Austen deck, for example, features Elizabeth Bennet and Mr. Darcy from Pride and Prejudice, making it a must–have for any Austenite.
CLASSIC LIT MEETS
GAMEPLAY: Each face card brings iconic characters from literary giants to life, making every game a journey through beloved stories.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Three 52-card decks in a slipcase
*WIDTH: 4" - 97mm
*HEIGHT: 2" - 71mm
* Other
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER AGES 13
ISBN 979-8-89396-066-2 US $18.99 UK £13.99
RIGHTS: World ex Canada
1000 Botanical Colors
MAKE YOUR OWN DYES, PAINTS, INKS, STAINS, AND POTTERY PAINTS FROM 250 PLANTS
BY CALEB WARNOCK
No need for store–bought paint when you can learn to make your own natural inks and dyes from plants and flowers
Nature provides a rich palette of colors and tones from the plants and flowers around us. Join Caleb Warnock, creator of the Backyard Renaissance series, and create your own natural colors for painting on paper or pottery and dying cloth. With swatches of each shade to find your perfect match, information about each of the over 250 plants, and detailed instructions to make your own paints, inks, and dyes, 1000 Botanical Colors is the home artist’s ultimate guidebook.
Caleb Warnock is a USA Today–bestselling author of 24 nonfiction books, including 276 Edible Wild Plants of the United States and Canada. He is an expert on gardening and self–reliant living and has taught gardening classes for more than 25 years.
SELLING POINTS
COMPREHENSIVE AND UNIQUE: The most extensive compendium of botanical colors ever published, featuring meticulously hand–crafted samples made by the author himself. It’s an unparalleled resource for artists, gardeners, and nature enthusiasts.
HANDS–ON LEARNING: This book isn’t just for reading—it’s for doing. With easy–to–follow instructions, readers can transform everyday plants into a wide array of colors and materials, from paint and ink to air–dry clay and fabric dyes.
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SUSTAINABLE: All the techniques and processes outlined in this book are completely natural, chemical–free, and environmentally friendly, making it a perfect choice for those who care about sustainability and reducing their ecological footprint.
EXPERT AUTHOR: Written by USA Today–bestselling author Caleb Warnock, an expert in gardening and self–reliance, this book is backed by decades of research and hands–on experience. Caleb’s passion for the natural world shines through in every page, making this a must–have for anyone interested in the intersection of art and nature.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Over 250 full color photographs
*256 pages
*WIDTH: 8" - 203.2mm
*HEIGHT: 10" - 254mm
*Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER CRAFT
ISBN 979-8-89396-060-0 US $29.99 UK £21.99
ËxHTSITDy960600z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-085-3
Nature of Color
YOUR FIELD GUIDE FOR EXPLORING COLOR IN THE NATURAL WORLD WRITTEN BY KIMBERLY COLLINS JERMAIN
Influenced by her classical art training, designer and artist Kimberly Collins Jermaine makes color theory simple and understandable for the everyday reader
Color is one of Mother Nature’s most elegant ideas and the most powerful visual tool to inspire human response. After teaching classical art and color theory for over 35 years, Kimberly Collins Jermain believes the visual skills we need to create art and to design interior spaces can be seen and understood best right outside your back door. Nature of Color is a field guide for exploring color theory on hikes, beach walks, while gardening, or when exercising outdoors. Jermain’s simple approach to color theory will train your perceptions and give you the tools you need to solve everyday problems and create with color confidence. Unlike most color theory texts, Nature of Color is an active practice of outdoor adventure. As you joyfully explore and experience color outdoors with Nature of Color, you will understand the importance of keeping nature’s exquisite lessons in mind as we navigate and share our natural world.
Kimberly Collins Jermain is a landscape painter, teacher, and architectural color designer whose work uses the power of color to change how we experience the world. Since 1989, Jermain has collaborated with over 800 clients, including homeowners, architects, interior designers, developers, and commercial property owners, on color design projects.
RIGHTS: World ex Canada
SELLING POINTS
UNIQUE BLEND OF ART AND NATURE: Nature of Color offers a fresh, hands–on approach to color theory, blending artistic exploration with the beauty of the natural world. Perfect for art and nature lovers alike, this book transforms outdoor adventures into creative color experiences.
PRACTICAL
OUTDOOR EXERCISES: The book is filled with practical exercises that can be done on hikes, beach walks, or in your own backyard, making it a great resource for those looking to integrate creativity into their daily lives.
EXPERT INSIGHTS FROM SEASONED DESIGNER: With over 35 years of experience, Kimberly Collins Jermain’s expert guidance helps readers develop a deeper understanding of color, empowering them to use color confidently in art, design, and everyday life.
ESTEEMED ENDORSEMENTS: The book comes highly recommended by professionals like Lois Swirnoff, Feltman Chair in Light at the Cooper Union, adding credibility and appeal for potential buyers.
IDEAL FOR CREATIVE AND EDUCATIONAL USE: Nature of Color is not just a book—it’s a tool for learning and teaching. Whether for personal development, art education, or simply for enhancing your connection with nature, this book offers something valuable for everyone.
SPECIFICATIONS
*160 pages with color examples in nature
*160 pages
*WIDTH: 7" - 178mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
* Paperback with flaps
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
ART, DESIGN & DECORATING
ISBN 979-8-89396-065-5
US $19.99 UK £13.99
ËxHTSITDy960655z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-076-1
Arizona
DISCOVER THE GRAND CANYON STATE PHOTOGRAPHY BY MARK LISK
With stunning photography by Mark Lisk on every page, this coffee–table treasure, reimagined in a new size, will transport you on a visual journey through the wonders of Arizona
A graduate of Brooks Institute of Photographic Arts, Mark Lisk is a prolific photographer whose photos highlight the state’s most beautiful spots and famous natural landmarks. Arizona: Discover the Grand Canyon State is a must–own for everyone in love with Arizona.
Mark Lisk has long roamed the deserts, mountains, and river canyons of the American West by foot. A graduate of Brooks Institute of Photographic Arts, Lisk climbs from the sea to high ridges and plains, gathering within his camera worlds of color and expanse that few ever see or capture in any form. From dry curls of patterned lake bottoms to the tiniest brilliant lichen set before a vast line of granite peaks, Lisk’s foregrounds set him apart. His work fits whole universes of wilderness into single frames under glass. Lisk has recently rediscovered his passion for the black–and–white image. His strong sense of composition complements black–and–white tones, giving the viewer a sense of isolation, alone in a wide, sweeping landscape. Lisk’s photographs stand alone within ten books: Idaho Impressions (1997), Salmon River Country (2005), Desert Water (2005), Idaho: Portrait of a State (2007), Owyhee Canyon Lands (2008), Owyhee Canyonlands: An Outdoor Adventure Guide (2013), Sawtooth/Whiteclouds (2016), Idaho: The Gem State (2019), and Arizona: The Grand Canyon State.
RIGHTS: World ex
SELLING POINTS
STUNNING PHOTOGRAPHY: Every page showcases breathtaking images of Arizona’s most iconic natural landmarks, captured by renowned photographer Mark Lisk, a graduate of the prestigious Brooks Institute of Photographic Arts.
PERFECT GIFT FOR ARIZONA ENTHUSIASTS: This beautifully reimagined coffee table book is a must–have for anyone who loves Arizona, offering a visual journey through its diverse landscapes, from deserts to river canyons.
COMPACT, GIFTABLE SIZE: Now available in a new, more accessible format, making it perfect for travelers, nature lovers, and anyone looking to experience the beauty of Arizona from home.
AN AWARD–WINNING PHOTOGRAPHER’S VISION: Lisk’s mastery of both color and black–and–white photography brings the natural beauty of Arizona to life, making this book a standout addition to any collection.
CELEBRATE ARIZONA’S BEAUTY: Featuring unique perspectives of the Grand Canyon State’s stunning wilderness, this book is ideal for showcasing the diverse landscapes that define Arizona.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color nature photography throughout *240 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 228.6mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 228.6mm
*Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER PHOTOGRAPHY
ISBN 979-8-89396-063-1 US $24.99 UK £17.99
ËxHTSITDy960631z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-070-9
RIGHTS: World ex Canada
I Heard the Bells on Christmas Day
AN ILLUSTRATED KEEPSAKE BOOK WRITTEN BY HENRY WADSWORTH LONGFELLOW; ILLUSTRATED BY JANNA STEAGALL
An illustrated keepsake of the classic Longfellow poem for the modern family, with gold foil details
With text from the beloved Christmas poem by Henry Wadsworth Longfellow and modern illustrations by Janna Steagall, this timeless poem about peace on earth and goodwill to humankind rings true today. The perfect Christmas gift for children and adults alike!
Henry Wadsworth Longfellow was one of the most popular American poets of the 19th century. Loved both in his time and today for his lyrical style, reminiscent of the English Romantics, Longfellow is one of the few American writers to have been included in the Poets’ Corner of Westminster Abbey. Janna Steagall is a surface designer and illustrator whose dream is to make the world a more whimsical place one artwork at a time.
SELLING POINTS
CLASSIC POEM WITH A MODERN TWIST: This beautifully illustrated edition breathes new life into Henry Wadsworth Longfellow’s beloved poem, blending timeless verses with vibrant, contemporary artwork.
PERFECT CHRISTMAS GIFT: Ideal as a coffee table book or a heartfelt Christmas gift, this book captures the spirit of the holiday season with its message of hope, peace, and joy.
A STORY OF HOPE AND RESILIENCE: Written after personal tragedy, Longfellow’s poem resonates with readers today, offering a message of hope and the enduring power of faith and love during the holiday season.
FOR ALL AGES: Great family keepsake. Appeals to adults who appreciate classic poetry and beautiful art, making it a versatile addition to any holiday collection.
SPECIFICATIONS
*32 pages of full color illustration
*32 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 229mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
*Hardcover POB
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER POETRY, PICTURE BOOK
ISBN 979-8-89396-002-0 US $16.99 UK £11.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-083-9
RIGHTS:
Four Walks in Central Park
A POETIC GUIDE TO THE PARK WRITTEN BY AARON POOCHIGIAN
A poetic walking guide to NYC’s Central Park, with tours to match your mood
Whether you are feeling overworked, fallow, melancholy, or disillusioned with the world, a walk in the park is just what you need! Join poet Aaron Poochigian on a walking tour of New York City’s Central Park and experience the sights, the history, and the healing power of a walk and a poem. Including maps, historical images, an index, and an exploration of other literary references to Central Park, Four Walks in Central Park is unlike any tour you’ve ever experienced!
Aaron Poochigian earned a PhD in classics from the University of Minnesota and an MFA in poetry from Columbia University. His latest poetry collection, American Divine, the winner of the Richard Wilbur Award, came out in 2021. He has published numerous translations with Penguin Classics and W.W. Norton. His work has appeared in such publications as Best American Poetry, The Paris Review, and POETRY
SELLING POINTS
IMMERSIVE AND SENSORY EXPERIENCE: Four Walks in Central Park offers readers a unique, second–person narrative that transports them into Central Park, allowing them to see, hear, and feel the park’s wonders as if they were physically present.
LITERARY SHINRIN–YOKU:
This book doubles as a form of literary forest–bathing, promoting mindfulness and relaxation by engaging all five senses through poetic descriptions, making it an ideal read for those seeking mental rejuvenation and stress relief.
VERSATILE APPEAL: Perfect for tourists, locals, and poetry enthusiasts alike, Four Walks in Central Park serves as both a functional tour guide and a poetic exploration, blending New York City’s rich history with a meditative journey through its most famous park.
CROSS–GENRE POTENTIAL: Positioned at the intersection of health & wellness, travel guides, and poetry, Four Walks in Central Park offers multiple avenues for promotion and can be featured in diverse sections of bookstores, increasing its visibility and sales potential.
SPECIFICATIONS
*6 black-and-white illustrations and maps
*144 pages
*WIDTH: 5" - 127mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
*PB-Flexibound
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER TRAVEL, NATURE, POETRY
ISBN 979-8-89396-007-5 US $18.99 UK £13.99
ËxHTSITDy960075z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-078-5
Making It Up
A REVOLUTIONARY WAY TO BOND WITH KIDS THROUGH PLAY WRITTEN BY CHRISTOPHER MANNINO; ILLUSTRATED BY CORY REID
“Yes, and . . .” Explore how the principles of theatre and improv can help parents engage in imaginative play with their children with actor and theater teacher Christopher Mannino
Just ask a certain animated blue dog we all love: Play–centered parenting is what every young child wants and needs, yet it’s hard to manage in today’s busy, hectic world. How can real–life parents with real responsibilities and stresses drop everything to be silly with their kids? You don’t need to be a trained actor to engage in your child’s imaginative world. It’s easier than it sounds, and far more powerful than you can imagine. With the techniques found in Making It Up, you’ll have more energy, more confidence, and a stronger relationship with your kids in just ten minutes a day. And you might just find yourself having fun!
Christopher Mannino began his writing journey after becoming stranded on a cliff in Cornwall, at the legendary birthplace of King Arthur. He watched the sunrise over castle ruins and was inspired to write The Scythe Wielder’s Secret. Since then, he’s written 30 books. He is one of Business Insider’s most read writers, with over 4.5 million readers. Before leaving teaching to raise his children as a stay–at–home dad, he was a theater teacher and improvisation coach.
SELLING POINTS
UNIQUE PARENTING APPROACH: Making it Up introduces an untapped niche in parenting literature by blending theater techniques with everyday playtime. Unlike other books that focus on behavior management, this book empowers parents, teachers, and caregivers to use improvisation to spark imagination and build stronger bonds with children.
PERFECT FOR FANS OF BLUEY :
With millions of adult fans of the hit show Bluey, Making it Up is the first book to offer a practical, fun guide to recreating that parenting experience in real life.
ACCESSIBLE: The book is designed for all parents, regardless of background or experience, to transform playtime into an adventure. Through easy–to–learn improvisation techniques, adults can connect with kids on a deeper level.
BROAD APPEAL: Expecting parents, teachers, caregivers, and anyone who works with children will find value in its creative play strategies, making it a versatile resource for a wide audience.
ENDORSEMENTS AND INDUSTRY CONNECTIONS: The book is already garnering attention from prominent names like Tracey West, and Mannino has strong connections in media and parenting communities, ensuring potential for strong promotional support.
SPECIFICATIONS
*224 pages of black and white text
*224 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 9" - 229mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: JANUARY SELF-HELP
ISBN 979-8-89396-006-8
US $18.99 UK £13.99
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-089-1
Naming Your Little All-Star
BABY NAMES FROM THE WORLD'S GREATEST ATHLETES
WRITTEN BY SCOTT RUBIN
From the creator of Naming Your Little Geek, this sports–focused baby naming guide includes athletes from your favorite sports
From quarterback Aaron Rodgers to windsurfer Zara Davis, Naming Your Little All–Star is packed with a variety of names of sports legends from around the world. Each entry includes the name, the etymology and meaning, and the athletes who made the name even greater. Including men, women, and nonbinary athletes, this unique baby–naming guide is just what every sports–loving family needs when it is time to decide what to name their baby.
A geek, toy collector/reviewer, husband, and father to two young boys, Scott Rubin learned to appreciate football while playing in the UCLA marching band and has at times been a fan of baseball, NASCAR, MMA, and more. He strongly believes that baby–naming books should be fun and thematic.
RIGHTS:
SELLING POINTS
UNIQUE CONCEPT: Unlike traditional baby–name books, Naming Your Little All–Star offers a fresh and exciting approach by focusing on over 1,000 names from world–class athletes across 150 sports. It’s perfect for sports–loving parents looking for names that reflect strength, determination, and inspiration.
INCLUSIVE AND DIVERSE: The book includes nearly equal entries for boys and girls, alongside a section dedicated to nonbinary champions. Athletes from around the world and various sports, including international and mental competitions like chess and esports, ensure representation and inclusivity.
HIGHLY INFORMATIVE: With entries discussing the stories and achievements of nearly 8,000 athletes from the 16th century to today, this book is not only a fun naming resource but also an informative sports history compendium for fans.
POSITIVE ROLE MODELS: Each name highlights athletes known for their sportsmanship and achievements, omitting negative figures to provide uplifting, motivational stories.
MULTI–USE APPEAL: Whether you’re naming a child, pet, or character in a story, this book’s broad selection of names makes it an essential gift for sports fans and those seeking something beyond ordinary baby name books.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *402 pages
*WIDTH: 6" - 152mm
*HEIGHT: 8" - 203mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: JANUARY SELF-HELP, NONFICTION
ISBN 978-1-64170-963-7 US $19.99 UK £17.99
ËxHSLGOBy709637z
ebook ISBN 979-8-89396-088-4
You Are An Artist
BY YINKA ILORI
With original, full–color designs and 11 affirmations from the artist himself, this compact gift book offers guidance, clarity, and support for fulfilling your creative potential
Are you an aspiring artist? Or perhaps lost your creative vision? Or you just need some powerful words of encouragement to follow your dreams. Well, this book is for you. Known as the “architect of joy,” this book was created by visionary multidisplinary artist and designer Yinka Ilori and offers bold and fearless encouragement for anyone looking for assurance on their artistic journey. Suitable for all ages, this is the perfect gift book for anyone needing a joyful mood boost and for aspiring artists in need of uplifiting declarations. With original, full–color designs and 11 affirmations from the artist himself, this compact gift book offers guidance, clarity, and support for fulfilling your creative potential.
Yinka Ilori, MBE is a London–based multidisciplinary artist and designer whose bold visual language draws on his British Nigerian heritage to convey new narratives through vibrant contemporary design.
SELLING POINTS
CELEBRATION OF COLOR AND POSITIVITY: An uplifting experience that encourages a positive mindset through vibrant design and inspiring messages.
UNIQUE GIFT BOOK: Powerful tool and daily reminder to embrace joy, resilience, and creativity.
EMPOWERING GLOBAL MESSAGE: Yinka Ilori’s unique blend of contemporary art with cultural storytelling brings a fresh perspective to the world of affirmations.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *24 pages
*WIDTH: 7 7/8" - 200mm
*HEIGHT: 7 7/8" - 200mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART
ISBN 978-1-84976-912-9
US $18.00 CAN $23.00 ËxHSLIOJy769129z
A Short Book About Art
EXPANDED EDITION
WRITTEN BY DANA ARNOLD
Celebrating ten years of this much–loved and bestselling Short Book about Art with an new updated and expanded edition
How is art made? How can we interpret the meaning behind it? And what is the significance of the way in which it is displayed? Using six common themes that bind together art from around the globe, this lively and illuminating journey through art history seeks to answer these questions and more, drawing parallels across different time periods and cultures— from cave paintings to contemporary multimedia works. This expanded edition of Dana Arnold’s bestselling survey offers news illustrations and fresh insights—the perfect companion for anyone seeking to learn more across a stunning breadth of art.
“The most compelling short exploration of the visual arts that I have read since John Berger’s Ways of Seeing.” —Edward Dimendberg, professor of visual studies, University of California, Irvine.
Dana Arnold is professor of architecture at Manchester School of Architecture, UK. She is the author of Art History: A Very Short Introduction, which has been translated into 12 languages. Her recent edited volumes include A Companion to British Art, Art History: Contemporary Perspectives on Method, and Biographies and Space
SELLING POINTS
KEY THEMES EXPLORED: Helping the reader to look at art through ideas of looking, materials, the mind, power, devotion, and sex.
CLEAR AND CONCISE: Dana Arnold’s ability to communicate complex art historical concepts in an easily digestible format makes the book accessible and engaging.
FRESH DESIGN: Small but mighty; the perfect art ideas book for art lovers and creatives alike.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout
*224 pages
*WIDTH: 5 3/10" - 135mm
*HEIGHT: 7 1/10" - 180mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART
ISBN 978-1-84976-947-1 US $21.99 CAN $24.99 ËxHSLIOJy769471z
A Little Feminist History of Art
EXPANDED EDITION
WRITTEN BY CHARLOTTE MULLINS
A
Charlotte Mullins’s A Little Feminist History of Art is a short and pithy introduction to the most important feminist artworks from the late 1960s to the present. Emerging in the late 1960s as women artists struggled to “de–gender” their work to compete in a male–dominated arena, the feminist art movement has played a leading role in the art world over the last five decades. Using the “female gaze” to articulate socially relevant issues after an era of aesthetic “formalism,” feminist artists, working in a variety of media, have brought attention to ideas surrounding gender, identity, and form. They have critiqued and altered our thinking about the cultural expectations and stereotyping of women, women’s struggle for equality, and the treatment of the female body as a commodity. Selected outstanding works reflect women’s lives and experience, the changing position of women artists, and the impact of feminist ideals and politics on visual culture. A Little Feminist History of Art is a celebration of one of the most ambitious, influential, and enduring artistic movements to emerge from the 20th century.
Charlotte Mullins is an art critic, writer, and broadcaster. She has written widely on women artists including Rachel Whiteread, Cecily Brown, Rachel Lumsden, Jenny Saville, Cathy de Monchaux, Sue Arrowsmith, Susanne Kühn, Susie Hamilton, and Paula Rego. She has published numerous books, including Lives of the Great Artists (a children’s book written as Charlie Ayres), Picturing People, and Rachel Whiteread, and is a regular contributor to BBC Radio 4’s Front Row and Saturday Review
SELLING POINTS
MUSEUM FAVORITE: Key title for gift stores and bookshops looking to broaden their offer for a modern audience.
CHALLENGING TRADITIONAL NARRATIVES: Reexamining the male–dominated canon of art history, offering a fresh perspective that highlights the often–overlooked contributions of women artists and feminist thinkers.
COOL DESIGN: Leading with strong feminist artwork on the cover sets the tone for this hugely popular and important title.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *160 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 6 3/4" - 171mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER ART, WOMEN'S HISTORY
ISBN 978-1-84976-992-1
US $21.99 CAN $24.99
William Blake
WRITTEN BY CAROLINE ANJALI RITCHIE
A compelling introduction to the life and work of William Blake, an exuberant and rebellious personality whose radical vision was deeply concerned with the social, religious, and political issues of his age
William Blake (1757–1827) is renowned today for his eccentric imagination and distinctive style. His poems, prints, and paintings—inspired by the visions he claimed to see of angels and demons—reveal a free–thinking radical and a champion of artistic experimentation. His elaborate mythological works directly address the major historical events of his time, including industrialization, revolution, and the transatlantic slave trade, and appeal to modern ideas about liberty and social justice. This fascinating introduction explores the life and work of Blake. From his early training in draftsmanship and his pivotal time as an engraver’s apprentice, it traces his incredible career through a selection of extraordinary works and highlights his lifelong interest in integrating visual art and poetry, which culminated in the experimental printing technique that he used to create his famous illuminated books. An artist dedicated to his work, Blake’s intriguing creative vision—at times both hopeful and apocalyptic—has had a lasting cultural impact that continues to capture the imagination today.
Caroline Anjali Ritchie is a research fellow at Exeter College, University of Oxford. She is currently writing a scholarly book entitled William Blake and the Cartographic Imagination (forthcoming with Palgrave Macmillan).
SELLING POINTS
TIMELESS APEAL: An accessible introduction to one of the world’s most endearing artists and poets.
FRESH THINKING: New writing from University of Oxford research fellow.
GENEROUSLY ILLUSTRATED: Color illustrations throughout featuring some of William Blake’s most famous works.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *96 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 7 3/4" - 197mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER ART
ISBN 978-1-84976-949-5
US $18.00 CAN $23.00
Sonia Boyce
WRITTEN BY ELENA CRIPPA
An essential introduction to the life and work of Sonia Boyce, a leading contemporary artist whose interdisciplinary practice explores artistic authorship and the creative potential in unexpected play
Sonia Boyce (b.1962) is a groundbreaking artist whose practice is founded on taking creative risks. Unafraid to play against set expectations about how art should behave, her collaborative interactions between audience and performer enable spontaneous and intimate social encounters, resulting in the creation of work that is simultaneously self–aware, visceral, and open–ended. This book is a much–anticipated introduction to the life and work of this extraordinary artist. Touching on her engagement with the work of other feminist artists and her time as a leading figure in the 1980s Black British Art movement, it contextualizes Boyce’s journey from her early pastel drawings and mixed–media collages to her pivotal shift to film, sound, and performance art. Highlighting her artistic innovation as she experiments with medium to explore and question culture, identity, and the boundaries between the public and private spheres in unexpected ways, it celebrates the visionary practice of a truly uncompromising artist.
Elena Crippa is curator of Contemporary Art: Exhibitions and Projects at the Courtauld. She was formerly head of exhibitions at the Whitechapel Gallery, London, and senior curator of modern and contemporary British art at Tate Britain.
SELLING POINTS
PIONEERING AFRO–BRITISH FEMINIST ART: Accessible introduction exploring the leading artist’s performance, video, photography, and installation art.
RICHLY VISUAL: Showcasing the entire range of Sonia Boyce’s career to date.
TRAILBLAZER: The first Black female Royal Academician since the academy’s founding in 1768.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *96 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 7 3/4" - 197mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER ART
ISBN 978-1-84976-950-1
US $18.00 CAN $23.00
Gwen John
WRITTEN BY EMMA CHAMBERS
An enlightening introduction to the life and work of Gwen John, whose intense gaze and fascination with the female sitter created some of the most beguiling paintings of the modern age
Gwen John (1878–1939) is now widely recognized as one of the most important artists of her time. Favoring subdued tones and muted colors, her portraits of women in modest interiors appear serene and unassuming. Yet a closer look reveals an intense artistic engagement with her subjects and daring formal experimentation. This book is the perfect introduction to the life and work of this groundbreaking artist. It contextualises John’s career from her foundational time at the Slade School of Art in London to her studio training in Paris, where she later relocated and established herself at the center of the European art world. Touching on the personal connections and pivotal friendships that influenced her practice, this is a true celebration of an artist with an extraordinary eye for color and composition, and a singular distinctive vision, masterfully executed.
Emma Chambers is curator for modern British art at Tate.
SELLING POINTS
PIONEERING WOMAN ARTIST: Compelling introduction to a globally important painter.
ACCESSIBLE WRITING: From one of the UK’s leading curators of British art.
An indispensable introduction to the life and work of James McNeill Whistler, whose atmospheric paintings and aesthetic theories cemented his international reputation as one of the most influential artists of the modern age
James McNeill Whistler (1834–1903) was an irrepressible force in 19th–century art who swept aside convention and innovated in all aspects of his art and life. Both a combative public figure and the creator of paintings and prints of serene beauty, Whistler was relentless in pursuing his artistic ideals. His name has become synonymous with a certain type of landscape—mysterious, atmospheric, and evocative. This book is a concise introduction to Whistler’s life and work. It charts the development of his career—from his realist scenes of modern life in Paris and London to his enigmatic portraits and final accomplishments as a printmaker. Bringing together a selection of exquisite paintings, arresting portraits, and works on paper from across the artist’s career, it highlights the distinctive attention to composition and display that became central to his artistic identity. Emphasising the key events of Whistler’s life, including his many travels and well–publicized disputes with friends and critics alike, it celebrates a unique artist whose vision and principles defied the conventions of his time.
James Finch is a curator and art historian specializing in British art of the 19th and 20th centuries. He is currently assistant curator of 19th–century British art at Tate Britain, where he most recently curated Sargent and Fashion. Other exhibitions and displays of historic and modern British art at Tate that Finch has worked on include (as cocurator) The Rossettis and Turner’s Modern World. Prior to joining Tate, Finch was curatorial assistant at the Royal Academy of Arts, and undertook his doctorate as a partnership between the University of Kent and Tate. He has published widely on 19th–and 20th–century art.
SELLING POINTS
AN AMERICAN GREAT: An accessible introduction to this master painter.
TIMELY NEW SURVEY: A fresh reassessment more than 120 years after James McNeil Whistlers death.
ART MUSEUM FAVORITE:
Perfect for gift shops, with more than 75 institutions featuring Whistler paintings across the United States.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *96 pages
*WIDTH: 5 1/2" - 140mm
*HEIGHT: 7 3/4" - 197mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
ART
ISBN 978-1-84976-952-5
US $18.00 CAN $23.00
Leigh Bowery
EDITED BY FIONTÁN MORAN
A comprehensive monograph on the boundary–pushing career of artist, performer, model, TV personality, club promoter, fashion designer, and musician Leigh Bowery
Leigh Bowery used performance to explore questions around the politics of the body and its use as both material and a site of transformation. He was also fascinated by the subversive potential of costume as sculpture. Published to accompany a major exhibition, Leigh Bowery features over 200 images by and of the artist—spanning an eclectic and dynamic career which included fashion photography, club Polaroids, film stills, paintings, postcards, and ephemera. In addition to Bowery’s own works, the book also includes paintings of the artist by Lucian Freud, and works made with and about Bowery by Stephen Willats and Trojan Barnes, among others. A visual inventory of all of Bowery’s costumes, held by the artist’s estate, has been newly photographed and published here for the first time.
Fiontán Moran is curator, international art at Tate Modern.
SELLING POINTS
COUNTERCULTURE ICON: A revolutionary figure in fashion known for his outrageous, boundary–pushing style that blurred the lines between fashion, performance art, and self–expression.
GENDER AND IDENTITY FOCUS: A valuable resource for readers interested in gender studies, body politics, and the evolution of queer representation in art.
ENDURING LEGACY: Leigh Bowery’s extravagant style was a form of cultural commentary. His outrageous performances and costumes were often critiques of consumerism, beauty standards, and social conformity.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *240 pages
*WIDTH: 9 1/16" - 230mm
*HEIGHT: 13 3/4" - 349mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART
ISBN 978-1-84976-958-7
US $60.00 CAN $75.00 ËxHSLIOJy769587z
Ed Atkins
EDITED BY ED ATKINS, NATHAN LADD, POLLY STAPLE, ET AL.
Ed Atkins is one of the most influential artists of his generation. Troubled by melancholy, undermined by bathos, and tempered with humor, his works pit a weightless digital life against a corporal world of craft and touch, allegorizing profound experiences of loss, intimacy, and love
Ed Atkins is one of the most influential artists of his generation. Troubled by melancholy, undermined by bathos, and tempered with humor, his works pit a weightless digital life against a corporal world of craft and touch, allegorizing profound experiences of loss, intimacy, and love. This ambitious publication provides a radical survey of his career, assembling a wide range of paintings, writing, embroideries, and drawings alongside the moving–image works for which he is best known. Essays from leading scholars, authors, and curators, alongside previously unpublished behind–the–scenes production photographs and a curated selection of new drawings, collectively probe Atkins’s practice to ask: What kind of realism is at stake here?
Nathan Ladd is assistant curator of contemporary art at Tate Britain. Polly Staple is director of collection, British Art at Tate Britain. Featuring additional contributions by Hal Foster, Ben Lerner, Kathryn Scanlan, and Jamie Stevens.
SELLING POINTS
CAREER–SPANNING
EXHIBITION: Will assemble paintings, writing, embroideries, and drawings alongside Ed Atkins’s moving–image works in a succession of large–scale installations.
INFLUENTIAL ARTIST: Showcases profound experiences of loss, intimacy, and love.
RICHLY VISUAL: Generously illustrated and beautifully designed to help translate the art to the reader.
AN INNOVATIVE PIONEER: The artist’s digital art and video installations are widely recognized as challenging traditional boundaries of visual art.
TIMELY AND RELEVANT: Exploring works that offer a valuable lens to navigate the complex relationship between physical and digital worlds.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color Illustrations throughout *224 pages
*WIDTH: 10 7/16" - 265mm
*HEIGHT: 8 1/4" - 210mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
978-1-84976-935-8
$55.00 CAN $69.00
Ithell Colquhoun
EDITED BY KATY NORRIS
The first major exhibition of visionary artist Ithell Colquhoun, and the first major accompanying publication on the artist
One of the most radical artists of her generation, Ithell Colquhoun was an important figure in British Surrealism during the 1930s and 1940s. An innovative writer and practicing occultist, Colquhoun charted her own course, investigating surrealist methods of unconscious picture–making and fearlessly delving into the realms of myth and magic. Colquhoun explored the possibilities of a divine feminine power as a path to personal fulfillment and societal transformation. Her understanding of the world as a connected spiritual cosmos brought her to Cornwall, where she deepened her creative explorations, inspired by the region’s ancient landscape, Celtic traditions, and sacred sites. This landmark exhibition and publication of over 200 artworks and archival materials traces Colquhoun’s evolution from her early student work and engagement with the surrealist movement to her fascination with the intertwining realms of art, sexual identity, ecology, and occultism. It culminates in a room dedicated to Colquhoun’s interpretation of the Taro deck–her most accomplished fusion of her artistic and magical practice. Explore Colquhoun’s enthralling, multilayered universe through writings, drawings, paintings, early theater projects and mural designs, many of which have never been shown publicly before.
Katy Norris is exhibitions and displays curator at Tate St Ives, a researcher and writer specializing in women artists, feminism, and social reform movements in Britain during the early 20th century.
SELLING POINTS
A VISUAL AND POETIC FEAST: The perfect gift book for the special person in your life, or to cherish yourself.
EXPLORATION OF ESOTERIC THEMES: Delving into Ithell Colquhoun’s unique insights and perspectives on sex and witchcraft.
COLLECTOR’S APPEAL:
Unique and beautifully presented book featuring rare and previously unpublished materials, sure to delight fans of both surrealism and the occult.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color Illustrations throughout
*240 pages
*WIDTH: 9 1/16" - 230mm
*HEIGHT: 10 13/16" - 275mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER ART
ISBN 978-1-84976-943-3
US $55.00 CAN $69.00
Do Ho Suh
EDITED BY NABILA ABDEL NABI AND DINA AKHMADEEVA
Enter the captivating world of leading contemporary artist Do Ho Suh
Korean–born, London–based artist Do Ho Suh invites us to explore his large–scale installations, sculptures, videos, and drawings in this beautifully designed and illustrated survey of his work, raising timely questions about the enigma of home, identity, and how we move through and inhabit the world around us. Through his extraordinary immersive artworks, Suh draws us in to think about belonging, collectivity, and individuality, connection, and disconnection, examining the intricate relationship between architecture, space, the body, and the memories and the moments that make us who we are. From the fragility and minute detail of embroidered threads to the monumentality of his larger installations, Suh’s work is profoundly thought–provoking and enriching. Text by artists and art historians, as well as a conversation between Suh and British artist Janice Kerbel further enrich our experience of this remarkable body of work.
Nabila Abdel Nabi is senior curator, international art at Tate Modern. Dina Akhmadeeva is assistant curator, international art, Tate Modern.
SELLING POINTS
INFLUENTIAL ARTIST: Extensive survey of the artist large–scale installations, sculptures, videos, and drawings.
TIMELY AND RELEVANT: Accompanying a major exhibition of his work in London.
IMMERSIVE ARTWORK: A celebration of Do Ho Suh’s work, which is deeply engaging and thought–provoking, asking questions about belonging, collectivity, and individuality.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Full-color illustrations throughout *192 pages
*WIDTH: 7 9/16" - 192mm
*HEIGHT: 9 7/8" - 251mm
*Paperback
PUB MONTH: NOVEMBER ART
ISBN 978-1-84976-967-9
US $45.00 CAN $57.00
Corpus
FOREWORD
BY GEORGE LUCAS, CONVERSATION WITH CATHERINE GRENIER
The first monograph of Prune Nourry, one of the most influential contemporary artists today
“Prune Nourry is more than a great artist. She’s also a psychologist, a sociologist, and an anthropologist who uses her understanding of history and humanity to create art that connects us to our past and to each other.” —George Lucas
Prune Nourry is a contemporary artist specializing in sculpture, while also exploring varied mediums including film, photography, and performance. She raises ethical questions linked to the notion of balance in the broadest sense: the body and its healing process, demographic imbalance due to gender selection and scientific aberrations, ecosystems and the interdependence between living species.
. Nourry's work is geographically and temporally contextualized through investigations that draw on disciplines outside the field of art. The year 2016 marked a turning point in Nourry's personal and artistic journey when she learned, at the age of 31, that she had breast cancer. She became, by force of circumstance, the subject of her work, whereas until then she had taken an objective look at the world and its imbalances.
Born in Paris in 1985, Prune Nourry lives and works between New York and Paris. A 2006 graduate of the école Boulle in wood sculpture, she is represented by Galerie Templon (Paris, Brussels) and Simon Studer Art in Switzerland. She specializes in sculpture, while also exploring varied mediums including film, photography, and performance. At just 39 years old, her work has been included in exhibitions across France, Belgium, Switzerland, and the United States. She was born in Paris and currently resides in Brooklyn, leading this book to be written in both French and English.
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
COMPREHENSIVE: Over 200 photographs of her works and creative process.
RENOWNED COLLECTORS: Foreword by filmmaker and collector George Lucas.
INSTAGRAM FOLLOWING: PruneNourry has astrong Instagram community of over 100,000 followers (@prune) and notable admirers, including George Lucas, Angelina Jolie, Bono, and Jeff Bezos.
CURATOR INTERVEW: Interview with Catherine Grenier, critic, curator, and former director of the Musée d’Art Moderne de la Ville de Paris.
TIE–IN EXHIBITION: Exhibition in Miami in December 2025 (inaugurated during Art Basel) and an exhibition at the brand–new Lucas Museum of Narrative Art in early 2026.
BILINGUAL EDITION: This book, with its spectacular layout, is in French and English.
SPECIFICATIONS
*200 black-and-white and color photographs
*256 pages
*WIDTH: 9" - 230mm
*HEIGHT: 11.4" - 290mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER
ISBN 979-10-401-2305-7
US $70.00 CAN $100.00 UK £50.00
The Plant-Forward Handbook
BY FREDERIC JAUNAULT, LUC FONTAINE, AND JEROME LENIAUD
The Plant–Forward Handbook is the ultimate guide for chefs embracing plant–based cuisine, featuring 200 products, 200 techniques, and 190 recipes, all designed with training and quality in mind
The Plant–Forward Handbook is crafted as an essential resource for professional chefs aiming to master plant–based cuisine, a rising demand in the culinary world. This comprehensive guide presents an impressive array of knowledge with over 200 products and techniques, 130 foundational preparations, and 190 recipes, each illustrated and designed for easy implementation in professional kitchens. The handbook is backed by more than 200 instructional videos, making it a valuable training tool that combines practical expertise with visual learning. Its esteemed authors, including Frédéric Jaunault (MOF Primeur), Jean–Michel Truchelut, Pierre–Paul Zeiher, Jérôme Leniaud, and Luc Fontaine, bring a wealth of international experience and insights to this project, setting a new benchmark in plant–based culinary training. From enhancing basic preparations to inspiring innovative plant–based creations, this handbook covers it all, making it indispensable for chefs dedicated to excellence.
The Plant–Forward Handbook brings together renowned culinary experts, each contributing unique knowledge in plant–based cuisine and culinary training. Frédéric Jaunault, a Meilleur Ouvrier de France in Primeur, is the founder of the Académie du Fruit et Légume and is dedicated to promoting healthy eating. Jean–Michel Truchelut, a food engineer and instructor, combines nutrition with culinary techniques for a fresh approach to healthy cooking. Pierre–Paul Zeiher, a former culinary instructor and chef, brings extensive experience from top culinary schools and establishments. Jérôme Leniaud, an accomplished chef passionate about plant–based cuisine, served as the executive chef for Bonduelle Group, where he explored the vast potential of plant–based products. Luc Fontaine, with over 30 years in plant–forward cuisine, led culinary R&D at Bonduelle, focusing on creating delicious and responsible dishes. Together, they make this handbook an essential resource for chefs looking to meet the growing consumer demand for inventive and flavorful plant–based cuisine
RIGHTS: World English
SELLING POINTS
COMPREHENSIVE CONTENT: Over 1,000 pages detailing 200 products, 130 basic preparations, and 190 illustrated recipes.
EXPERT ADVICE: Contributions from renowned chefs and experts such as Frédéric Jaunault, MOF Primeur, and four other chefs all specialized in their field.
MULTIMEDIA EXPERIENCE: Over 200 videos accompanying techniques and recipes for hands–on learning.
INDUSTRY RELEVANCE: A must–have for chefs looking to meet the growing demand for plant–based dishes.
SPECIFICATIONS
*Over 2,000 color illustrations
*1008 pages
*WIDTH: 6 11/16" - 170mm
*HEIGHT: 10 5/8" - 270mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: SEPTEMBER FOOD & DRINK
ISBN 978-2-38622-071-5
US $125.00 CAN $157.00 UK £100.00 ËxHSMDSGy220715z
The Big Book of Baking & Viennoiserie
CO-AUTHORED BY JÉRÉMY BALLESTER, BRIAN BOCLET, JEAN-MARIE LANIO, OLIVIER MAGNE, THOMAS MARIE, PATRICE MITAILLÉ; PHOTOGRAPHY BY JÉRÔME LANIER, DYLAN HALFF, AND KWANGSOO LEE
A reference book for all baking professionals who want to develop their know–how and perfect their techniques
The Big Book of Baking & Viennoiserie is every baker’s new must–read book! Through the great French classic recipes to delicacies from around the world, as well as original creations, our six experts—Jérémy Ballester, Brian Boclet, Jean–Marie Lanio, Olivier Magne (MOF), Thomas Marie (MOF), and Patrice Mitaillé—share their expertise and offer you a complete overview of these two disciplines. This is an essential resource for all baking professionals and discerning enthusiasts who would like to develop their know–how and perfect their techniques! With its 200 detailed recipes filled with techniques, including 30 illustrated step–by–step directions, The Big Book of Baking & Viennoiserie is a genuine masterpiece.
The six authors are highly esteemed experts in their fields, including two acclaimed chefs, Olivier Magne and Thomas Marie, who have earned the prestigious title of Meilleur Ouvrier de France. Driven by their passion for baking, Jérémy Ballester and Jean–Marie Lanio relocated to Seoul, where they lead master classes. Brian Boclet, Patrice Mitaillé, Lanio, and Marie share their expertise by teaching at the renowned Ecole Hôtelière de Lausanne in Switzerland. Magne now helms his family’s bakery, specializing in artisanal sourdough breads.
RIGHTS: World English, excluding France
SELLING POINTS
COMPILATION: Two award–winning bestsellers, The Big Book of Baking and The Big Book of Viennoiserie, a total of 200 recipes, including 20 new exclusive recipes.
RENOWNED AUTHORS: Includes two bakers awarded Meilleur Ouvrier de France (Best Craftsman of France).
A TRUE REFERENCE WORK: A must–have for all professionals and baking lovers who want to perfect their techniques.
SPECIFICATIONS
*200 illustrated recipes, including stepby-step illustrated directions
*532 pages
*WIDTH: 8 1/2" - 216mm
*HEIGHT: 111/2" - 230mm
*Hardcover
PUB MONTH: OCTOBER
FOOD & DRINK
ISBN 978-2-37945-101-0
US $70.00 CAN $88.00 UK £55.00 ËxHSMDRJy451010z
CREDITS
FRONT COVER From A Lost Cause by Felicita Sala
BACK COVER From Trust Your Gut by Jennifer Fisher
Baking and the Meaning of Life Laura Edwards
House of Nanking Quentin Bacon
Family Thai Linda Xiao
Trust Your Gut Quentin Bacon
Le Bistrot Paul Bert Annabelle Schachmes
Sure Thing Desserts Dana Gallagher
The Essentials Stephanie Russo
Earth from Above (25th Anniversary Edition) Yann Arthus-Bertrand
Abrams®, Abrams Press®, Abrams Image®, Abrams ComicArts®, Abrams Appleseed®, Amulet®, Amulet Paperbacks®, ABRAMS Trail Tale®, are registered trademarks of Harry N. Abrams, Inc.
Senior Vice President, Marketing, Publicity, and Corporate Communications
T 212-229-8826 F 212-366-0809
E mchang@abramsbooks.com
Sales
Christine Edwards
Senior Vice President, Sales
T 212-229-7124 F 212-414-5785
E cedwards@abramsbooks.com
Kathleen Spinelli
Senior Director of Sales, International and Distribution Client Publishers
E kspinelli@abramsbooks.com
Nadine Sferratore
Executive Director, Special Sales
T 212-229-8880 F 212-414-5785
E nsferratore@abramsbooks.com
Subsidiary Rights
Yulia Borodyanskaya
Vice President, Subsidiary Rights
T 212-229-7103 M 347-721-5189
E yborodyanskaya@abramsbooks.com
Talia Behrend-Wilcox
Associate Director, Subsidiary Rights
T 212-229-7118
E tbehrendwilcox@abramsbooks.com
U.S. BOOK TRADE SALES REPRESENTATIVES
west: CA, AZ, NM, NV, CO, UT, HI, AK, ID, MT, WY, WA, OR Karel/Dutton Group 1111 Pueblito Rd Corrales, NM 87048
T 818-269-4882 F 877-847-1619
E dory.dutton@valleyvillagemail.com
s elected Northwest Accou N ts: CA, OR Andrew Weiner 1006 Ventura Avenue Albany, CA 94706
T 510-558-8563 F 510-525-1989
E aweiner@abramsbooks.com
Midwest: MI, IN, KY, IL, IA, MO, KS, OH, MN, WI, ND, SD, NE Fujii Associates Inc.
Beth Chang 75 Sunny Hill Drive Troy, MO 63379
T 402-476-6199
E beth@fujiiassociates.com
Northe A st & Mid-Atl AN tic: MA, CT, NH, ME, RI, VT, DC, MD, DE, WV, PA, NY, NJ
Chesapeake & Hudson Inc. 115 West Potomac Street Brunswick, MD 21716
T 800-231-4469 F 800-307-5163
E robin@cheshud.com
s outh: TX, OK, AL, AR, FL, GA, LA, MS, VA, SC, NC, TN Southern Territory Associates 706 Magnolia Street Greensboro, NC 27401
T 336-574-1879 F 336-275-3290
E hasmits@aol.com
W southernterritory.com
U.S. GIFT TRADE SALES REPRESENTATIVES
Anne McGilvray & Company
Northwest: AK, ID, MT, OR, WA Midwest: MN, ND, SD
s outh: AR, IA, KS, LA, MO, NE, OK, TX
T 800-527-1462 F 866-539-0192
E hello@annemcgilvray.com
W annemcgilvray.com
Anne McGilvray Dallas Showroom
Dallas Market Center 2050 North Stemmons Freeway Suite 270 Dallas, TX 75207
T 800-527-1462
E hello@annemcgilvray.com
Anne McGilvray Minneapolis Showroom
Minneapolis Mart 10301 Bren Road
West Orange Gallery Rooms 339, 378, and 379 Minnetonka, MN 55343
T 800-527-1462
E hello@annemcgilvray.com
Simblist Group MS, TN, AL, GA, FL, NC, SC 40 John Portman Blvd NW Americasmart / Bldg 2 / Suite 1621 Atlanta, GA 30303
T 404-524-2812 W simblistgroup.com
Harper Group NY Metro, MD, VA, WV, DC, PA, DE, NJ, MI, OH, KY, IL, WI 230 Fifth Avenue, Ste. 311 New York, NY 10001
T 212-868-1802 W harpergroup.com
Main Street Reps ME, NH, CT, RI, VT, MA, Upstate NY 44 Haggetts Pond Rd. Andover, MA 01810
T 978-259-1307 W mainstreetreps.com
Stephen Young CA, HI, CO, AZ, NV, UT, NM, WY 1933 S. Broadway, Ste. 830 Los Angeles, CA 90007
T 800-282-5863 W stephenyoung.net
CANADA
cANA di AN M AN d A Group 664 Annette Street Toronto, Canada M6S 2C8
T 416-516-0911 F 416-516-0917
E info@mandagroup.com
North American Ordering and Customer Service Information
Hachette Book Group USA
T 800-759-0190 (8:30 AM–5:30 PM EST)
E customerservice@hbgusa.com
Pricing and Shipping:
Prices in this catalog are suggested retail prices only. Any reseller is free to charge whatever he or she wishes for the books listed. Titles, prices, publication dates, and other contents of this catalog are subject to change without notice. Although ABRAMS will make every effort to follow reasonable shipping instructions, we will not accept responsibility or chargebacks for deviations from these instructions.
INFORMATION TO THE TRADE
International Sales INFORMATION TO THE TRADE
UNITED KINGDOM
EUROPE
MIDDLE EAST AND TURKEY
AFRICA
INDIA
Abrams & Chronicle Books
1st Floor, 1 West Smithfield
London EC1A 9JU
T +44 (0)20 7713 2060
UK sales inquiries
E info@abramsandchronicle.co.uk
Export sales inquiries
E internationalsales@abramsandchronicle.co.uk
New business
E newbusiness@abramsandchronicle.co.uk
All orders supplied via Macmillan Distribution Ltd, Swansea
AUSTRALIA/NEW ZEALAND
Thames & Hudson Australia Pty Ltd
Wurundjeri Country
132A Gwynne Street
Cremorne
Victoria 3121
Australia
T +61 3 9646 7788
E Enquiries@thameshudson.com.au
Head of Operations: Amanda Rae
E a.rae@thameshudson.com.au
Product Manager: Claire Beyer
E c.beyer@thameshudson.com.au
ASIA
China, Hong Kong, and Taiwan
Rance Fu
Sino Publishers Services Limited
E rance@sinopubservice.com
M +86 13521555031
Singapore, Philippines, Japan, Malaysia, South Korea, Thailand, Indonesia, Vietnam, Cambodia, and Myanmar
Suk Lee
E slee888@startmail.com
LATIN AMERICA AND THE CARIBBEAN
David Williams
Intermediaamericana Ltd.
E david@intermediaamericana.com
M +44 7761 977823
ABRAMS The Art of Books abramsbooks.com abramsandchronicle.co.uk
ABRAMS • ABRAMS PRESS • CERNUNNOS
ABRAMS COMICARTS • ABRAMS COMICARTS - MEGASCOPE • KANA
ABRAMS APPLESEED • ABRAMS BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS
ABRAMS FANFARE • AMULET BOOKS • MAGIC CAT
ENCHANTED LION/UNRULY • RED COMET PRESS • GETTY PUBLICATIONS
